BVP 500/500P Maintenance Manual BVP500
User Manual: BVP500
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 1158
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-500
BVP-500P
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Volume 1 1st Edition (Revised 1)
BVP-500 (UC) Serial No. 10001 and Higher
BVP-500P (CE) Serial No. 40001 and Higher
! WARNING
This manual is intended for qualified service personnel only.
To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire or injury, do not perform any servicing other than that
contained in the operating instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer all servicing to
qualified service personnel.
! WARNUNG
Die Anleitung ist nur für qualifiziertes Fachpersonal bestimmt.
Alle Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von qualifiziertem Fachpersonal ausgeführt werden. Um die
Gefahr eines elektrischen Schlages, Feuergefahr und Verletzungen zu vermeiden, sind bei
Wartungsarbeiten strikt die Angaben in der Anleitung zu befolgen. Andere als die angegeben
Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von Personen ausgeführt werden, die eine spezielle Befähigung
dazu besitzen.
! AVERTISSEMENT
Ce manual est destiné uniquement aux personnes compétentes en charge de l’entretien. Afin
de réduire les risques de décharge électrique, d’incendie ou de blessure n’effectuer que les
réparations indiquées dans le mode d’emploi à moins d’être qualifié pour en effectuer d’autres.
Pour toute réparation faire appel à une personne compétente uniquement.
Table of Contents
Manual Structure
Purpose of this manual .............................................................................................. 3
Contents ..................................................................................................................... 3
Relative manuals ....................................................................................................... 4
1. Installation
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
Supplied Accessories .................................................................................. 1-1
Connectors and Cables ................................................................................ 1-1
1-2-1. Connector Input/Output Signals ................................................. 1-1
1-2-2. Connection Connector ................................................................ 1-5
1-2-3. Wiring Diagram for Cable ......................................................... 1-5
Outside Dimentions ..................................................................................... 1-6
Installaton Conditions ................................................................................. 1-8
Function of Internal Switches/Controls ...................................................... 1-8
Instance of Sytem Configuration .............................................................. 1-12
2. Service Overview
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
Opening and Closing the Side Panel ........................................................... 2-1
Location of Printed Circuit Boards ............................................................. 2-1
Circuit Description ...................................................................................... 2-2
Description of EEPROM Data .................................................................... 2-5
Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible Card Wire .......................................... 2-6
Replacement of Board ................................................................................. 2-7
2-6-1. Note on Replacement of Parts .................................................... 2-7
2-6-2. Replacement of CN-988/989/990 Board .................................... 2-7
2-6-3. Replacement of PR-211 Board................................................... 2-7
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly ............................................................... 2-8
2-7-1. Replacement of Power Assembly .............................................. 2-8
2-7-2. Removal of PS-392 Board and AC.DC/DC Convertor .............. 2-8
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part ........................................................................ 2-10
2-9. Tools and Fixtures ..................................................................................... 2-11
2-9-1. Tools and Fixtures .................................................................... 2-11
2-9-2. Use of Portable Lens Attachment ............................................ 2-11
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts ................................................................................ 2-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1
3. Setup Menu
3-1.
3-2.
Setup Menu ................................................................................................. 3-1
3-1-1. Operation Menu ......................................................................... 3-3
3-1-2. Paint Menu ................................................................................. 3-6
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu ..................................................................... 3-9
3-1-4. Reference Menu ....................................................................... 3-11
3-1-5. Triming Menu .......................................................................... 3-11
3-1-6. System Config Menu ................................................................ 3-12
Self-Diagnosis ........................................................................................... 3-15
4. Alignment for OHB Installation
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
4-8.
4-9.
4-10.
4-11.
4-12.
4-13.
4-14.
4-15.
4-16.
4-17.
4-18.
4-19.
4-20.
2
Preparation .................................................................................................. 4-1
4-1-1. Equipment Required ................................................................... 4-1
4-1-2. Notes on Adjustment .................................................................. 4-2
4-1-3. Description of Setup Menu ........................................................ 4-2
4-1-4. Connection ................................................................................. 4-3
4-1-5. Initial Settings ............................................................................ 4-4
VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation ........................................................ 4-5
VA Gain Adjustment ................................................................................... 4-5
Black Shading Adjustment .......................................................................... 4-7
White Shading Adjustment ......................................................................... 4-9
Master Black Adjustment ......................................................................... 4-10
Gamma Correction Adjustment ................................................................ 4-10
Flare Adjustment ....................................................................................... 4-12
Knee and White Clip Adjustment ............................................................. 4-13
Crispening Adjustment .............................................................................. 4-14
Level Dependent Adjustment .................................................................... 4-15
Detail Frequency Adjustment ................................................................... 4-16
H/V Ratio Adjustment ............................................................................... 4-17
Detail Level Adjustment ........................................................................... 4-17
Detail Clip Adjustment ............................................................................. 4-18
Skin Tone Adjustment ............................................................................... 4-19
Zebra Adjustment ...................................................................................... 4-20
Auto Iris Adjustment ................................................................................. 4-21
Settings After Finishing Adjustment ......................................................... 4-22
File Store ................................................................................................... 4-22
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5. Overall Electrical Alignment
5-1.
5-2.
5-3.
5-4.
5-5.
5-6.
5-7.
5-8.
5-9.
5-10.
5-11.
5-12.
5-13.
5-14.
5-15.
5-16.
5-17.
5-18.
5-19.
5-20.
5-21.
5-22.
5-23.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Preparation .................................................................................................. 5-1
5-1-1. Equipment Required................................................................... 5-1
5-1-2. Notes on Adjustment .................................................................. 5-2
5-1-3. Description of Setup Menu ........................................................ 5-2
5-1-4. Connection ................................................................................. 5-3
5-1-5. Initial Settings ............................................................................ 5-4
VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment ........................................................... 5-5
CCU Y Adjustment ..................................................................................... 5-6
Monitor Out Adjustment ............................................................................. 5-7
Chroma Adjustment .................................................................................... 5-8
INT SC Phase Adjustment .......................................................................... 5-9
VF Level Adjustment ................................................................................ 5-10
TEST 1 Adjustment................................................................................... 5-11
TEST 2 Adjustment................................................................................... 5-12
A/D Gain Adjustment ............................................................................... 5-13
VA Gain Adjustment................................................................................. 5-15
VA MOD Adjustment ............................................................................... 5-17
Black Shading Adjustment ........................................................................ 5-18
White Shading Adjustment ....................................................................... 5-19
Master Black Adjustment .......................................................................... 5-20
Gamma Correction Adjustment ................................................................ 5-21
Flare Adjustment ....................................................................................... 5-22
Pre Knee Adjustment ................................................................................ 5-23
Knee and White Clip Adjustment ............................................................. 5-25
A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment ............................................................ 5-26
CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment .................................................................. 5-27
Settings After Finishing Adjustment ......................................................... 5-28
Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment ......................................... 5-29
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment .................................... 5-29
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment .............................................................. 5-30
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment .............................................................. 5-30
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment............................................. 5-30
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment............................................. 5-31
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment ........................................................... 5-31
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment .......................................... 5-32
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment ............................................................. 5-32
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment ......................................... 5-33
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment ............................................. 5-34
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit Adjustment ............................... 5-35
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit Adjustment ........................... 5-35
3
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment .......................................... 5-36
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment ....................................................... 5-36
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment ................................................................. 5-36
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment ................................................... 5-37
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment ............................................ 5-37
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment .......................................................... 5-38
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment ............................................................. 5-38
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment ............................................................. 5-39
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment ..................................... 5-39
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment ........................................... 5-40
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment ......................................................... 5-40
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment ................................................... 5-41
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment ......................... 5-42
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment ....................................... 5-43
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment ......................... 5-43
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment ................................. 5-44
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment ....................................... 5-45
4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Manual Structure
Purpose of this manual
This manual is the maintenance manual for Color Video Camera BVP-500/500P.
This manual describes the information items necessary when the unit is supplied and
installed, items on maintenance, and items that premise the service based on the
components parts such as alignment, schematic diagrams, board layouts and spare
parts list, assuming use of system and service engineers.
Contents
This followings are summaries of the each section for understanding the manual.
Maintenance Manual
Volume 1
Section 1. Installation
Describes information about connector input/output signals, instance of configuration and function of internal switches.
Section 2. Service Overview
Describes information about board locations, circuit description, replacement of part
and notes on services.
Section 3. Setup menu
Describes information about setup menu and self-diagnosis mode.
Section 4. Alignment of OHB Installation
Describes adjustment necessary for installation of OHB.
Section 5. Overall Electrical Alignment
Describes electrical adjustment necessary for maintenance of the unit or replacement
of parts.
Maintenance Manual
Volume 2
Section 1. Spare Parts
Describes parts list, exploded views, supplied accessories and fixtures list used in
the unit.
Section 2. Semiconductor Pin Assignments
Describes function diagrams and pin names of semiconductor used in the unit.
Section 3. Block Diagrams
Describes overall block diagram and the block diagrams for every circuit board.
Section 4. Schematic Diagrams
Describes schematic diagrams for every circuit board.
Section 5. Board Layouts
Describes board layouts for every circuit board.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5
Relative manuals
Besides this maintenance manual the following manuals are available for this unit.
• Operation Manual (Supplied with this unit)
This manual is necessary for application and operation of this unit.
• System manual (Not supplied with this unit)
This manual is necessary for connection and operation of this unit and other
peripheral equipments.
If this manual is required, please contact Sony service organization
6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 1
Installation
1-1. Supplied Accessories
TRACKER (10P FEMALE)
Accessories
Sony Part No.
Qt’y
Fuse T2AH 250V
1-576-228-11
1
Fuses T4AH 250V
1-576-231-41
4
Angle Adjustment Brackets
2-280-511-01
2
Clamp Bands
3-186-502-01
2
Number Plate
(For Rear panel)
3-167-517-01
1
Number Plates
(For Side panels)
3-185-945-01
2
Number Plate
(For UP tally lamp)
4-027-937-01
1
1-2. Connectors and Cables
1-2-1. Connector Input/Output Signals
Output Signals
• MONITOR
BNC 75Ω 1.0 Vp-p
* Refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal Switches
and Controls, IF-538 Board” for details.
8
1
10
9
5
4
7
2
6
3
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
TRACKER OUT (X)
TRACKER RECEIVE
0 dBu unbalanced
2
TRACKER T OUT (G)
GND for TRACKER T
3
TRACKER R OUT (G)
GND for TRACKER R
4
PGM OUT (X)
–20 dBu unbalanced
5
+12 V (T) OUT
+12 Vdc. 100 mA (MAX)
6
PGM OUT (G)
GND for PGM
7
TRACKER T IN (X)
TRACKER TALK
8
TRACKER T IN (Y)
0 dBu/–20 dBu
High impedance balanced
9
UP TALLY OUT (G)
GND for UP TALLY
10
UP TALLY OUT (X)
+12 Vdc 200 mA (MAX)
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
RET CONTROL (6P FEMALE)
• PROMPTER
BNC 75Ω 1.0 Vp-p
Input/Output Signals
• TRIAX
King type (for BVP-500)
Fischer type (for BVP-500P)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
INCOM 1
MIC ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
2
INCOM 2
MIC ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
3
GND
4
RET 3 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
5
RET 1 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
6
RET 2 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
1-1
1-2. Connectors and Cables
SCRIPT (4P FEMALE)
)
INCOM (5P FEMALE)
4
1
3
2
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
GND
GND for POWER
1
INCOM MIC
IN (Y)
2
NC
No connection
2
3
NC
No connection
INCOM MIC
IN (X)
–20 dBu
(CARBON MIC)
–60 dBu
(DYNAMIC MIC)
4
+12 V OUT
+12 Vdc.
3
GND (PGM)
4
INCOM
RECEIVE OUT
0 dBu
5
PGM OUT
0 dBu
REMOTE (8P FEMALE)
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
REMOTE (6P FEMALE)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
TX (+)
BVP SERIAL DATA
2
TX (–)
3
RX (+)
4
RX (–)
5
TX GND
GND for TX
6
POWER (+) OUT
+12 V, 500 mA (MAX)
7
POWER (–) OUT
GND for +12 V
8
NC
No connection
CHASSIS GND
CHASSIS GND
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
CCU/MSU/RCP/CNU/VCS
SERIAL DATA
No. SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
SERIAL DATA IN
Serial data for camera control
2
SERIAL DATA OUT
3
UNREG (G)
4
NC
5
NC
No connection
6
UNREG OUT
+12 Vdc 100 mA
No connection
MIC IN CH1/CH2 (3P FEMALE)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
MIC IN (G)
2
MIC IN (X)
–60 dBu High impedance
balanced
3
MIC IN (Y)
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
1-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-2. Connectors and Cables
VF (25P FEMALE)
13 12 11 10 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
VF R VIDEO OUT (X)
No connection
14
VF R VIDEO OUT (G)
No connection
2
NC
No connection
15
PEAKING OFF OUT
OFF: GND
ON: High impedance
3
VF VIDEO OUT (X)
Y/RET
Zo=75 Ω ± 5 % 1 Vp-p
16
VF VIDEO OUT (G)
GND for VF VIDEO
4
NC
No connection
17
CHASSIS GND
CHASSIS GND
5
VF B VIDEO OUT (X)
No connection
18
VF B VIDEO OUT (G)
No connection
6
RET ON OUT
No connection
19
VF DC GND
GND for +12 V (VF)
7
+12 V (VF) OUT
+12 Vdc (at 2 A)
20
VF DC GND
GND for +12 V (VF)
8
+12 V (VF) OUT
+12 Vdc (at 2 A)
21
TALLY GND
GND for TALLY
9
UP TALLY ON OUT
ON: +12 V
OFF: 0 V
22
VF RET VIDEO
OUT (G)
No connection
10
VF RET VIDEO
OUT (X)
No connection
23
G TALLY ON OUT
ON: 5 V ± 0.5 V
OFF: 0 + 0.5 V
11
R TALLY ON OUT
ON: 5 V ± 0.5 V
OFF: 0 + 0.5 V
24
NC
No connection
12
VF SEL
COL/BW IN
No connection
25
16:9 ON OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
13
NC
No connection
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-3
1-2. Connectors and Cables
LENS (36P FEMALE)
18
1
36
19
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
NC
No connection
19
NC
No connection
2
NC
No connection
20
NC
No connection
3
NC
No connection
21
LENS R TALLY ON
OUT
ON: L
OFF: H
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
4
+12 V (LENS) OUT
+12 V (at 2 A)
22
EXP POSITION IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1 to 4 V
1 V: –7.5°
4 V: +7.5°
5
LENS DC GND
GND for +12 V (LENS)
23
RET 3 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: L
OFF: High impedance
6
GND
GND
24
LENS ADRS A IN
*1
7
NC
No connection
25
LENS ADRS B IN
*1
8
LENS EXT-A IN
*2
26
LENS ADRS C IN
*1
9
LENS EXT-B IN
*2
27
LENS ADRS D IN
*1
10
LENS EXT-C IN
*2
28
EXTENDER 1 ON
OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
11
LENS AUX OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
29
EXTENDER 2 ON
OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
12
IRIS POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“3.4 ± 0.1 V (F16)”
“6.2 ± 0.1 V (F2.8)”
30
NC
No connection
13
ZOOM POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“2 V (WIDE), 7 V (TELE)”
31
INCOM 1
ENG/PRD IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ENG: GND
PRD: High impedance
14
RET 1 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:L
OFF:High impedance
32
INCOM 2
ENG/PRD IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ENG: GND
PRD: High impedance
15
RET 2 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:L
OFF:High impedance
33
INCOM MIC 1 ON
IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
16
FOCUS POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“2 V (MIN), 7 V (∞)”
34
INCOM MIC 2 ON
IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
17
IRIS CONT OUT
2 to 7 V
“3.4 ± 0.1 V (F16)”
“6.2 ± 0.1 V (F2.8)”
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
35
NC
(REGI VD OUT
AUTO: L
MANU: H
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
36
18
1-4
IRIS AUTO/MANU OUT
NC (LENS DC GND)
No connection
)
No connection
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-2. Connectors and Cables
*1 Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1: High impedance
0: 0 + 0.5 V
LENS ADRS A (Low-order bit)
LENS ADRS D (High-order bit)
*2 Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1: High impedance
0: 0 ± 0.5 V
1-2-2. Connection Connector
Connection made with the connector panels during
installation or service, should be made with the connectors/
complete cable assemblies specified in the following list,
or equivalent parts.
Connector Name
MONITOR
PROMPTER (BNC)
EX1
EX2
EX3
MODE
1
1
1
EXTENDER OFF
1
0
1
EXT-A ( × 1.5) ON
0
1
1
EXT-B ( × 2) ON
0
0
1
EXT-C ( × 2.5) ON
Connection Connectors/Cables
1-560-069-11 Plug, BNC or B-B Cable
assembly (1.5 m, option)
TRACKER
(10P FEMALE)
1-506-522-11 Plug, 10P Male or
HIROSE HR10R-10P-10P equivalent
REMOTE
RET CONTROL
(6P FEMALE)
1-560-078-00 Plug, 6P Male or HIROSE
HR10-7PA-6P equivalent
SCRIPT
(4P FEMALE)
1-566-425-11 Plug, 4P Male or HIROSE
HR10A-7P-4P equivalent
REMOTE
(8P FEMALE)
1-766-848-11 Plug, 8P Male or CCA
cable assembly (option)
CCA-5-10 (10m)/CCA-5-3 (3m)
INCOM
(5P FEMALE)
1-508-370-11 XLR, 5P Male or
CANNON XLR-5-12C equivalent
MIC IN
(3P FEMALE)
1-508-084-00 XLR, 3P Male or
CANNON XLR-3-12C equivalent
AC OUT
(for BVP-500P)
1-564-093-11 Plug, AC Outlet or
HIRAKAWA HEWTECH CM-29
equivalent
1-2-3. Wiring Diagram for Cable
CCA-5 Cable
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5
1-3. Outside Dimentions
1-3. Outside Dimentions
(Unit : mm)
1-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-3. Outside Dimentions
With BVF-77/77CE attached
(Unit : mm)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-7
1-4. Installation Conditions
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
1-4. Installaton Conditions
Operating Temparature : –20 °C to +45 °C
Storage Temparature : –20 °C to +50 °C
Humidity
: No condense
1-5. Function of Internal Switches/
Controls
AT-95 Board
4
3
2
1
AT
A
• Install the unit in a location as dry and well-ventilated as
possible.
• Do not install the unit in the following conditions.
High temparature room or near the heat source
Excessive dust or mechanical vibration
Intense magnetic and electric fields
A place subjected to direct sunlight or strong light
B
C
D
E
S1
F
G
AT 95(COMPONENT SIDE)
S1
: Setup menu select switch (S1-1 to S1-4)
Setup menu indicated on the viewfinder can be selected in
combination of switches S1-1 to S1-4.
( ) in parentheses: Factory-set positions
Setup Menu
S1-1 S1-2 S1-3 S1-4 Operation Paint Maintenance Reference Triming Config
OFF OFF OFF OFF YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
(ON) (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) YES
YES NO
NO
NO
NO
OFF ON
OFF OFF YES
YES YES
NO
NO
NO
ON
OFF OFF YES
YES YES
YES
NO
NO
ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF YES
YES YES
YES
YES
NO
ON
OFF YES
YES YES
YES
YES
YES
OFF ON
For details on the setup menu, refer to Section 3.
1-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
MD-103 Board
IF-538 Board
4
IF
3
2
4
1
MD
A
3
2
1
A
B
B
PROMPT
VBS
S3
S650
VF
GENLOCK
RET
C
S200
VIDEO
LEVEL
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
S200 : VF connector signal select switch
Selects an output signal to the viewfinder.
S3 : VBS GENLOCK IN/PROMPTER OUT select switch
Always set to PROMPT.
RET: Return video signal from CCU
GEN: Reference signal for external synchronization which
is input at REF IN connector (of the BKP-5910/
5910P)
n
To output a reference signal, the standalone unit BKP5910/5910P (available separately) is required.
Factory-set position: RET
S650 : MONITOR connector signal select switch
Selects an output signal at MONITOR connector.
VBS: VBS signal
VF: VF video signal
RET: Return video signal from CCU
Factory-set position: VBS
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-9
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
AU-211 Board
SW1 : INCOM MIC select switch
Select according to a microphone of the headset to be
connected to INTERCOM connector.
C : Carbon microphone
D : Dynamic microphone
Factory-set position : C
4
AU
3
2
1
A
B
MIC
SW2
D
C
C
SW1
SW3
D
SW2
: INCOM CONTROL MODE select switch
(SW2-1 to 2-8)
SW2-1 : INCOM MIX switch
Turn on to add the intercom audio to the program audio.
Factory-set position : OFF
E
SW6
MIC PW
ON
SW4
OFF
F
SW5
SW2-2 : INCOM/PGM MIX switch
Turn on to mix the program audio and the intercom audio
in front of IC5 (EVR).
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-3 : PGM MIX switch
Turn on to add the program audio to the intercom audio.
Factory-setting : OFF
SW2-4 : PGM/INCOM level control mode select switch
ON : INCOM level control enables to adjust the levels of
the intercom and program audios simultaneously, and
PGM level control to adjust a mix ratio between the
intercom and program audios.
OFF :INCOM level control adjusts the intercom audio
level, and PGM level control adjusts program audio
level.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-5 : SIDE TONE ON/OFF switch
Turn on to mix the side tone signal. (Mixing level: –26 dB)
RV3/AU-211 board adjusts the side tone level.
Factory-set position: ON
SW2-6 : Not used
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-7 : PGM ON/OFF switch
Always set to OFF.
G
SW-3 : TALLY CONTROL switch (SW3-1, 3-2)
SW3-1 : BATTERY ALARM ON/OFF switch
Turn on to output a battery alarm signal to LENS TALLY
lamp.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW3-2 : POWER SAVE switch.
Always set to ON.
SW4 : MIC POWER ON/OFF switch
Turn on to use a microphone which operates with an
external power supply system.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW5 : AB/PHANTOM MIC select switch
Select according to a microphone which operates with an
external power supply system to be used.
AB : AB POWERING +12 V microphone
PHANTOM : PHANTOM +48 V microphone
Factry-set position : PHANTOM
SW6 : MIC LINE select switch
Selects a signal to be transmitted to MIC1 line.
MIC1 : MIC signal input at MIC CH-1 connector
MIC2 : MIC signal input at MIC CH-2 connector
Factory-set position : MIC 1
SW2-8 : PB AUDIO ON/OFF switch
Always set to OFF.
1-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
AU-215 Board
DM-98 Board
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
4
AU
3
2
1
S1
RV40
A
2
3
B
4
5
C
6
D
S1
: RET OUT select switch (S1-1 to S1-4)
S1-1 to S1-4 select an output signal to the viewfinder.
S200
RV200
E
RV300
*1
S1-1
S201
RV301
: Disables automatically switching between PB
VIDEO and RET VIDEO.
F
S200 : TRACKER TALK LEVEL select switch
Selects the MIC input level at TRACKER connector,
0 dBu or –20 dBu.
(0 dBu = 0.775 Vrms)
RV200/AU-215 board adjusts the tracker level.
Factory-set position: 0 dBu
ON : Playback video signal
OFF : Return video signal (in connection with CCU)
Playback video signal (with the BKP-5910/5910P
incorporated).
n
To output a playback video signal, the standalone unit
BKP-5910/5910P (available separately) is required.
Factory-set position : OFF
S1-2
*1
S201 : MIC MONITOR ON/OFF switch
Turn on to add the program MIC input to the INCOM out
of the INTERCOM connector and to monitor.
Factory-set position: OFF
RV40 : RTS 1 CANCEL
Adjusts the side tone level for customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Minimized
: Disables automatically switching between VBS/
MONITOR and PB/RET.
Always set to OFF.
S1-3
: Selects VBS or MONITOR.
Always set to OFF.
S1-4
: Inhibits RET CONT signal with S1-4 set to OFF.
Always set to ON.
RV300 : UP TALLY BRIGHT
Adjusts the intensity of the UP TALLY lamp for
customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Maximized
RV301 : VF TALLY BRIGHT
Adjusts the intensity of the VF TALLY lamp for
customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Maximized
*1
: Serial No. 10091 and higher (UC)
40126 and higher (CE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-11
1-6. Instance of System Configuration
1-6. Instance of Sytem Configuration
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
STUDIO ZOOM LENS
CCD UNIT
OHB-400/400P
OHB-500/500P
OHB-500WS/500WSP
TRIAX CABLE (*2)
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-55/55CE
1.5" VF(BVF-10/10CE)
CCD UNIT
OHB-450/450P
OHB-451/451P
OHB-550/550P
OHB-550WS/550WSP
CAMERA ADAPTOR
CA-550/550P
TRIAX CABLE (*2)
or COAX CABLE
ENG/EFP LENS
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-550/550P
OTHER OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
For BVP-500/500P
STANDALONE UNIT
BKP-5910/5910P
SCRIPT HOLDER
BKP-7911/7912
For BVP-550/550P
ELECTRET CONDENSER MICROPHONE
ECM-MS5
MICROPHONE
C-74 (Sony P/N 1-542-099-11)
CRADLE SUSPENSION
CRS-3P
CARRYING CASE
LC-303SFT
For CA-550/550P
1-12
TELEPROMPTER UNIT
BKP-5971
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-6. Instance of System Configuration
REMOTE CONTROL
PANEL
RCP-700 RCP-701
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
RCP-720 RCP-721 RCP-740 RCP-741
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CAMERA COMMAND
NETWORK UNIT
CNU-700/500
PIX 2
WF 2
VIDEO SELECTOR
VCS-700
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
PIX 2
WF 2
PIX
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
WF
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
*1: CCA-5 CABLE LENGTH
RCP-700/701
(
CCA-5
RCP
)
CCA-5
CNU
CCA-5
CCU
Total length 200m or less
*2: TRIAX CABLE LENGTH
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Diameter
Maximum length
8.5 mm
1000 m
14.5 mm
2000 m
1-13
1-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 2
Service Overview
2-1. Opening and Closing the Side Panel
Opening
Loosen the two side-panel locking screws, and while
sliding the safety lock toward the lens, open the side panel
by holding the handle.
Handle
Sefety lock
Locking screw
Closing
Locking screw
When you close the side panel, the safety lock is automatically locked. Fasten the side-panel locking screws securely.
2-2. Location of Printed Circuit Boards
PS-434
PS-435
MB-637
LE-130
AU-215
TR-90
AU-211
MD-103
PS-392
IF-538
SW-795
DM-98
DA-88
SG-234
DM-99
AT-95
VA-163
CN-1232
PR-211
CN-1142
SW-805
CN-1231
CN-1239
CN-990
CN-989
LF-31
CN-988
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-1
2-3. Circuit Description
2-3. Circuit Description
DR-302 board (OHB-400/400P only)
Circuit description for the BVP-500/500P and CCD unit
OHB-400/500/500WS series (available separately) is
described here. The BVP-500/500P is called as BVP, and
OHB-400/500/500WS series is called as OHB in this
section.
The DR-302 is a driving board for one optical filter disk,
which motor-drives a filter selected by the RCP or MSU.
The DR-302 board consists of a motor-drive circuit, and a
servo circuit comprised of a selected-filter detection and
filter position voltage generation circuits.
(1) CCD Drive System (OHB)
DR-306 board (OHB-500/500P/500WS/500WSP)
TG-159 board
The DR-306 is a driving board for two optical filter disks.
The main function is almost the same as the DR-302 board.
However, the DR-306 board is provided with the shortestturn function, which automatically selects the shortest-turn
according to a selection of optical filter using a microcomputer.
The TG-159 outputs the pulses for driving the CCD to the
DR-271 board and outputs the pulses for sampling the
CCD output to the PA-181 board.
The driving pulses are synchronized with the HD and VD
pulses input from the BVP and are output.
Pulses are generated from the VCO clock (36 MHz) of the
board. The clocks for the digital processing circuit (36
MHz, 18 MHz)are also output to the BVP.
CCD V-sub voltage, white shading data and so on are also
stored in the EEPROM of the TG-159 board.
DR-271 board
The DR-271 board converts the pulses from the TG-159
board to directly drive the CCD. The converted pulses are
transmitted to the CCD via the BI-91(R)/91(G)/91(B)
board respectively. The board also has a circuit which
makes +29 V from +15 V for the V-sub voltage. Furthermore, the board also has an interface circuit for the optical
filter.
BI-91(R)/91(G)/91(B) boards
(2) Video Signal System
VA-163 board
The VA-163 board amplifies the video signals output from
the OHB and performs the following processings:
• Black shading correction
• Gain-up control
• Blanking cleaning
• White shading correction
• Feedback clamping
• White balancing
• Flare compensation, and
• Pre-knee
In addition, it also switches between the video signals,
TEST SAW(TEST1) signal and 3-STEP TEST(TEST2)
signal.
The CCD is mounted on the BI-91(R)/91(G) /91(B) board
respectivly. These boards supply the driving pulses and
control voltages to the CCD.
The signals output from the CCD are sent to the PA-181
board via the source follower.
PA-181 board
The PA-181 board extracts video signals from the CCD
signals output from the BI-91(R) /91(G)/91(B) boards by a
correlated double sampling circuit, and amplifies the R and
G signals by one time, and the B signal by three times.
The resultant signals are output to the VA-163 board of the
BVP.
2-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-3. Circuit Description
PR-211 board
DA-88 board
The PR-211 board converts the analog R, G, and B video
signals into digital signals with an analog-to digital
converter having sampling/holding functions.
It generates clocks required for the analog-to-digital
conversion and the digital processings from the clocks
generated by the OHB.
In addition, the PR-211 board adds a linear matrix and
detail signals to the analog-to-digital converted R, G and B
signals.
It performs the processings such as pedestal control,
gamma correction, knee correction and white clipping for
the signals. It also performs the followings.
• Generates an internal color-bar signal and switches
between this signal and the main line signals.
• Creates detail and aperture signals from digital R and G
signals.
• Creates a skin tone singal.
• Detects signals for an auto iris, flare compensation,
DCC, and auto white/black balancings.
• Detects black/white shadings, generates a waveform to
compensate them and outputs the wavefoem to the VA163 board.
• Detects black levels and outputs the feedback clamp
voltage to the VA-163 board.
• Generates TEST SAW waveforms and outputs them to
the VA-163 board.
The video signals that has thus been digital-processed, are
then converted to the Y, R-Y and B-Y signals and are
output to the DA-88 board. The Y/C signals are generated
from the Y, R-Y and B-Y signals with a color encoder IC
on the PR-211 board. These signals, that were sampled at
36-MHz rate and quantized by 10 bits, are digital-to-analog
converted.
And the resultants are then output to the DA-88 board as a
monochrome signal for VF, wide-band luminance signal,
or modulated chroma signal. The monochrome signal for
VF has a zebra signal for level indication, and character
signal and center marker signal mixed on it.
The monochrome signal for VF (VF Y) sent from the PR211 board goes through a lowpass filter and is output to the
IF-538 board. The wide-band luminance signal Hi-Ys is
output via a lowpass filter to the MD-103 board. The
modulated chroma signal C goes through a black clamp
circuit and lowpass filter and is added to the Hi-Ys. The
resultant is output to the IF-538 board as a VBS signal.
The Y, R-Y and B-Y signals, that are input from the PR211 board as the digital video signals, are aligned in phase
with video signals in another channels by a digital delay
line. The resultant is digital-to-analog converted and is
then output via a lowpass filter and black clamp circuit to
the IF-538 board. On the other hand, an analog component
signal is generated in combination with the above-mentioned Hi-Ys signal, R-Y and B-Y signals. The analog
component signal is controlled, on the level adjustment and
reference signal addition, by the AT-95 board according to
equipment connected to the camera (VTR or CCU). The
analog component signal is output to the MD-103 board
via the MB-637 board.
BVP-500
BVP-550P
IF-538 board
Input signals at the IF-538 board are as follows;
Signals from the DA-88 board: VF Y, VBS, Y, R-Y and BY
Signals from external equipment: Reference signal for
external synchronization, Return video signal
By combination with these signals, the IF-538 board
outputs the following signals.
• VTR VBS OUT signal
The input VBS signal is output via the buffer amplifier
to the MB-637 board. This is used to output for the VTR
connector (26P) of the standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P
only when the standalone unit is installed in the camera.
2-3
2-3. Circuit Description
• VF OUT signal
Switching between the return video or reference signal
which is selected with S200/IF-538 board, and the VF-Y
singal is done by the CAM/RET signal. The selected
signal is via a lowpass filter to the PinP (Picture in
Picture) circuit to be processed as a small picture signal.
At the next stage, an analog switch switches back and
forth between the large and small picture signals to
display the small picture in the large picture. In combination with this analog switch and another analog switch
at the front of the PinP circuit, reversing between the
large and small picture signals, and moving the position
of the small picture are allowed by operating the rear
panel switch. At the final stage, thus picture-in-picture
signal has center marker and safety zone pulse signals
mixed on it and is output at the IF-538 board.
• MONITOR OUT signal
The S650/IF-538 board selects a signal from VF signal,
VBS signal or one of the return video or reference signal
selected with S200/IF-538 board. The selected signal is
output via the amplifier at the MONITOR OUT connector on the side of the camera. When the VF signal is
selected, however, it is switched over to the VF-Y or
RET signal by the CAM/RET signal corresponding the
VF display selection.
In addition, the IF-538 board is equipped with the following circuits.
• HD/VD external sync circuit
When displaying the return video or reference signal on
the viewfinder screen, it is necessary to synchronize the
cursor signal with those signals. And a sync signal is
separated from those signals to generate the external HD
and VD signals, and the resultant is sent to the cursor
signal generation circuit on the PR-211 board.
• Peak-detects the G signal and outputs to the AT-95
board.
• Transmits the SKIN GATE signal from DA-88 board to
the MD-103 board.
2-4
(3) Auto system
AT-95 board
The AT-95 board consists of a microcomputer which
controls the camera according to the instructions stored in
a ROM. Operations of the board are listed below;
• Analyzes video system detection data, analog data and
instructions of the function switches.
• Outputs various control signals and compensation
signals to the boards.
• Outputs status information and self-diagnosis information as character data from the character generator.
• Incorporates the interface function with the RM-P9 or
the CCU-700/700P.
(4) Pulse system
SG-234 board
The SG-234 board has a sync signal generator which
generates various sync signals for the camera. The sync
signals are generated from the clock pulse input from the
OHB via the PR-211 board. They are output to the boards
of the camera and OHB respectively. This generator has
two modes to synchronize with a reference signal input for
external synchronization. One is a VBS input mode when
the camera is used together with the standalone unit BKP5910/5910P and the other is a V RESET/H CONT mode
when the CCU is connected to the camera.
(5) Audio modulation/demodulation system
AU-211 board
The CHU/RCP data is input/output from/to the AU-211
board. And audio signal processings such as the audio
mode switching and gain control of MIC CH-1 and CH-2
are performed.
The received data from the RCP goes through the photocoupler and is then send as the COM CONT signal to
control the camera, to the AT-95 board. If the CCU is
connected to the unit, the COM CONT signal is automatically send to the CCU.
As for how to select the INCOM mode, refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal
Switches – AU-211 board”. In addition, the AU-211 board
supplies the power to the MIC CH-2 connector.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-3. Circuit Description
2-4. Description of EEPROM Data
TR-90 board
2-4. Description of EEPROM Data
The TR-90 board modulates/demodulates the audio signals
such as the MIC, INCOM and PGM. It also demodulates
the H CONT signal and modulates/demodulates the CHU/
CCU DATA. And it also generates the TONE signal and
modulates it.
The table below gives the holding data of EEPROM on
every printed circuit board.
AU-215 board
The AU-215 board controls/drives a tally system circuit
and also supplies the power to the MIC CH-1 connector. It
also mixes the TRACKER TALK signal and the intercom
audio and outputs the intercom audio as the TRACKER
RECEIVE.
(6) Video modulation/demodulation system
MD-103 board
The MD-103 board modulates the luminance signal Y, the
color difference signals R-Y and B-Y. And it selects a
signal to be input/output at GENLOCK IN/PROMPT OUT
connector. But, this selection is invalid for this camera and
the S3/MD-103 board does not activate. And also it
quadrature-modulates the Y signal and SKIN GATE signal
with the carrier of 22.5 MHz. The resultant signal is sent
to the CCU.
Board
Ref. No.
Holding data
VA-163
IC26
VA-163 adjustment data
AT-95
IC46
Triming/Reference files
SG-234
IC21
SG-234 adjustment data
DA-88
IC10
DA-88 adjustment data
IF-538
IC603
IF-538 adjustment data
MB-637
IC5
Model name, Serial number of the unit
n
The IC listed above cannot be replaced because it is the
EEPROM that is holding data inherent in the board. The
part number listed in Section 1 “Spare Parts” of BVP-500/
500P Maintenance manual, Volume 2 is for an EEPROM
which is not programmed. If replacement is needed,
consult your Sony representatives.
DM-98 board
The DM-98 board demodulates the RET VIDEO signal
and also selects an output signal. The relationships
between the switch setting and output signal are given in
Section 1-5 “Function of Internal Switches – DM-98
board”.
DM-99 board
The DM-99 board demodulates and amplifies the
PROMPT signal.
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-5
2-5. Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible Card Wire
2-5. Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible
Card Wire
Type A
The flexible card wires are used between the MB-637 and
CCD unit(OHB), MB-637 and SW-795 boards and MB637 and PR-211 board respectively. Take care not to break
these flexible card wires. This shorten the wire life.
A
Disconnecting
Conductive surface
1. Turn off the power.
MB-637&OHB/SW-795
Type A
(between MB-637 and CCD unit, and between MB-637
and SW-795)
2. Lift up the portion A in the direciton of the arrow and
disconnect the flexible card wire.
Type B
(between MB-637 and PR-211)
2. Slide portions B in the direciton of the arrow to unlock
and pull out the flexible card wire.
Type B
B
B
Connecting
m
• Be careful not to insert the flexible card wire obliquely.
• Check that the conductive surface of the flexible card
wire is not soiled with dust.
Type A
1. Lift up the portion A in the direction of the arrow and
insert the flexible card wire as far as it will go with the
conductive surface down.
2. Push down the portion A to secure the flexible card
wire.
Conductive surface
MB-637&PR-211
Type B
1. Slide portions B in the direction of the arrow and insert
the flexible card wire as far as it will go with the
conductive surface down.
2. Slide portions B in the reverse direction to lock.
2-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-6. Replacement of Board
2-6. Replacement of Board
2-6-3. Replacement of PR-211 Board
2-6-1. Note on Replacement of Parts
n
In replacing the PR-211 board, a screwdriver whose blade
is long (blade length: 200 mm or more) is required. (Sony
P/N:7-700-739-01 or equivalent)
Every electrical part mounted on the LF-31, PR-211 and
CN-1142 boards cannot be replaced. If there is any
defective part, replace the board itself.
The PR-211 board is provided with a termination board
CN-1142 on it. The CN-1142 board is necessary when the
PR-212 board of OHB-500WS/500WSP is not installed.
Unless the PR-212 board is installed, be sure to connect the
CN-1142 board to the PR-211 board.
1. Open the left side panel referring to Section 2-1.
2. Remove the four screws to remove the PR-211 board.
3. Disconnect the flexible card wire referring to Section
2-5.
2-6-2. Replacement of CN-988/989/990 Board
The CN-988/989/990 boards are small printed circuit
boards used for the camera’s right side panel equipped
with the REMOTE connector and so on. If you order one
of these boards, a combined board of the above three will
be supplied from the Sony parts center. So, please cut off
a necessary board from it and use for service.
PR-211
B3 X 4
4. Install a new board in the reverse procedures of
removal.
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-7
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
2-7-2. Removal of PS-392 Board and AC.DC/
DC Convertor
2-7-1. Replacement of Power Assembly
1. Open the both side panels referring to Section 2-1.
2. Disconnect the three connectors from the power
assembly.
1. Remove the power assembly referring to Section 2-71.
2. Remove the five screws and remove the PS box lid.
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
PS Box lid
B3 X 4
Unlock and Disconnect
in the direction of arrow
3. Disconnect the four connectors of the AC.DC/DC
convertor from the PS-392 board.
3. Loosen the two screws and pull out the power assembly.
Loosen
4. Install a new power assembly in the reverse procedures
of removal.
2-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
4. To remove the PS-392 board, disconnect the six
connectors and remove the five screws.
B3 X 4
PS-392
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
CN-5
CN-8
CN-7
CN-6
CN-4
CN-2
5. To remove the AC.DC/DC convertor, remove the four
screws respectively.
AC. DC/DC Convertor
K3 X 4
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-9
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part
Parts listed below is a periodic replacement part. It is
subject to cracks with the lapse of time. Check sometimes
by visual, and replace as necessary.
No.
Description
Sony P/N
1
Control Knob Assembly
X-3167-051-X
2
Control Knob Assembly
X-3167-563-X
3
Shielding Rubber
3-185-869-2X
4
Control Knob
3-185-872-0X
5
Cable Clamper
3-186-502-0X
6
Outlet Lid (for PAL)
3-186-501-0X
4
2
5
2
1
3
(FOR PAL )
6
2-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-9. Tools and Fixtures
2-9. Tools and Fixtures
Attaching to OHB-500 series
Attach the portable lens attachment with the six screws
(precision P2.6x8) supplied with the attachment.
2-9-1. Tools and Fixtures
Description
Sony P/N
Extension Board EX-464
J-6395-040-A
Extension Cable for Power assembly
J-6395-070-A
Portable Lens Attachment
(for OHB-400 series)
J-6395-080-A
Portable Lens Attachment
(for OHB-500 series)
J-6395-090-A
2-9-2. Use of Portable Lens Attachment
Use of a portable lens attachment enables a portable lens to
be attached to the camera. This attachment should be used
for limited application such as adjustment. Because the
characteristics of the camera are not satisfied when it is
used for shooting.
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Attaching to OHB-400 series
Remove the two hexagon-socket bolts at portions A.
Attach the portable lens attachment with two screws
(B3x10).
A
B3 X 10
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-11
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts
1. w
Safety Related Components Warning
Components marked ! are critical to safe operation.
Therefore, specified parts should be used in the case of
replacement.
2. Standardization of Parts
Some repair parts supplied by Sony differ from those
used for the unit. These are because of parts commonality and improvement.
Parts list has the present standardized repair parts.
3. Stock of Parts
Parts marked with “o” at SP(Supply Code) column of
the spare parts list may be not stocked. Therefore, the
delivery date will be delayed.
4. Units Representation
The following represented units are changed or
omitted in writing.
Units
Representation
Capacitance
µF
uF
Inductance
µH
uH
Resistance
Ω
Abbreviation
5. Destination Representation
The part indicated “For J/UC/CE” in the spare parts
list is used in the unit written below.
For J
: The part is used in a unit for Japan.
For UC : The part is used in a unit for U.S.A. and
Canada.
For CE : The part is used in a unit for regions except
the above countries.
2-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 3
Setup Menu
3-1. Setup Menu
The Setup menu is used to select settings of camera operation, select items to be displayed on the viewfinder screen, and select the way the items are displayed.
It is also used for adjustment. The menu appears on the viewfinder screen.
By changing an internal switch on the IF-538 board, the same signal as output to the viewfinder is
enabled to be output at the MONITOR connector.
•
Configuration of the Setup Menu
The setup menu consists of the following menus
• Operation menu
• Paint menu
• Maintenance menu
• Reference menu
• Triming menu
• System config menu
Operation and Paint menus are normally accessible. To display the other menus, switch setting of the
AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”
•
Equipment required
CCD Unit
OHB-400/500 series
Camera Control Unit
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP.
7-inch Electronic Viewfinder BVF-77/77CE (or B/W monitor)
•
Switches and Control knob
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1
3-1. Setup Menu
DISPLAY switch
ON
: Displays characters and messages indicating the video camera settings and operation status.
OFF
: No character or marker display appears on the viewfinder screen.
MENU : The setup menu appears on the viewfinder screen.
MENU SELECT knob
Selects the menu item or setting value displayed on the viewfinder screen.
MENU SELECT switch
ENTER : Enters the page/item select mode, or enters the setting values.
CANCEL : Cancels the contents of a menu setting, or returns to the page select mode or TOP menu.
n
The TOP menu screen indicates the entire configuration of menu items.
To display the TOP menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU (from OFF) while pushing up the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER.
•
Basic Operation
1. Displaying the menu
To display the Operation menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU.
To display the other menus than the Operation menu, first of all, the TOP menu shall be displayed.
To display the TOP menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU while pushing up the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER. Then turn the MENU SELECT knob to move the cursor to a menu item which
you want and push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. To shift the page, turn the MENU SELECT knob with a page scroll bar displayed at the top-right of
the screen until the desired page is displayed and push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
The menu enters the item select mode and the page scroll bar disappears.
3. To shift the item, turn the MENU SELECT knob until the → cursor points the item to be set and
push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
4. To change the value, turn the MENU SELECT knob. You can change the values quickly by
turning the MENU SELECT knob fast. You can make very fine adjustments by turning the switch
slowly. By pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the setting is entered.
5 The menu page is returned to the item select mode or page select mode every time the MENU
SELECT switch is pushed down to CANCEL.
6. To exit from the setup menu, set the DISPLAY switch to OFF.
•
3-2
ROM version
Contents in the menu and factory settings may differ from the descriptions in this manual depending
on the version of ROM on the AT-95 board.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-1. Operation Menu
This menu contains items contained for changing camera settings to suit shooting conditions during
normal camera operations.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
VF DISPLAY
ZOOM
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indications of zoom position and lens extender.
SHUTTER
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indications of shutter speed and mode.
IRIS
[ON], OFF
Turns the iris setting indication on and off.
AUDIO
––
Turns the audio level indication on and off.
(Does not function in the unit.)
TAPE
––
Turns the tape-remaining indication on and off.
(Does not function in the unit.)
ZEBRA
ON, [OFF]
Turns the zebra indication on and off. (Corresponds to the ZEBRA switch
of VF connected to the camera.)
MESSAGE
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indication of message in changing each setting of filter,
white balance memory, gain value, DCC(auto knee) and shutter speed.
The indication is displayed within three seconds in the center of the
viewfinder screen.
MODE
CHG, [USR]
CHG : The indications of the optical filter, white balance memory and gain
value are displayed only when they differ from the standard settings
(FILTER:1B, WHITE:A, GAIN:0dB)
USR : The indications are displayed corresponding to the settings on the
VF DISPLAY page.
FILTER
*, [ON], OFF
Turns the optical filter indication on and off.
WHITE
*, ON, [OFF]
Turns the white balance memory indication on and off.
(Automatically turned OFF in connection with CCU/RCP.)
MARKER
f)
GAIN
*, [ON], OFF
Turns the gain value indication on and off.
CENTER
[ON], OFF
Turns the center marker indication on and off.
SAFETY ZONE
80%, 90% , OFF
Turns the safety zone marker indication on and off and selects the area
indicated by that marker.f)
BOX CURSOR
ON, [OFF]
Turns the box cursor indication on and off.
BOX H POS
-99 to 99 ([0])
Shifts horizontally the location of the box cursor on the screen.
BOX V POS
-99 to 99 ([0])
Shifts vertically the location of the box cursor on the screen.
BOX WIDTH
00 to 99 ([41])
Sets the width of the box cursor.
BOX HEIGHT
00 to 99 ([10])
Sets the height of the box cursor.
In the 16:9 mode, the following kinds of safety zone marker can be selected in combination of the settings of “SAFETY ZONE” and
“4:3 SAFETY”.
SAFETY ZONE
80%
4:3
SAFETY
90%
OFF
16:9
ON
4:3 area
Safety
zone
OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Not indicated
3-3
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
GAIN SW
LOW
-3,[0], 3, 6, 9, 12,
18, 24, 30 dB
Selects the gain value for each gain switch position
(LOW, MIDDLE, HIGH) of RM-P9 when the standalone unit is installed in the unit.
MID
-3, 0, 3, 6, [9], 12,
18, 24, 30dB
(Note: Except under the above conditions, the setting change becomes
invalid.)
HIGH
-3, 0, 3, 6, 9, 12,
[18], 24, 30dB
[16:9], 4:3
Selects the aspect ratio for the video signal output. (This setting is valid
only when the standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P is incorporated.)
* Corresponds the CCU's setting when the CCU is connected.
VF ASPECT
[AUTO], 4:3
Selects the aspect ratio for the viewfinder indication.
AUTO : Automatically selects according to the aspect ratio selected by
16:9/4:3 MODE on the WIDE SCREEN page.
4:3
: Selects 4:3 regardless of the 16:9/4:3 MODE setting.
4:3 SAFETY
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the safety zone maker showing the 4:3 area is indicated
in the 16:9 mode, or not. f)
16:9 ID ON VF
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the 16:9 indication in the 16:9 mode on the viewfinder
screen.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
16:9 ID
ON BARS
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the 16:9 indication is displayed on the internal color-bar in
the16:9 mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
BNC TEST OUT
––
Does not function in the unit.
The panel switch (S650) on IF-538 board can select a signal to be output
at MONITOR connector (VBS, VF or RET)
RM/MON CHAR
[ON], OFF
Selects whether character signals displayed on the viewfinder screen are
mixed with the VBS signal when “VBS” is selected by the panel switch
(S650) on IF-538 board.
VBS LOCK
––
Does not function in the unit.
WIDE SCREEN 16:9/4:3 MODE
(For OHB-500WS
/500WSP)
MON OUT
VF VIDEO MODE [Y], MIX, NAM
AUTO IRIS
AUTO KNEE (DCC)
3-4
Selects a video signal to be output to the viewfinder.
Y
: Y=0.3R+0.59G+0.11B; The same as a camera output signal
MIX : Y=0.33R+0.33G+0.33B
NAM : Selects one of the R, G, and B signal that is maximum in level.
[RGB]-G
ON, [OFF]
Sets signals selectable by RGB switch.
ON : R-G, B-G
OFF : R, G, B
IRIS OVERRIDE
-99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the reference value for automatic iris adjustment.
-99 (further closed) ↔ 99 (further opened)
IRIS OVERRIDE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto-iris override function on and off.
APL RATIO
-99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the way the iris is automatically adjusted.
-99 (PEAK) ↔ 99 (AVERAGE)
AUTO KNEE
POINT
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the point on which the knee function starts to have effect in the autoknee mode.
AUTO KNEE
SLOPE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the volume of the effect of the knee function in the auto-knee mode.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
STAND ALONE
H PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the horizontal phase of the camera in the genlock mode.
SC PHASE
0 to 360([XX])
Sets the subcarrier phase of the camera in the genlock mode.
CABLE COMP
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the cable compensation circuit for the external sync
signal in the genlock mode.
SNG BARS
ON, [OFF]
Turns the color-bar signal for SNG on and off.
MASTER BLACK
-99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the MASTER BLACK level.
IRIS OVERRIDE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto-iris override function on and off.
CF PULSE
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the color framing pulse supplied to the VTR.
SKIN DETAIL
ON, [OFF]
Turns the skin tone detail function on and off.
AUTO HUE
DETECT
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the volume of effect of the skin detail auto
hue function. (Does not function at present.)
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
AUTO WHITE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the white balance.
LEVEL AUTO
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the level in the internal circuits. c)
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output.
OHB
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the OHB block
and CPU on AT board.
PR
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the PR board
and CPU on AT board.
VA
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the VA board
and CPU on AT board.
AT
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the CPU and
memory on AT board.
SG
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the SG board
and CPU on AT board.
DA
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between DA board and
CPU on AT board.
IF
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between IF board and
CPU on AT board.
MD
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of MD board in connection with CCU.
AU
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of AU board in connection with CCU.
TR
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of TR board in connection with CCU.
AUTO SETUP
DIAGNOSIS
CAMERA ID
ID: [] [] [] [] [] [] []
ID ON BARS
c)
Sets a camera ID of up to ten alphanumerics, symbols, and spaces.
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the camera ID is mixed with a camera output signal only
in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
When executing the LEVEL AUTO, data set through the menu is all cleared and the automatic level adjustment is performed in
sequence. After the adjustment is complete, adjustment result is stored as a reference file.
1. Lens is automatically closed and the black balance is automatically adjusted.
2. The white balance is automatically adjusted using TEST 2 (3-step) signal.
n
This white balance adjustment compensates a drift of the gain of an amplifier, does not compensate color temperature for an actual object.
The gamma and knee compensation values do not change with a lapse of time because of the digital-processing camera.
Therefore, the LEVEL AUTO adjustment does not contain the gamma and knee adjustments unlike a conventional camera.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-5
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-2. Paint Menu
The Paint menu is used for white and other paint adjustments items. To activate the Paint menu, first
display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
VIDEO LEVEL
WHITE R/G/B
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B gain level.
BLACK R/G/B/M
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B master black level.
FLARE R/G/B
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B flare level.
GAMMA R/G/B/M
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B master gamma correction curve.
FLARE
[ON], OFF
Turns the flare correction circuit on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : no test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the VIDEO LEVEL page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
DETAIL1
DETAIL2
(Continued)
3-6
DETAIL
[ON], OFF
Turns the function on and off to improve resolution by adding the detail signal.
LEVEL
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the master level for the detail signal.
LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the clipping level against the maximum detail level.
CRISPENING
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level at which the detail signal is crispened.
LEVEL DEP
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level to control the detail signal used at lower signal level.
LEVEL DEP
[ON], OFF
Turns the level depend function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the DETAIL 1 page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
DETAIL
[ON], OFF
Turns the function on and off to improve resolution by adding detail signal.
H/V RATIO
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the mix ratio of H and V detail signal.
FREQUENCY
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the boost frequency for H detail signal.
MIX RATIO
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the mix ratio of H detail signal used before and after the gamma
compensation circuit.
W.LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjust the clipping level adainst the higher detail signal at the maximum level.
B.LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the clippping level against the lower detail signal at the minimum level.
COMB
–99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the effect volume of the comb filter
99 (Causes less cross colors.) ↔ –99 (Yields clear pictures, but causes more
cross colors.)
* For a PAL model, this function has the effect on not every object but a specified object.
KNEE APRT.
ON, [OFF]
Turns the knee aperture function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
DETAIL2
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the DETAIL2 page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
SKIN DETAIL
SKIN DETAIL
ON, [OFF]
Turns the skin detail function on and off.
LEVEL
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level of the skin detail.
PHASE
100° to 170°([0])
Adjusts the hue for the skin detail function.
WIDTH
0° to 90° ([0])
Adjusts the color width for the skin detail function.
SATURATION
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the color saturation of the skin detail function.
GATE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the area display of the skin detail function in the viewfinder screen.
AUTO HUE
DETECT
Throw MENU SELECT Sets the range of skin detail hue function automatically.
switch to ENTER
(Does not function at preset.)
to execute.
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the SKIN DETAIL page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
GAMMA
KNEE/W.CLIP
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Contents
GAMMA, R/G/B/M
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B and master gamma level.
COARSE
0.40, [0.45], 0.50
Selects the gamma value in steps.
GAMMA
[ON], OFF
Turns the gamma value on and off.
BLACK GAMMA
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the black gamma (master).
(Note: A noise appears on the screen during operation.)
BLACK GAMMA
ON, [OFF]
Turns the black gamma function on and off.
(Note: A noise appears on the screen during operation.)
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Resets all settings on the GAMMA page to the factry settings.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
POINT
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the knee point level when the function is OFF.
SLOPE
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the knee slope level when the function is OFF.
KNEE
[ON], OFF
Turns the knee function on and off.
AUTO KNEE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto knee function on and off.
KNEE MAX
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the knee max function which changes the slope to
completely collapsed form.
WHITE CLIP
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the white clip level.
WHITE CLIP
[ON],OFF
Turn the white clip function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the KNEE/W.CLIP page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
3-7
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
MATRIX
R-G, R-B
–99 to 99 ([0])
Compensates the user’s matrix (sets an optional value as the constant for
G-R, G-B
–99 to 99 ([0])
R-G, R-B, G-R, G-B, B-R, and B-G).
B-R, B-G
–99 to 99 ([0])
MATRIX
[ON], OFF
Turns the matrix compensation on and off.
[ON], OFF
Turns the user’s matrix compensation on and off.
PRESETa)
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off only the preset matrix compensation (fixed constant
compensation).
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step form test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the MATRIX page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
1
Storing and recalling a scene file (painting data corresponding to a shot scene)
2
Storing a scene file
3
1 Turn MENU SELECT knob to move the → cursor to “FILE STORE,” then throw MENU SELECT
USER
SCENE FILE
a)
4
a)
switch to ENTER. “FILE STORE” flashes on the viewfinder screen.
5
2 Select the file number (1 to 5) to be stored to.
FILE STORE
(If data is already stored at the selected location, the new data replaces the current data.)
Recalling a scene file
Turn MENU SELECT knob to move the → cursor to the file number whose data is to be recalled,
then throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
• Every time MENU SELECT switch is pushed up to ENTER, the scene file data replaces the
current settings.
• When the scene file is recalled, an asterisk appears next to the number.
STANDARD
Returns the current amount of paint adjustments and switch setting to their reference value
stored as a reference file.
When both USER and PRESET are set to ON, the matrix constant compensation is total value of the USER and PRESET matrix.
3-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu
The Maintenance menu is used for encoder output level and other adjustments items necessary for
camera’s maintenance. The Maintenance menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu, switch
setting of the AT-95 board is required.
For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”.
To activate the Maintenance menu, first display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
VBS
SYNC LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Y LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the Y level of camera’s encoder output signal.
BURST LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the burst level of camera’s encoder output signal.
CHROMA LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the chroma level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Q/V LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the Q (or V) level of camera’s encoder output signal.
SET UP
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s encoder output signal.
(This setting is valid only for NTSC.)
BF PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the burst phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
SC-H PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the SC-H phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
V BLANKING
19,[20],21H
Adjusts the V blanking width of camera’s encoder output signal.
(This setting is valid only for NTSC.)
In connection with CCU, the width is fixed to 19H.
* For a PAL model, the width is fixed to 25H at all times.
V SAW R/G/B/M
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G, B or master
white shading.
V PARA R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.PARA compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
H SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
H PARA R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.PARA compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
WHITE R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G, or B white level.
V MOD R/G/B/M
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G, B or master
modulation shading of the lens and prism.b)
V MOD
ON, [OFF]
Turns the V modulation shading on and off.
AUTO WHITE
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the white balance.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Resets numeric settings to “0” on the WHITE SHADING page.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
WHITE SHADING
BLACK SHADING V SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B black shading.
H SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B black shading.
BLK SET R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of BLACK SET compensation for the R, G, or B.
BLACK R/G/B/M
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G, B or master black level.
MASTER GAIN
-3,0,3,6,9,12,18,
24,30 dB ([X])
Selects the master gain value.
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
(Continued)
b)
When the master modulation shading is adjusted, the V. SAW component for the R and B V-modulation shadings of the prism is
simultaneously compensated.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-9
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
BLACK SHADING CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Resets numeric settings to “0” on the BLACK SHADING page.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
AUTO SET UP
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
LEVEL AUTO
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
AUTO HUE
DETECT
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the volume of effect of the
switch to ENTER
hue function. (Does not function at present.)
to execute.
COLOR MATCH
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically perform the COLOR MATCH adjustment to match
switch to ENTER
in color between two or more cameras. (Does not function at present.)
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the level in the internal circuits. c)
skin detail auto
WHITE SHADING Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the white shading. (Does not function at present.)
switch to ENTER
to execute.
BLACK SHADING Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the black shading. d)
switch to ENTER
to execute.
DATE/TIME
OTHERS
c)
d)
DD/MM/YY
HH:MM:SS
Adjusts a built-in timer. (HH;hour/MM;minute only)
DATE ON BARS
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the date characters are mixed with a camera output
signal in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
TIME ON BARS
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the time characters are mixed with a camera output
signal in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
S/N MEASURE
ON, [OFF]
ON : Set to ON in mesuring the S/N ratio. And settings of the DETAIL,
CHROMA, GAMMA, MATRIX, and FLARE will be temporarily turned OFF.
OFF: Settings of DETAIL and so on are returned as they were.
MOD MEASURE
ON, [OFF]
ON : Set to ON in mesuring the modulation depth. And settings of the
DETAIL, GAMMA, MATRIX, and FLARE will be temporarily turned OFF.
OFF: Settings of DETAIL and so on are returned as they were.
MASTER BLACK
-99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the master black in measuring the S/N ratio and modulation depth.
DETAIL
[ON], OFF
CHROMA
[ON], OFF
GAMMA
[ON], OFF
MATRIX
[ON], OFF
FLARE
[ON], OFF
When executing the LEVEL AUTO, data set through the menu is all cleared and the automatic level adjustment is performed in
sequence. After the adjustment is complete, adjustment result is stored as a reference file.
1. Lens is automatically closed and the black balance is automatically adjusted.
2. The white balance is automatically adjusted using TEST 2 (3-step) signal.
n
This white balance adjustment compensates a drift of the gain of an amplifier, does not compensate color temperature for an actual
object.
The gamma and knee compensation values do not change with a lapse of time because of the digital-processing camera.
Therefore, the LEVEL AUTO adjustment does not contain the gamma and knee adjustments unlike a conventional camera.
Before first using the camera with the OHB-400/500/500WS (or their PAL version) installed, or After replacing the CCD unit, be sure
to execute the automatic black shading adjustment.
3-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-4. Reference Menu
The Reference menu stores the reference values used for automatic setup adjustment and the standard
settings of the switches as the reference files. And the menu can clear the current reference files. The
Reference menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu, switch setting of the AT-95 board is
required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate
the Reference menu, first display the TOP menu.
m
1. Executing the FILE STORE on the REFERENCE FILE page registers settings of items, which have
been set through the Paint, Maintenance and System config menus just before the file store, as the
reference values.
2. When changed numbers of items are returned to the reference values stored as the reference files,
recall the standard file using an MSU/RCP or the setup menu.
Page
Item
Settings
REFERENCE
FILE
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT Stores the adjustment value on each item as the reference value.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
CLEAR FILE
Throw MENU SELECT Clears the adjustment values stored as the reference files.
switch to ENTER
(Temporarily clears the current reference filese) .)
to execute.
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT Stores specific data for a lens to be used as the lens files. The standard
switch to ENTER
values are stored at the factory. (Does not function at present.)
to execute.
LENS FILE
e)
Contents
If the power is turned off without execution of the FILE STORE after clearing the file, the original setting is restored.
3-1-5. Triming Menu
The Triming menu stores the adjustment data in replacing parts as the triming files. And the menu can
clear the current adjustment values. The Triming menu is not normally accessible. To display this
menu, switch setting of the AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of
Internal Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate the Triming menu, first display the TOP menu.
n
Executing the FILE STORE on the TRIMING FILE page registers settings of items, which have been
set through the Maintenance and System config menus just before the file store, as the reference values.
Page
Item
Settings
TRIMING FILE
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT Stores the adjustment value on each item as the reference value.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
CLEAR FILE
Throw MENU SELECT Clears the adjustment values stored as the triming files.
switch to ENTER
(Temporarily clears the current triming filese).)
to execute.
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT Stores specific data for a CCD unit to be used as the OHB files.
switch to ENTER
The standard values are stored at the factory.
to execute.
OHB FILE
e)
Contents
If the power is turned off without execution of the FILE STORE after clearing the file, the original setting is restored.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-11
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-6. System Config Menu
The System config menu is used for adjustments items necessary to replace a printed circuit board or
some parts of the camera. The System config menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu,
switch setting of the AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal
Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate the System config menu, first display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting. XX or XXX represents two or three digits in hexadecimal.)
Page
Item
DATE/TIME
YY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS
Y/CHROMA
PR/VA/TEST
Settings
Contents
Adjusts the built-in calender and timer.
RESET
Turn MENU SELECT
knob to execute.
Resets hour (HH), minute (MM) and second (SS) of the timer.
SC FREQ
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the camera’s subcarrier frequency.
Y SYNC
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s Y output signal.
Y SETUP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the setup level of camera’s Y output signal.
Y VIDEO
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the Y level of camera’s Y output signal.
TEST SETUP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the setup level of camera’s encoder output signal.
BURST LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the burst level of camera’s encoder output signal.
CHROMA LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the chroma level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Q/V LEVEL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the Q(V) level of camera’s encoder output signal.
SC-H PHASE
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the SC-H phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
REG LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the R, G and B output signals.
CB
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the camera color-bar signal to be output in setting each
item on the Y/CHROMA page.
PR ADG R/G/B
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the reference level of the AD converter for R/G/B signals on the
PR board.
VA MOD R/G/B
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B modulation balance for the VA board.
G CLOCK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clock pulse in phase to be input to the AD converter for G
signal on the PR board.
(Note: In replacing OHB, readjustment is required to set the maximum
value of the modulation depth.
R/B CLOCK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clock pulse in phase to be input to the AD converter for R/B
signals on the PR board.
(Note: In replacing OHB, readjustment is required to set the minimum
level of a pseudo signal.)
M.BLACK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the master black signal.
TEST2 HI
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the high level of the TEST2 (3-STEP) signal on the VA board.
TEST2 MID
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the middle level of the TEST2 (3-STEP) signal on the VA board.
TEST CLIP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clip level of the TEST1 (sawtooth) signal on the VA board.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the PR/VR/
TEST page.
1: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF: No test signal is output
PRE KNEE/ZEBRA
PREKNEE1 R/G/B XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B pre-knee 1 level on the VA board.
(Continued)
PREKNEE2 R/G/B XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B pre-knee 2 level on the VA board.
APERTURE
Adjusts the aperture compensation signal level.
3-12
XXX ([XX])
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
PRE KNEE/ZEBRA
WHITE CLIP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the white clip level.
WHITE CLIP
[ON], OFF
Turns the white clip function on and off.
VTR/CCU
IRIS
OTHERS 1
(Continued)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
ZEBRA1 LEVEL,WIDE XXX ([XX])
Sets the center value and range for the zebra 1 signal detection.
ZEBRA2 LEVEL
XXX ([XX])
Sets the detection value for the zebra 2 signal.
Z.DISP
1,2, 1&2
Selects a zebra signal to be displayed on the viewfinder.
1: Zebra 1 signal
2: Zebra 2 signal
1&2: Both zebra 1 and 2 signals are displayed at the same time.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the PREKNEE/
ZEBRA page.
1: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF: No test signal is output
VTR R-Y
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R-Y color-difference signal level.
VTR B-Y
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the B-Y color-difference signal level.
CCU Y SAMP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sample pulse to be mixed with the Y signal.
CCU R-Y SYNC
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sync pulse to be mixed with the R-Y signal.
CCU B-Y SAMP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sample pulse to be mixed with the B-Y signal.
RGB OFFSET
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the G signal level.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the VTR/CCU page.
1: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF: No test signal is output
CB
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the camera color-bar signal to be output in setting each
item on the VTR/CCU page.
LEVEL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the auto-iris level.
APL RATIO
XXX ([XX])
Sets the way the iris is automatically adjusted. -99 (PEAK) ↔ 99 (AVERAGE)
FILTER,WHT MEM [ON], OFF
Does not function in the unit. (The setting change becomes invalid.)
NTSC ENC
[WIDE], NRW
Sets the band width of the Q signal for the NTSC color encoder.
ROTARY
[STD], RVS
Selects the mode of MENU SELECT knob as turned clockwise.
STD: Cursor moves downwards and a numeric value increases.
RVS: Cursor moves upwards and a numeric value decreases.
OWN CALL
R, F&R , OFF
Selects whether TALLY lamps are lit corresponding to the
CALL button on rear panel pressed, or not. Or selects which TALLY
lamps are lit when the CALL button is pressed.
(This setting is valid in connection with CCU. When the standalone unit is
installed and MSU/RCP is not connected to the camera, it is always set to
OFF.)
R: Red TALLY lamps of VF are lit.
R&F: Red TALLY lamps of VF and UP TALLY lamps of VF and camera
are lit.
OFF: No TALLY lamp is lit corresponding to the CALL button.
CENTER H POS
XXX ([XX])
Shifts horizontally the location of the center marker on the screen.
CENTER V POS
XXX ([XX])
Shifts vertically the location of the center marker on the screen.
LENS VTR S/S
TALK, [RET2]
Selects the mode of VTR S/S SW of the lens.
TALK: VTR S/S SW functions as INCOM TALK SW (momentary).
RET2: VTR S/S SW functions as RET2 SW.
VF ? DISPLAY
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indication of ? mark at the top-right of the VF screen with
the DISP switch set to ON when the self-diagnosis result is NG (no good)and
so on.
3-13
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
OTHERS 1
PinP RET RVS
[RVS1], RVS 2, OFF Selects the indication mode of VF display in PinP mode.
Setting
RET 1
(or 2, 3) SW
Large screen
Small screen
RVS 1
ON
RET 1 (2, 3) video
Camera output
OFF
Camera output
The last RET video selected
ON
RET 1 (2, 3) video
Camera output
OFF
Camera output is displayed on the whole screen.
(Small screen is not displayed.)
ON
Camera output
OFF
Camera output is displayed on the whole screen.
(Small screen is not displayed.)
RVS 2
OFF
RET 1 (2, 3) video
* To output RET 3 video signal, press RET 1 and 2 switches at the same
time.
OTHERS 2
3-14
F TALLY RVS
[ON], OFF
Selects the operation mode of TALLY lamps corresponding to a CALL button
pressed when a TALLY signal is input to the camera from CCU or VTR.
ON: Red TALLY lamps of VF and UP TALLY lamps of VF and camera go
out.
OFF: Red TALLY lamps of VF alone go out.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-2. Self-Diagnosis
3-2. Self-Diagnosis
The BVP-500/500P has a diagnosis mode used for self-diagnosis of every plug-in board and the OHB.
The diagnosis page is displayed on the viewfinder screen.
• Operation
Select “Diagnosis” page of the Operation menu referring to Section 3-1.
• Viewfinder Screen
8
9
0
5
6
1
2
3
4
7
• Display Descriptions
Marks
Board/Block
Judging Point
Expected Abnormality
1
OHB(CCD UNIT) Communication with IC18, IC19/TG-159
Communication error
2
PR-211
Communication with IC49
Communication error
3
VA-163
Communication with IC26
Communication error
4
AT-95
Communication with IC46
Communication error
5
SG-234
Communication with IC21
Communication error
6
DA-88
Communication with IC10
Communication error
7
IF-538
Communication with IC603
Communication error
8
MD-103
Y RF output
Color-difference
RF output
• RF carrier levels for Y
and R-Y/B-Y are out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
9
AU-211
+7.5 V and
INCOM +7.5 V
• Power voltage for the
board is out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
0
TR-90
RF output (TP3)
• Carrier level for AUDIO
RF is out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
* Only when no video signal is input.
n
When the BVP-500/500P is not connected to the CCU, the columns 8,9 and 0 will display “– –”.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-15
Section 4
Alignment for OHB Installation
4-1. Preparation
4-1-1. Equipment Required
Extension board EX-464
Sony P/N: J-6395-040-A
For BVP-500/500P plug-in
boards
Multiburst Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-110-A
Extension board BKP-7900 (Option)
For CCU-700/700P plug-in
boards
Pattern box PTB-500
Sony P/N: J-6029-140-B
• Light source for test chart
Power supply AC90 to 240V
0.5
Grayscale Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-130-B
White Window Chart
Make a square hole at the center
of a black sheet of paper.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0.5
Measuring Equipment
• Frequency counter
Advantest TR5821AK or equivalent
• Oscilloscope
Tektronix 2465 or equivalent
• Waveform monitor/Vectorscope
Tektronix 1750 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1751 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Digital voltmeter
Advantest TR6845 or equivalent
• Video signal generator
Tektronix 1410 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1411 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Color monitor
Sony BVM-1911/2811 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Sony BVM-2011P/3011P or equivalent (for PAL)
Peripheral Equipment
• CCD unit
: OHB-400/500/500WS series
• Camera control unit
: CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
• Master setup unit
: MSU-700
• TRIAX cable (Standard length: 150 m)
Grayscale Chart (16:9)
Sony P/N: J-6394-080-A
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-080-A
For OHB-400 series
Portable Lens Attachment
Sony P/N: J-6395-090-A
For OHB-500/500WS series
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-1
4-1. Preparation
4-1-2. Notes on Adjustment
• All measuring equipment shall be calibrated.
• Also the alignment for the OHB-400/500/500WS (or
their PAL version), CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP, and
MSU-700 shall be completed.
• To connect each equipment, refer to Section 4-1-4.
• As for initial settings before beginning adjustment, refer
to Section 4-1-5.
• Be sure to turn off the power switch on the power
assembly of the camera before disconnecting the printed
circuit boards.
n
Allow for about ten seconds until the unit is energized
when turning this switch off and then on momentarily.
• About ten-minute warm-up time is allowed before
beginning adjustment.
• When using the camera as 16:9 mode together with the
OHB-500WS/500WSP, use the specified grayscale chart
(J-6394-080-A).
• Paste a black colored velvets (around 3 × 3 cm) to both
sides of the white portion in the center of the grayscale
chart.
(For more details, consult your Sony service representative.)
4-1-3. Description of Setup Menu
A part of adjustments given in this section uses the setup
menu. The setup menu consists of the following menus.
Besides there is a TOP menu indicating the entire configuration of menu items.
Operation
Paint
Maintenance
Reference File
Triming File
System config
To display all of the menus, switch setting of the AT-95
board is required. And for details on the setup menu, refer
to Section 3.
4-2
In this manual, describes the setup menu operation as
follows.
Title of the selected page (top right corner display)
For reference:
When Paint→Skin Detail is selected:
MENU : Paint
PAGE : Skin Detail (P4)
Displaying Setup Menu
1. Power on the CCU and MSU.
2. Set the internal switches of the AT-95 board as
follows.
S1-1 → ON
S1-2 → OFF
S1-3 → ON
S1-4 → OFF
3. DISPLAY switch/rear panel→OFF
4. POWER switch/camera power assembly→ON
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU (from
OFF) while pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER. (TOP menu will be displayed.)
n
If the power switch is turned off once, perform the above
operations again to display the setup menu (steps 3 to 5).
How to change the setting values
To enter or cancel the setting value of items, which can be
changed by turning the MENU SELECT knob, proceed as
follows.
To enter the setting value;
Press the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
To cancel the setting value;
Before pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER,
press it to CANCEL. The original setting is restored.
After pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the
setting can not be canceled.
File Store
If the adjustments in this section are suspended or the unit
is powered off to extend a printed circuit board and so on,
be sure to execute the FILE STORE before being powered
off. (Refer to section 4-20.)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-1. Preparation
4-1-4. Connection
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
TRIAX CABLE
(100 to1000m)
ENG/EFP
LENS
Portable Lens
Attachment
75Ω
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
Vector scope
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Color monitor
Oscilloscope
BVP-500
BVP-500P
75Ω
4-3
4-1. Preparation
4-1-5. Initial Settings
BVP-500/500P
n
When switching the following switches from a customerset position, it is recommended to record the setting state
of the customer in the table below.
After adjustment is complete, be sure to return the switches
to their customer-set position.
Board
Switch
Initial setting Customer-set position
AT-95
S1-1
ON
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
ON
S1-4
OFF
When adjusting a camera incorporating the OHB-500WS/
WSP, be sure to set the setup menu as follows.
MENU : Operation
PAGE : Wide Screen (?4)
ITEM : 16:9/4:3 MODE→16:9
MSU-700 Operation Panel
• CAM POWER/Signal output select buttons
ALL button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CAM PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
VF PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
TEST 1 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
BARS button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CLOSE button
→ ON (Stays lit)
• CAM/CCU Function ON/OFF buttons
KNEE OFF button
→ OFF (Stays lit)
DETAIL OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
LVL DEP OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
AUTO KNEE button → OFF (Stays out)
SKIN DETAIL button → OFF (Stays out)
• Others
GAMMA OFF button → ON(Stays out)
MASTER GAIN button→ 0 (0 dB)
FILTER button (ND) → 1 (Stays lit)
FILTER button (CC) → B (Stays lit)
• Menu operation block (Touch panel)
PAINT button
→ON
∆ →(Page 2/3)→ White Clip → White Clip Off
Execution of Scene File Standard
STANDARD button/MSU operation panel→ON
4-4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-2. VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
4-2. VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
Notes:
• This confirmation shall be done only when the CCD unit
is installed in the camera incorporating the standalone
unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up time periods
(10 to 30 minutes).
Setting of Sensitivity and Standard Color Temperature:
• Use the reflective chart (reflection ratio:89.9%) in this
adjustment, if possible.
• If a pattern box is used, it should be well-maintained.
• Set the luminous intensity of the chart to 2000 lx and the
color temperature to 3200 K.
• This adjustment shall be performed at F7.0 or more.
Note:
• Never change the setting of the following trimmer
capacitors. These capacitors are extremely difficult to
adjust in the field.
VA-163 board : 1CT200, 1CT300, 1CT400
Preparation:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Equipment
Test Point
Specifications
MONITOR
OUT
: Frequency counter, Video signal
generator
: MONITOR connector
: 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
GENLOCK
SC
Video signal
IN
OUT
generator
Frequency
counter
If the specification is not satisfied, perform the following
adjustment.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the frequency using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: SC FREQ
Specifications: 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
File Store:
Execute the OHB file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: OHB File (T2)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Equipment : Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Object
: Gray scale chart
Preparations:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Lights)
2. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
5. KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
6. Close the lens iris.
7. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and
21 mV for PAL at the MONITOR connector.
If the black level is out of specs, carry out “4-6. Master
Black Adjustment”.
4-5
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
9. Test Point
: TP72 (GND:TP71)/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Iris of the lens: A = 125 mV (at F7.0 or more)
16. Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV200 (R GAIN)/VA-163
panel
1RV400 (B GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: Carrier leakage D = Minimum
C
(Oscilloscope)
10. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
11. Adjust the VA gain for G.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV300 (G GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: The levels A and B are shall be
equal when the TEST 2 button/
MSU operation panel is turned
on and off.
A=B
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
(Oscilloscope)
12. Test 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF
13. Select the 15 lines in the center of monitor screen C by
using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform monitor.
14. Put the waveform monitor into the CHROMA mode.
15. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
4-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
Notes:
• The compensation data obtained by the black shading
adjustment is not stored in the OHB File. Therefore,
when the OHB is replaced or a new OHB is installed, be
sure to perform this adjustment.
• If the shading adjustment is not completed, perform the
adjustment again following the message displayed on the
viewfinder or MSU.
If the re-adjustment still is not completed, consult Sony
service representative.
4. Confirm the carrier level satisfies the specification on
the waveform monitor.
Specifications: Less than 2 IRE (for NTSC)
Less than 14 mV (for PAL)
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the auto black
shading. Throw the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: Auto Setup (M4)
ITEM
: Black Shading
3. Confirm the “OK” is displayed on the viewfinder or
MSU. If the error message is displayed, perform the
adjustment again following this message.
Message and its meaning
BLACK:OK
: Adjustment correctly completed.
LEVEL TOO HIGH : Lens closing does not operate fully,
and so on.
TIME LIMIT
: Black shading adjustment could not
be completed within the specified
number of attempts.
OVER FLOW
: The difference between the reference value and the current value is
too great, and exceeds adjustment
range. Adjustment is then not
completed.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-7
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
• Manual Black Shading Adjustment
(For reference)
Note:
• Perform this adjustment only when “4-4. Black Shading
Adjustment” is not completed.
Equipment
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch black shading in the same way.
: Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
Test Point
Iris of the lens
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch black shading in the same way.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
2. G button/rear panel → ON
3. Set the black level to 3 IRE for NTSC and 21 mV for
PAL with the MASTER BLACK control/MSU
operation panel.
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
MSU menu operation:
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → Black Shading → G
Adjustment items : H SAW, V SAW
4-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-5. White Shading Adjustment
4-5. White Shading Adjustment
Note:
• This adjustment could not be correctly performed if the
uneven white patten is used, luminance is not correct, or
lens iris and lens zoom are not in good conditions.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → White Shading → G
Adjustment items: H SAW, H PARA, V SAW,
V PARA
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Full white pattern
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Shoot the fully occupied white area of the pattern box in
the full underscanned monitor frame adjusting the zoom
control.
Iris of the lens
: A=80 ±5 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 560 ±35 mV (for PAL)
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch white shading in the same way.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch white shading in the same way.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel→OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-9
4-6. Master Black Adjustment
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
4-6. Master Black Adjustment
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows
• LUM mode
2. Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
: Waveform monitor, Vectorscope
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Connect the waveform monitor to the PIX OUT terminal
of the vectorscope.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Stays out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
2. Adjust the master gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: B = 55.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 420 ±14 mV (for PAL)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4-10
3. Close the lens iris.
4. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
5. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
6. Adjust the R gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : R
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
7. Adjust the B gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : B
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
9. Confirm that the carrier leakage does not observed at
portion C on the waveform monitor.
Specifications
: C = Minimum
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• G button/rear panel → ON
8. Repeat the steps 6 and 7 alternately, until the beam
spot is minimized on the vectorscope.
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
(Vectorscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-11
4-8. Flare Adjustment
4-8. Flare Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the Lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
5. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Flare → Flare Off (Reversed)
Confirm that the level at portion B does not fluctuate
even if the flare is turned on/off.
6. If fluctuates, adjust the G flare as follows.
• Touch panel operation
Turn the flare on. ( Flare Off is not reversed.)
Adjustment item : G
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
8. Adjust the R flare.
Adjustment item : R
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
9. Adjust the B flare.
Adjustment item : B
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Open the iris control of the lens by two stops against
the reference setup (corresponding to the above A).
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
4. Select the 15 lines in the center of the monitor screen
by using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform
monitor.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-12
(Waveform Monitor)
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 alternately, until the carrier
leakage is minimized.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• G button/rear panel → OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
5. Adjust the knee slope. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point
Turn off the knee max. ( Knee Max is not reversed.)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Slope
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: B = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 763 ±10 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and 21
mV for PAL.
2. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. Adjust the knee point. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → White Clip
→ White Clip Off (Reversed)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point → Knee Max
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: A = 98 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 686 ±10 mV (for PAL)
6. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
7. Adjust the white clip. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → White clip
Turn on the white clip. ( White Clip Off is not
reveresed.)
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: C = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
C = 750 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-13
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
4-10. Crispening Adjustment
Note:
The values used in the above adjustments are under the
conditions that the white clip level is set to 109 IRE (for
NTSC) or 763 mV (for PAL).
When the white clip level is set to other value than 109
IRE or 763 mV, use the following table to set the levels of
the knee point and knee slope.
White Clip Level (Unit: IRE/mV)
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
98/686
98/686
96/672
96/672
Knee slope
109/763
109/763
107/750
107/750
White clip
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
Knee point
4-10. Crispening Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Object
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (goes out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Adjust the crispening. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Crispening
Specifications
: Set the numeral value to -99
once, and turn slowly for
increment until the noise at the
black level of the waveform is
just decreased, or an appropriate
crispening level is obtained.
4-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-11. Level Dependent Adjustment
4-11. Level Dependent Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
• LVL DEP OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
2. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Level Dep
Specifications
:Set the numeral value to -99 once,
and turn slowly for increment
until spikes at portions B are just
decreased.
(Waveform Monitor)
Note:
• After adjustment is complete, be sure to perform “4-13.
H/V Ratio Adjustment” and “4-14. Detail Level Adjustment.
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-15
4-12. Detail Frequency Adjustment
4-12. Detail Frequency Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
4. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail2
Adjustment item : Frequency
Specifications
: Adjust the edge width at each
end of the center white portion
for the desired width.
(Waveform Monitor)
Note:
• After adjustment is complete, be sure to perform “4-13.
H/V Ratio Adjustment” and “4-14. Detail Level Adjustment.
(Waveform Monitor)
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Make a selection of line at the center white portion of
the grayscale chart.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-16
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-13. H/V Ratio Adjustment
4-14. Detail Level Adjustment
4-13. H/V Ratio Adjustment
4-14. Detail Level Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens
: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A= 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens : A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
2. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail2
Adjustment item : H/V Ratio
Specifications
: The ratio between the H and V
detail amounts (white) to be
added shall be 1 : 1.
H
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Level
Specifications
: Adjust the detail signal level to
be added to each step in the
grayscale chart for the desired
level.
V
(Monitor Screen)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-17
4-15. Detail Clip Adjustment
4-15. Detail Clip Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
4. Adjust the white limiter. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail3
Adjustment item : W.Limiter
Specifications
: Adjust the edges of portions B
for the desired clip level.
(Waveform Monitor)
5. Adjust the black limiter. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail3
Adjustment item : B.Limiter
Specifications
: Adjust the edges of portions C
for the desired clip level.
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Make a selection of line at the center white portion of
the grayscale chart.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-18
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-16. Skin Tone Adjustment
4-16. Skin Tone Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
: Color monitor, Viewfinder or
Vectorscope
Resetting after Adjustment:
• DETAIL GATE button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Goes out)
• Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Paint
PAGE
: Skin Detail (P4)
ITEM
: Gate → Off
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope or color monitor to the PIX 2
OUTPUT connector of CCU.
• Shoot a person’s face.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• SKIN DETAIL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• DETAIL GATE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Paint
PAGE
: Skin Detail (P4)
ITEM
: Gate → On
3. Adjust the skin detail according to customer’s preferences.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Skin Detail
Adjustment items : Level, Phase, Saturation, Width
Level
: Detail level within the skin gate
Phase
: Hue
Saturation : Component in the saturation direction
Width
: Component in the hue direction
R-Y
Phase
Width
Saturation
B-Y
(Vectorscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-19
4-17. Zebra Adjustment
4-17. Zebra Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel→ OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
5. Adjust the zebra 1 using the MENU SELECT knob/
switch. Proceed as follows.
ITEM
: Zebra1 [LEVEL]
Specifications: Adjust that the stripes appear at the
center of the portions A on the
viewfinder screen.
(The area of the stripes can be
changed by
ITEM: Zebla 1 [RANGE].)
A
A
(Viewfinder Screen)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Iris of the lens: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
6. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: Z.Disp → 2
7. Adjust the zebra 2 using the MENU SELECT knob/
switch. Proceed as follows.
ITEM
: Zebra2 [LEVEL]
Specifications: Adjust that the stripes appear at the
center of the portions B on the
viewfinder screen.
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
4. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: Z.Disp → 1
4-20
B
(Viewfinder Screen)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-18. Auto Iris Adjustment
4-18. Auto Iris Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• IRIS AUTO button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
5. Adjust the auto iris level using MENU SELECT knob/
switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Iris (S6)
ITEM
: Level
Specifications: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the APL ratio using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: Operation
PAGE
: Auto Iris/Auto Knee (?6)
ITEM
: APL Ratio
Specifications
: Adjust the operation mode
depending on the application.
Note
: Automatic iris operation mode
setting can be done from the
average level to peak-to-peak
level of the video signal.
99 → average level
-99 → peak-to-peak level
4. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Operation
PAGE
: Auto Iris/Auto Knee (?6)
ITEM
: Iris Override→Off
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-21
4-19. Settings After Finishing Adjustment
4-20. File Store
4-19. Settings After Finishing
Adjustment
DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
4-22
4-20. File Store
Be sure to execute the file store after any one of the
adjustments of Sections 4-2 through 4-18 is performed.
Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the reference file store. Throw the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu Setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
3. Execute the triming file store. Throw the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu Setting:
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 5
Overall Electrical Alignment
5-1. Preparation
5-1-1. Equipment Required
Extension board EX-464
Sony P/N: J-6395-040-A
For BVP-500/500P plug-in
boards
Multiburst Chart
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
For CCU-700/700P plug-in
boards
Pattern box PTB-500
Sony P/N: J-6026-110-A
0.5
Extension board BKP-7900 (Option)
Sony P/N: J-6029-140-B
• Light source for test chart
Power supply AC90 to 240V
0.5
Grayscale Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-130-B
White Window Chart
Make a square hole at the center
of a black sheet of paper.
Measuring Equipment
• DC variable power supply
• Frequency counter
Advantest TR5821AK or equivalent
• Spectrum analyzer
• Audio analyzer
Tektronix AA501A (OP, 02)or equivalent
• Audio generator
Tektronix SG-5010 or equivalent
• Oscilloscope
Tektronix 2465 or equivalent
• Waveform monitor/Vectorscope
Tektronix 1750 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1751 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Digital voltmeter
Advantest TR6845 or equivalent
• Video signal generator
Tektronix 1410 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1411 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Color monitor
Sony BVM-1911/2811 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Sony BVM-2011P/3011P or equivalent (for PAL)
Grayscale Chart (16:9)
Sony P/N: J-6394-080-A
Peripheral Equipment
• CCD unit
: OHB-400/500/500WS series
• Camera control unit
: CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
• Master setup unit
: MSU-700
• TRIAX cable (Standard length: 150 m)
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-080-A
For OHB-400 series
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-090-A
For OHB-500/500WS series
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-1
5-1. Preparation
5-1-2. Notes on Adjustment
• All measuring equipment shall be calibrated.
• Also the alignment for the OHB-400/500/500WS (or
their PAL version), CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP, and
MSU-700 shall be completed.
• To connect each equipment, refer to Section 5-1-4.
• As for initial settings before beginning adjustment, refer
to Section 5-1-5.
• Be sure to turn off the power switch on the power assembly of
the camera before disconnecting the printed circuit boards.
n
Allow for about ten seconds until the unit is energized
when turning this switch off and then on momentarily.
• About ten-minute warm-up time is allowed before
beginning adjustment.
• Use a plastic (or ceramic) core driver to adjust 1LV,
1FL, 1T and so on.
• When using the camera as 16:9 mode together with the
OHB-500WS/500WSP, use the specified grayscale chart
(J-6394-080-A).
• Paste a black colored velvets (around 3 × 3 cm) to both sides of
the full white portion in the center of the grayscale chart.
(For more details, consult your Sony service representative.)
5-1-3. Description of Setup Menu
A part of adjustments given in this section uses the setup
menu. The setup menu consists of the following menus.
Besides there is a TOP menu indicating the entire configuration of menu items.
Operation
Paint
Maintenance
Reference File
Triming File
System config
To display all of the menus, switch setting of the AT-95
board is required. And for details on the setup menu, refer
to Section 3.
In this manual, describes the setup menu operation as
follows.
Displaying Setup Menu
1. Power on the CCU and MSU.
2. Set the internal switches of the AT-95 board as
follows.
S1-1 → ON
S1-2 → OFF
S1-3 → ON
S1-4 → OFF
3. DISPLAY switch/rear panel→OFF
4. POWER switch/camera power assembly→ON
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU (from
OFF) while pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER. (TOP menu will be displayed.)
n
If the power switch is turned off once, perform the above
operations again to display the setup menu (steps 3 to 5).
How to change the setting values
To enter or cancel the setting value of items, which can be
changed by turning the MENU SELECT knob, proceed as
follows.
To enter the setting value;
Press the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
To cancel the setting value;
Before pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER,
press it to CANCEL. The original setting is restored.
After pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the
setting can not be canceled.
File Store
If the adjustments in this section are suspended or the unit
is powered off to extend a printed circuit board and so on,
be sure to execute the FILE STORE before being powered
off.
This section provides instructions to store the setting data
on the reference or triming file in every adjustment item.
This intends to prevent the data from being cleared when
powered off.
As the data is kept held unless powered off, however, more
than one data can be stored at a time. The file store may
not be necessarily executed for every adjustment item.
Title of the selected page (top right corner display)
For reference:
When Paint→Skin Detail is selected:
MENU : Paint
PAGE : Skin Detail (P4)
5-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-1. Preparation
5-1-4. Connection
For general adjustments
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
TRIAX CABLE
(100 to1000m)
ENG/EFP
LENS
75Ω
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
Portable Lens
Attachment
Vector scope
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Color monitor
Audio generator
75Ω
Oscilloscope
For DM-99 board adjustments
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
PROMPT
TRIAX CABLE
ENG/EFP Portable Lens
LENS
Attachment
(100 to 1000m)
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
MONITOR
BVP-500/500P
OUT
75Ω
RET1
Video signal generator
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
75Ω
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Vector scope
Color monitor
75Ω
For audio adjustments
Audio generator
600Ω
GND
BVP-500
BVP-500P
X
Y
GND
5-3
5-1. Preparation
5-1-5. Initial Settings
BVP-500/500P
n
When switching the following switches from a customerset position, it is recommended to record the setting state
of the customer in the table below.
After adjustment is complete, be sure to return the switches
to their customer-set position.
Board
Switch
Initial setting Customer-set position
AT-95
S1-1
ON
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
ON
S1-4
OFF
IF-538
S200
RET
S650
VBS
MD-103
S3
PROMPT
AU-211
SW1
C (CARBON)
SW2-1
OFF
SW2-2
OFF
SW2-3
OFF
SW2-4
OFF
SW2-5
ON
SW2-6
OFF
SW2-7
OFF
SW2-8
OFF
SW3-1
OFF
SW3-2
ON
SW4
OFF
SW5
PHANTOM
SW6
MIC1
AU-215
S200
0 (0 dBu)
DM-98
S1-1
OFF
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
OFF
S1-4
ON
MSU-700 Operation Panel
• CAM POWER/Signal output select buttons
ALL button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CAM PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
VF PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
TEST 1 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
BARS button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CLOSE button
→ ON (Stays lit)
• CAM/CCU Function ON/OFF buttons
KNEE OFF button
→ OFF (Stays lit)
DETAIL OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
LVL DEP OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
AUTO KNEE button → OFF (Stays out)
SKIN DETAIL button → OFF (Stays out)
• Others
GAMMA OFF button → ON(Stays out)
MASTER GAIN button→ 0 (0 dB)
FILTER button (ND) → 1 (Stays lit)
FILTER button (CC) → B (Stays lit)
• Menu operation block (Touch panel)
PAINT button
→ON
∆ →(Page 2/3)→ White Clip → White Clip Off
Preset of Compensation Data
When a board was replaced or repaired, preset the compensation data, proceeding as follows. If the data is preset
once, be sure to carry out all steps of 5-2 thruogh 5-22.
Because presetting clears all adjustment data of video and
detail system.
1. Execute the reference file clear.
Throw the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER to
execute.
MENU : Reference File
PAGE : Reference File (R1)
ITEM : Clear File
2. Execute the scene file standard.
STANDARD button/MSU operation panel→ON
When adjusting a camera incorporating the OHB-500WS/
WSP, be sure to set the setup menu as follows.
MENU : Operation
PAGE : Wide Screen (?4)
ITEM : 16:9/4:3 MODE→16:9
5-4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-2. VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment
5-2. VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment
Notes:
• This adjustment shall be performed only when the CCD
unit is installed in the camera incorporating the
standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up time periods
(10 to 30 minutes).
Equipment
File Store:
Execute the OHB file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: OHB File (T2)
ITEM
: File Store
: Frequency counter,
Video signal generator
: MONITOR connector
Test Point
Preparation:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
MONITOR
OUT
GENLOCK
SC
Video signal
IN
OUT
generator
Frequency
counter
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MONITOR SELECT switch to
ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the frequency using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: SC FREQ
Specifications : 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-5
5-3. CCU Y Adjustment
5-3. CCU Y Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Oscilloscope
: TP3(Y)/DA-88 panel
Preparations:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the Y sync using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Y SYNC
Specifications: A = 303 ±2 mV (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±2 mV (for PAL)
4. Set the menu as follows and adjust the Y video using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Y Video
Specifications: B = 700 ±2 mV
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
(20MHz B/W LIMIT → ON)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
5-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-4. Monitor Out Adjustment
5-4. Monitor Out Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Adjustment Point : 1RV100 (VIDEO LEVEL)/
IF-538 panel
Specifications
: A = 40 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±2 mV (for PAL)
4. Adjust the test setup. (NTSC only)
Adjustment Point :
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: TEST SETUP
Specifications
: B = 7.5 ±1 IRE
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
4
IF
3
2
1
A
TP870
B
VBS
VF
S650
RET
C
S200
TP820
VIDEO
LEVEL
RV100
D
E
F
E10
G
IF-538 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-7
5-5. Chroma Adjustment
5-5. Chroma Adjustment
Equipment : Waveform monitor, Vectorscope
Test Point : MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Chroma LVL
ITEM
: Q/V LVL
Specifications: Adjust the items “Chroma LVL”
and “Q/V LVL” alternately using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch so
that the beam spots are positioned
inside the corresponding frames on
the vectorscope.
4. Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
5. Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Burst LVL
Specifications: A = 40 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±5 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
(For NTSC)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
(For PAL)
5-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-6. INT SC Phase Adjustment
5-6. INT SC Phase Adjustment
Notes:
This adjustment precedures are stated below assuming that
where the Tektronix 1750 (for BVP-500) or 1751 (for
BVP-500P) is used.
If any other measuring instrument is used, follow the
instructions given in the operation manual attached to it.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the SC-H phase
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/CHROMA (S2)
ITEM
: SC-H Phase
Specifications: Position the luminous line of the
burst (SC) and the beam spot of H
as shown in the figure.
Equipment : Vectorscope (SC-H Phase measuring mode)
Test Point : MONITOR connector
MG
R
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-9
5-7. VF Level Adjustment
5-7. VF Level Adjustment
Equipment : Waveform monitor
Test Point : MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment :
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the REG level
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/CHROMA (S2)
ITEM
: REG LVL
Specifications: Y Level A = 92.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
5-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-8. TEST 1 Adjustment
5-8. TEST 1 Adjustment
Resetting after Adjustment:
TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
Equipment : Oscilloscope
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel → ON
(Lights)
2. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the G signal level.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point : 1RV50 (TEST)/VA-163 panel
Specifications
: A = 880 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
4. Adjust the white level for R.
Test Point
: TP54 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → White
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: A = 880 ±40 mV
5. Adjust the white level for B.
Test Point
: TP50 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → White
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: A = 880 ±40 mV
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
RV50
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-11
5-9. TEST 2 Adjustment
5-9. TEST 2 Adjustment
Equipment : Oscilloscope
Test Point : TP52 (GND: GND(A))/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Adjust the TEST2 high level.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: TEST2 HI
Specifications: A = 880 ±5 mV
3. Adjust the TEST2 middle level.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: TEST2 MID
Specifications: B = 290 ±5 mV
5-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Stays out)
• MSU menu operation (Touch panel)
PAINT button → ON
∆ → (Page 2/3) → WhiteClip → White Clip Off
(Reversed)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
6. Set the menu as follows and adjust the A/D gain for G
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [G]
Specifications: The levels A and B shall be equal
when the color-bar signal is turned
on by setting the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
Iris of the lens : CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Adjust the master black.
Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
(For PAL)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-13
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
G button/rear panel → OFF
TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → Off
9. Adjust the A/D gain for R using the MENU SELECT
knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage.
C = Minimum
10. Adjust the A/D gain for B using the MENU SELECT
knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage.
C = Minimum
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• DETAIL OFF button
→ OFF (Lights)
• TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Goes out)
(Waveform Monitor)
11. Repeat the steps 9 and 10 alternately until the
specifications are satisfied.
5-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
Setting of Sensitivity and Standard Color Temperature:
• Use the reflective chart (reflection ratio:89.9%) in this
adjustment, if possible.
• If a pattern box is used, it should be well-maintained.
• Set the luminouse intensity of the chart to 2000 lx and
the color temperature to 3200 K.
• This adjustment shall be performed at F7.0 or more.
Note:
• Never change the setting of the following trimmer
capacitors. These capacitors are extremely difficult to
adjust in the field.
VA-163 board : 1CT200, 1CT300, 1CT400
Equipment : Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Object
: Gray scale chart
Preparations:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Lights)
2. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
5. KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
6. Close the lens iris.
7. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and
21 mV for PAL at the MONITOR for connector.
If the black level is out of specs, carry out
“5-15. Master Black Adjustment”.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
9. Test Point
: TP72 (GND:TP71)/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Iris of the lens: A = 125 mV (at F7.0 or more)
(Oscilloscope)
10. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF.
G button/rear panel → ON
11. Adjust the VA gain for G.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV300 (G GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: The levels A and B are shall be
equal when the TEST 2 button/
MSU operation panel is turned
on and off.
A=B
(Oscilloscope)
5-15
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
12. Test 2 bottun/MSU operation panel → OFF
13. Select the 15 lines in the center of monitor screen C by
using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform monitor.
14. Put the waveform monitor into the CHROMA mode.
15. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel→VBS
16. Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV200 (R GAIN)/VA-163
panel
1RV400 (B GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: Carrier leakage D = Minimum
C
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-16
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-12. VA MOD Adjustment
5-12. VA MOD Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• R button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens : CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the VA MOD for R
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [R] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [R]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [R] varies from 99
to –99.
(×5)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4. Adjust the VA MOD for G.
R button/rear panel → OFF
G button/rear panel → ON
Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [G] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [G]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [G] varies from 99
to –99.
5. Adjust the VA MOD for B.
G button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [B] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [B]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [B] varies from 99
to –99.
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• Set the menu as follows. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: Clear
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
5-17
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
• Manual Black Shading Adjustment (For reference)
Notes:
• The compensation data obtained by the black shading
adjustment is not stored in the OHB File. Therefore,
when the OHB is replaced or a new OHB is installed, be
sure to perform this adjustment.
• If the shading adjustment is not completed, perform the
adjustment again following the message displayed on the
viewfinder or MSU.
If the re-adjustment still is not completed, consult Sony
service representative.
Note:
• Perform this adjustment only when “5-13. Black Shading
Adjustment” is not completed.
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the auto black
shading. Throw the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: Auto Setup (M4)
ITEM
: Black Shading
3. Confirm the “OK” is displayed on the viewfinder or
MSU. If the error message is displayed, perform the
adjustment again following this message.
Message and its meaning
BLACK:OK
: Adjustment correctly completed.
LEVEL TOO HIGH : Lens closing does not operate
fully, and so on.
TIME LIMIT
: Black shading adjustment could
not be completed within the
specified number of attempts.
OVER FLOW
: The difference between the
reference value and the current
value is too great, and exceeds
adjustment range. Adjustment is
then not completed.
4. Confirm the carrier level satisfies the specification on
the waveform monitor.
Specifications: Less than 2 IRE (for NTSC)
Less than 14 mV (for PAL)
5-18
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
2. G button/rear panel → ON
3. Set the black level to 3 IRE for NTSC and 21 mV for
PAL with the MASTER BLACK control/MSU
operation panel.
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
MSU menu operation:
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → Black Shading → G
Adjustment Items : H SAW, V SAW
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch black shading in the same way.
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch black shading in the same way.
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Equipment
Test Point
Object
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
Notes:
• This adjustment could not be correctly performed if the
uneven white patten is used, luminance is not correct, or
lens iris and lens zoom are not in good conditions.
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Full white pattern
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Shoot the fully occupied white area of the pattern box in
the full underscanned monitor frame adjusting the zoom
control.
Iris of the lens
: A = 80 ±5 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 560 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-19
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
5-13. Master Black Adjustment
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → WhiteShading → G
Adjustment Items : H SAW, H PARA, V SAW,
V PARA
5-15. Master Black Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch white shading in the same way.
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch white shading in the same way.
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
5-20
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor,
Vectorscope
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Connect the waveform monitor to the PIX OUT terminal
of the vectorscope.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON
(Stays out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
2. Adjust the master gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: B = 55.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 420 ±14 mV (for PAL)
6. Adjust the R gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
7. Adjust the B gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
8. Repeat the steps 6 and 7 alternately, until the beam
spot is minimized on the vectorscope.
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(Waveform Monitor)
(For PAL)
3. Close the lens iris.
4. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
S650(MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
5. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(Vectorscope)
5-21
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
5-17. Flare Adjustment
9. Confirm that the carrier leakage does not observed at
portion C on the waveform monitor.
Specifications
: C = Minimum
(Waveform Monitor)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• G button/rear panel → OFF
5-17. Flare Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Open the iris control of the lens by two stops against
the reference setup (corresponding to the above A).
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
4. Select the 15 lines in the center of the monitor screen
by using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform
monitor.
Line select
(Waveform Monitor)
5-22
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-17. Flare Adjustment
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
5. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Flare → Flare Off (Reversed)
Confirm that the level at portion B does not fluctuate
even if the flare is turned on/off.
6. If fluctuates, adjust the G flare as follows.
• Touch panel operation
Turn the flare on. ( Flare Off is not reversed.)
Adjustment Items : G
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
8. Adjust the R flare.
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
9. Adjust the B flare.
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
(Waveform Monitor)
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
Equipment
: Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Adjust the Preknee1 for G. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND:GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[G]
Specifications : A = 1.68 ±0.02 V p-p
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 alternately, until the carrier
leakage is minimized.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Oscilloscope)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• G button/rear panel → OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
4. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 12 dB
5. Adjust the Preknee2 for G. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND:GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[G]
Specifications : B = 1.80 ±0.02 V p-p
10. Adjust the Preknee2 for B. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage D.
(Waveform monitor)
(Oscilloscope)
6. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights).
AUTO KNEE button/MSU operation panel →
ON (Lights).
MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18dB
7. Adjust the Preknee1 for R. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage C.
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
8. Adjust the Preknee1 for B. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage C.
9. Adjust the Preknee2 for R. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage D.
5-24
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and 21
mV for PAL.
2. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. Adjust the knee point. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → White Clip
→ White Clip Off (Reversed)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point → Knee Max
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: A = 98 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 686 ±10 mV (for PAL)
5. Adjust the knee slope. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point
Turn off the knee max. ( Knee Max is not reversed.)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Slope
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications : B = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 763 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
6. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
7. Adjust the white clip. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → White clip
Turn on the white clip. ( White Clip Off is not
reveresed.)
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: C = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
C = 750 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-25
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Note:
The values used in the above adjustments are under the
conditions that the white clip level is set to 109 IRE (for
NTSC) or 763 mV (for PAL).
When the white clip level is set to other value than 109
IRE or 763 mV, use the following table to set the levels of
the knee point and knee slope.
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Multiburst chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the multiburst chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscaned monitor frame with the
zoom control.
Pan so that the 9 MHz portion of the multiburst chart is
positioned at the center of the monitor screen.
• AUTO KNEE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±10 mV (for PAL)
White Clip Level (Unit: IRE/mV)
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
Knee point
98/686
98/686
96/672
96/672
Knee slope
109/763
109/763
107/750
107/750
White clip
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
(Waveform Monitor)
• As for the detail adjustments, refer to Section 4, 4-10 to
4-18. Adjust according to the customer’s preferences.
5-26
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the G clock phase
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: G Clock
Specifications : Maximize the 9 MHz signal
portion.
4. Adjust the R and B clock phases.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: R/B Clock
Specifications : Minimize the aliasing around
9MHz signal portion.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
Equipment
(Waveform Monitor)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
: Oscilloscope
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU Y sample
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Test Point
: TP3 (Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU Y SAMP
Specifications : A = 700 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU R-Y sync
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Test Point
: TP4 (R-Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU R-Y SYNC
Specifications : B = 350 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-27
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
5-22. Setting After Finishing Adjustment
4. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU B-Y
sample using the MENU SELECT knob/ switch.
Test Point
: TP5 (B-Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU B-Y SAMP
Specifications : C = 350 ±2 mV
5-22. Settings After Finishing Adjustment
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel →
ON (Goes out)
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• Execute the reference file store.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Throw the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.)
(Oscilloscope)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
4
3
2
1
DA
A
TP1
B
TP2
C
D
Y
R-Y
B-Y
TP3
TP4
E
TP5
GND
E1
F
G
DA-88 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-28
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation
Adjustment
Note :
1RV1 and 1RV3 on the AU-211 board and 1RV40,
1RV200, 1RV300 and 1RV301 on the AU-215 board
can be set according to a customer’s preference.
For details, refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal
Switches/Controls”.
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is only for the camera incorporating the
standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• Adjustment for 1RV4 is very critical. Do not turn it as
far as the circuit normally activates.
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter Oscilloscope
DC variable power supply
Preparation :
• Supply about +13 Vdc from the DC variable power
supply via the DC IN connector of the BKP-5910/5910P.
Adjustment Point : 1RV4/AU-211 (D-4)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn 1RV4 fully clockwise.
2. Measure voltage at TP84 (GND:GND A)/extension
board (extending AU-211).
3. Adjust the voltage at TP84 for +11.20 ±0.05 V.
4. Slowly turn 1RV4 counterclockwise observing the
waveform at TP42/extension board (extending AU211) on the oscilloscope.
5. Adjust 1RV4 so that an 1.0-Hz, 8.0-Vp-p rectangler
wave just appears.
4
AU
3
2
1
A
RV3
B
MIC
D
C
RV1
C
D
RV4
E
MIC PW
ON
OFF
F
G
AU-211 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-29
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Equipment
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP2/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV2 (6.2 MHz)/TR-90 (E-3)
Specifications
: 6,200 ±5 kHz
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP4/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV3 (6.7 MHz)/TR-90 (F-3)
Specifications
: 6,700 ±5 kHz
4
TR
3
2
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• SW6 (MIC LINE SEL)/AU-211 (E-4) → MIC 1
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1003 (MIC LEVEL CH1)/AT-88 panel→ NORM
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, –60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the MIC CH-1 connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection—For audio adjustments”.
Test Point
: TP2/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV2 (MIC1 DEV)/TR-90 (E-4)
Specifications
: A = 16.0 ±0.8 kHz
1
A
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
B
6.2 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1003/AT-88 → customer-set position
C
D
E
RV2
LV2
TP2
F
LV3
TP4
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-30
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1004 (MIC LEVEL CH2)/AT-88 panel→ NORM
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, -60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the MIC CH-2 connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection —For audio
adjustments”.
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP1/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV1 (7.1 MHz)/TR-90 (E-3)
Specifications
: 7,100 ±5 kHz
Test Point
: TP4/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV3 (MIC2 DEV)/TR-90 (F-4)
Specifications
: A = 18.0 ±0.8 kHz
4
TR
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
6.7 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1004/AT-88 → customer-set position
3
2
1
A
B
C
D
LV1
TP1
E
RV3
F
TP4
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-31
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• SW1 (INCOM MIC SEL)/AU-211 panel→ D
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, -60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the INTERCOM connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection —For audio
adjustments”.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Test Point
: TP5/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV4 (5.6 MHz)/TR-90 (F-2)
Specifications
: Center frequency 5,600 ±5 kHz
Test Point
: TP1/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (INCOM DEV)/TR-90 (E-4)
Specifications
: A = 20.0 ±0.8 kHz
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
5,600 kHz
100 kHz
1 kHz
4
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
7.1 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
TR
3
1
2
A
B
Resetting after Adjustment:
• SW1/AU-211 panel → C
C
D
RV1
TP1
E
F
LV4
TP5
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-32
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing T202
or T203 on the TR-90 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1T.
Equipment
5. Adjustment Point : 1T203/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: The distortion is 0.3% or less
and minimum.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S2081, S2082/AT-88 → customer-set position
: Oscilloscope Audio generator
Audio analyzer
Preparations :
• INTERCOM level control/rear panel→ 2fully clockwise
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
S2081 (PGM IN 0 dB/-20 dB)/AT-88 (D-5)→ 0dB
S2082 (PGM MIX ON/OFF)/AT-88 (F-5)→ ON
Test Point
: Pin 4 (X), Pin 3 (G)/
INTERCOM connector
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Feed an 1.0-kHz sine wave signal from the audio
generator to pins D68 (X), A69 (Y), and B69 (GND)
on the extension board (extending AT-88) referring to
Section 5-1-4 “Connection — For audio adjustments”.
2. Adjust the audio generator so that the level at TP44
(GND:E1)/AT-88 (L-7) is 200 mVp-p.
3. Connect the oscilloscope to TP204 (GND:E1)/TR-90
(A-3).
4. Slowly turn 1T202 (A-2) until a sign wave appears
around 5.0 Vdc. Adjust 1T202 for the following
specifications.
Adjustment Point : 1T202/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: C = 5.0 ±0.1 Vdc
4
TR
3
1
2
T202 T203
A
TP204
B
C
D
E
E1
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-33
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing T200
or T201 on the TR-90 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1T.
Equipment
5. Adjustment Point : 1T201/TR-90 (B-2)
Specifications
: The distortion is 0.3% or less
and minimum.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S2081, S2082/AT-88 → customer-set position
: Oscilloscope Audio generator
Audio analyzer
Preparations :
• PGM level control/rear panel→ 2fully clockwise
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
S2081 (PGM IN 0 dB/-20 dB)/AT-88 (D-5)→ 0dB
S2082 (PGM MIX ON/OFF)/AT-88 (F-5)→ OFF
Test Point
: Pin 5 (X), Pin 3 (G)/
INTERCOM connector
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Feed an 1.0-kHz sine wave signal from the audio
generator to pins D68 (X), A69 (Y), and B69 (GND)
on the extension board (extending AT-88) referring to
Section 5-1-4 “Connection — For audio adjustments”.
2. Adjust the audio generator so that the level at TP44
(GND:E1)/AT-88 (L-7) is 200 mVp-p.
3. Connect the oscilloscope to TP203 (GND:E1)/TR-90
(B-3).
4. Slowly turn 1T200 (B-2) until a sign wave appears
around 5.0 Vdc. Adjust 1T200 (B-2) for the following
specifications.
Adjustment Point : 1T200/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: C = 5.0 ±0.1 Vdc
4
TR
3
1
2
A
T200 T201
B
TP203
C
D
E
E1
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-34
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit Adjustment
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit Adjustment
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit
Adjustment
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit
Adjustment
Note :
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Note :
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Oscilloscope
Test Point
: TP201 (GND:E1)/TR-90 (D-4)
Adjustment Point : 1LV200/TR-90 (D-3)
Specifications
: C = 4.9 ±0.1 V
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter or Oscilloscope
DC variable power supply
Frequency counter
Preparations :
• Turn on the POWER switch of the camera power
assembly.
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
Supply +2.5 Vdc to pin C19 (GND:E1)/extension board
(extending AT-88) from the DC variable power supply.
Observing the frequency counter, adjust the DC variable
power supply so that the frequency at TP1 (GND:E2)/
AT-88 (G-7) is 2.500 ±0.005 MHz.
Test Point
4
TR
3
1
2
A
B
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn off the POWER switch.
2. Connect between TP59 and TP90/extension board
(extending TR-90).
3. Adjustment Point : 1LV201/TR-90 (B-2)
Specifications
: 2.5 ±0.2 Vdc
4. Disconnect TP90 and connect between TP59 and GND
A.
5. Adjustment Point : 1RV200/TR-90 (C-2)
Specifications
: 2.5 ±0.2 Vdc
LV201
RV200
C
TP201
D
: TP81/extension board
(extending TR-90)
TP200
LV200
E1
E
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-35
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation
Adjustment
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment
Equipment
Notes :
• Refer to Sections 5-1-4 and 5-1-5 for connection and
initial settings.
• Make sure that the adjustments of Sections 5-2 through
5-22 are complete.
• 1RV2 on the DM-98 board does not function in the unit.
• When adjusting the DM-98/99 board, remove the CN1232 board as follows.
(1) Open the left side panel.
(2) Remove the four screws securing the CN-1232
board to the unit.
(3) Insert the CN-1232 board into the slots as shown in
the figure
: Oscilloscope
Preparation:
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel→ ON (Lights)
Test Point
: TP61 (GND:TP59)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (VTR Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-3)
Specifications
: A = 1400 mV ±2%
DM-99
H rate
Slot
CN-1232
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
DM-98
4
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
MD
A
3
2
1
RV1
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP9 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV13 (VCO ADJ)/MD-103 (F-3)
Specifications
: 45, 000,000 ±10 Hz
D
E
F
RV13
TP9
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-36
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment
Equipment
Equipment
Test Point
Trigger
: Oscilloscope
Preparation :
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel→ ON (Lights)
Test Point
: TP1 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-3)
Adjustment Point : 1RV2 (SYNC CANCEL)/
MD-103 (A-3)
Adjustment Procedures:
Adjust 1RV2 so that the H SYNC portion is flat.
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
: TP2 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-2)
: SYNC OUTPUT connector/
CCU rear panel
Adjustment Points : 1RV3 (Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (B-3)
1RV4 (SKIN DC BAL)/MD-103 (C-3)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV3 and 1RV4 alternately until the V SYNC
portions are flat.
Flat
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
4
MD
3
2
1
A
RV2
B
PROMPT
RV3
GENLOCK
TP2
RV4
C
TP1
E1
V rate
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-37
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL2
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
: Oscilloscope
: Oscilloscope
: TP63 (GND:TP65)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV5 (VTR R-Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-4)
Specifications
: A = 700 ±14 mV
Preparation:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the DM-94 board of the CCU.
Test Point
Trigger
: TP26 (GND:E5)/DM-94 (F-8)
: SYNC OUTPUT connector/
CCU rear panel
Adjustment Point : 1FL2/MD-103 (C-2)
Specifications
: A = 0 ±2 mV
H rate
4
MD
A
3
2
1
RV5
B
PROMPT
V rate
GENLOCK
C
FL2
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-38
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
Test Point
: TP5 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-1)
Adjustment Points : 1RV7 (R-Y CAR BAL)/MD-103 (D-3)
1RV11 (B-Y CAR BAL)/MD-103 (E-4)
: Oscilloscope
: TP67 (GND:TP69)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV9 (VTR B-Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-4)
Specifications
: A = 700 ±14 mV
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV7 and 1RV11 alternately so that the amplitude
“A” is minimum.
H rate
H rate
4
MD
3
2
1
A
RV9
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
TP5
RV7
D
E
RV11
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-39
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment
Equipment
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
Test Point
: TP5 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-1)
Adjustment Points : 1RV8 (R-Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (D-4)
1RV12 (B-Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (D-4)
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL5
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV8 and 1RV12 alternately so that the V BLKG
portions are flat.
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter or Oscilloscope
(DC mode)
Preparation:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the DM-94 board of the CCU.
Test Point
: TP14 (GND:E12)/DM-94 (K-5)
Adjustment Point : 1FL5/MD-103 (D-2)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1FL5 so that a negative absolute value of DC
voltage is maximum.
The voltage changes slowly. When reading the value,
allow for 2 or 3 seconds after turning 1FL5.
4
MD
3
2
1
A
B
PROMPT
V rate
E1
GENLOCK
C
TP5
RV12
D
RV8
FL5
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-40
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL3
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Equipment
Test Point
: Spectrum analyzer
: Pin 53 (GND:E1/MD-103)/
extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1FL3 (67.5 MHz TRAP)/
MD-103 (C-2)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1FL3 so that the signal level around 67.5 MHz is
minimum.
Minimum
CENT FREQ
SPAN
67.5 MHz
2.0 MHz
4
MD
3
2
1
A
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
FL3
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-41
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation
Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-98 board, or replacing LV1 or LV2 on the board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 300 to1000 m for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform Monitor, Vectorscope
Video Signal Generator
(provides a 10-step signal with
CHROMA signal)
Preparations :
• Set S1-1 to S1-4 /DM-98 (D-2) to all OFF.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT) /IF-538 panel→RET
• Feed the10-step signal from the video signal generator to
the RET 1 IN connector on the CCU rear panel.
Adjustment Points : 1LV1 (RET FREQ)/DM-98 (B-1)
1LV2 (RET TUNE)/DM-98 (C-6)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Temporarily adjust 1LV2 (C-6) so that the waveform
appears observing the waveform monitor.
2. Adjust 1LV1 (B-1) so that the values of DG and DP
are minimum observing the vectorscope.
3. Slightly turn 1LV2 so that they are further minimum.
4. Adjust 1LV1 and 1LV2 alternately until the specifications are satisfied.
Specifications
: DG = ±3%, DP = ±3°
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
Test Point
: MONITOR connector/
BVP-500/500P
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
F
E
D
C
B
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1-4/DM-98 → ON
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
A
1
LV1
2
S1
3
4
5
LV2
6
DM-98 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-42
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-98 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 1000 m or less for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Video signal generator
(provides a 10-step signal)
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation
Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing LV1
on the DM-99 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 500 m or more for
this adjustment.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
Preparations :
• Set S1-1 to S1-4/DM-98 (D-2) to all OFF.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → RET
• Feed the10-step signal from the video signal generator to
the RET 1 IN connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector/
BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (RET LEVEL)/DM-98 (D-5)
Specifications
: A = 1.00 ±0.05 Vp-p
H rate
: Oscilloscope, Video signal generator (provides SWEEP and 10-step
signals)
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →AUTO
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the SWEEP signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: PROMPT connector/BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Points : 1LV1 (PROMPT FREQ) /
DM-99 (C-5)
1LV2 (PROMPT TUNE) /
DM-99 (D-3)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Temporarily adjust1LV2 (D-3) so that the waveform
appears observing the oscilloscope.
2. Adjust 1LV1 (C-5) so that the gain level around 6
MHz is minimum.
Note :
• S1-4/DM-98 → ON
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
F
E
D
C
B
A
V rate
1
E1
2
S1
RV2
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
3
2
E1
TP1
4
3
5
4
LV2
RV2
RV1
LV1
RV1
6
5
DM-99 BOARD (A SIDE)
DM-98 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-43
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment
3. Change the output signal from the video signal
generator to the 10-step signal.
4. Adjust 1LV2 so that the portion A is flat.
n
If the specifications are not satisfied, after performing
Section 5-24-15. “PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment”, perform this adjustment again.
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 50 m or 150 m for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Oscilloscope, Video signal generator
(provides a 10-step signal)
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →MANU
S2 (CABLE LENGTH)/DM-94 (P-1)→ 1
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the 10-step signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: TP1/DM-99 (H-3)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (RF AGC DLY) /DM-99 (E-5)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn 1RV1 fully clockwise.
2. Slowly turn 1RV1(E-5) counterclockwise and stop it
at the point where the SYNC level becomes maximum
and does not sag, observing the waveform at TP1. Do
not turn 1RV1 too much.
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
V rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S2, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
5-44
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-99 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 500 m or more for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor, Video signal
generator (provides a 10-step signal)
Preparations:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →AUTO
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the 10-step signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: PROMPT connector/BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Points : 1RV2 (PROMPT LEVEL) /
DM-99 (G-3)
Specifications
: A = 1.00 ±0.05 Vp-p
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
2
E1
TP1
LV2
3
4
RV2
RV1
LV1
5
DM-99 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-45
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly
replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Vorsicht!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßem
Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom
Hersteller empfohlenen ähnlichen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben
des Herstellers.
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a remplacement
incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du
même type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé
par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées
conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig
håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri
af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandøren.
The material contained in this manual consists of
information that is the property of Sony Corporation and
is intended solely for use by the purchasers of the
equipment described in this manual.
Sony Corporation expressly prohibits the duplication of
any portion of this manual or the use thereof for any
purpose other than the operation or maintenance of the
equipment described in this manual without the express
written permission of Sony Corporation.
Le matériel contenu dans ce manuel consiste en
informations qui sont la propriété de Sony Corporation et
sont destinées exclusivement à l’usage des acquéreurs
de l’équipement décrit dans ce manuel.
Sony Corporation interdit formellement la copie de
quelque partie que ce soit de ce manuel ou son emploi
pour tout autre but que des opérations ou entretiens de
l’équipement à moins d’une permission écrite de Sony
Corporation.
Das in dieser Anleitung enthaltene Material besteht aus
Informationen, die Eigentum der Sony Corporation sind,
und ausschließlich zum Gebrauch durch den Käufer der
in dieser Anleitung beschriebenen Ausrüstung bestimmt
sind.
Die Sony Corporation untersagt ausdrücklich die
Vervielfältigung jeglicher Teile dieser Anleitung oder den
Gebrauch derselben für irgendeinen anderen Zweck als
die Bedienung oder Wartung der in dieser Anleitung
beschriebenen
Ausrüstung
ohne
ausdrückliche
schriftliche Erlaubnis der Sony Corporation.
BVP-500 (UC)
BVP-500P (CE) E
3-189-445-02 Volume 1
Sony Corporation
Broadcast Products Company
Printed in Japan
1996. 1 08
© 1995
Published by Broadcast Products Company
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-500
BVP-500P
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Volume 1 1st Edition
Serial No. 50001 and Higher
! WARNING
This manual is intended for qualified service personnel only.
To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire or injury, do not perform any servicing other than that
contained in the operating instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer all servicing to
qualified service personnel.
! WARNUNG
Die Anleitung ist nur für qualifiziertes Fachpersonal bestimmt.
Alle Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von qualifiziertem Fachpersonal ausgeführt werden. Um die
Gefahr eines elektrischen Schlages, Feuergefahr und Verletzungen zu vermeiden, sind bei
Wartungsarbeiten strikt die Angaben in der Anleitung zu befolgen. Andere als die angegeben
Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von Personen ausgeführt werden, die eine spezielle Befähigung
dazu besitzen.
! AVERTISSEMENT
Ce manual est destiné uniquement aux personnes compétentes en charge de l’entretien. Afin
de réduire les risques de décharge électrique, d’incendie ou de blessure n’effectuer que les
réparations indiquées dans le mode d’emploi à moins d’être qualifié pour en effectuer d’autres.
Pour toute réparation faire appel à une personne compétente uniquement.
Table of Contents
Manual Structure
Purpose of this manual .............................................................................................. 3
Contents ..................................................................................................................... 3
Relative manuals ....................................................................................................... 4
1. Installation
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
Supplied Accessories .................................................................................. 1-1
Connectors and Cables ................................................................................ 1-1
1-2-1. Connector Input/Output Signals ................................................. 1-1
1-2-2. Connection Connector ................................................................ 1-5
1-2-3. Wiring Diagram for Cable ......................................................... 1-5
Outside Dimentions ..................................................................................... 1-6
Installaton Conditions ................................................................................. 1-8
Function of Internal Switches/Controls ...................................................... 1-8
Instance of Sytem Configuration .............................................................. 1-12
2. Service Overview
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
Opening and Closing the Side Panel ........................................................... 2-1
Location of Printed Circuit Boards ............................................................. 2-1
Circuit Description ...................................................................................... 2-2
Description of EEPROM Data .................................................................... 2-5
Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible Card Wire .......................................... 2-6
Replacement of Board ................................................................................. 2-7
2-6-1. Note on Replacement of Parts .................................................... 2-7
2-6-2. Replacement of CN-988/989/990 Board .................................... 2-7
2-6-3. Replacement of PR-211 Board................................................... 2-7
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly ............................................................... 2-8
2-7-1. Replacement of Power Assembly .............................................. 2-8
2-7-2. Removal of PS-392 Board and AC.DC/DC Convertor .............. 2-8
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part ........................................................................ 2-10
2-9. Tools and Fixtures ..................................................................................... 2-11
2-9-1. Tools and Fixtures .................................................................... 2-11
2-9-2. Use of Portable Lens Attachment ............................................ 2-11
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts ................................................................................ 2-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1
3. Setup Menu
3-1.
3-2.
Setup Menu ................................................................................................. 3-1
3-1-1. Operation Menu ......................................................................... 3-3
3-1-2. Paint Menu ................................................................................. 3-6
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu ..................................................................... 3-9
3-1-4. Reference Menu ....................................................................... 3-11
3-1-5. Triming Menu .......................................................................... 3-11
3-1-6. System Config Menu ................................................................ 3-12
Self-Diagnosis ........................................................................................... 3-15
4. Alignment for OHB Installation
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
4-8.
4-9.
4-10.
4-11.
4-12.
4-13.
4-14.
4-15.
4-16.
4-17.
4-18.
4-19.
4-20.
2
Preparation .................................................................................................. 4-1
4-1-1. Equipment Required ................................................................... 4-1
4-1-2. Notes on Adjustment .................................................................. 4-2
4-1-3. Description of Setup Menu ........................................................ 4-2
4-1-4. Connection ................................................................................. 4-3
4-1-5. Initial Settings ............................................................................ 4-4
VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation ........................................................ 4-5
VA Gain Adjustment ................................................................................... 4-5
Black Shading Adjustment .......................................................................... 4-7
White Shading Adjustment ......................................................................... 4-9
Master Black Adjustment ......................................................................... 4-10
Gamma Correction Adjustment ................................................................ 4-10
Flare Adjustment ....................................................................................... 4-12
Knee and White Clip Adjustment ............................................................. 4-13
Crispening Adjustment .............................................................................. 4-14
Level Dependent Adjustment .................................................................... 4-15
Detail Frequency Adjustment ................................................................... 4-16
H/V Ratio Adjustment ............................................................................... 4-17
Detail Level Adjustment ........................................................................... 4-17
Detail Clip Adjustment ............................................................................. 4-18
Skin Tone Adjustment ............................................................................... 4-19
Zebra Adjustment ...................................................................................... 4-20
Auto Iris Adjustment ................................................................................. 4-21
File Store ................................................................................................... 4-22
Settings After Finishing Adjustment ......................................................... 4-22
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5. Overall Electrical Alignment
5-1.
5-2.
5-3.
5-4.
5-5.
5-6.
5-7.
5-8.
5-9.
5-10.
5-11.
5-12.
5-13.
5-14.
5-15.
5-16.
5-17.
5-18.
5-19.
5-20.
5-21.
5-22.
5-23.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Preparation .................................................................................................. 5-1
5-1-1. Equipment Required................................................................... 5-1
5-1-2. Notes on Adjustment .................................................................. 5-2
5-1-3. Description of Setup Menu ........................................................ 5-2
5-1-4. Connection ................................................................................. 5-3
5-1-5. Initial Settings ............................................................................ 5-4
VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment ........................................................... 5-5
CCU Y Adjustment ..................................................................................... 5-6
Monitor Out Adjustment ............................................................................. 5-7
Chroma Adjustment .................................................................................... 5-8
INT SC Phase Adjustment .......................................................................... 5-9
VF Level Adjustment ................................................................................ 5-10
TEST 1 Adjustment................................................................................... 5-11
TEST 2 Adjustment................................................................................... 5-12
A/D Gain Adjustment ............................................................................... 5-13
VA Gain Adjustment................................................................................. 5-15
VA MOD Adjustment ............................................................................... 5-17
Black Shading Adjustment ........................................................................ 5-18
White Shading Adjustment ....................................................................... 5-19
Master Black Adjustment .......................................................................... 5-20
Gamma Correction Adjustment ................................................................ 5-21
Flare Adjustment ....................................................................................... 5-22
Pre Knee Adjustment ................................................................................ 5-23
Knee and White Clip Adjustment ............................................................. 5-25
A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment ............................................................ 5-26
CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment .................................................................. 5-27
Settings After Finishing Adjustment ......................................................... 5-28
Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment ......................................... 5-29
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment .................................... 5-29
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment .............................................................. 5-30
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment .............................................................. 5-30
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment............................................. 5-30
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment............................................. 5-31
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment ........................................................... 5-31
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment .......................................... 5-32
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment ............................................................. 5-32
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment ......................................... 5-33
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment ............................................. 5-34
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit Adjustment ............................... 5-35
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit Adjustment ........................... 5-35
3
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment .......................................... 5-36
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment ....................................................... 5-36
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment ................................................................. 5-36
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment ................................................... 5-37
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment ............................................ 5-37
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment .......................................................... 5-38
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment ............................................................. 5-38
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment ............................................................. 5-39
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment ..................................... 5-39
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment ........................................... 5-40
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment ......................................................... 5-40
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment ................................................... 5-41
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment ......................... 5-42
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment ....................................... 5-43
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment ......................... 5-43
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment ................................. 5-44
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment ....................................... 5-45
4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Manual Structure
Purpose of this manual
This manual is the maintenance manual for Color Video Camera BVP-500/500P.
This manual describes the information items necessary when the unit is supplied and
installed, items on maintenance, and items that premise the service based on the
components parts such as alignment, schematic diagrams, board layouts and spare
parts list, assuming use of system and service engineers.
Contents
This followings are summaries of the each section for understanding the manual.
Maintenance Manual
Volume 1
Section 1. Installation
Describes information about connector input/output signals, instance of configuration and function of internal switches.
Section 2. Service Overview
Describes information about board locations, circuit description, replacement of part
and notes on services.
Section 3. Setup menu
Describes information about setup menu and self-diagnosis mode.
Section 4. Alignment of OHB Installation
Describes adjustment necessary for installation of OHB.
Section 5. Overall Electrical Alignment
Describes electrical adjustment necessary for maintenance of the unit or replacement
of parts.
Maintenance Manual
Volume 2
Section 1. Spare Parts
Describes parts list, exploded views, supplied accessories and fixtures list used in
the unit.
Section 2. Semiconductor Pin Assignments
Describes function diagrams and pin names of semiconductor used in the unit.
Section 3. Block Diagrams
Describes overall block diagram and the block diagrams for every circuit board.
Section 4. Schematic Diagrams
Describes schematic diagrams for every circuit board.
Section 5. Board Layouts
Describes board layouts for every circuit board.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5
Relative manuals
Besides this maintenance manual the following manuals are available for this unit.
• Operation Manual (Supplied with this unit)
This manual is necessary for application and operation of this unit.
• System manual (Not supplied with this unit)
This manual is necessary for connection and operation of this unit and other
peripheral equipments.
If this manual is required, please contact Sony service organization
6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 1
Installation
1-1. Supplied Accessories
TRACKER (10P FEMALE)
Accessories
Sony Part No.
Qt’y
Fuse T2AH 250V
1-576-228-11
1
Fuses T4AH 250V
1-576-231-41
4
Angle Adjustment Brackets
2-280-511-01
2
Clamp Bands
3-186-502-01
2
Number Plate
(For Rear panel)
3-167-517-01
1
Number Plates
(For Side panels)
3-185-945-01
2
Number Plate
(For UP tally lamp)
4-027-937-01
1
1-2. Connectors and Cables
1-2-1. Connector Input/Output Signals
Output Signals
• MONITOR
BNC 75Ω 1.0 Vp-p
* Refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal Switches
and Controls, IF-538 Board” for details.
8
1
10
9
5
4
7
2
6
3
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
TRACKER OUT (X)
TRACKER RECEIVE
0 dBu unbalanced
2
TRACKER T OUT (G)
GND for TRACKER T
3
TRACKER R OUT (G)
GND for TRACKER R
4
PGM OUT (X)
–20 dBu unbalanced
5
+12 V (T) OUT
+12 Vdc. 100 mA (MAX)
6
PGM OUT (G)
GND for PGM
7
TRACKER T IN (X)
TRACKER TALK
8
TRACKER T IN (Y)
0 dBu/–20 dBu
High impedance balanced
9
UP TALLY OUT (G)
GND for UP TALLY
10
UP TALLY OUT (X)
+12 Vdc 200 mA (MAX)
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
RET CONTROL (6P FEMALE)
• PROMPTER
BNC 75Ω 1.0 Vp-p
Input/Output Signals
• TRIAX
King type (for BVP-500)
Fischer type (for BVP-500P)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
INCOM 1
MIC ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
2
INCOM 2
MIC ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
3
GND
4
RET 3 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
5
RET 1 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
6
RET 2 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
1-1
1-2. Connectors and Cables
SCRIPT (4P FEMALE)
)
INCOM (5P FEMALE)
4
1
3
2
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
GND
GND for POWER
2
NC
No connection
3
NC
No connection
4
+12 V OUT
+12 Vdc.
REMOTE (8P FEMALE)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
INCOM MIC
IN (Y)
2
INCOM MIC
IN (X)
–20 dBu
(CARBON MIC)
–60 dBu
(DYNAMIC MIC)
3
GND (PGM)
4
INCOM
RECEIVE OUT
0 dBu
5
PGM OUT
0 dBu
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
REMOTE (6P FEMALE)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
TX (+)
BVP SERIAL DATA
2
TX (–)
3
RX (+)
4
RX (–)
5
TX GND
GND for TX
6
POWER (+) OUT
+12 V, 500 mA (MAX)
7
POWER (–) OUT
GND for +12 V
8
NC
No connection
CHASSIS GND
CHASSIS GND
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
CCU/MSU/RCP/CNU/VCS
SERIAL DATA
No. SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
SERIAL DATA IN
Serial data for camera control
2
SERIAL DATA OUT
3
UNREG (G)
4
NC
5
NC
No connection
6
UNREG OUT
+12 Vdc 100 mA
No connection
MIC IN CH1/CH2 (3P FEMALE)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
MIC IN (G)
2
MIC IN (X)
–60 dBu High impedance
balanced
3
MIC IN (Y)
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
1-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-2. Connectors and Cables
VF (25P FEMALE)
13 12 11 10 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
VF R VIDEO OUT (X)
No connection
14
VF R VIDEO OUT (G)
No connection
2
NC
No connection
15
PEAKING OFF OUT
OFF: GND
ON: High impedance
3
VF VIDEO OUT (X)
Y/RET
Zo=75 Ω ± 5 % 1 Vp-p
16
VF VIDEO OUT (G)
GND for VF VIDEO
4
NC
No connection
17
CHASSIS GND
CHASSIS GND
5
VF B VIDEO OUT (X)
No connection
18
VF B VIDEO OUT (G)
No connection
6
RET ON OUT
No connection
19
VF DC GND
GND for +12 V (VF)
7
+12 V (VF) OUT
+12 Vdc (at 2 A)
20
VF DC GND
GND for +12 V (VF)
8
+12 V (VF) OUT
+12 Vdc (at 2 A)
21
TALLY GND
GND for TALLY
9
UP TALLY ON OUT
ON: +12 V
OFF: 0 V
22
VF RET VIDEO
OUT (G)
No connection
10
VF RET VIDEO
OUT (X)
No connection
23
G TALLY ON OUT
ON: 5 V ± 0.5 V
OFF: 0 + 0.5 V
11
R TALLY ON OUT
ON: 5 V ± 0.5 V
OFF: 0 + 0.5 V
24
NC
No connection
12
VF SEL
COL/BW IN
No connection
25
16:9 ON OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
13
NC
No connection
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-3
1-2. Connectors and Cables
LENS (36P FEMALE)
18
1
36
19
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
NC
No connection
19
NC
No connection
2
NC
No connection
20
NC
No connection
3
NC
No connection
21
LENS R TALLY ON
OUT
ON: L
OFF: H
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
4
+12 V (LENS) OUT
+12 V (at 2 A)
22
EXP POSITION IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1 to 4 V
1 V: –7.5°
4 V: +7.5°
5
LENS DC GND
GND for +12 V (LENS)
23
RET 3 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: L
OFF: High impedance
6
GND
GND
24
LENS ADRS A IN
*1
7
NC
No connection
25
LENS ADRS B IN
*1
8
LENS EXT-A IN
*2
26
LENS ADRS C IN
*1
9
LENS EXT-B IN
*2
27
LENS ADRS D IN
*1
10
LENS EXT-C IN
*2
28
EXTENDER 1 ON
OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
11
LENS AUX OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
29
EXTENDER 2 ON
OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
12
IRIS POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“3.4 ± 0.1 V (F16)”
“6.2 ± 0.1 V (F2.8)”
30
NC
No connection
13
ZOOM POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“2 V (WIDE), 7 V (TELE)”
31
INCOM 1
ENG/PRD IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ENG: GND
PRD: High impedance
14
RET 1 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:L
OFF:High impedance
32
INCOM 2
ENG/PRD IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ENG: GND
PRD: High impedance
15
RET 2 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:L
OFF:High impedance
33
INCOM MIC 1 ON
IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
16
FOCUS POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“2 V (MIN), 7 V (∞)”
34
INCOM MIC 2 ON
IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
17
IRIS CONT OUT
2 to 7 V
“3.4 ± 0.1 V (F16)”
“6.2 ± 0.1 V (F2.8)”
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
35
NC
(REGI VD OUT
AUTO: L
MANU: H
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
36
18
1-4
IRIS AUTO/MANU OUT
NC (LENS DC GND)
No connection
)
No connection
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-2. Connectors and Cables
*1 Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1: High impedance
0: 0 + 0.5 V
LENS ADRS A (Low-order bit)
LENS ADRS D (High-order bit)
*2 Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1: High impedance
0: 0 ± 0.5 V
1-2-2. Connection Connector
Connection made with the connector panels during
installation or service, should be made with the connectors/
complete cable assemblies specified in the following list,
or equivalent parts.
Connector Name
MONITOR
PROMPTER (BNC)
EX1
EX2
EX3
MODE
1
1
1
EXTENDER OFF
1
0
1
EXT-A ( × 1.5) ON
0
1
1
EXT-B ( × 2) ON
0
0
1
EXT-C ( × 2.5) ON
Connection Connectors/Cables
1-560-069-11 Plug, BNC or B-B Cable
assembly (1.5 m, option)
TRACKER
(10P FEMALE)
1-506-522-11 Plug, 10P Male or
HIROSE HR10R-10P-10P equivalent
REMOTE
RET CONTROL
(6P FEMALE)
1-560-078-00 Plug, 6P Male or HIROSE
HR10-7PA-6P equivalent
SCRIPT
(4P FEMALE)
1-566-425-11 Plug, 4P Male or HIROSE
HR10A-7P-4P equivalent
REMOTE
(8P FEMALE)
1-766-848-11 Plug, 8P Male or CCA
cable assembly (option)
CCA-5-10 (10m)/CCA-5-3 (3m)
INCOM
(5P FEMALE)
1-508-370-11 XLR, 5P Male or
CANNON XLR-5-12C equivalent
MIC IN
(3P FEMALE)
1-508-084-00 XLR, 3P Male or
CANNON XLR-3-12C equivalent
AC OUT
(for BVP-500P)
1-564-093-11 Plug, AC Outlet or
HIRAKAWA HEWTECH CM-29
equivalent
1-2-3. Wiring Diagram for Cable
CCA-5 Cable
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5
1-3. Outside Dimentions
1-3. Outside Dimentions
(Unit : mm)
1-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-3. Outside Dimentions
With BVF-77/77CE attached
(Unit : mm)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-7
1-4. Installation Conditions
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
1-4. Installaton Conditions
Operating Temparature : –20 °C to +45 °C
Storage Temparature : –20 °C to +50 °C
Humidity
: No condense
1-5. Function of Internal Switches/
Controls
AT-95 Board
4
3
2
1
AT
A
• Install the unit in a location as dry and well-ventilated as
possible.
• Do not install the unit in the following conditions.
High temparature room or near the heat source
Excessive dust or mechanical vibration
Intense magnetic and electric fields
A place subjected to direct sunlight or strong light
B
C
D
E
S1
F
G
AT 95(COMPONENT SIDE)
S1
: Setup menu select switch (S1-1 to S1-4)
Setup menu indicated on the viewfinder can be selected in
combination of switches S1-1 to S1-4.
( ) in parentheses: Factory-set positions
Setup Menu
S1-1 S1-2 S1-3 S1-4 Operation Paint Maintenance Reference Triming Config
OFF OFF OFF OFF YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
(ON) (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) YES
YES NO
NO
NO
NO
OFF ON
OFF OFF YES
YES YES
NO
NO
NO
ON
OFF OFF YES
YES YES
YES
NO
NO
ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF YES
YES YES
YES
YES
NO
ON
OFF YES
YES YES
YES
YES
YES
OFF ON
For details on the setup menu, refer to Section 3.
1-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
MD-103 Board
IF-538 Board
4
IF
3
2
4
1
MD
A
3
2
1
A
B
B
PROMPT
VBS
S3
S650
VF
GENLOCK
RET
C
S200
VIDEO
LEVEL
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
S200 : VF connector signal select switch
Selects an output signal to the viewfinder.
S3 : VBS GENLOCK IN/PROMPTER OUT select switch
Always set to PROMPT.
RET: Return video signal from CCU
GEN: Reference signal for external synchronization which
is input at REF IN connector (of the BKP-5910/
5910P)
n
To output a reference signal, the standalone unit BKP5910/5910P (available separately) is required.
Factory-set position: RET
S650 : MONITOR connector signal select switch
Selects an output signal at MONITOR connector.
VBS: VBS signal
VF: VF video signal
RET: Return video signal from CCU
Factory-set position: VBS
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-9
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
AU-211 Board
SW1 : INCOM MIC select switch
Select according to a microphone of the headset to be
connected to INTERCOM connector.
C : Carbon microphone
D : Dynamic microphone
Factory-set position : C
4
AU
3
2
1
A
B
MIC
SW2
D
C
C
SW1
SW3
D
SW2
: INCOM CONTROL MODE select switch
(SW2-1 to 2-8)
SW2-1 : INCOM MIX switch
Turn on to add the intercom audio to the program audio.
Factory-set position : OFF
E
SW6
MIC PW
ON
SW4
OFF
F
SW5
SW2-2 : INCOM/PGM MIX switch
Turn on to mix the program audio and the intercom audio
in front of IC5 (EVR).
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-3 : PGM MIX switch
Turn on to add the program audio to the intercom audio.
Factory-setting : OFF
SW2-4 : PGM/INCOM level control mode select switch
ON : INCOM level control enables to adjust the levels of
the intercom and program audios simultaneously, and
PGM level control to adjust a mix ratio between the
intercom and program audios.
OFF :INCOM level control adjusts the intercom audio
level, and PGM level control adjusts program audio
level.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-5 : SIDE TONE ON/OFF switch
Turn on to mix the side tone signal. (Mixing level: –26 dB)
RV3/AU-211 board adjusts the side tone level.
Factory-set position: ON
SW2-6 : Not used
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-7 : PGM ON/OFF switch
Always set to OFF.
G
SW-3 : TALLY CONTROL switch (SW3-1, 3-2)
SW3-1 : BATTERY ALARM ON/OFF switch
Turn on to output a battery alarm signal to LENS TALLY
lamp.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW3-2 : POWER SAVE switch.
Always set to ON.
SW4 : MIC POWER ON/OFF switch
Turn on to use a microphone which operates with an
external power supply system.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW5 : AB/PHANTOM MIC select switch
Select according to a microphone which operates with an
external power supply system to be used.
AB : AB POWERING +12 V microphone
PHANTOM : PHANTOM +48 V microphone
Factry-set position : PHANTOM
SW6 : MIC LINE select switch
Selects a signal to be transmitted to MIC1 line.
MIC1 : MIC signal input at MIC CH-1 connector
MIC2 : MIC signal input at MIC CH-2 connector
Factory-set position : MIC 1
SW2-8 : PB AUDIO ON/OFF switch
Always set to OFF.
1-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
AU-215 Board
DM-98 Board
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
4
AU
3
2
1
S1
RV40
A
2
3
B
4
5
C
6
D
S200
S1
: RET OUT select switch (S1-1 to S1-4)
S1-1 to S1-4 select an output signal to the viewfinder.
S201
S1-1
RV200
E
RV300
RV301
: Disables automatically switching between PB
VIDEO and RET VIDEO.
F
S200 : TRACKER TALK LEVEL select switch
Selects the MIC input level at TRACKER connector,
0 dBu or –20 dBu.
(0 dBu = 0.775 Vrms)
RV200/AU-215 board adjusts the tracker level.
Factory-set position: 0 dBu
ON : Playback video signal
OFF : Return video signal (in connection with CCU)
Playback video signal (with the BKP-5910/5910P
incorporated).
n
To output a playback video signal, the standalone unit
BKP-5910/5910P (available separately) is required.
Factory-set position : OFF
S1-2
S201 : MIC MONITOR ON/OFF switch
Turn on to add the program MIC input to the INCOM out
of the INTERCOM connector and to monitor.
Factory-set position: OFF
RV40 : RTS 1 CANCEL
Adjusts the side tone level for customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Minimized
: Disables automatically switching between VBS/
MONITOR and PB/RET.
Always set to OFF.
S1-3
: Selects VBS or MONITOR.
Always set to OFF.
S1-4
: Inhibits RET CONT signal with S1-4 set to OFF.
Always set to ON.
RV300 : UP TALLY BRIGHT
Adjusts the intensity of the UP TALLY lamp for
customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Maximized
RV301 : VF TALLY BRIGHT
Adjusts the intensity of the VF TALLY lamp for
customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Maximized
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-11
1-6. Instance of System Configuration
1-6. Instance of Sytem Configuration
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
STUDIO ZOOM LENS
CCD UNIT
OHB-400/400P
OHB-500/500P
OHB-500WS/500WSP
TRIAX CABLE (*2)
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-55/55CE
1.5" VF(BVF-10/10CE)
CCD UNIT
OHB-450/450P
OHB-451/451P
OHB-550/550P
OHB-550WS/550WSP
CAMERA ADAPTOR
CA-550/550P
TRIAX CABLE (*2)
or COAX CABLE
ENG/EFP LENS
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-550/550P
OTHER OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
For BVP-500/500P
STANDALONE UNIT
BKP-5910/5910P
SCRIPT HOLDER
BKP-7911/7912
For BVP-550/550P
ELECTRET CONDENSER MICROPHONE
ECM-MS5
MICROPHONE
C-74 (Sony P/N 1-542-099-11)
CRADLE SUSPENSION
CRS-3P
CARRYING CASE
LC-303SFT
For CA-550/550P
1-12
TELEPROMPTER UNIT
BKP-5971
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-6. Instance of System Configuration
REMOTE CONTROL
PANEL
RCP-700 RCP-701
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
RCP-720 RCP-721 RCP-740 RCP-741
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CAMERA COMMAND
NETWORK UNIT
CNU-700/500
PIX 2
WF 2
VIDEO SELECTOR
VCS-700
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
PIX 2
WF 2
PIX
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
WF
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
*1: CCA-5 CABLE LENGTH
RCP-700/701
(
CCA-5
RCP
)
CCA-5
CNU
CCA-5
CCU
Total length 200m or less
*2: TRIAX CABLE LENGTH
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Diameter
Maximum length
8.5 mm
1000 m
14.5 mm
2000 m
1-13
1-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 2
Service Overview
2-1. Opening and Closing the Side Panel
Opening
Loosen the two side-panel locking screws, and while
sliding the safety lock toward the lens, open the side panel
by holding the handle.
Handle
Sefety lock
Locking screw
Closing
Locking screw
When you close the side panel, the safety lock is automatically locked. Fasten the side-panel locking screws securely.
2-2. Location of Printed Circuit Boards
PS-434
PS-435
MB-637
LE-130
AU-215
TR-90
AU-211
MD-103
PS-392
IF-538
SW-795
DM-98
DA-88
SG-234
DM-99
AT-95
VA-163
CN-1232
PR-211
CN-1142
SW-805
CN-1231
CN-1239
CN-990
CN-989
LF-31
CN-988
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-1
2-3. Circuit Description
2-3. Circuit Description
DR-302 board (OHB-400/400P only)
Circuit description for the BVP-500/500P and CCD unit
OHB-400/500/500WS series (available separately) is
described here. The BVP-500/500P is called as BVP, and
OHB-400/500/500WS series is called as OHB in this
section.
The DR-302 is a driving board for one optical filter disk,
which motor-drives a filter selected by the RCP or MSU.
The DR-302 board consists of a motor-drive circuit, and a
servo circuit comprised of a selected-filter detection and
filter position voltage generation circuits.
(1) CCD Drive System (OHB)
DR-306 board (OHB-500/500P/500WS/500WSP)
TG-159 board
The DR-306 is a driving board for two optical filter disks.
The main function is almost the same as the DR-302 board.
However, the DR-306 board is provided with the shortestturn function, which automatically selects the shortest-turn
according to a selection of optical filter using a microcomputer.
The TG-159 outputs the pulses for driving the CCD to the
DR-271 board and outputs the pulses for sampling the
CCD output to the PA-181 board.
The driving pulses are synchronized with the HD and VD
pulses input from the BVP and are output.
Pulses are generated from the VCO clock (36 MHz) of the
board. The clocks for the digital processing circuit (36
MHz, 18 MHz)are also output to the BVP.
CCD V-sub voltage, white shading data and so on are also
stored in the EEPROM of the TG-159 board.
DR-271 board
The DR-271 board converts the pulses from the TG-159
board to directly drive the CCD. The converted pulses are
transmitted to the CCD via the BI-91(R)/91(G)/91(B)
board respectively. The board also has a circuit which
makes +29 V from +15 V for the V-sub voltage. Furthermore, the board also has an interface circuit for the optical
filter.
BI-91(R)/91(G)/91(B) boards
(2) Video Signal System
VA-163 board
The VA-163 board amplifies the video signals output from
the OHB and performs the following processings:
• Black shading correction
• Gain-up control
• Blanking cleaning
• White shading correction
• Feedback clamping
• White balancing
• Flare compensation, and
• Pre-knee
In addition, it also switches between the video signals,
TEST SAW(TEST1) signal and 3-STEP TEST(TEST2)
signal.
The CCD is mounted on the BI-91(R)/91(G) /91(B) board
respectivly. These boards supply the driving pulses and
control voltages to the CCD.
The signals output from the CCD are sent to the PA-181
board via the source follower.
PA-181 board
The PA-181 board extracts video signals from the CCD
signals output from the BI-91(R) /91(G)/91(B) boards by a
correlated double sampling circuit, and amplifies the R and
G signals by one time, and the B signal by three times.
The resultant signals are output to the VA-163 board of the
BVP.
2-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-3. Circuit Description
PR-211 board
DA-88 board
The PR-211 board converts the analog R, G, and B video
signals into digital signals with an analog-to digital
converter having sampling/holding functions.
It generates clocks required for the analog-to-digital
conversion and the digital processings from the clocks
generated by the OHB.
In addition, the PR-211 board adds a linear matrix and
detail signals to the analog-to-digital converted R, G and B
signals.
It performs the processings such as pedestal control,
gamma correction, knee correction and white clipping for
the signals. It also performs the followings.
• Generates an internal color-bar signal and switches
between this signal and the main line signals.
• Creates detail and aperture signals from digital R and G
signals.
• Creates a skin tone singal.
• Detects signals for an auto iris, flare compensation,
DCC, and auto white/black balancings.
• Detects black/white shadings, generates a waveform to
compensate them and outputs the wavefoem to the VA163 board.
• Detects black levels and outputs the feedback clamp
voltage to the VA-163 board.
• Generates TEST SAW waveforms and outputs them to
the VA-163 board.
The video signals that has thus been digital-processed, are
then converted to the Y, R-Y and B-Y signals and are
output to the DA-88 board. The Y/C signals are generated
from the Y, R-Y and B-Y signals with a color encoder IC
on the PR-211 board. These signals, that were sampled at
36-MHz rate and quantized by 10 bits, are digital-to-analog
converted.
And the resultants are then output to the DA-88 board as a
monochrome signal for VF, wide-band luminance signal,
or modulated chroma signal. The monochrome signal for
VF has a zebra signal for level indication, and character
signal and center marker signal mixed on it.
The monochrome signal for VF (VF Y) sent from the PR211 board goes through a lowpass filter and is output to the
IF-538 board. The wide-band luminance signal Hi-Ys is
output via a lowpass filter to the MD-103 board. The
modulated chroma signal C goes through a black clamp
circuit and lowpass filter and is added to the Hi-Ys. The
resultant is output to the IF-538 board as a VBS signal.
The Y, R-Y and B-Y signals, that are input from the PR211 board as the digital video signals, are aligned in phase
with video signals in another channels by a digital delay
line. The resultant is digital-to-analog converted and is
then output via a lowpass filter and black clamp circuit to
the IF-538 board. On the other hand, an analog component
signal is generated in combination with the above-mentioned Hi-Ys signal, R-Y and B-Y signals. The analog
component signal is controlled, on the level adjustment and
reference signal addition, by the AT-95 board according to
equipment connected to the camera (VTR or CCU). The
analog component signal is output to the MD-103 board
via the MB-637 board.
BVP-500
BVP-550P
IF-538 board
Input signals at the IF-538 board are as follows;
Signals from the DA-88 board: VF Y, VBS, Y, R-Y and BY
Signals from external equipment: Reference signal for
external synchronization, Return video signal
By combination with these signals, the IF-538 board
outputs the following signals.
• VTR VBS OUT signal
The input VBS signal is output via the buffer amplifier
to the MB-637 board. This is used to output for the VTR
connector (26P) of the standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P
only when the standalone unit is installed in the camera.
2-3
2-3. Circuit Description
• VF OUT signal
Switching between the return video or reference signal
which is selected with S200/IF-538 board, and the VF-Y
singal is done by the CAM/RET signal. The selected
signal is via a lowpass filter to the PinP (Picture in
Picture) circuit to be processed as a small picture signal.
At the next stage, an analog switch switches back and
forth between the large and small picture signals to
display the small picture in the large picture. In combination with this analog switch and another analog switch
at the front of the PinP circuit, reversing between the
large and small picture signals, and moving the position
of the small picture are allowed by operating the rear
panel switch. At the final stage, thus picture-in-picture
signal has center marker and safety zone pulse signals
mixed on it and is output at the IF-538 board.
• MONITOR OUT signal
The S650/IF-538 board selects a signal from VF signal,
VBS signal or one of the return video or reference signal
selected with S200/IF-538 board. The selected signal is
output via the amplifier at the MONITOR OUT connector on the side of the camera. When the VF signal is
selected, however, it is switched over to the VF-Y or
RET signal by the CAM/RET signal corresponding the
VF display selection.
In addition, the IF-538 board is equipped with the following circuits.
• HD/VD external sync circuit
When displaying the return video or reference signal on
the viewfinder screen, it is necessary to synchronize the
cursor signal with those signals. And a sync signal is
separated from those signals to generate the external HD
and VD signals, and the resultant is sent to the cursor
signal generation circuit on the PR-211 board.
• Peak-detects the G signal and outputs to the AT-95
board.
• Transmits the SKIN GATE signal from DA-88 board to
the MD-103 board.
2-4
(3) Auto system
AT-95 board
The AT-95 board consists of a microcomputer which
controls the camera according to the instructions stored in
a ROM. Operations of the board are listed below;
• Analyzes video system detection data, analog data and
instructions of the function switches.
• Outputs various control signals and compensation
signals to the boards.
• Outputs status information and self-diagnosis information as character data from the character generator.
• Incorporates the interface function with the RM-P9 or
the CCU-700/700P.
(4) Pulse system
SG-234 board
The SG-234 board has a sync signal generator which
generates various sync signals for the camera. The sync
signals are generated from the clock pulse input from the
OHB via the PR-211 board. They are output to the boards
of the camera and OHB respectively. This generator has
two modes to synchronize with a reference signal input for
external synchronization. One is a VBS input mode when
the camera is used together with the standalone unit BKP5910/5910P and the other is a V RESET/H CONT mode
when the CCU is connected to the camera.
(5) Audio modulation/demodulation system
AU-211 board
The CHU/RCP data is input/output from/to the AU-211
board. And audio signal processings such as the audio
mode switching and gain control of MIC CH-1 and CH-2
are performed.
The received data from the RCP goes through the photocoupler and is then send as the COM CONT signal to
control the camera, to the AT-95 board. If the CCU is
connected to the unit, the COM CONT signal is automatically send to the CCU.
As for how to select the INCOM mode, refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal
Switches – AU-211 board”. In addition, the AU-211 board
supplies the power to the MIC CH-2 connector.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-3. Circuit Description
2-4. Description of EEPROM Data
TR-90 board
2-4. Description of EEPROM Data
The TR-90 board modulates/demodulates the audio signals
such as the MIC, INCOM and PGM. It also demodulates
the H CONT signal and modulates/demodulates the CHU/
CCU DATA. And it also generates the TONE signal and
modulates it.
The table below gives the holding data of EEPROM on
every printed circuit board.
AU-215 board
The AU-215 board controls/drives a tally system circuit
and also supplies the power to the MIC CH-1 connector. It
also mixes the TRACKER TALK signal and the intercom
audio and outputs the intercom audio as the TRACKER
RECEIVE.
(6) Video modulation/demodulation system
MD-103 board
The MD-103 board modulates the luminance signal Y, the
color difference signals R-Y and B-Y. And it selects a
signal to be input/output at GENLOCK IN/PROMPT OUT
connector. But, this selection is invalid for this camera and
the S3/MD-103 board does not activate. And also it
quadrature-modulates the Y signal and SKIN GATE signal
with the carrier of 22.5 MHz. The resultant signal is sent
to the CCU.
Board
Ref. No.
Holding data
VA-163
IC26
VA-163 adjustment data
AT-95
IC46
Triming/Reference files
SG-234
IC21
SG-234 adjustment data
DA-88
IC10
DA-88 adjustment data
IF-538
IC603
IF-538 adjustment data
MB-637
IC5
Model name, Serial number of the unit
n
The IC listed above cannot be replaced because it is the
EEPROM that is holding data inherent in the board. The
part number listed in Section 1 “Spare Parts” of BVP-500/
500P Maintenance manual, Volume 2 is for an EEPROM
which is not programmed. If replacement is needed,
consult your Sony representatives.
DM-98 board
The DM-98 board demodulates the RET VIDEO signal
and also selects an output signal. The relationships
between the switch setting and output signal are given in
Section 1-5 “Function of Internal Switches – DM-98
board”.
DM-99 board
The DM-99 board demodulates and amplifies the
PROMPT signal.
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-5
2-5. Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible Card Wire
2-5. Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible
Card Wire
Type A
The flexible card wires are used between the MB-637 and
CCD unit(OHB), MB-637 and SW-795 boards and MB637 and PR-211 board respectively. Take care not to break
these flexible card wires. This shorten the wire life.
A
Disconnecting
Conductive surface
1. Turn off the power.
MB-637&OHB/SW-795
Type A
(between MB-637 and CCD unit, and between MB-637
and SW-795)
2. Lift up the portion A in the direciton of the arrow and
disconnect the flexible card wire.
Type B
(between MB-637 and PR-211)
2. Slide portions B in the direciton of the arrow to unlock
and pull out the flexible card wire.
Type B
B
B
Connecting
m
• Be careful not to insert the flexible card wire obliquely.
• Check that the conductive surface of the flexible card
wire is not soiled with dust.
Type A
1. Lift up the portion A in the direction of the arrow and
insert the flexible card wire as far as it will go with the
conductive surface down.
2. Push down the portion A to secure the flexible card
wire.
Conductive surface
MB-637&PR-211
Type B
1. Slide portions B in the direction of the arrow and insert
the flexible card wire as far as it will go with the
conductive surface down.
2. Slide portions B in the reverse direction to lock.
2-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-6. Replacement of Board
2-6. Replacement of Board
2-6-3. Replacement of PR-211 Board
2-6-1. Note on Replacement of Parts
n
In replacing the PR-211 board, a screwdriver whose blade
is long (blade length: 200 mm or more) is required. (Sony
P/N:7-700-739-01 or equivalent)
Every electrical part mounted on the LF-31, PR-211 and
CN-1142 boards cannot be replaced. If there is any
defective part, replace the board itself.
The PR-211 board is provided with a termination board
CN-1142 on it. The CN-1142 board is necessary when the
PR-212 board of OHB-500WS/500WSP is not installed.
Unless the PR-212 board is installed, be sure to connect the
CN-1142 board to the PR-211 board.
1. Open the left side panel referring to Section 2-1.
2. Remove the four screws to remove the PR-211 board.
3. Disconnect the flexible card wire referring to Section
2-5.
2-6-2. Replacement of CN-988/989/990 Board
The CN-988/989/990 boards are small printed circuit
boards used for the camera’s right side panel equipped
with the REMOTE connector and so on. If you order one
of these boards, a combined board of the above three will
be supplied from the Sony parts center. So, please cut off
a necessary board from it and use for service.
PR-211
B3 X 4
4. Install a new board in the reverse procedures of
removal.
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-7
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
2-7-2. Removal of PS-392 Board and AC.DC/
DC Convertor
2-7-1. Replacement of Power Assembly
1. Open the both side panels referring to Section 2-1.
2. Disconnect the three connectors from the power
assembly.
1. Remove the power assembly referring to Section 2-71.
2. Remove the five screws and remove the PS box lid.
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
PS Box lid
B3 X 4
Unlock and Disconnect
in the direction of arrow
3. Disconnect the four connectors of the AC.DC/DC
convertor from the PS-392 board.
3. Loosen the two screws and pull out the power assembly.
Loosen
4. Install a new power assembly in the reverse procedures
of removal.
2-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
4. To remove the PS-392 board, disconnect the six
connectors and remove the five screws.
B3 X 4
PS-392
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
CN-5
CN-8
CN-7
CN-6
CN-4
CN-2
5. To remove the AC.DC/DC convertor, remove the four
screws respectively.
AC. DC/DC Convertor
K3 X 4
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-9
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part
Parts listed below is a periodic replacement part. It is
subject to cracks with the lapse of time. Check sometimes
by visual, and replace as necessary.
No.
Description
Sony P/N
1
Control Knob Assembly
X-3167-051-X
2
Control Knob Assembly
X-3167-563-X
3
Shielding Rubber
3-185-869-2X
4
Control Knob
3-185-872-0X
5
Cable Clamper
3-186-502-0X
6
Outlet Lid (for PAL)
3-186-501-0X
4
2
5
2
1
3
(FOR PAL )
6
2-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-9. Tools and Fixtures
2-9. Tools and Fixtures
Attaching to OHB-500 series
Attach the portable lens attachment with the six screws
(precision P2.6x8) supplied with the attachment.
2-9-1. Tools and Fixtures
Description
Sony P/N
Extension Board EX-464
J-6395-040-A
Extension Cable for Power assembly
J-6395-070-A
Portable Lens Attachment
(for OHB-400 series)
J-6395-080-A
Portable Lens Attachment
(for OHB-500 series)
J-6395-090-A
2-9-2. Use of Portable Lens Attachment
Use of a portable lens attachment enables a portable lens to
be attached to the camera. This attachment should be used
for limited application such as adjustment. Because the
characteristics of the camera are not satisfied when it is
used for shooting.
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Attaching to OHB-400 series
Remove the two hexagon-socket bolts at portions A.
Attach the portable lens attachment with two screws
(B3x10).
A
B3 X 10
BVP-500
BVP-550P
2-11
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts
1. w
Safety Related Components Warning
Components marked ! are critical to safe operation.
Therefore, specified parts should be used in the case of
replacement.
2. Standardization of Parts
Some repair parts supplied by Sony differ from those
used for the unit. These are because of parts commonality and improvement.
Parts list has the present standardized repair parts.
3. Stock of Parts
Parts marked with “o” at SP(Supply Code) column of
the spare parts list may be not stocked. Therefore, the
delivery date will be delayed.
4. Units Representation
The following represented units are changed or
omitted in writing.
Units
Representation
Capacitance
µF
uF
Inductance
µH
uH
Resistance
Ω
Abbreviation
5. Destination Representation
The part indicated “For J/UC/CE” in the spare parts
list is used in the unit written below.
For J
: The part is used in a unit for Japan.
For UC : The part is used in a unit for U.S.A. and
Canada.
For CE : The part is used in a unit for regions except
the above countries.
2-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 3
Setup Menu
3-1. Setup Menu
The Setup menu is used to select settings of camera operation, select items to be displayed on the viewfinder screen, and select the way the items are displayed.
It is also used for adjustment. The menu appears on the viewfinder screen.
By changing an internal switch on the IF-538 board, the same signal as output to the viewfinder is
enabled to be output at the MONITOR connector.
•
Configuration of the Setup Menu
The setup menu consists of the following menus
• Operation menu
• Paint menu
• Maintenance menu
• Reference menu
• Triming menu
• System config menu
Operation and Paint menus are normally accessible. To display the other menus, switch setting of the
AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”
•
Equipment required
CCD Unit
OHB-400/500 series
Camera Control Unit
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP.
7-inch Electronic Viewfinder BVF-77/77CE (or B/W monitor)
•
Switches and Control knob
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1
3-1. Setup Menu
DISPLAY switch
ON
: Displays characters and messages indicating the video camera settings and operation status.
OFF
: No character or marker display appears on the viewfinder screen.
MENU : The setup menu appears on the viewfinder screen.
MENU SELECT knob
Selects the menu item or setting value displayed on the viewfinder screen.
MENU SELECT switch
ENTER : Enters the page/item select mode, or enters the setting values.
CANCEL : Cancels the contents of a menu setting, or returns to the page select mode or TOP menu.
n
The TOP menu screen indicates the entire configuration of menu items.
To display the TOP menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU (from OFF) while pushing up the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER.
•
Basic Operation
1. Displaying the menu
To display the Operation menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU.
To display the other menus than the Operation menu, first of all, the TOP menu shall be displayed.
To display the TOP menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU while pushing up the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER. Then turn the MENU SELECT knob to move the cursor to a menu item which
you want and push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. To shift the page, turn the MENU SELECT knob with a page scroll bar displayed at the top-right of
the screen until the desired page is displayed and push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
The menu enters the item select mode and the page scroll bar disappears.
3. To shift the item, turn the MENU SELECT knob until the → cursor points the item to be set and
push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
4. To change the value, turn the MENU SELECT knob. You can change the values quickly by
turning the MENU SELECT knob fast. You can make very fine adjustments by turning the switch
slowly. By pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the setting is entered.
5 The menu page is returned to the item select mode or page select mode every time the MENU
SELECT switch is pushed down to CANCEL.
6. To exit from the setup menu, set the DISPLAY switch to OFF.
•
3-2
ROM version
Contents in the menu and factory settings may differ from the descriptions in this manual depending
on the version of ROM on the AT-95 board.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-1. Operation Menu
This menu contains items contained for changing camera settings to suit shooting conditions during
normal camera operations.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
VF DISPLAY
ZOOM
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indications of zoom position and lens extender.
SHUTTER
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indications of shutter speed and mode.
IRIS
[ON], OFF
Turns the iris setting indication on and off.
AUDIO
––
Turns the audio level indication on and off.
(Does not function in the unit.)
TAPE
––
Turns the tape-remaining indication on and off.
(Does not function in the unit.)
ZEBRA
ON, [OFF]
Turns the zebra indication on and off. (Corresponds to the ZEBRA switch
of VF connected to the camera.)
MESSAGE
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indication of message in changing each setting of filter,
white balance memory, gain value, DCC(auto knee) and shutter speed.
The indication is displayed within three seconds in the center of the
viewfinder screen.
MODE
CHG, [USR]
CHG : The indications of the optical filter, white balance memory and gain
value are displayed only when they differ from the standard settings
(FILTER:1B, WHITE:A, GAIN:0dB)
USR : The indications are displayed corresponding to the settings on the
VF DISPLAY page.
FILTER
*, [ON], OFF
Turns the optical filter indication on and off.
WHITE
*, ON, [OFF]
Turns the white balance memory indication on and off.
(Automatically turned OFF in connection with CCU/RCP.)
MARKER
f)
GAIN
*, [ON], OFF
Turns the gain value indication on and off.
CENTER
[ON], OFF
Turns the center marker indication on and off.
SAFETY ZONE
80%, 90% , OFF
Turns the safety zone marker indication on and off and selects the area
indicated by that marker.f)
BOX CURSOR
ON, [OFF]
Turns the box cursor indication on and off.
BOX H POS
-99 to 99 ([0])
Shifts horizontally the location of the box cursor on the screen.
BOX V POS
-99 to 99 ([0])
Shifts vertically the location of the box cursor on the screen.
BOX WIDTH
00 to 99 ([41])
Sets the width of the box cursor.
BOX HEIGHT
00 to 99 ([10])
Sets the height of the box cursor.
In the 16:9 mode, the following kinds of safety zone marker can be selected in combination of the settings of “SAFETY ZONE” and
“4:3 SAFETY”.
SAFETY ZONE
80%
4:3
SAFETY
90%
OFF
16:9
ON
4:3 area
Safety
zone
OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Not indicated
3-3
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
GAIN SW
LOW
-3,[0], 3, 6, 9, 12,
18, 24, 30 dB
Selects the gain value for each gain switch position
(LOW, MIDDLE, HIGH) of RM-P9 when the standalone unit is installed in the unit.
MID
-3, 0, 3, 6, [9], 12,
18, 24, 30dB
(Note: Except under the above conditions, the setting change becomes
invalid.)
HIGH
-3, 0, 3, 6, 9, 12,
[18], 24, 30dB
[16:9], 4:3
Selects the aspect ratio for the video signal output. (This setting is valid
only when the standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P is incorporated.)
* Corresponds the CCU's setting when the CCU is connected.
VF ASPECT
[AUTO], 4:3
Selects the aspect ratio for the viewfinder indication.
AUTO : Automatically selects according to the aspect ratio selected by
16:9/4:3 MODE on the WIDE SCREEN page.
4:3
: Selects 4:3 regardless of the 16:9/4:3 MODE setting.
4:3 SAFETY
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the safety zone maker showing the 4:3 area is indicated
in the 16:9 mode, or not. f)
16:9 ID ON VF
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the 16:9 indication in the 16:9 mode on the viewfinder
screen.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
16:9 ID
ON BARS
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the 16:9 indication is displayed on the internal color-bar in
the16:9 mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
BNC TEST OUT
––
Does not function in the unit.
The panel switch (S650) on IF-538 board can select a signal to be output
at MONITOR connector (VBS, VF or RET)
RM/MON CHAR
[ON], OFF
Selects whether character signals displayed on the viewfinder screen are
mixed with the VBS signal when “VBS” is selected by the panel switch
(S650) on IF-538 board.
VBS LOCK
––
Does not function in the unit.
WIDE SCREEN 16:9/4:3 MODE
(For OHB-500WS
/500WSP)
MON OUT
VF VIDEO MODE [Y], MIX, NAM
AUTO IRIS
AUTO KNEE (DCC)
3-4
Selects a video signal to be output to the viewfinder.
Y
: Y=0.3R+0.59G+0.11B; The same as a camera output signal
MIX : Y=0.33R+0.33G+0.33B
NAM : Selects one of the R, G, and B signal that is maximum in level.
[RGB]-G
ON, [OFF]
Sets signals selectable by RGB switch.
ON : R-G, B-G
OFF : R, G, B
IRIS OVERRIDE
-99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the reference value for automatic iris adjustment.
-99 (further closed) ↔ 99 (further opened)
IRIS OVERRIDE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto-iris override function on and off.
APL RATIO
-99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the way the iris is automatically adjusted.
-99 (PEAK) ↔ 99 (AVERAGE)
AUTO KNEE
POINT
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the point on which the knee function starts to have effect in the autoknee mode.
AUTO KNEE
SLOPE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the volume of the effect of the knee function in the auto-knee mode.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
STAND ALONE
H PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the horizontal phase of the camera in the genlock mode.
SC PHASE
0 to 360([XX])
Sets the subcarrier phase of the camera in the genlock mode.
CABLE COMP
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the cable compensation circuit for the external sync
signal in the genlock mode.
SNG BARS
ON, [OFF]
Turns the color-bar signal for SNG on and off.
MASTER BLACK
-99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the MASTER BLACK level.
IRIS OVERRIDE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto-iris override function on and off.
CF PULSE
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the color framing pulse supplied to the VTR.
SKIN DETAIL
ON, [OFF]
Turns the skin tone detail function on and off.
AUTO HUE
DETECT
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the volume of effect of the skin detail auto
hue function. (Does not function at present.)
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
AUTO WHITE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the white balance.
LEVEL AUTO
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the level in the internal circuits. c)
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output.
OHB
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the OHB block
and CPU on AT board.
PR
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the PR board
and CPU on AT board.
VA
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the VA board
and CPU on AT board.
AT
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the CPU and
memory on AT board.
SG
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the SG board
and CPU on AT board.
DA
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between DA board and
CPU on AT board.
IF
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between IF board and
CPU on AT board.
MD
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of MD board in connection with CCU.
AU
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of AU board in connection with CCU.
TR
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of TR board in connection with CCU.
AUTO SETUP
DIAGNOSIS
CAMERA ID
ID: [] [] [] [] [] [] []
ID ON BARS
c)
Sets a camera ID of up to ten alphanumerics, symbols, and spaces.
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the camera ID is mixed with a camera output signal only
in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
When executing the LEVEL AUTO, data set through the menu is all cleared and the automatic level adjustment is performed in
sequence. After the adjustment is complete, adjustment result is stored as a reference file.
1. Lens is automatically closed and the black balance is automatically adjusted.
2. The white balance is automatically adjusted using TEST 2 (3-step) signal.
n
This white balance adjustment compensates a drift of the gain of an amplifier, does not compensate color temperature for an actual object.
The gamma and knee compensation values do not change with a lapse of time because of the digital-processing camera.
Therefore, the LEVEL AUTO adjustment does not contain the gamma and knee adjustments unlike a conventional camera.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-5
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-2. Paint Menu
The Paint menu is used for white and other paint adjustments items. To activate the Paint menu, first
display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
VIDEO LEVEL
WHITE R/G/B
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B gain level.
BLACK R/G/B/M
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B master black level.
FLARE R/G/B
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B flare level.
GAMMA R/G/B/M
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B master gamma correction curve.
FLARE
[ON], OFF
Turns the flare correction circuit on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : no test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the VIDEO LEVEL page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
DETAIL1
DETAIL2
(Continued)
3-6
DETAIL
[ON], OFF
Turns the function on and off to improve resolution by adding the detail signal.
LEVEL
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the master level for the detail signal.
LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the clipping level against the maximum detail level.
CRISPENING
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level at which the detail signal is crispened.
LEVEL DEP
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level to control the detail signal used at lower signal level.
LEVEL DEP
[ON], OFF
Turns the level depend function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the DETAIL 1 page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
DETAIL
[ON], OFF
Turns the function on and off to improve resolution by adding detail signal.
H/V RATIO
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the mix ratio of H and V detail signal.
FREQUENCY
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the boost frequency for H detail signal.
MIX RATIO
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the mix ratio of H detail signal used before and after the gamma
compensation circuit.
W.LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjust the clipping level adainst the higher detail signal at the maximum level.
B.LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the clippping level against the lower detail signal at the minimum level.
COMB
–99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the effect volume of the comb filter
99 (Causes less cross colors.) ↔ –99 (Yields clear pictures, but causes more
cross colors.)
* For a PAL model, this function has the effect on not every object but a specified object.
KNEE APRT.
ON, [OFF]
Turns the knee aperture function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
DETAIL2
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the DETAIL2 page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
SKIN DETAIL
SKIN DETAIL
ON, [OFF]
GAMMA
KNEE/W.CLIP
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Contents
Turns the skin detail function on and off.
LEVEL
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level of the skin detail.
PHASE
100° to 170°([0])
Adjusts the hue for the skin detail function.
WIDTH
0° to 90° ([0])
Adjusts the color width for the skin detail function.
SATURATION
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the color saturation of the skin detail function.
GATE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the area display of the skin detail function in the viewfinder screen.
AUTO HUE
DETECT
Throw MENU SELECT Sets the range of skin detail hue function automatically.
switch to ENTER
(Does not function at preset.)
to execute.
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the SKIN DETAIL page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
GAMMA, R/G/B/M
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B and master gamma level.
COARSE
0.40, [0.45], 0.50
Selects the gamma value in steps.
GAMMA
[ON], OFF
Turns the gamma value on and off.
BLACK GAMMA
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the black gamma (master).
(Note: A noise appears on the screen during operation.)
BLACK GAMMA
ON, [OFF]
Turns the black gamma function on and off.
(Note: A noise appears on the screen during operation.)
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Resets all settings on the GAMMA page to the factry settings.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
POINT
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the knee point level when the function is OFF.
SLOPE
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the knee slope level when the function is OFF.
KNEE
[ON], OFF
Turns the knee function on and off.
AUTO KNEE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto knee function on and off.
KNEE MAX
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the knee max function which changes the slope to
completely collapsed form.
WHITE CLIP
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the white clip level.
WHITE CLIP
[ON],OFF
Turn the white clip function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the KNEE/W.CLIP page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
3-7
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
MATRIX
R-G, R-B
–99 to 99 ([0])
Compensates the user’s matrix (sets an optional value as the constant for
G-R, G-B
–99 to 99 ([0])
R-G, R-B, G-R, G-B, B-R, and B-G).
B-R, B-G
–99 to 99 ([0])
MATRIX
[ON], OFF
Turns the matrix compensation on and off.
[ON], OFF
Turns the user’s matrix compensation on and off.
PRESETa)
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off only the preset matrix compensation (fixed constant
compensation).
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step form test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Sets all settings on the MATRIX page to 0.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
1
Storing and recalling a scene file (painting data corresponding to a shot scene)
2
Storing a scene file
3
1 Turn MENU SELECT knob to move the → cursor to “FILE STORE,” then throw MENU SELECT
USER
SCENE FILE
a)
4
a)
switch to ENTER. “FILE STORE” flashes on the viewfinder screen.
5
2 Select the file number (1 to 5) to be stored to.
FILE STORE
(If data is already stored at the selected location, the new data replaces the current data.)
Recalling a scene file
Turn MENU SELECT knob to move the → cursor to the file number whose data is to be recalled,
then throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
• Every time MENU SELECT switch is pushed up to ENTER, the scene file data replaces the
current settings.
• When the scene file is recalled, an asterisk appears next to the number.
STANDARD
Returns the current amount of paint adjustments and switch setting to their reference value
stored as a reference file.
When both USER and PRESET are set to ON, the matrix constant compensation is total value of the USER and PRESET matrix.
3-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu
The Maintenance menu is used for encoder output level and other adjustments items necessary for
camera’s maintenance. The Maintenance menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu, switch
setting of the AT-95 board is required.
For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”.
To activate the Maintenance menu, first display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
VBS
SYNC LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Y LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the Y level of camera’s encoder output signal.
BURST LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the burst level of camera’s encoder output signal.
CHROMA LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the chroma level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Q/V LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the Q (or V) level of camera’s encoder output signal.
SET UP
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s encoder output signal.
(This setting is valid only for NTSC.)
BF PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the burst phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
SC-H PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the SC-H phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
V BLANKING
19,[20],21H
Adjusts the V blanking width of camera’s encoder output signal.
(This setting is valid only for NTSC.)
In connection with CCU, the width is fixed to 19H.
* For a PAL model, the width is fixed to 25H at all times.
V SAW R/G/B/M
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G, B or master
white shading.
V PARA R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.PARA compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
H SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
H PARA R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.PARA compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
WHITE R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G, or B white level.
V MOD R/G/B/M
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G, B or master
modulation shading of the lens and prism.b)
V MOD
ON, [OFF]
Turns the V modulation shading on and off.
AUTO WHITE
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the white balance.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Resets numeric settings to “0” on the WHITE SHADING page.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
WHITE SHADING
BLACK SHADING V SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B black shading.
H SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B black shading.
BLK SET R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of BLACK SET compensation for the R, G, or B.
BLACK R/G/B/M
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G, B or master black level.
MASTER GAIN
-3,0,3,6,9,12,18,
24,30 dB ([X])
Selects the master gain value.
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
(Continued)
b)
When the master modulation shading is adjusted, the V. SAW component for the R and B V-modulation shadings of the prism is
simultaneously compensated.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-9
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
BLACK SHADING CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT Resets numeric settings to “0” on the BLACK SHADING page.
switch to ENTER
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
to execute.
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
AUTO SET UP
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
LEVEL AUTO
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
AUTO HUE
DETECT
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the volume of effect of the
switch to ENTER
hue function. (Does not function at present.)
to execute.
COLOR MATCH
Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically perform the COLOR MATCH adjustment to match
switch to ENTER
in color between two or more cameras. (Does not function at present.)
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the level in the internal circuits. c)
skin detail auto
WHITE SHADING Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the white shading. (Does not function at present.)
switch to ENTER
to execute.
BLACK SHADING Throw MENU SELECT Starts to automatically adjust the black shading. d)
switch to ENTER
to execute.
DATE/TIME
OTHERS
c)
d)
DD/MM/YY
HH:MM:SS
Adjusts a built-in timer. (HH;hour/MM;minute only)
DATE ON BARS
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the date characters are mixed with a camera output
signal in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
TIME ON BARS
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the time characters are mixed with a camera output
signal in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
S/N MEASURE
ON, [OFF]
ON : Set to ON in mesuring the S/N ratio. And settings of the DETAIL,
CHROMA, GAMMA, MATRIX, and FLARE will be temporarily turned OFF.
OFF: Settings of DETAIL and so on are returned as they were.
MOD MEASURE
ON, [OFF]
ON : Set to ON in mesuring the modulation depth. And settings of the
DETAIL, GAMMA, MATRIX, and FLARE will be temporarily turned OFF.
OFF: Settings of DETAIL and so on are returned as they were.
MASTER BLACK
-99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the master black in measuring the S/N ratio and modulation depth.
DETAIL
[ON], OFF
CHROMA
[ON], OFF
GAMMA
[ON], OFF
MATRIX
[ON], OFF
FLARE
[ON], OFF
When executing the LEVEL AUTO, data set through the menu is all cleared and the automatic level adjustment is performed in
sequence. After the adjustment is complete, adjustment result is stored as a reference file.
1. Lens is automatically closed and the black balance is automatically adjusted.
2. The white balance is automatically adjusted using TEST 2 (3-step) signal.
n
This white balance adjustment compensates a drift of the gain of an amplifier, does not compensate color temperature for an actual
object.
The gamma and knee compensation values do not change with a lapse of time because of the digital-processing camera.
Therefore, the LEVEL AUTO adjustment does not contain the gamma and knee adjustments unlike a conventional camera.
Before first using the camera with the OHB-400/500/500WS (or their PAL version) installed, or After replacing the CCD unit, be sure
to execute the automatic black shading adjustment.
3-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-4. Reference Menu
The Reference menu stores the reference values used for automatic setup adjustment and the standard
settings of the switches as the reference files. And the menu can clear the current reference files. The
Reference menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu, switch setting of the AT-95 board is
required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate
the Reference menu, first display the TOP menu.
m
1. Executing the FILE STORE on the REFERENCE FILE page registers settings of items, which have
been set through the Paint, Maintenance and System config menus just before the file store, as the
reference values.
2. When changed numbers of items are returned to the reference values stored as the reference files,
recall the standard file using an MSU/RCP or the setup menu.
Page
Item
Settings
REFERENCE
FILE
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT Stores the adjustment value on each item as the reference value.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
CLEAR FILE
Throw MENU SELECT Clears the adjustment values stored as the reference files.
switch to ENTER
(Temporarily clears the current reference filese) .)
to execute.
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT Stores specific data for a lens to be used as the lens files. The standard
switch to ENTER
values are stored at the factory. (Does not function at present.)
to execute.
LENS FILE
e)
Contents
If the power is turned off without execution of the FILE STORE after clearing the file, the original setting is restored.
3-1-5. Triming Menu
The Triming menu stores the adjustment data in replacing parts as the triming files. And the menu can
clear the current adjustment values. The Triming menu is not normally accessible. To display this
menu, switch setting of the AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of
Internal Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate the Triming menu, first display the TOP menu.
n
Executing the FILE STORE on the TRIMING FILE page registers settings of items, which have been
set through the Maintenance and System config menus just before the file store, as the reference values.
Page
Item
Settings
TRIMING FILE
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT Stores the adjustment value on each item as the reference value.
switch to ENTER
to execute.
CLEAR FILE
Throw MENU SELECT Clears the adjustment values stored as the triming files.
switch to ENTER
(Temporarily clears the current triming filese).)
to execute.
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT Stores specific data for a CCD unit to be used as the OHB files.
switch to ENTER
The standard values are stored at the factory.
to execute.
OHB FILE
e)
Contents
If the power is turned off without execution of the FILE STORE after clearing the file, the original setting is restored.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-11
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-6. System Config Menu
The System config menu is used for adjustments items necessary to replace a printed circuit board or
some parts of the camera. The System config menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu,
switch setting of the AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal
Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate the System config menu, first display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting. XX or XXX represents two or three digits in hexadecimal.)
Page
Item
DATE/TIME
YY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS
Y/CHROMA
PR/VA/TEST
Settings
Contents
Adjusts the built-in calender and timer.
RESET
Turn MENU SELECT
knob to execute.
Resets hour (HH), minute (MM) and second (SS) of the timer.
SC FREQ
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the camera’s subcarrier frequency.
Y SYNC
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s Y output signal.
Y SETUP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the setup level of camera’s Y output signal.
Y VIDEO
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the Y level of camera’s Y output signal.
TEST SETUP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the setup level of camera’s encoder output signal.
BURST LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the burst level of camera’s encoder output signal.
CHROMA LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the chroma level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Q/V LEVEL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the Q(V) level of camera’s encoder output signal.
SC-H PHASE
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the SC-H phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
REG LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the R, G and B output signals.
CB
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the camera color-bar signal to be output in setting each
item on the Y/CHROMA page.
PR ADG R/G/B
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the reference level of the AD converter for R/G/B signals on the
PR board.
VA MOD R/G/B
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B modulation balance for the VA board.
G CLOCK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clock pulse in phase to be input to the AD converter for G
signal on the PR board.
(Note: In replacing OHB, readjustment is required to set the maximum
value of the modulation depth.
R/B CLOCK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clock pulse in phase to be input to the AD converter for R/B
signals on the PR board.
(Note: In replacing OHB, readjustment is required to set the minimum
level of a pseudo signal.)
M.BLACK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the master black signal.
TEST2 HI
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the high level of the TEST2 (3-STEP) signal on the VA board.
TEST2 MID
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the middle level of the TEST2 (3-STEP) signal on the VA board.
TEST CLIP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clip level of the TEST1 (sawtooth) signal on the VA board.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the PR/VR/
TEST page.
1: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF: No test signal is output
PRE KNEE/ZEBRA
PREKNEE1 R/G/B XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B pre-knee 1 level on the VA board.
(Continued)
PREKNEE2 R/G/B XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B pre-knee 2 level on the VA board.
APERTURE
Adjusts the aperture compensation signal level.
3-12
XXX ([XX])
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
PRE KNEE/ZEBRA
WHITE CLIP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the white clip level.
WHITE CLIP
[ON], OFF
Turns the white clip function on and off.
VTR/CCU
IRIS
OTHERS 1
(Continued)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
ZEBRA1 LEVEL,WIDE XXX ([XX])
Sets the center value and range for the zebra 1 signal detection.
ZEBRA2 LEVEL
XXX ([XX])
Sets the detection value for the zebra 2 signal.
Z.DISP
1,2, 1&2
Selects a zebra signal to be displayed on the viewfinder.
1: Zebra 1 signal
2: Zebra 2 signal
1&2: Both zebra 1 and 2 signals are displayed at the same time.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the PREKNEE/
ZEBRA page.
1: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF: No test signal is output
VTR R-Y
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R-Y color-difference signal level.
VTR B-Y
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the B-Y color-difference signal level.
CCU Y SAMP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sample pulse to be mixed with the Y signal.
CCU R-Y SYNC
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sync pulse to be mixed with the R-Y signal.
CCU B-Y SAMP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sample pulse to be mixed with the B-Y signal.
RGB OFFSET
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the G signal level.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the VTR/CCU page.
1: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF: No test signal is output
CB
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the camera color-bar signal to be output in setting each
item on the VTR/CCU page.
LEVEL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the auto-iris level.
APL RATIO
XXX ([XX])
Sets the way the iris is automatically adjusted. -99 (PEAK) ↔ 99 (AVERAGE)
FILTER,WHT MEM [ON], OFF
Does not function in the unit. (The setting change becomes invalid.)
NTSC ENC
[WIDE], NRW
Sets the band width of the Q signal for the NTSC color encoder.
ROTARY
[STD], RVS
Selects the mode of MENU SELECT knob as turned clockwise.
STD: Cursor moves downwards and a numeric value increases.
RVS: Cursor moves upwards and a numeric value decreases.
OWN CALL
R, F&R , OFF
Selects whether TALLY lamps are lit corresponding to the
CALL button on rear panel pressed, or not. Or selects which TALLY
lamps are lit when the CALL button is pressed.
(This setting is valid in connection with CCU. When the standalone unit is
installed and MSU/RCP is not connected to the camera, it is always set to
OFF.)
R: Red TALLY lamps of VF are lit.
R&F: Red TALLY lamps of VF and UP TALLY lamps of VF and camera
are lit.
OFF: No TALLY lamp is lit corresponding to the CALL button.
CENTER H POS
XXX ([XX])
Shifts horizontally the location of the center marker on the screen.
CENTER V POS
XXX ([XX])
Shifts vertically the location of the center marker on the screen.
LENS VTR S/S
TALK, [RET2]
Selects the mode of VTR S/S SW of the lens.
TALK: VTR S/S SW functions as INCOM TALK SW (momentary).
RET2: VTR S/S SW functions as RET2 SW.
VF ? DISPLAY
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indication of ? mark at the top-right of the VF screen with
the DISP switch set to ON when the self-diagnosis result is NG (no good)and
so on.
3-13
3-1. Setup Menu
Page
Item
Settings
Contents
OTHERS 1
PinP RET RVS
[RVS1], RVS 2, OFF Selects the indication mode of VF display in PinP mode.
Setting
RET 1
(or 2, 3) SW
Large screen
Small screen
RVS 1
ON
RET 1 (2, 3) video
Camera output
OFF
Camera output
The last RET video selected
ON
RET 1 (2, 3) video
Camera output
OFF
Camera output is displayed on the whole screen.
(Small screen is not displayed.)
ON
Camera output
OFF
Camera output is displayed on the whole screen.
(Small screen is not displayed.)
RVS 2
OFF
RET 1 (2, 3) video
* To output RET 3 video signal, press RET 1 and 2 switches at the same
time.
OTHERS 2
3-14
F TALLY RVS
[ON], OFF
Selects the operation mode of TALLY lamps corresponding to a CALL button
pressed when a TALLY signal is input to the camera from CCU or VTR.
ON: Red TALLY lamps of VF and UP TALLY lamps of VF and camera go
out.
OFF: Red TALLY lamps of VF alone go out.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-2. Self-Diagnosis
3-2. Self-Diagnosis
The BVP-500/500P has a diagnosis mode used for self-diagnosis of every plug-in board and the OHB.
The diagnosis page is displayed on the viewfinder screen.
• Operation
Select “Diagnosis” page of the Operation menu referring to Section 3-1.
• Viewfinder Screen
8
9
0
5
6
1
2
3
4
7
• Display Descriptions
Marks
Board/Block
Judging Point
Expected Abnormality
1
OHB(CCD UNIT) Communication with IC18, IC19/TG-159
Communication error
2
PR-211
Communication with IC49
Communication error
3
VA-163
Communication with IC26
Communication error
4
AT-95
Communication with IC46
Communication error
5
SG-234
Communication with IC21
Communication error
6
DA-88
Communication with IC10
Communication error
7
IF-538
Communication with IC603
Communication error
8
MD-103
Y RF output
Color-difference
RF output
• RF carrier levels for Y
and R-Y/B-Y are out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
9
AU-211
+7.5 V and
INCOM +7.5 V
• Power voltage for the
board is out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
0
TR-90
RF output (TP3)
• Carrier level for AUDIO
RF is out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
* Only when no video signal is input.
n
When the BVP-500/500P is not connected to the CCU, the columns 8,9 and 0 will display “– –”.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-15
Section 4
Alignment for OHB Installation
4-1. Preparation
4-1-1. Equipment Required
Extension board EX-464
Sony P/N: J-6395-040-A
For BVP-500/500P plug-in
boards
Multiburst Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-110-A
Extension board BKP-7900 (Option)
For CCU-700/700P plug-in
boards
Pattern box PTB-500
Sony P/N: J-6029-140-B
• Light source for test chart
Power supply AC90 to 240V
0.5
Grayscale Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-130-B
White Window Chart
Make a square hole at the center
of a black sheet of paper.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0.5
Measuring Equipment
• Frequency counter
Advantest TR5821AK or equivalent
• Oscilloscope
Tektronix 2465 or equivalent
• Waveform monitor/Vectorscope
Tektronix 1750 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1751 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Digital voltmeter
Advantest TR6845 or equivalent
• Video signal generator
Tektronix 1410 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1411 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Color monitor
Sony BVM-1911/2811 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Sony BVM-2011P/3011P or equivalent (for PAL)
Peripheral Equipment
• CCD unit
: OHB-400/500/500WS series
• Camera control unit
: CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
• Master setup unit
: MSU-700
• TRIAX cable (Standard length: 150 m)
Grayscale Chart (16:9)
Sony P/N: J-6394-080-A
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-080-A
For OHB-400 series
Portable Lens Attachment
Sony P/N: J-6395-090-A
For OHB-500/500WS series
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-1
4-1. Preparation
4-1-2. Notes on Adjustment
• All measuring equipment shall be calibrated.
• Also the alignment for the OHB-400/500/500WS (or
their PAL version), CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP, and
MSU-700 shall be completed.
• To connect each equipment, refer to Section 4-1-4.
• As for initial settings before beginning adjustment, refer
to Section 4-1-5.
• Be sure to turn off the power switch on the power
assembly of the camera before disconnecting the printed
circuit boards.
n
Allow for about ten seconds until the unit is energized
when turning this switch off and then on momentarily.
• About ten-minute warm-up time is allowed before
beginning adjustment.
• When using the camera as 16:9 mode together with the
OHB-500WS/500WSP, use the specified grayscale chart
(J-6394-080-A).
• Paste a black colored velvets (around 3 × 3 cm) to both
sides of the white portion in the center of the grayscale
chart.
(For more details, consult your Sony service representative.)
4-1-3. Description of Setup Menu
A part of adjustments given in this section uses the setup
menu. The setup menu consists of the following menus.
Besides there is a TOP menu indicating the entire configuration of menu items.
Operation
Paint
Maintenance
Reference File
Triming File
System config
To display all of the menus, switch setting of the AT-95
board is required. And for details on the setup menu, refer
to Section 3.
4-2
In this manual, describes the setup menu operation as
follows.
Title of the selected page (top right corner display)
For reference:
When Paint→Skin Detail is selected:
MENU : Paint
PAGE : Skin Detail (P4)
Displaying Setup Menu
1. Power on the CCU and MSU.
2. Set the internal switches of the AT-95 board as
follows.
S1-1 → ON
S1-2 → OFF
S1-3 → ON
S1-4 → OFF
3. DISPLAY switch/rear panel→OFF
4. POWER switch/camera power assembly→ON
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU (from
OFF) while pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER. (TOP menu will be displayed.)
n
If the power switch is turned off once, perform the above
operations again to display the setup menu (steps 3 to 5).
How to change the setting values
To enter or cancel the setting value of items, which can be
changed by turning the MENU SELECT knob, proceed as
follows.
To enter the setting value;
Press the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
To cancel the setting value;
Before pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER,
press it to CANCEL. The original setting is restored.
After pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the
setting can not be canceled.
File Store
If the adjustments in this section are suspended or the unit
is powered off to extend a printed circuit board and so on,
be sure to execute the FILE STORE before being powered
off. (Refer to section 4-20.)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-1. Preparation
4-1-4. Connection
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
TRIAX CABLE
(100 to1000m)
ENG/EFP
LENS
Portable Lens
Attachment
75Ω
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
Vector scope
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Color monitor
Oscilloscope
BVP-500
BVP-500P
75Ω
4-3
4-1. Preparation
4-1-5. Initial Settings
BVP-500/500P
n
When switching the following switches from a customerset position, it is recommended to record the setting state
of the customer in the table below.
After adjustment is complete, be sure to return the switches
to their customer-set position.
Board
Switch
Initial setting Customer-set position
AT-95
S1-1
ON
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
ON
S1-4
OFF
When adjusting a camera incorporating the OHB-500WS/
WSP, be sure to set the setup menu as follows.
MENU : Operation
PAGE : Wide Screen (?4)
ITEM : 16:9/4:3 MODE→16:9
MSU-700 Operation Panel
• CAM POWER/Signal output select buttons
ALL button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CAM PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
VF PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
TEST 1 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
BARS button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CLOSE button
→ ON (Stays lit)
• CAM/CCU Function ON/OFF buttons
KNEE OFF button
→ OFF (Stays lit)
DETAIL OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
LVL DEP OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
AUTO KNEE button → OFF (Stays out)
SKIN DETAIL button → OFF (Stays out)
• Others
GAMMA OFF button → ON(Stays out)
MASTER GAIN button→ 0 (0 dB)
FILTER button (ND) → 1 (Stays lit)
FILTER button (CC) → B (Stays lit)
• Menu operation block (Touch panel)
PAINT button
→ON
∆ →(Page 2/3)→ White Clip → White Clip Off
Execution of Scene File Standard
STANDARD button/MSU operation panel→ON
4-4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-2. VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
4-2. VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
Notes:
• This confirmation shall be done only when the CCD unit
is installed in the camera incorporating the standalone
unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up time periods
(10 to 30 minutes).
Setting of Sensitivity and Standard Color Temperature:
• Use the reflective chart (reflection ratio:89.9%) in this
adjustment, if possible.
• If a pattern box is used, it should be well-maintained.
• Set the luminous intensity of the chart to 2000 lx and the
color temperature to 3200 K.
• This adjustment shall be performed at F7.0 or more.
Note:
• Never change the setting of the following trimmer
capacitors. These capacitors are extremely difficult to
adjust in the field.
VA-163 board : 1CT200, 1CT300, 1CT400
Preparation:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Equipment
Test Point
Specifications
MONITOR
OUT
: Frequency counter, Video signal
generator
: MONITOR connector
: 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
GENLOCK
SC
Video signal
IN
OUT
generator
Frequency
counter
If the specification is not satisfied, perform the following
adjustment.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the frequency using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: SC FREQ
Specifications: 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
File Store:
Execute the OHB file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: OHB File (T2)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Equipment : Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Object
: Gray scale chart
Preparations:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Lights)
2. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
5. KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
6. Close the lens iris.
7. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and
21 mV for PAL at the MONITOR connector.
If the black level is out of specs, carry out “4-6. Master
Black Adjustment”.
4-5
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
9. Test Point
: TP72 (GND:TP71)/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Iris of the lens: A = 125 mV (at F7.0 or more)
16. Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV200 (R GAIN)/VA-163
panel
1RV400 (B GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: Carrier leakage D = Minimum
C
(Oscilloscope)
10. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
11. Adjust the VA gain for G.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV300 (G GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: The levels A and B are shall be
equal when the TEST 2 button/
MSU operation panel is turned
on and off.
A=B
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
(Oscilloscope)
12. Test 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF
13. Select the 15 lines in the center of monitor screen C by
using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform monitor.
14. Put the waveform monitor into the CHROMA mode.
15. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
4-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
Notes:
• The compensation data obtained by the black shading
adjustment is not stored in the OHB File. Therefore,
when the OHB is replaced or a new OHB is installed, be
sure to perform this adjustment.
• If the shading adjustment is not completed, perform the
adjustment again following the message displayed on the
viewfinder or MSU.
If the re-adjustment still is not completed, consult Sony
service representative.
4. Confirm the carrier level satisfies the specification on
the waveform monitor.
Specifications: Less than 2 IRE (for NTSC)
Less than 14 mV (for PAL)
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the auto black
shading. Throw the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: Auto Setup (M4)
ITEM
: Black Shading
3. Confirm the “OK” is displayed on the viewfinder or
MSU. If the error message is displayed, perform the
adjustment again following this message.
Message and its meaning
BLACK:OK
: Adjustment correctly completed.
LEVEL TOO HIGH : Lens closing does not operate fully,
and so on.
TIME LIMIT
: Black shading adjustment could not
be completed within the specified
number of attempts.
OVER FLOW
: The difference between the reference value and the current value is
too great, and exceeds adjustment
range. Adjustment is then not
completed.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-7
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
• Manual Black Shading Adjustment
(For reference)
Note:
• Perform this adjustment only when “4-4. Black Shading
Adjustment” is not completed.
Equipment
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch black shading in the same way.
: Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
Test Point
Iris of the lens
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch black shading in the same way.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
2. G button/rear panel → ON
3. Set the black level to 3 IRE for NTSC and 21 mV for
PAL with the MASTER BLACK control/MSU
operation panel.
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
MSU menu operation:
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → Black Shading → G
Adjustment items : H SAW, V SAW
4-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-5. White Shading Adjustment
4-5. White Shading Adjustment
Note:
• This adjustment could not be correctly performed if the
uneven white patten is used, luminance is not correct, or
lens iris and lens zoom are not in good conditions.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → White Shading → G
Adjustment items: H SAW, H PARA, V SAW,
V PARA
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Full white pattern
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Shoot the fully occupied white area of the pattern box in
the full underscanned monitor frame adjusting the zoom
control.
Iris of the lens
: A=80 ±5 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 560 ±35 mV (for PAL)
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch white shading in the same way.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch white shading in the same way.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel→OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-9
4-6. Master Black Adjustment
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
4-6. Master Black Adjustment
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows
• LUM mode
2. Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
: Waveform monitor, Vectorscope
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Connect the waveform monitor to the PIX OUT terminal
of the vectorscope.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Stays out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
2. Adjust the master gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: B = 55.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 420 ±14 mV (for PAL)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4-10
3. Close the lens iris.
4. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
5. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
6. Adjust the R gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : R
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
7. Adjust the B gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : B
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
9. Confirm that the carrier leakage does not observed at
portion C on the waveform monitor.
Specifications
: C = Minimum
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• G button/rear panel → ON
8. Repeat the steps 6 and 7 alternately, until the beam
spot is minimized on the vectorscope.
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
(Vectorscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-11
4-8. Flare Adjustment
4-8. Flare Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the Lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
5. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Flare → Flare Off (Reversed)
Confirm that the level at portion B does not fluctuate
even if the flare is turned on/off.
6. If fluctuates, adjust the G flare as follows.
• Touch panel operation
Turn the flare on. ( Flare Off is not reversed.)
Adjustment item : G
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
8. Adjust the R flare.
Adjustment item : R
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
9. Adjust the B flare.
Adjustment item : B
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Open the iris control of the lens by two stops against
the reference setup (corresponding to the above A).
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
4. Select the 15 lines in the center of the monitor screen
by using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform
monitor.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-12
(Waveform Monitor)
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 alternately, until the carrier
leakage is minimized.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• G button/rear panel → OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
5. Adjust the knee slope. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point
Turn off the knee max. ( Knee Max is not reversed.)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Slope
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: B = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 763 ±10 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and 21
mV for PAL.
2. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. Adjust the knee point. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → White Clip
→ White Clip Off (Reversed)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point → Knee Max
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: A = 98 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 686 ±10 mV (for PAL)
6. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
7. Adjust the white clip. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → White clip
Turn on the white clip. ( White Clip Off is not
reveresed.)
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: C = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
C = 750 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-13
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
4-10. Crispening Adjustment
Note:
The values used in the above adjustments are under the
conditions that the white clip level is set to 109 IRE (for
NTSC) or 763 mV (for PAL).
When the white clip level is set to other value than 109
IRE or 763 mV, use the following table to set the levels of
the knee point and knee slope.
White Clip Level (Unit: IRE/mV)
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
98/686
98/686
96/672
96/672
Knee slope
109/763
109/763
107/750
107/750
White clip
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
Knee point
4-10. Crispening Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Object
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (goes out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Adjust the crispening. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Crispening
Specifications
: Set the numeral value to -99
once, and turn slowly for
increment until the noise at the
black level of the waveform is
just decreased, or an appropriate
crispening level is obtained.
4-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-11. Level Dependent Adjustment
4-11. Level Dependent Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
• LVL DEP OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
2. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Level Dep
Specifications
:Set the numeral value to -99 once,
and turn slowly for increment
until spikes at portions B are just
decreased.
(Waveform Monitor)
Note:
• After adjustment is complete, be sure to perform “4-13.
H/V Ratio Adjustment” and “4-14. Detail Level Adjustment.
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-15
4-12. Detail Frequency Adjustment
4-12. Detail Frequency Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
4. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail2
Adjustment item : Frequency
Specifications
: Adjust the edge width at each
end of the center white portion
for the desired width.
(Waveform Monitor)
Note:
• After adjustment is complete, be sure to perform “4-13.
H/V Ratio Adjustment” and “4-14. Detail Level Adjustment.
(Waveform Monitor)
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Make a selection of line at the center white portion of
the grayscale chart.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-16
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-13. H/V Ratio Adjustment
4-14. Detail Level Adjustment
4-13. H/V Ratio Adjustment
4-14. Detail Level Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens
: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A= 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens : A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
2. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail2
Adjustment item : H/V Ratio
Specifications
: The ratio between the H and V
detail amounts (white) to be
added shall be 1 : 1.
H
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Level
Specifications
: Adjust the detail signal level to
be added to each step in the
grayscale chart for the desired
level.
V
(Monitor Screen)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-17
4-15. Detail Clip Adjustment
4-15. Detail Clip Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
4. Adjust the white limiter. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail3
Adjustment item : W.Limiter
Specifications
: Adjust the edges of portions B
for the desired clip level.
(Waveform Monitor)
5. Adjust the black limiter. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail3
Adjustment item : B.Limiter
Specifications
: Adjust the edges of portions C
for the desired clip level.
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Make a selection of line at the center white portion of
the grayscale chart.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-18
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-16. Skin Tone Adjustment
4-16. Skin Tone Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
: Color monitor, Viewfinder or
Vectorscope
Resetting after Adjustment:
• DETAIL GATE button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Goes out)
• Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Paint
PAGE
: Skin Detail (P4)
ITEM
: Gate → Off
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope or color monitor to the PIX 2
OUTPUT connector of CCU.
• Shoot a person’s face.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• SKIN DETAIL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• DETAIL GATE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Paint
PAGE
: Skin Detail (P4)
ITEM
: Gate → On
3. Adjust the skin detail according to customer’s preferences.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Skin Detail
Adjustment items : Level, Phase, Saturation, Width
Level
: Detail level within the skin gate
Phase
: Hue
Saturation : Component in the saturation direction
Width
: Component in the hue direction
R-Y
Phase
Width
Saturation
B-Y
(Vectorscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-19
4-17. Zebra Adjustment
4-17. Zebra Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel→ OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
5. Adjust the zebra 1 using the MENU SELECT knob/
switch. Proceed as follows.
ITEM
: Zebra1 [LEVEL]
Specifications: Adjust that the stripes appear at the
center of the portions A on the
viewfinder screen.
(The area of the stripes can be
changed by
ITEM: Zebla 1 [RANGE].)
A
A
(Viewfinder Screen)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Iris of the lens: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
6. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: Z.Disp → 2
7. Adjust the zebra 2 using the MENU SELECT knob/
switch. Proceed as follows.
ITEM
: Zebra2 [LEVEL]
Specifications: Adjust that the stripes appear at the
center of the portions B on the
viewfinder screen.
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
4. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: Z.Disp → 1
4-20
B
(Viewfinder Screen)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-18. Auto Iris Adjustment
4-18. Auto Iris Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• IRIS AUTO button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
5. Adjust the auto iris level using MENU SELECT knob/
switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Iris (S6)
ITEM
: Level
Specifications: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the APL ratio using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: Operation
PAGE
: Auto Iris/Auto Knee (?6)
ITEM
: APL Ratio
Specifications
: Adjust the operation mode
depending on the application.
Note
: Automatic iris operation mode
setting can be done from the
average level to peak-to-peak
level of the video signal.
99 → average level
-99 → peak-to-peak level
4. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Operation
PAGE
: Auto Iris/Auto Knee (?6)
ITEM
: Iris Override→Off
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-21
4-19. Settings After Finishing Adjustment
4-20. File Store
4-19. Settings After Finishing
Adjustment
DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
4-22
4-20. File Store
Be sure to execute the file store after any one of the
adjustments of Sections 4-2 through 4-18 is performed.
Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the reference file store. Throw the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu Setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
3. Execute the triming file store. Throw the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu Setting:
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 5
Overall Electrical Alignment
5-1. Preparation
5-1-1. Equipment Required
Extension board EX-464
Sony P/N: J-6395-040-A
For BVP-500/500P plug-in
boards
Multiburst Chart
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
For CCU-700/700P plug-in
boards
Pattern box PTB-500
Sony P/N: J-6026-110-A
0.5
Extension board BKP-7900 (Option)
Sony P/N: J-6029-140-B
• Light source for test chart
Power supply AC90 to 240V
0.5
Grayscale Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-130-B
White Window Chart
Make a square hole at the center
of a black sheet of paper.
Measuring Equipment
• DC variable power supply
• Frequency counter
Advantest TR5821AK or equivalent
• Spectrum analyzer
• Audio analyzer
Tektronix AA501A (OP, 02)or equivalent
• Audio generator
Tektronix SG-5010 or equivalent
• Oscilloscope
Tektronix 2465 or equivalent
• Waveform monitor/Vectorscope
Tektronix 1750 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1751 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Digital voltmeter
Advantest TR6845 or equivalent
• Video signal generator
Tektronix 1410 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1411 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Color monitor
Sony BVM-1911/2811 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Sony BVM-2011P/3011P or equivalent (for PAL)
Grayscale Chart (16:9)
Sony P/N: J-6394-080-A
Peripheral Equipment
• CCD unit
: OHB-400/500/500WS series
• Camera control unit
: CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
• Master setup unit
: MSU-700
• TRIAX cable (Standard length: 150 m)
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-080-A
For OHB-400 series
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-090-A
For OHB-500/500WS series
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-1
5-1. Preparation
5-1-2. Notes on Adjustment
• All measuring equipment shall be calibrated.
• Also the alignment for the OHB-400/500/500WS (or
their PAL version), CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP, and
MSU-700 shall be completed.
• To connect each equipment, refer to Section 5-1-4.
• As for initial settings before beginning adjustment, refer
to Section 5-1-5.
• Be sure to turn off the power switch on the power assembly of
the camera before disconnecting the printed circuit boards.
n
Allow for about ten seconds until the unit is energized
when turning this switch off and then on momentarily.
• About ten-minute warm-up time is allowed before
beginning adjustment.
• Use a plastic (or ceramic) core driver to adjust 1LV,
1FL, 1T and so on.
• When using the camera as 16:9 mode together with the
OHB-500WS/500WSP, use the specified grayscale chart
(J-6394-080-A).
• Paste a black colored velvets (around 3 × 3 cm) to both sides of
the full white portion in the center of the grayscale chart.
(For more details, consult your Sony service representative.)
5-1-3. Description of Setup Menu
A part of adjustments given in this section uses the setup
menu. The setup menu consists of the following menus.
Besides there is a TOP menu indicating the entire configuration of menu items.
Operation
Paint
Maintenance
Reference File
Triming File
System config
To display all of the menus, switch setting of the AT-95
board is required. And for details on the setup menu, refer
to Section 3.
In this manual, describes the setup menu operation as
follows.
Displaying Setup Menu
1. Power on the CCU and MSU.
2. Set the internal switches of the AT-95 board as
follows.
S1-1 → ON
S1-2 → OFF
S1-3 → ON
S1-4 → OFF
3. DISPLAY switch/rear panel→OFF
4. POWER switch/camera power assembly→ON
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU (from
OFF) while pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER. (TOP menu will be displayed.)
n
If the power switch is turned off once, perform the above
operations again to display the setup menu (steps 3 to 5).
How to change the setting values
To enter or cancel the setting value of items, which can be
changed by turning the MENU SELECT knob, proceed as
follows.
To enter the setting value;
Press the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
To cancel the setting value;
Before pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER,
press it to CANCEL. The original setting is restored.
After pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the
setting can not be canceled.
File Store
If the adjustments in this section are suspended or the unit
is powered off to extend a printed circuit board and so on,
be sure to execute the FILE STORE before being powered
off.
This section provides instructions to store the setting data
on the reference or triming file in every adjustment item.
This intends to prevent the data from being cleared when
powered off.
As the data is kept held unless powered off, however, more
than one data can be stored at a time. The file store may
not be necessarily executed for every adjustment item.
Title of the selected page (top right corner display)
For reference:
When Paint→Skin Detail is selected:
MENU : Paint
PAGE : Skin Detail (P4)
5-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-1. Preparation
5-1-4. Connection
For general adjustments
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
TRIAX CABLE
(100 to1000m)
ENG/EFP
LENS
75Ω
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
Portable Lens
Attachment
Vector scope
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Color monitor
Audio generator
75Ω
Oscilloscope
For DM-99 board adjustments
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
PROMPT
TRIAX CABLE
ENG/EFP Portable Lens
LENS
Attachment
(100 to 1000m)
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
MONITOR
BVP-500/500P
OUT
75Ω
RET1
Video signal generator
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
75Ω
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Vector scope
Color monitor
75Ω
For audio adjustments
Audio generator
600Ω
GND
BVP-500
BVP-500P
X
Y
GND
5-3
5-1. Preparation
5-1-5. Initial Settings
BVP-500/500P
n
When switching the following switches from a customerset position, it is recommended to record the setting state
of the customer in the table below.
After adjustment is complete, be sure to return the switches
to their customer-set position.
Board
Switch
Initial setting Customer-set position
AT-95
S1-1
ON
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
ON
S1-4
OFF
IF-538
S200
RET
S650
VBS
MD-103
S3
PROMPT
AU-211
SW1
C (CARBON)
SW2-1
OFF
SW2-2
OFF
SW2-3
OFF
SW2-4
OFF
SW2-5
ON
SW2-6
OFF
SW2-7
OFF
SW2-8
OFF
SW3-1
OFF
SW3-2
ON
SW4
OFF
SW5
PHANTOM
SW6
MIC1
AU-215
S200
0 (0 dBu)
DM-98
S1-1
OFF
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
OFF
S1-4
ON
MSU-700 Operation Panel
• CAM POWER/Signal output select buttons
ALL button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CAM PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
VF PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
TEST 1 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
BARS button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CLOSE button
→ ON (Stays lit)
• CAM/CCU Function ON/OFF buttons
KNEE OFF button
→ OFF (Stays lit)
DETAIL OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
LVL DEP OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
AUTO KNEE button → OFF (Stays out)
SKIN DETAIL button → OFF (Stays out)
• Others
GAMMA OFF button → ON(Stays out)
MASTER GAIN button→ 0 (0 dB)
FILTER button (ND) → 1 (Stays lit)
FILTER button (CC) → B (Stays lit)
• Menu operation block (Touch panel)
PAINT button
→ON
∆ →(Page 2/3)→ White Clip → White Clip Off
Preset of Compensation Data
When a board was replaced or repaired, preset the compensation data, proceeding as follows. If the data is preset
once, be sure to carry out all steps of 5-2 thruogh 5-22.
Because presetting clears all adjustment data of video and
detail system.
1. Execute the reference file clear.
Throw the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER to
execute.
MENU : Reference File
PAGE : Reference File (R1)
ITEM : Clear File
2. Execute the scene file standard.
STANDARD button/MSU operation panel→ON
When adjusting a camera incorporating the OHB-500WS/
WSP, be sure to set the setup menu as follows.
MENU : Operation
PAGE : Wide Screen (?4)
ITEM : 16:9/4:3 MODE→16:9
5-4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-2. VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment
5-2. VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment
Notes:
• This adjustment shall be performed only when the CCD
unit is installed in the camera incorporating the
standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up time periods
(10 to 30 minutes).
Equipment
File Store:
Execute the OHB file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: OHB File (T2)
ITEM
: File Store
: Frequency counter,
Video signal generator
: MONITOR connector
Test Point
Preparation:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
MONITOR
OUT
GENLOCK
SC
Video signal
IN
OUT
generator
Frequency
counter
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MONITOR SELECT switch to
ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the frequency using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: SC FREQ
Specifications : 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-5
5-3. CCU Y Adjustment
5-3. CCU Y Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Oscilloscope
: TP3(Y)/DA-88 panel
Preparations:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the Y sync using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Y SYNC
Specifications: A = 303 ±2 mV (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±2 mV (for PAL)
4. Set the menu as follows and adjust the Y video using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Y Video
Specifications: B = 700 ±2 mV
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
(20MHz B/W LIMIT → ON)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
5-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-4. Monitor Out Adjustment
5-4. Monitor Out Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Adjustment Point : 1RV100 (VIDEO LEVEL)/
IF-538 panel
Specifications
: A = 40 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±2 mV (for PAL)
4. Adjust the test setup. (NTSC only)
Adjustment Point :
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: TEST SETUP
Specifications
: B = 7.5 ±1 IRE
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
4
IF
3
2
1
A
TP870
B
VBS
VF
S650
RET
C
S200
TP820
VIDEO
LEVEL
RV100
D
E
F
E10
G
IF-538 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-7
5-5. Chroma Adjustment
5-5. Chroma Adjustment
Equipment : Waveform monitor, Vectorscope
Test Point : MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Chroma LVL
ITEM
: Q/V LVL
Specifications: Adjust the items “Chroma LVL”
and “Q/V LVL” alternately using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch so
that the beam spots are positioned
inside the corresponding frames on
the vectorscope.
4. Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
5. Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Burst LVL
Specifications: A = 40 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±5 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
(For NTSC)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
(For PAL)
5-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-6. INT SC Phase Adjustment
5-6. INT SC Phase Adjustment
Notes:
This adjustment precedures are stated below assuming that
where the Tektronix 1750 (for BVP-500) or 1751 (for
BVP-500P) is used.
If any other measuring instrument is used, follow the
instructions given in the operation manual attached to it.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the SC-H phase
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/CHROMA (S2)
ITEM
: SC-H Phase
Specifications: Position the luminous line of the
burst (SC) and the beam spot of H
as shown in the figure.
Equipment : Vectorscope (SC-H Phase measuring mode)
Test Point : MONITOR connector
MG
R
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-9
5-7. VF Level Adjustment
5-7. VF Level Adjustment
Equipment : Waveform monitor
Test Point : MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment :
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the REG level
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/CHROMA (S2)
ITEM
: REG LVL
Specifications: Y Level A = 92.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
5-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-8. TEST 1 Adjustment
5-8. TEST 1 Adjustment
Resetting after Adjustment:
TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
Equipment : Oscilloscope
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel → ON
(Lights)
2. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the G signal level.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point : 1RV50 (TEST)/VA-163 panel
Specifications
: A = 880 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
4. Adjust the white level for R.
Test Point
: TP54 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → White
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: A = 880 ±40 mV
5. Adjust the white level for B.
Test Point
: TP50 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → White
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: A = 880 ±40 mV
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
RV50
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-11
5-9. TEST 2 Adjustment
5-9. TEST 2 Adjustment
Equipment : Oscilloscope
Test Point : TP52 (GND: GND(A))/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Adjust the TEST2 high level.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: TEST2 HI
Specifications: A = 880 ±5 mV
3. Adjust the TEST2 middle level.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: TEST2 MID
Specifications: B = 290 ±5 mV
5-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Stays out)
• MSU menu operation (Touch panel)
PAINT button → ON
∆ → (Page 2/3) → WhiteClip → White Clip Off
(Reversed)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
6. Set the menu as follows and adjust the A/D gain for G
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [G]
Specifications: The levels A and B shall be equal
when the color-bar signal is turned
on by setting the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
Iris of the lens : CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Adjust the master black.
Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
(For PAL)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-13
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
G button/rear panel → OFF
TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → Off
9. Adjust the A/D gain for R using the MENU SELECT
knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage.
C = Minimum
10. Adjust the A/D gain for B using the MENU SELECT
knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage.
C = Minimum
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• DETAIL OFF button
→ OFF (Lights)
• TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Goes out)
(Waveform Monitor)
11. Repeat the steps 9 and 10 alternately until the
specifications are satisfied.
5-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
Setting of Sensitivity and Standard Color Temperature:
• Use the reflective chart (reflection ratio:89.9%) in this
adjustment, if possible.
• If a pattern box is used, it should be well-maintained.
• Set the luminouse intensity of the chart to 2000 lx and
the color temperature to 3200 K.
• This adjustment shall be performed at F7.0 or more.
Note:
• Never change the setting of the following trimmer
capacitors. These capacitors are extremely difficult to
adjust in the field.
VA-163 board : 1CT200, 1CT300, 1CT400
Equipment : Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Object
: Gray scale chart
Preparations:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Lights)
2. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
5. KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
6. Close the lens iris.
7. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and
21 mV for PAL at the MONITOR for connector.
If the black level is out of specs, carry out
“5-15. Master Black Adjustment”.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
9. Test Point
: TP72 (GND:TP71)/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Iris of the lens: A = 125 mV (at F7.0 or more)
(Oscilloscope)
10. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF.
G button/rear panel → ON
11. Adjust the VA gain for G.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV300 (G GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: The levels A and B are shall be
equal when the TEST 2 button/
MSU operation panel is turned
on and off.
A=B
(Oscilloscope)
5-15
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
12. Test 2 bottun/MSU operation panel → OFF
13. Select the 15 lines in the center of monitor screen C by
using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform monitor.
14. Put the waveform monitor into the CHROMA mode.
15. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel→VBS
16. Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV200 (R GAIN)/VA-163
panel
1RV400 (B GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: Carrier leakage D = Minimum
C
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-16
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-12. VA MOD Adjustment
5-12. VA MOD Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• R button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens : CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the VA MOD for R
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [R] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [R]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [R] varies from 99
to –99.
(×5)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4. Adjust the VA MOD for G.
R button/rear panel → OFF
G button/rear panel → ON
Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [G] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [G]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [G] varies from 99
to –99.
5. Adjust the VA MOD for B.
G button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [B] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [B]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [B] varies from 99
to –99.
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• Set the menu as follows. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: Clear
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
5-17
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
• Manual Black Shading Adjustment (For reference)
Notes:
• The compensation data obtained by the black shading
adjustment is not stored in the OHB File. Therefore,
when the OHB is replaced or a new OHB is installed, be
sure to perform this adjustment.
• If the shading adjustment is not completed, perform the
adjustment again following the message displayed on the
viewfinder or MSU.
If the re-adjustment still is not completed, consult Sony
service representative.
Note:
• Perform this adjustment only when “5-13. Black Shading
Adjustment” is not completed.
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the auto black
shading. Throw the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: Auto Setup (M4)
ITEM
: Black Shading
3. Confirm the “OK” is displayed on the viewfinder or
MSU. If the error message is displayed, perform the
adjustment again following this message.
Message and its meaning
BLACK:OK
: Adjustment correctly completed.
LEVEL TOO HIGH : Lens closing does not operate
fully, and so on.
TIME LIMIT
: Black shading adjustment could
not be completed within the
specified number of attempts.
OVER FLOW
: The difference between the
reference value and the current
value is too great, and exceeds
adjustment range. Adjustment is
then not completed.
4. Confirm the carrier level satisfies the specification on
the waveform monitor.
Specifications: Less than 2 IRE (for NTSC)
Less than 14 mV (for PAL)
5-18
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
2. G button/rear panel → ON
3. Set the black level to 3 IRE for NTSC and 21 mV for
PAL with the MASTER BLACK control/MSU
operation panel.
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
MSU menu operation:
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → Black Shading → G
Adjustment Items : H SAW, V SAW
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch black shading in the same way.
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch black shading in the same way.
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Equipment
Test Point
Object
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
Notes:
• This adjustment could not be correctly performed if the
uneven white patten is used, luminance is not correct, or
lens iris and lens zoom are not in good conditions.
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Full white pattern
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Shoot the fully occupied white area of the pattern box in
the full underscanned monitor frame adjusting the zoom
control.
Iris of the lens
: A = 80 ±5 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 560 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-19
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
5-13. Master Black Adjustment
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → WhiteShading → G
Adjustment Items : H SAW, H PARA, V SAW,
V PARA
5-15. Master Black Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch white shading in the same way.
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch white shading in the same way.
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
5-20
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor,
Vectorscope
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Connect the waveform monitor to the PIX OUT terminal
of the vectorscope.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON
(Stays out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
2. Adjust the master gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: B = 55.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 420 ±14 mV (for PAL)
6. Adjust the R gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
7. Adjust the B gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
8. Repeat the steps 6 and 7 alternately, until the beam
spot is minimized on the vectorscope.
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(Waveform Monitor)
(For PAL)
3. Close the lens iris.
4. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
S650(MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
5. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(Vectorscope)
5-21
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
5-17. Flare Adjustment
9. Confirm that the carrier leakage does not observed at
portion C on the waveform monitor.
Specifications
: C = Minimum
(Waveform Monitor)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• G button/rear panel → OFF
5-17. Flare Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Open the iris control of the lens by two stops against
the reference setup (corresponding to the above A).
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
4. Select the 15 lines in the center of the monitor screen
by using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform
monitor.
Line select
(Waveform Monitor)
5-22
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-17. Flare Adjustment
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
5. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Flare → Flare Off (Reversed)
Confirm that the level at portion B does not fluctuate
even if the flare is turned on/off.
6. If fluctuates, adjust the G flare as follows.
• Touch panel operation
Turn the flare on. ( Flare Off is not reversed.)
Adjustment Items : G
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
8. Adjust the R flare.
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
9. Adjust the B flare.
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
(Waveform Monitor)
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
Equipment
: Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Adjust the Preknee1 for G. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND:GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[G]
Specifications : A = 1.68 ±0.02 V p-p
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 alternately, until the carrier
leakage is minimized.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Oscilloscope)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• G button/rear panel → OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
4. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 12 dB
5. Adjust the Preknee2 for G. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND:GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[G]
Specifications : B = 1.80 ±0.02 V p-p
10. Adjust the Preknee2 for B. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage D.
(Waveform monitor)
(Oscilloscope)
6. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights).
AUTO KNEE button/MSU operation panel →
ON (Lights).
MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18dB
7. Adjust the Preknee1 for R. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage C.
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
8. Adjust the Preknee1 for B. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage C.
9. Adjust the Preknee2 for R. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage D.
5-24
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and 21
mV for PAL.
2. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. Adjust the knee point. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → White Clip
→ White Clip Off (Reversed)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point → Knee Max
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: A = 98 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 686 ±10 mV (for PAL)
5. Adjust the knee slope. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point
Turn off the knee max. ( Knee Max is not reversed.)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Slope
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications : B = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 763 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
6. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
7. Adjust the white clip. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → White clip
Turn on the white clip. ( White Clip Off is not
reveresed.)
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: C = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
C = 750 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-25
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Note:
The values used in the above adjustments are under the
conditions that the white clip level is set to 109 IRE (for
NTSC) or 763 mV (for PAL).
When the white clip level is set to other value than 109
IRE or 763 mV, use the following table to set the levels of
the knee point and knee slope.
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Multiburst chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the multiburst chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscaned monitor frame with the
zoom control.
Pan so that the 9 MHz portion of the multiburst chart is
positioned at the center of the monitor screen.
• AUTO KNEE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±10 mV (for PAL)
White Clip Level (Unit: IRE/mV)
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
Knee point
98/686
98/686
96/672
96/672
Knee slope
109/763
109/763
107/750
107/750
White clip
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
(Waveform Monitor)
• As for the detail adjustments, refer to Section 4, 4-10 to
4-18. Adjust according to the customer’s preferences.
5-26
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the G clock phase
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: G Clock
Specifications : Maximize the 9 MHz signal
portion.
4. Adjust the R and B clock phases.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: R/B Clock
Specifications : Minimize the aliasing around
9MHz signal portion.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
Equipment
(Waveform Monitor)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
: Oscilloscope
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU Y sample
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Test Point
: TP3 (Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU Y SAMP
Specifications : A = 700 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU R-Y sync
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Test Point
: TP4 (R-Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU R-Y SYNC
Specifications : B = 350 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-27
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
5-22. Setting After Finishing Adjustment
4. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU B-Y
sample using the MENU SELECT knob/ switch.
Test Point
: TP5 (B-Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU B-Y SAMP
Specifications : C = 350 ±2 mV
5-22. Settings After Finishing Adjustment
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel →
ON (Goes out)
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• Execute the reference file store.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Throw the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.)
(Oscilloscope)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
4
3
2
1
DA
A
TP1
B
TP2
C
D
Y
R-Y
B-Y
TP3
TP4
E
TP5
GND
E1
F
G
DA-88 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-28
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation
Adjustment
Note :
1RV1 and 1RV3 on the AU-211 board and 1RV40,
1RV200, 1RV300 and 1RV301 on the AU-215 board
can be set according to a customer’s preference.
For details, refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal
Switches/Controls”.
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is only for the camera incorporating the
standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• Adjustment for 1RV4 is very critical. Do not turn it as
far as the circuit normally activates.
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter Oscilloscope
DC variable power supply
Preparation :
• Supply about +13 Vdc from the DC variable power
supply via the DC IN connector of the BKP-5910/5910P.
Adjustment Point : 1RV4/AU-211 (D-4)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn 1RV4 fully clockwise.
2. Measure voltage at TP84 (GND:GND A)/extension
board (extending AU-211).
3. Adjust the voltage at TP84 for +11.20 ±0.05 V.
4. Slowly turn 1RV4 counterclockwise observing the
waveform at TP42/extension board (extending AU211) on the oscilloscope.
5. Adjust 1RV4 so that an 1.0-Hz, 8.0-Vp-p rectangler
wave just appears.
4
AU
3
2
1
A
RV3
B
MIC
D
C
RV1
C
D
RV4
E
MIC PW
ON
OFF
F
G
AU-211 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-29
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Equipment
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP2/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV2 (6.2 MHz)/TR-90 (E-3)
Specifications
: 6,200 ±5 kHz
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP4/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV3 (6.7 MHz)/TR-90 (F-3)
Specifications
: 6,700 ±5 kHz
4
TR
3
2
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• SW6 (MIC LINE SEL)/AU-211 (E-4) → MIC 1
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1003 (MIC LEVEL CH1)/AT-88 panel→ NORM
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, –60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the MIC CH-1 connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection—For audio adjustments”.
Test Point
: TP2/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV2 (MIC1 DEV)/TR-90 (E-4)
Specifications
: A = 16.0 ±0.8 kHz
1
A
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
B
6.2 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1003/AT-88 → customer-set position
C
D
E
RV2
LV2
TP2
F
LV3
TP4
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-30
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1004 (MIC LEVEL CH2)/AT-88 panel→ NORM
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, -60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the MIC CH-2 connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection —For audio
adjustments”.
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP1/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV1 (7.1 MHz)/TR-90 (E-3)
Specifications
: 7,100 ±5 kHz
Test Point
: TP4/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV3 (MIC2 DEV)/TR-90 (F-4)
Specifications
: A = 18.0 ±0.8 kHz
4
TR
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
6.7 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1004/AT-88 → customer-set position
3
2
1
A
B
C
D
LV1
TP1
E
RV3
F
TP4
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-31
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• SW1 (INCOM MIC SEL)/AU-211 panel→ D
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, -60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the INTERCOM connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection —For audio
adjustments”.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Test Point
: TP5/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV4 (5.6 MHz)/TR-90 (F-2)
Specifications
: Center frequency 5,600 ±5 kHz
Test Point
: TP1/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (INCOM DEV)/TR-90 (E-4)
Specifications
: A = 20.0 ±0.8 kHz
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
5,600 kHz
100 kHz
1 kHz
4
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
7.1 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
TR
3
1
2
A
B
Resetting after Adjustment:
• SW1/AU-211 panel → C
C
D
RV1
TP1
E
F
LV4
TP5
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-32
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing T202
or T203 on the TR-90 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1T.
Equipment
5. Adjustment Point : 1T203/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: The distortion is 0.3% or less
and minimum.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S2081, S2082/AT-88 → customer-set position
: Oscilloscope Audio generator
Audio analyzer
Preparations :
• INTERCOM level control/rear panel→ 2fully clockwise
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
S2081 (PGM IN 0 dB/-20 dB)/AT-88 (D-5)→ 0dB
S2082 (PGM MIX ON/OFF)/AT-88 (F-5)→ ON
Test Point
: Pin 4 (X), Pin 3 (G)/
INTERCOM connector
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Feed an 1.0-kHz sine wave signal from the audio
generator to pins D68 (X), A69 (Y), and B69 (GND)
on the extension board (extending AT-88) referring to
Section 5-1-4 “Connection — For audio adjustments”.
2. Adjust the audio generator so that the level at TP44
(GND:E1)/AT-88 (L-7) is 200 mVp-p.
3. Connect the oscilloscope to TP204 (GND:E1)/TR-90
(A-3).
4. Slowly turn 1T202 (A-2) until a sign wave appears
around 5.0 Vdc. Adjust 1T202 for the following
specifications.
Adjustment Point : 1T202/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: C = 5.0 ±0.1 Vdc
4
TR
3
1
2
T202 T203
A
TP204
B
C
D
E
E1
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-33
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing T200
or T201 on the TR-90 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1T.
Equipment
5. Adjustment Point : 1T201/TR-90 (B-2)
Specifications
: The distortion is 0.3% or less
and minimum.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S2081, S2082/AT-88 → customer-set position
: Oscilloscope Audio generator
Audio analyzer
Preparations :
• PGM level control/rear panel→ 2fully clockwise
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
S2081 (PGM IN 0 dB/-20 dB)/AT-88 (D-5)→ 0dB
S2082 (PGM MIX ON/OFF)/AT-88 (F-5)→ OFF
Test Point
: Pin 5 (X), Pin 3 (G)/
INTERCOM connector
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Feed an 1.0-kHz sine wave signal from the audio
generator to pins D68 (X), A69 (Y), and B69 (GND)
on the extension board (extending AT-88) referring to
Section 5-1-4 “Connection — For audio adjustments”.
2. Adjust the audio generator so that the level at TP44
(GND:E1)/AT-88 (L-7) is 200 mVp-p.
3. Connect the oscilloscope to TP203 (GND:E1)/TR-90
(B-3).
4. Slowly turn 1T200 (B-2) until a sign wave appears
around 5.0 Vdc. Adjust 1T200 (B-2) for the following
specifications.
Adjustment Point : 1T200/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: C = 5.0 ±0.1 Vdc
4
TR
3
1
2
A
T200 T201
B
TP203
C
D
E
E1
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-34
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit Adjustment
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit Adjustment
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit
Adjustment
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit
Adjustment
Note :
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Note :
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Oscilloscope
Test Point
: TP201 (GND:E1)/TR-90 (D-4)
Adjustment Point : 1LV200/TR-90 (D-3)
Specifications
: C = 4.9 ±0.1 V
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter or Oscilloscope
DC variable power supply
Frequency counter
Preparations :
• Turn on the POWER switch of the camera power
assembly.
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
Supply +2.5 Vdc to pin C19 (GND:E1)/extension board
(extending AT-88) from the DC variable power supply.
Observing the frequency counter, adjust the DC variable
power supply so that the frequency at TP1 (GND:E2)/
AT-88 (G-7) is 2.500 ±0.005 MHz.
Test Point
4
TR
3
1
2
A
B
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn off the POWER switch.
2. Connect between TP59 and TP90/extension board
(extending TR-90).
3. Adjustment Point : 1LV201/TR-90 (B-2)
Specifications
: 2.5 ±0.2 Vdc
4. Disconnect TP90 and connect between TP59 and GND
A.
5. Adjustment Point : 1RV200/TR-90 (C-2)
Specifications
: 2.5 ±0.2 Vdc
LV201
RV200
C
TP201
D
: TP81/extension board
(extending TR-90)
TP200
LV200
E1
E
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-35
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation
Adjustment
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment
Equipment
Notes :
• Refer to Sections 5-1-4 and 5-1-5 for connection and
initial settings.
• Make sure that the adjustments of Sections 5-2 through
5-22 are complete.
• 1RV2 on the DM-98 board does not function in the unit.
• When adjusting the DM-98/99 board, remove the CN1232 board as follows.
(1) Open the left side panel.
(2) Remove the four screws securing the CN-1232
board to the unit.
(3) Insert the CN-1232 board into the slots as shown in
the figure
: Oscilloscope
Preparation:
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel→ ON (Lights)
Test Point
: TP61 (GND:TP59)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (VTR Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-3)
Specifications
: A = 1400 mV ±2%
DM-99
H rate
Slot
CN-1232
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
DM-98
4
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
MD
A
3
2
1
RV1
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP9 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV13 (VCO ADJ)/MD-103 (F-3)
Specifications
: 45, 000,000 ±10 Hz
D
E
F
RV13
TP9
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-36
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment
Equipment
Equipment
Test Point
Trigger
: Oscilloscope
Preparation :
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel→ ON (Lights)
Test Point
: TP1 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-3)
Adjustment Point : 1RV2 (SYNC CANCEL)/
MD-103 (A-3)
Adjustment Procedures:
Adjust 1RV2 so that the H SYNC portion is flat.
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
: TP2 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-2)
: SYNC OUTPUT connector/
CCU rear panel
Adjustment Points : 1RV3 (Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (B-3)
1RV4 (SKIN DC BAL)/MD-103 (C-3)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV3 and 1RV4 alternately until the V SYNC
portions are flat.
Flat
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
4
MD
3
2
1
A
RV2
B
PROMPT
RV3
GENLOCK
TP2
RV4
C
TP1
E1
V rate
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-37
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL2
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
: Oscilloscope
: Oscilloscope
: TP63 (GND:TP65)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV5 (VTR R-Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-4)
Specifications
: A = 700 ±14 mV
Preparation:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the DM-94 board of the CCU.
Test Point
Trigger
: TP26 (GND:E5)/DM-94 (F-8)
: SYNC OUTPUT connector/
CCU rear panel
Adjustment Point : 1FL2/MD-103 (C-2)
Specifications
: A = 0 ±2 mV
H rate
4
MD
A
3
2
1
RV5
B
PROMPT
V rate
GENLOCK
C
FL2
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-38
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
Test Point
: TP5 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-1)
Adjustment Points : 1RV7 (R-Y CAR BAL)/MD-103 (D-3)
1RV11 (B-Y CAR BAL)/MD-103 (E-4)
: Oscilloscope
: TP67 (GND:TP69)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV9 (VTR B-Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-4)
Specifications
: A = 700 ±14 mV
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV7 and 1RV11 alternately so that the amplitude
“A” is minimum.
H rate
H rate
4
MD
3
2
1
A
RV9
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
TP5
RV7
D
E
RV11
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-39
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment
Equipment
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
Test Point
: TP5 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-1)
Adjustment Points : 1RV8 (R-Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (D-4)
1RV12 (B-Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (D-4)
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL5
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV8 and 1RV12 alternately so that the V BLKG
portions are flat.
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter or Oscilloscope
(DC mode)
Preparation:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the DM-94 board of the CCU.
Test Point
: TP14 (GND:E12)/DM-94 (K-5)
Adjustment Point : 1FL5/MD-103 (D-2)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1FL5 so that a negative absolute value of DC
voltage is maximum.
The voltage changes slowly. When reading the value,
allow for 2 or 3 seconds after turning 1FL5.
4
MD
3
2
1
A
B
PROMPT
V rate
E1
GENLOCK
C
TP5
RV12
D
RV8
FL5
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-40
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL3
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Equipment
Test Point
: Spectrum analyzer
: Pin 53 (GND:E1/MD-103)/
extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1FL3 (67.5 MHz TRAP)/
MD-103 (C-2)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1FL3 so that the signal level around 67.5 MHz is
minimum.
Minimum
CENT FREQ
SPAN
67.5 MHz
2.0 MHz
4
MD
3
2
1
A
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
FL3
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-41
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation
Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-98 board, or replacing LV1 or LV2 on the board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 300 to1000 m for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform Monitor, Vectorscope
Video Signal Generator
(provides a 10-step signal with
CHROMA signal)
Preparations :
• Set S1-1 to S1-4 /DM-98 (D-2) to all OFF.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT) /IF-538 panel→RET
• Feed the10-step signal from the video signal generator to
the RET 1 IN connector on the CCU rear panel.
Adjustment Points : 1LV1 (RET FREQ)/DM-98 (B-1)
1LV2 (RET TUNE)/DM-98 (C-6)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Temporarily adjust 1LV2 (C-6) so that the waveform
appears observing the waveform monitor.
2. Adjust 1LV1 (B-1) so that the values of DG and DP
are minimum observing the vectorscope.
3. Slightly turn 1LV2 so that they are further minimum.
4. Adjust 1LV1 and 1LV2 alternately until the specifications are satisfied.
Specifications
: DG = ±3%, DP = ±3°
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
Test Point
: MONITOR connector/
BVP-500/500P
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
F
E
D
C
B
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1-4/DM-98 → ON
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
A
1
LV1
2
S1
3
4
5
LV2
6
DM-98 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-42
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-98 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 1000 m or less for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Video signal generator
(provides a 10-step signal)
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation
Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing LV1
on the DM-99 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 500 m or more for
this adjustment.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
Preparations :
• Set S1-1 to S1-4/DM-98 (D-2) to all OFF.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → RET
• Feed the10-step signal from the video signal generator to
the RET 1 IN connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector/
BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (RET LEVEL)/DM-98 (D-5)
Specifications
: A = 1.00 ±0.05 Vp-p
H rate
: Oscilloscope, Video signal generator (provides SWEEP and 10-step
signals)
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →AUTO
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the SWEEP signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: PROMPT connector/BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Points : 1LV1 (PROMPT FREQ) /
DM-99 (C-5)
1LV2 (PROMPT TUNE) /
DM-99 (D-3)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Temporarily adjust1LV2 (D-3) so that the waveform
appears observing the oscilloscope.
2. Adjust 1LV1 (C-5) so that the gain level around 6
MHz is minimum.
Note :
• S1-4/DM-98 → ON
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
F
E
D
C
B
A
V rate
1
E1
2
S1
RV2
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
3
2
E1
TP1
4
3
5
4
LV2
RV2
RV1
LV1
RV1
6
5
DM-99 BOARD (A SIDE)
DM-98 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-43
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment
3. Change the output signal from the video signal
generator to the 10-step signal.
4. Adjust 1LV2 so that the portion A is flat.
n
If the specifications are not satisfied, after performing
Section 5-24-15. “PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment”, perform this adjustment again.
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 50 m or 150 m for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Oscilloscope, Video signal generator
(provides a 10-step signal)
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →MANU
S2 (CABLE LENGTH)/DM-94 (P-1)→ 1
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the 10-step signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: TP1/DM-99 (H-3)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (RF AGC DLY) /DM-99 (E-5)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn 1RV1 fully clockwise.
2. Slowly turn 1RV1(E-5) counterclockwise and stop it
at the point where the SYNC level becomes maximum
and does not sag, observing the waveform at TP1. Do
not turn 1RV1 too much.
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
V rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S2, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
5-44
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-99 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 500 m or more for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor, Video signal
generator (provides a 10-step signal)
Preparations:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →AUTO
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the 10-step signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: PROMPT connector/BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Points : 1RV2 (PROMPT LEVEL) /
DM-99 (G-3)
Specifications
: A = 1.00 ±0.05 Vp-p
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
2
E1
TP1
LV2
3
4
RV2
RV1
LV1
5
DM-99 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-45
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly
replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Vorsicht!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßem
Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom
Hersteller empfohlenen ähnlichen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben
des Herstellers.
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a remplacement
incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du
même type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé
par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées
conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig
håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri
af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandøren.
The material contained in this manual consists of
information that is the property of Sony Corporation and
is intended solely for use by the purchasers of the
equipment described in this manual.
Sony Corporation expressly prohibits the duplication of
any portion of this manual or the use thereof for any
purpose other than the operation or maintenance of the
equipment described in this manual without the express
written permission of Sony Corporation.
Le matériel contenu dans ce manuel consiste en
informations qui sont la propriété de Sony Corporation et
sont destinées exclusivement à l’usage des acquéreurs
de l’équipement décrit dans ce manuel.
Sony Corporation interdit formellement la copie de
quelque partie que ce soit de ce manuel ou son emploi
pour tout autre but que des opérations ou entretiens de
l’équipement à moins d’une permission écrite de Sony
Corporation.
Das in dieser Anleitung enthaltene Material besteht aus
Informationen, die Eigentum der Sony Corporation sind,
und ausschließlich zum Gebrauch durch den Käufer der
in dieser Anleitung beschriebenen Ausrüstung bestimmt
sind.
Die Sony Corporation untersagt ausdrücklich die
Vervielfältigung jeglicher Teile dieser Anleitung oder den
Gebrauch derselben für irgendeinen anderen Zweck als
die Bedienung oder Wartung der in dieser Anleitung
beschriebenen
Ausrüstung
ohne
ausdrückliche
schriftliche Erlaubnis der Sony Corporation.
BVP-500 (UC)
BVP-500P (CE) E
Sony Corporation
3-190-370-01 Volume 1
Broadcast Products Company
Printed in U.S.A.
1996. 2 76
©1996
Published by Broadcast Products Company
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-500
BVP-500P
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Volume 1 1st Edition (Revised 2)
BVP-500 (UC) Serial No. 10001 and Higher
BVP-500P (CE) Serial No. 40001 and Higher
! WARNING
This manual is intended for qualified service personnel only.
To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire or injury, do not perform any servicing other than that
contained in the operating instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer all servicing to
qualified service personnel.
! WARNUNG
Die Anleitung ist nur für qualifiziertes Fachpersonal bestimmt.
Alle Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von qualifiziertem Fachpersonal ausgeführt werden. Um die
Gefahr eines elektrischen Schlages, Feuergefahr und Verletzungen zu vermeiden, sind bei
Wartungsarbeiten strikt die Angaben in der Anleitung zu befolgen. Andere als die angegeben
Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von Personen ausgeführt werden, die eine spezielle Befähigung
dazu besitzen.
! AVERTISSEMENT
Ce manual est destiné uniquement aux personnes compétentes en charge de l’entretien. Afin
de réduire les risques de décharge électrique, d’incendie ou de blessure n’effectuer que les
réparations indiquées dans le mode d’emploi à moins d’être qualifié pour en effectuer d’autres.
Pour toute réparation faire appel à une personne compétente uniquement.
Table of Contents
Manual Structure
Purpose of this manual .............................................................................................. 3
Contents ..................................................................................................................... 3
Relative manuals ....................................................................................................... 4
1. Installation
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
Supplied Accessories .................................................................................. 1-1
Connectors and Cables ................................................................................ 1-1
1-2-1. Connector Input/Output Signals ................................................. 1-1
1-2-2. Connection Connector ................................................................ 1-5
1-2-3. Wiring Diagram for Cable ......................................................... 1-5
Outside Dimentions ..................................................................................... 1-6
Installaton Conditions ................................................................................. 1-8
Function of Internal Switches/Controls ...................................................... 1-8
Instance of Sytem Configuration .............................................................. 1-12
2. Service Overview
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
Opening and Closing the Side Panel ........................................................... 2-1
Location of Printed Circuit Boards ............................................................. 2-1
Circuit Description ...................................................................................... 2-2
Description of EEPROM Data .................................................................... 2-5
Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible Card Wire .......................................... 2-6
Replacement of Board ................................................................................. 2-7
2-6-1. Note on Replacement of Parts .................................................... 2-7
2-6-2. Replacement of CN-988/989/990 Board .................................... 2-7
2-6-3. Replacement of PR-211 Board................................................... 2-7
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly ............................................................... 2-8
2-7-1. Replacement of Power Assembly .............................................. 2-8
2-7-2. Removal of PS-392 Board and AC.DC/DC Convertor .............. 2-8
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part ........................................................................ 2-10
2-9. Tools and Fixtures ..................................................................................... 2-11
2-9-1. Tools and Fixtures .................................................................... 2-11
2-9-2. Use of Portable Lens Attachment ............................................ 2-11
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts ................................................................................ 2-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1
3. Setup Menu
3-1.
3-2.
Setup Menu ................................................................................................. 3-1
3-1-1. Operation Menu ......................................................................... 3-3
3-1-2. Paint Menu ................................................................................. 3-7
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu ................................................................... 3-10
3-1-4. Reference Menu ....................................................................... 3-13
3-1-5. Triming Menu .......................................................................... 3-13
3-1-6. System Config Menu ................................................................ 3-14
Self-Diagnosis ........................................................................................... 3-18
4. Alignment for OHB Installation
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
4-8.
4-9.
4-10.
4-11.
4-12.
4-13.
4-14.
4-15.
4-16.
4-17.
4-18.
4-19.
4-20.
2
Preparation .................................................................................................. 4-1
4-1-1. Equipment Required ................................................................... 4-1
4-1-2. Notes on Adjustment .................................................................. 4-2
4-1-3. Description of Setup Menu ........................................................ 4-2
4-1-4. Connection ................................................................................. 4-3
4-1-5. Initial Settings ............................................................................ 4-4
VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation ........................................................ 4-5
VA Gain Adjustment ................................................................................... 4-5
Black Shading Adjustment .......................................................................... 4-7
White Shading Adjustment ......................................................................... 4-9
Master Black Adjustment ......................................................................... 4-10
Gamma Correction Adjustment ................................................................ 4-10
Flare Adjustment ....................................................................................... 4-12
Knee and White Clip Adjustment ............................................................. 4-13
Crispening Adjustment .............................................................................. 4-14
Level Dependent Adjustment .................................................................... 4-15
Detail Frequency Adjustment ................................................................... 4-16
H/V Ratio Adjustment ............................................................................... 4-17
Detail Level Adjustment ........................................................................... 4-17
Detail Clip Adjustment ............................................................................. 4-18
Skin Tone Adjustment ............................................................................... 4-19
Zebra Adjustment ...................................................................................... 4-20
Auto Iris Adjustment ................................................................................. 4-21
Settings After Finishing Adjustment ......................................................... 4-22
File Store ................................................................................................... 4-22
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5. Overall Electrical Alignment
5-1.
5-2.
5-3.
5-4.
5-5.
5-6.
5-7.
5-8.
5-9.
5-10.
5-11.
5-12.
5-13.
5-14.
5-15.
5-16.
5-17.
5-18.
5-19.
5-20.
5-21.
5-22.
5-23.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Preparation .................................................................................................. 5-1
5-1-1. Equipment Required................................................................... 5-1
5-1-2. Notes on Adjustment .................................................................. 5-2
5-1-3. Description of Setup Menu ........................................................ 5-2
5-1-4. Connection ................................................................................. 5-3
5-1-5. Initial Settings ............................................................................ 5-4
VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment ........................................................... 5-5
CCU Y Adjustment ..................................................................................... 5-6
Monitor Out Adjustment ............................................................................. 5-7
Chroma Adjustment .................................................................................... 5-8
INT SC Phase Adjustment .......................................................................... 5-9
VF Level Adjustment ................................................................................ 5-10
TEST 1 Adjustment................................................................................... 5-11
TEST 2 Adjustment................................................................................... 5-12
A/D Gain Adjustment ............................................................................... 5-13
VA Gain Adjustment................................................................................. 5-15
VA MOD Adjustment ............................................................................... 5-17
Black Shading Adjustment ........................................................................ 5-18
White Shading Adjustment ....................................................................... 5-19
Master Black Adjustment .......................................................................... 5-20
Gamma Correction Adjustment ................................................................ 5-21
Flare Adjustment ....................................................................................... 5-22
Pre Knee Adjustment ................................................................................ 5-23
Knee and White Clip Adjustment ............................................................. 5-25
A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment ............................................................ 5-26
CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment .................................................................. 5-27
Settings After Finishing Adjustment ......................................................... 5-28
Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment ......................................... 5-29
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment .................................... 5-29
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment .............................................................. 5-30
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment .............................................................. 5-30
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment............................................. 5-30
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment............................................. 5-31
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment ........................................................... 5-31
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment .......................................... 5-32
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment ............................................................. 5-32
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment ......................................... 5-33
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment ............................................. 5-34
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit Adjustment ............................... 5-35
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit Adjustment ........................... 5-35
3
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment .......................................... 5-36
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment ....................................................... 5-36
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment ................................................................. 5-36
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment ................................................... 5-37
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment ............................................ 5-37
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment .......................................................... 5-38
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment ............................................................. 5-38
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment ............................................................. 5-39
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment ..................................... 5-39
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment ........................................... 5-40
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment ......................................................... 5-40
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment ................................................... 5-41
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment ......................... 5-42
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment ....................................... 5-43
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment ......................... 5-43
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment ................................. 5-44
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment ....................................... 5-45
4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Manual Structure
Purpose of this manual
This manual is the maintenance manual for Color Video Camera BVP-500/500P.
This manual describes the information items necessary when the unit is supplied and
installed, items on maintenance, and items that premise the service based on the
components parts such as alignment, schematic diagrams, board layouts and spare
parts list, assuming use of system and service engineers.
Contents
This followings are summaries of the each section for understanding the manual.
Maintenance Manual
Volume 1
Section 1. Installation
Describes information about connector input/output signals, instance of configuration and function of internal switches.
Section 2. Service Overview
Describes information about board locations, circuit description, replacement of part
and notes on services.
Section 3. Setup menu
Describes information about setup menu and self-diagnosis mode.
Section 4. Alignment of OHB Installation
Describes adjustment necessary for installation of OHB.
Section 5. Overall Electrical Alignment
Describes electrical adjustment necessary for maintenance of the unit or replacement
of parts.
Maintenance Manual
Volume 2
Section 1. Spare Parts
Describes parts list, exploded views, supplied accessories and fixtures list used in
the unit.
Section 2. Semiconductor Pin Assignments
Describes function diagrams and pin names of semiconductor used in the unit.
Section 3. Block Diagrams
Describes overall block diagram and the block diagrams for every circuit board.
Section 4. Schematic Diagrams
Describes schematic diagrams for every circuit board.
Section 5. Board Layouts
Describes board layouts for every circuit board.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5
Relative manuals
Besides this maintenance manual the following manuals are available for this unit.
• Operation Manual (Supplied with this unit)
This manual is necessary for application and operation of this unit.
• System manual (Not supplied with this unit)
This manual is necessary for connection and operation of this unit and other
peripheral equipments.
If this manual is required, please contact Sony service organization
6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 1
Installation
1-1. Supplied Accessories
TRACKER (10P FEMALE)
Accessories
Sony Part No.
Qt’y
Fuse T2AH 250V
1-576-228-11
1
Fuses T4AH 250V
1-576-231-41
4
Angle Adjustment Brackets
2-280-511-01
2
Clamp Bands
3-186-502-01
2
Number Plate
(For Rear panel)
3-167-517-01
1
Number Plates
(For Side panels)
3-185-945-01
2
Number Plate
(For UP tally lamp)
4-027-937-01
1
1-2. Connectors and Cables
1-2-1. Connector Input/Output Signals
Output Signals
• MONITOR
BNC 75Ω 1.0 Vp-p
* Refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal Switches
and Controls, IF-538 Board” for details.
8
1
10
9
5
4
7
2
6
3
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
TRACKER OUT (X)
TRACKER RECEIVE
0 dBu unbalanced
2
TRACKER T OUT (G)
GND for TRACKER T
3
TRACKER R OUT (G)
GND for TRACKER R
4
PGM OUT (X)
–20 dBu unbalanced
5
+12 V (T) OUT
+12 Vdc. 100 mA (MAX)
6
PGM OUT (G)
GND for PGM
7
TRACKER T IN (X)
TRACKER TALK
8
TRACKER T IN (Y)
0 dBu/–20 dBu
High impedance balanced
9
UP TALLY OUT (G)
GND for UP TALLY
10
UP TALLY OUT (X)
+12 Vdc 200 mA (MAX)
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
RET CONTROL (6P FEMALE)
• PROMPTER
BNC 75Ω 1.0 Vp-p
Input/Output Signals
• TRIAX
King type (for BVP-500)
Fischer type (for BVP-500P)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
INCOM 1
MIC ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
2
INCOM 2
MIC ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
3
GND
4
RET 3 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
5
RET 1 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
6
RET 2 ON/OFF IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:GND
OFF:OPEN
1-1
1-2. Connectors and Cables
SCRIPT (4P FEMALE)
)
INCOM (5P FEMALE)
4
1
3
2
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
GND
GND for POWER
1
INCOM MIC
IN (Y)
2
NC
No connection
2
3
NC
No connection
INCOM MIC
IN (X)
–20 dBu
(CARBON MIC)
–60 dBu
(DYNAMIC MIC)
4
+12 V OUT
+12 Vdc.
3
GND (PGM)
4
INCOM
RECEIVE OUT
0 dBu
5
PGM OUT
0 dBu
REMOTE (8P FEMALE)
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
REMOTE (6P FEMALE)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
TX (+)
BVP SERIAL DATA
2
TX (–)
3
RX (+)
4
RX (–)
5
TX GND
GND for TX
6
POWER (+) OUT
+12 V, 500 mA (MAX)
7
POWER (–) OUT
GND for +12 V
8
NC
No connection
CHASSIS GND
CHASSIS GND
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
CCU/MSU/RCP/CNU/VCS
SERIAL DATA
No. SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
SERIAL DATA IN
Serial data for camera control
2
SERIAL DATA OUT
3
UNREG (G)
4
NC
5
NC
No connection
6
UNREG OUT
+12 Vdc 100 mA
No connection
MIC IN CH1/CH2 (3P FEMALE)
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
MIC IN (G)
2
MIC IN (X)
–60 dBu High impedance
balanced
3
MIC IN (Y)
(0 dBu=0.775 Vrms)
1-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-2. Connectors and Cables
VF (25P FEMALE)
13 12 11 10 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
VF R VIDEO OUT (X)
No connection
14
VF R VIDEO OUT (G)
No connection
2
NC
No connection
15
PEAKING OFF OUT
OFF: GND
ON: High impedance
3
VF VIDEO OUT (X)
Y/RET
Zo=75 Ω ± 5 % 1 Vp-p
16
VF VIDEO OUT (G)
GND for VF VIDEO
4
NC
No connection
17
CHASSIS GND
CHASSIS GND
5
VF B VIDEO OUT (X)
No connection
18
VF B VIDEO OUT (G)
No connection
6
RET ON OUT
No connection
19
VF DC GND
GND for +12 V (VF)
7
+12 V (VF) OUT
+12 Vdc (at 2 A)
20
VF DC GND
GND for +12 V (VF)
8
+12 V (VF) OUT
+12 Vdc (at 2 A)
21
TALLY GND
GND for TALLY
9
UP TALLY ON OUT
ON: +12 V
OFF: 0 V
22
VF RET VIDEO
OUT (G)
No connection
10
VF RET VIDEO
OUT (X)
No connection
23
G TALLY ON OUT
ON: 5 V ± 0.5 V
OFF: 0 + 0.5 V
11
R TALLY ON OUT
ON: 5 V ± 0.5 V
OFF: 0 + 0.5 V
24
NC
No connection
12
VF SEL
COL/BW IN
No connection
25
16:9 ON OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
13
NC
No connection
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-3
1-2. Connectors and Cables
LENS (36P FEMALE)
18
1
36
19
(EXTERNAL VIEW)
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
No.
SIGNAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
NC
No connection
19
NC
No connection
2
NC
No connection
20
NC
No connection
3
NC
No connection
21
LENS R TALLY ON
OUT
ON: L
OFF: H
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
4
+12 V (LENS) OUT
+12 V (at 2 A)
22
EXP POSITION IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1 to 4 V
1 V: –7.5°
4 V: +7.5°
5
LENS DC GND
GND for +12 V (LENS)
23
RET 3 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: L
OFF: High impedance
6
GND
GND
24
LENS ADRS A IN
*1
7
NC
No connection
25
LENS ADRS B IN
*1
8
LENS EXT-A IN
*2
26
LENS ADRS C IN
*1
9
LENS EXT-B IN
*2
27
LENS ADRS D IN
*1
10
LENS EXT-C IN
*2
28
EXTENDER 1 ON
OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
11
LENS AUX OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
29
EXTENDER 2 ON
OUT
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
12
IRIS POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“3.4 ± 0.1 V (F16)”
“6.2 ± 0.1 V (F2.8)”
30
NC
No connection
13
ZOOM POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“2 V (WIDE), 7 V (TELE)”
31
INCOM 1
ENG/PRD IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ENG: GND
PRD: High impedance
14
RET 1 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:L
OFF:High impedance
32
INCOM 2
ENG/PRD IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ENG: GND
PRD: High impedance
15
RET 2 ON IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON:L
OFF:High impedance
33
INCOM MIC 1 ON
IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
16
FOCUS POSI IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
2 to 7 V
“2 V (MIN), 7 V (∞)”
34
INCOM MIC 2 ON
IN
Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
ON: GND
OFF: High impedance
17
IRIS CONT OUT
2 to 7 V
“3.4 ± 0.1 V (F16)”
“6.2 ± 0.1 V (F2.8)”
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
35
NC
(REGI VD OUT
AUTO: L
MANU: H
Zo ≤ 1 kΩ
36
18
1-4
IRIS AUTO/MANU OUT
NC (LENS DC GND)
No connection
)
No connection
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-2. Connectors and Cables
*1 Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1: High impedance
0: 0 + 0.5 V
LENS ADRS A (Low-order bit)
LENS ADRS D (High-order bit)
*2 Zi ≥ 10 kΩ
1: High impedance
0: 0 ± 0.5 V
1-2-2. Connection Connector
Connection made with the connector panels during
installation or service, should be made with the connectors/
complete cable assemblies specified in the following list,
or equivalent parts.
Connector Name
MONITOR
PROMPTER (BNC)
EX1
EX2
EX3
MODE
1
1
1
EXTENDER OFF
1
0
1
EXT-A ( × 1.5) ON
0
1
1
EXT-B ( × 2) ON
0
0
1
EXT-C ( × 2.5) ON
Connection Connectors/Cables
1-560-069-11 Plug, BNC or B-B Cable
assembly (1.5 m, option)
TRACKER
(10P FEMALE)
1-506-522-11 Plug, 10P Male or
HIROSE HR10R-10P-10P equivalent
REMOTE
RET CONTROL
(6P FEMALE)
1-560-078-00 Plug, 6P Male or HIROSE
HR10-7PA-6P equivalent
SCRIPT
(4P FEMALE)
1-566-425-11 Plug, 4P Male or HIROSE
HR10A-7P-4P equivalent
REMOTE
(8P FEMALE)
1-766-848-11 Plug, 8P Male or CCA
cable assembly (option)
CCA-5-10 (10m)/CCA-5-3 (3m)
INCOM
(5P FEMALE)
1-508-370-11 XLR, 5P Male or
CANNON XLR-5-12C equivalent
MIC IN
(3P FEMALE)
1-508-084-00 XLR, 3P Male or
CANNON XLR-3-12C equivalent
AC OUT
(for BVP-500P)
1-564-093-11 Plug, AC Outlet or
HIRAKAWA HEWTECH CM-29
equivalent
1-2-3. Wiring Diagram for Cable
CCA-5 Cable
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5
1-3. Outside Dimentions
1-3. Outside Dimentions
(Unit : mm)
1-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-3. Outside Dimentions
With BVF-77/77CE attached
(Unit : mm)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-7
1-4. Installation Conditions
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
1-4. Installaton Conditions
Operating Temparature : –20 °C to +45 °C
Storage Temparature : –20 °C to +50 °C
Humidity
: No condense
1-5. Function of Internal Switches/
Controls
AT-95 Board
4
3
2
1
AT
A
• Install the unit in a location as dry and well-ventilated as
possible.
• Do not install the unit in the following conditions.
High temparature room or near the heat source
Excessive dust or mechanical vibration
Intense magnetic and electric fields
A place subjected to direct sunlight or strong light
B
C
D
E
S1
F
G
AT 95(COMPONENT SIDE)
S1
: Setup menu select switch (S1-1 to S1-4)
Setup menu indicated on the viewfinder can be selected in
combination of switches S1-1 to S1-4.
( ) in parentheses: Factory-set positions
Setup Menu
S1-1 S1-2 S1-3 S1-4 Operation Paint Maintenance Reference Triming Config
OFF OFF OFF OFF YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
(ON) (OFF) (OFF) (OFF) YES
YES NO
NO
NO
NO
OFF ON
OFF OFF YES
YES YES
NO
NO
NO
ON
OFF OFF YES
YES YES
YES
NO
NO
ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF YES
YES YES
YES
YES
NO
ON
OFF YES
YES YES
YES
YES
YES
OFF ON
For details on the setup menu, refer to Section 3.
1-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
MD-103 Board
IF-538 Board
4
IF
3
2
4
1
MD
A
3
2
1
A
B
B
PROMPT
VBS
S3
S650
VF
GENLOCK
RET
C
S200
VIDEO
LEVEL
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
S200 : VF connector signal select switch
Selects an output signal to the viewfinder.
S3 : VBS GENLOCK IN/PROMPTER OUT select switch
Always set to PROMPT.
RET: Return video signal from CCU
GEN: Reference signal for external synchronization which
is input at REF IN connector (of the BKP-5910/
5910P)
n
To output a reference signal, the standalone unit BKP5910/5910P (available separately) is required.
Factory-set position: RET
S650 : MONITOR connector signal select switch
Selects an output signal at MONITOR connector.
VBS: VBS signal
VF: VF video signal
RET: Return video signal from CCU
Factory-set position: VBS
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-9
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
AU-211 Board
SW1 : INCOM MIC select switch
Select according to a microphone of the headset to be
connected to INTERCOM connector.
C : Carbon microphone
D : Dynamic microphone
Factory-set position : C
4
AU
3
2
1
A
B
MIC
SW2
D
C
C
SW1
SW3
D
SW2
: INCOM CONTROL MODE select switch
(SW2-1 to 2-8)
SW2-1 : INCOM MIX switch
Turn on to add the intercom audio to the program audio.
Factory-set position : OFF
E
SW6
MIC PW
ON
SW4
OFF
F
SW5
SW2-2 : INCOM/PGM MIX switch
Turn on to mix the program audio and the intercom audio
in front of IC5 (EVR).
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-3 : PGM MIX switch
Turn on to add the program audio to the intercom audio.
Factory-setting : OFF
SW2-4 : PGM/INCOM level control mode select switch
ON : INCOM level control enables to adjust the levels of
the intercom and program audios simultaneously, and
PGM level control to adjust a mix ratio between the
intercom and program audios.
OFF :INCOM level control adjusts the intercom audio
level, and PGM level control adjusts program audio
level.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-5 : SIDE TONE ON/OFF switch
Turn on to mix the side tone signal. (Mixing level: –26 dB)
RV3/AU-211 board adjusts the side tone level.
Factory-set position: ON
SW2-6 : Not used
Factory-set position : OFF
SW2-7 : PGM ON/OFF switch
Always set to OFF.
G
SW-3 : TALLY CONTROL switch (SW3-1, 3-2)
SW3-1 : BATTERY ALARM ON/OFF switch
Turn on to output a battery alarm signal to LENS TALLY
lamp.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW3-2 : POWER SAVE switch.
Always set to ON.
SW4 : MIC POWER ON/OFF switch
Turn on to use a microphone which operates with an
external power supply system.
Factory-set position : OFF
SW5 : AB/PHANTOM MIC select switch
Select according to a microphone which operates with an
external power supply system to be used.
AB : AB POWERING +12 V microphone
PHANTOM : PHANTOM +48 V microphone
Factry-set position : PHANTOM
SW6 : MIC LINE select switch
Selects a signal to be transmitted to MIC1 line.
MIC1 : MIC signal input at MIC CH-1 connector
MIC2 : MIC signal input at MIC CH-2 connector
Factory-set position : MIC 1
SW2-8 : PB AUDIO ON/OFF switch
Always set to OFF.
1-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-5. Function of Internal Switches
AU-215 Board
DM-98 Board
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
4
AU
3
2
1
S1
RV40
A
2
3
B
4
5
C
6
D
S1
: RET OUT select switch (S1-1 to S1-4)
S1-1 to S1-4 select an output signal to the viewfinder.
S200
RV200
E
RV300
*1
S1-1
S201
RV301
: Disables automatically switching between PB
VIDEO and RET VIDEO.
F
S200 : TRACKER TALK LEVEL select switch
Selects the MIC input level at TRACKER connector,
0 dBu or –20 dBu.
(0 dBu = 0.775 Vrms)
RV200/AU-215 board adjusts the tracker level.
Factory-set position: 0 dBu
ON : Playback video signal
OFF : Return video signal (in connection with CCU)
Playback video signal (with the BKP-5910/5910P
incorporated).
n
To output a playback video signal, the standalone unit
BKP-5910/5910P (available separately) is required.
Factory-set position : OFF
S1-2
*1
S201 : MIC MONITOR ON/OFF switch
Turn on to add the program MIC input to the INCOM out
of the INTERCOM connector and to monitor.
Factory-set position: OFF
RV40 : RTS 1 CANCEL
Adjusts the side tone level for customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Minimized
: Disables automatically switching between VBS/
MONITOR and PB/RET.
Always set to OFF.
S1-3
: Selects VBS or MONITOR.
Always set to OFF.
S1-4
: Inhibits RET CONT signal with S1-4 set to OFF.
Always set to ON.
RV300 : UP TALLY BRIGHT
Adjusts the intensity of the UP TALLY lamp for
customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Maximized
RV301 : VF TALLY BRIGHT
Adjusts the intensity of the VF TALLY lamp for
customer’s preference.
Factory-set position: Maximized
*1
: Serial No. 10091 and higher (UC)
40126 and higher (CE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-11
1-6. Instance of System Configuration
1-6. Instance of Sytem Configuration
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
STUDIO ZOOM LENS
CCD UNIT
OHB-400/400P
OHB-500/500P
OHB-500WS/500WSP
TRIAX CABLE (*2)
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-55/55CE
1.5" VF(BVF-10/10CE)
CCD UNIT
OHB-450/450P
OHB-451/451P
OHB-550/550P
OHB-550WS/550WSP
CAMERA ADAPTOR
CA-550/550P
TRIAX CABLE (*2)
or COAX CABLE
ENG/EFP LENS
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-550/550P
OTHER OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
For BVP-500/500P
STANDALONE UNIT
BKP-5910/5910P
SCRIPT HOLDER
BKP-7911/7912
For BVP-550/550P
ELECTRET CONDENSER MICROPHONE
ECM-MS5
MICROPHONE
C-74 (Sony P/N 1-542-099-11)
CRADLE SUSPENSION
CRS-3P
CARRYING CASE
LC-303SFT
For CA-550/550P
1-12
TELEPROMPTER UNIT
BKP-5971
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-6. Instance of System Configuration
REMOTE CONTROL
PANEL
RCP-700 RCP-701
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
RCP-720 RCP-721 RCP-740 RCP-741
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
CAMERA COMMAND
NETWORK UNIT
CNU-700/500
PIX 2
WF 2
VIDEO SELECTOR
VCS-700
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
PIX 2
WF 2
PIX
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
WF
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
CCA-5 CABLE
(*1)
*1: CCA-5 CABLE LENGTH
RCP-700/701
(
CCA-5
RCP
)
CCA-5
CNU
CCA-5
CCU
Total length 200m or less
*2: TRIAX CABLE LENGTH
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Diameter
Maximum length
8.5 mm
1000 m
14.5 mm
2000 m
1-13
1-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 2
Service Overview
2-1. Opening and Closing the Side Panel
Opening
Loosen the two side-panel locking screws, and while
sliding the safety lock toward the lens, open the side panel
by holding the handle.
Handle
Sefety lock
Locking screw
Closing
Locking screw
When you close the side panel, the safety lock is automatically locked. Fasten the side-panel locking screws securely.
2-2. Location of Printed Circuit Boards
PS-434
PS-435
MB-637
LE-130
AU-215
TR-90
AU-211
MD-103
PS-392
IF-538
SW-795
DM-98
DA-88
SG-234
DM-99
AT-95
VA-163
CN-1232
PR-211
CN-1142
SW-805
CN-1231
CN-1239
CN-990
CN-989
LF-31
CN-988
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-1
2-3. Circuit Description
2-3. Circuit Description
DR-302 board (OHB-400/400P only)
Circuit description for the BVP-500/500P and CCD unit
OHB-400/500/500WS series (available separately) is
described here. The BVP-500/500P is called as BVP, and
OHB-400/500/500WS series is called as OHB in this
section.
The DR-302 is a driving board for one optical filter disk,
which motor-drives a filter selected by the RCP or MSU.
The DR-302 board consists of a motor-drive circuit, and a
servo circuit comprised of a selected-filter detection and
filter position voltage generation circuits.
(1) CCD Drive System (OHB)
DR-306 board (OHB-500/500P/500WS/500WSP)
TG-159 board
The DR-306 is a driving board for two optical filter disks.
The main function is almost the same as the DR-302 board.
However, the DR-306 board is provided with the shortestturn function, which automatically selects the shortest-turn
according to a selection of optical filter using a microcomputer.
The TG-159 outputs the pulses for driving the CCD to the
DR-271 board and outputs the pulses for sampling the
CCD output to the PA-181 board.
The driving pulses are synchronized with the HD and VD
pulses input from the BVP and are output.
Pulses are generated from the VCO clock (36 MHz) of the
board. The clocks for the digital processing circuit (36
MHz, 18 MHz)are also output to the BVP.
CCD V-sub voltage, white shading data and so on are also
stored in the EEPROM of the TG-159 board.
DR-271 board
The DR-271 board converts the pulses from the TG-159
board to directly drive the CCD. The converted pulses are
transmitted to the CCD via the BI-91(R)/91(G)/91(B)
board respectively. The board also has a circuit which
makes +29 V from +15 V for the V-sub voltage. Furthermore, the board also has an interface circuit for the optical
filter.
BI-91(R)/91(G)/91(B) boards
(2) Video Signal System
VA-163 board
The VA-163 board amplifies the video signals output from
the OHB and performs the following processings:
• Black shading correction
• Gain-up control
• Blanking cleaning
• White shading correction
• Feedback clamping
• White balancing
• Flare compensation, and
• Pre-knee
In addition, it also switches between the video signals,
TEST SAW(TEST1) signal and 3-STEP TEST(TEST2)
signal.
The CCD is mounted on the BI-91(R)/91(G) /91(B) board
respectivly. These boards supply the driving pulses and
control voltages to the CCD.
The signals output from the CCD are sent to the PA-181
board via the source follower.
PA-181 board
The PA-181 board extracts video signals from the CCD
signals output from the BI-91(R) /91(G)/91(B) boards by a
correlated double sampling circuit, and amplifies the R and
G signals by one time, and the B signal by three times.
The resultant signals are output to the VA-163 board of the
BVP.
2-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-3. Circuit Description
PR-211 board
DA-88 board
The PR-211 board converts the analog R, G, and B video
signals into digital signals with an analog-to digital
converter having sampling/holding functions.
It generates clocks required for the analog-to-digital
conversion and the digital processings from the clocks
generated by the OHB.
In addition, the PR-211 board adds a linear matrix and
detail signals to the analog-to-digital converted R, G and B
signals.
It performs the processings such as pedestal control,
gamma correction, knee correction and white clipping for
the signals. It also performs the followings.
• Generates an internal color-bar signal and switches
between this signal and the main line signals.
• Creates detail and aperture signals from digital R and G
signals.
• Creates a skin tone singal.
• Detects signals for an auto iris, flare compensation,
DCC, and auto white/black balancings.
• Detects black/white shadings, generates a waveform to
compensate them and outputs the wavefoem to the VA163 board.
• Detects black levels and outputs the feedback clamp
voltage to the VA-163 board.
• Generates TEST SAW waveforms and outputs them to
the VA-163 board.
The video signals that has thus been digital-processed, are
then converted to the Y, R-Y and B-Y signals and are
output to the DA-88 board. The Y/C signals are generated
from the Y, R-Y and B-Y signals with a color encoder IC
on the PR-211 board. These signals, that were sampled at
36-MHz rate and quantized by 10 bits, are digital-to-analog
converted.
And the resultants are then output to the DA-88 board as a
monochrome signal for VF, wide-band luminance signal,
or modulated chroma signal. The monochrome signal for
VF has a zebra signal for level indication, and character
signal and center marker signal mixed on it.
The monochrome signal for VF (VF Y) sent from the PR211 board goes through a lowpass filter and is output to the
IF-538 board. The wide-band luminance signal Hi-Ys is
output via a lowpass filter to the MD-103 board. The
modulated chroma signal C goes through a black clamp
circuit and lowpass filter and is added to the Hi-Ys. The
resultant is output to the IF-538 board as a VBS signal.
The Y, R-Y and B-Y signals, that are input from the PR211 board as the digital video signals, are aligned in phase
with video signals in another channels by a digital delay
line. The resultant is digital-to-analog converted and is
then output via a lowpass filter and black clamp circuit to
the IF-538 board. On the other hand, an analog component
signal is generated in combination with the above-mentioned Hi-Ys signal, R-Y and B-Y signals. The analog
component signal is controlled, on the level adjustment and
reference signal addition, by the AT-95 board according to
equipment connected to the camera (VTR or CCU). The
analog component signal is output to the MD-103 board
via the MB-637 board.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IF-538 board
Input signals at the IF-538 board are as follows;
Signals from the DA-88 board: VF Y, VBS, Y, R-Y and BY
Signals from external equipment: Reference signal for
external synchronization, Return video signal
By combination with these signals, the IF-538 board
outputs the following signals.
• VTR VBS OUT signal
The input VBS signal is output via the buffer amplifier
to the MB-637 board. This is used to output for the VTR
connector (26P) of the standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P
only when the standalone unit is installed in the camera.
2-3
2-3. Circuit Description
• VF OUT signal
Switching between the return video or reference signal
which is selected with S200/IF-538 board, and the VF-Y
singal is done by the CAM/RET signal. The selected
signal is via a lowpass filter to the PinP (Picture in
Picture) circuit to be processed as a small picture signal.
At the next stage, an analog switch switches back and
forth between the large and small picture signals to
display the small picture in the large picture. In combination with this analog switch and another analog switch
at the front of the PinP circuit, reversing between the
large and small picture signals, and moving the position
of the small picture are allowed by operating the rear
panel switch. At the final stage, thus picture-in-picture
signal has center marker and safety zone pulse signals
mixed on it and is output at the IF-538 board.
• MONITOR OUT signal
The S650/IF-538 board selects a signal from VF signal,
VBS signal or one of the return video or reference signal
selected with S200/IF-538 board. The selected signal is
output via the amplifier at the MONITOR OUT connector on the side of the camera. When the VF signal is
selected, however, it is switched over to the VF-Y or
RET signal by the CAM/RET signal corresponding the
VF display selection.
In addition, the IF-538 board is equipped with the following circuits.
• HD/VD external sync circuit
When displaying the return video or reference signal on
the viewfinder screen, it is necessary to synchronize the
cursor signal with those signals. And a sync signal is
separated from those signals to generate the external HD
and VD signals, and the resultant is sent to the cursor
signal generation circuit on the PR-211 board.
• Peak-detects the G signal and outputs to the AT-95
board.
• Transmits the SKIN GATE signal from DA-88 board to
the MD-103 board.
2-4
(3) Auto system
AT-95 board
The AT-95 board consists of a microcomputer which
controls the camera according to the instructions stored in
a ROM. Operations of the board are listed below;
• Analyzes video system detection data, analog data and
instructions of the function switches.
• Outputs various control signals and compensation
signals to the boards.
• Outputs status information and self-diagnosis information as character data from the character generator.
• Incorporates the interface function with the RM-P9 or
the CCU-700/700P.
(4) Pulse system
SG-234 board
The SG-234 board has a sync signal generator which
generates various sync signals for the camera. The sync
signals are generated from the clock pulse input from the
OHB via the PR-211 board. They are output to the boards
of the camera and OHB respectively. This generator has
two modes to synchronize with a reference signal input for
external synchronization. One is a VBS input mode when
the camera is used together with the standalone unit BKP5910/5910P and the other is a V RESET/H CONT mode
when the CCU is connected to the camera.
(5) Audio modulation/demodulation system
AU-211 board
The CHU/RCP data is input/output from/to the AU-211
board. And audio signal processings such as the audio
mode switching and gain control of MIC CH-1 and CH-2
are performed.
The received data from the RCP goes through the photocoupler and is then send as the COM CONT signal to
control the camera, to the AT-95 board. If the CCU is
connected to the unit, the COM CONT signal is automatically send to the CCU.
As for how to select the INCOM mode, refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal
Switches – AU-211 board”. In addition, the AU-211 board
supplies the power to the MIC CH-2 connector.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-3. Circuit Description
2-4. Description of EEPROM Data
TR-90 board
2-4. Description of EEPROM Data
The TR-90 board modulates/demodulates the audio signals
such as the MIC, INCOM and PGM. It also demodulates
the H CONT signal and modulates/demodulates the CHU/
CCU DATA. And it also generates the TONE signal and
modulates it.
The table below gives the holding data of EEPROM on
every printed circuit board.
AU-215 board
The AU-215 board controls/drives a tally system circuit
and also supplies the power to the MIC CH-1 connector. It
also mixes the TRACKER TALK signal and the intercom
audio and outputs the intercom audio as the TRACKER
RECEIVE.
(6) Video modulation/demodulation system
MD-103 board
The MD-103 board modulates the luminance signal Y, the
color difference signals R-Y and B-Y. And it selects a
signal to be input/output at GENLOCK IN/PROMPT OUT
connector. But, this selection is invalid for this camera and
the S3/MD-103 board does not activate. And also it
quadrature-modulates the Y signal and SKIN GATE signal
with the carrier of 22.5 MHz. The resultant signal is sent
to the CCU.
Board
Ref. No.
Holding data
VA-163
IC26
VA-163 adjustment data
AT-95
IC46
Triming/Reference files
SG-234
IC21
SG-234 adjustment data
DA-88
IC10
DA-88 adjustment data
IF-538
IC603
IF-538 adjustment data
MB-637
IC5
Model name, Serial number of the unit
n
The IC listed above cannot be replaced because it is the
EEPROM that is holding data inherent in the board. The
part number listed in Section 1 “Spare Parts” of BVP-500/
500P Maintenance manual, Volume 2 is for an EEPROM
which is not programmed. If replacement is needed,
consult your Sony representatives.
DM-98 board
The DM-98 board demodulates the RET VIDEO signal
and also selects an output signal. The relationships
between the switch setting and output signal are given in
Section 1-5 “Function of Internal Switches – DM-98
board”.
DM-99 board
The DM-99 board demodulates and amplifies the
PROMPT signal.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-5
2-5. Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible Card Wire
2-5. Disconnecting/Connecting Flexible
Card Wire
Type A
The flexible card wires are used between the MB-637 and
CCD unit(OHB), MB-637 and SW-795 boards and MB637 and PR-211 board respectively. Take care not to break
these flexible card wires. This shorten the wire life.
A
Disconnecting
Conductive surface
1. Turn off the power.
MB-637&OHB/SW-795
Type A
(between MB-637 and CCD unit, and between MB-637
and SW-795)
2. Lift up the portion A in the direciton of the arrow and
disconnect the flexible card wire.
Type B
(between MB-637 and PR-211)
2. Slide portions B in the direciton of the arrow to unlock
and pull out the flexible card wire.
Type B
B
B
Connecting
m
• Be careful not to insert the flexible card wire obliquely.
• Check that the conductive surface of the flexible card
wire is not soiled with dust.
Type A
1. Lift up the portion A in the direction of the arrow and
insert the flexible card wire as far as it will go with the
conductive surface down.
2. Push down the portion A to secure the flexible card
wire.
Conductive surface
MB-637&PR-211
Type B
1. Slide portions B in the direction of the arrow and insert
the flexible card wire as far as it will go with the
conductive surface down.
2. Slide portions B in the reverse direction to lock.
2-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-6. Replacement of Board
2-6. Replacement of Board
2-6-3. Replacement of PR-211 Board
2-6-1. Note on Replacement of Parts
n
In replacing the PR-211 board, a screwdriver whose blade
is long (blade length: 200 mm or more) is required. (Sony
P/N:7-700-739-01 or equivalent)
Every electrical part mounted on the LF-31, PR-211 and
CN-1142 boards cannot be replaced. If there is any
defective part, replace the board itself.
The PR-211 board is provided with a termination board
CN-1142 on it. The CN-1142 board is necessary when the
PR-212 board of OHB-500WS/500WSP is not installed.
Unless the PR-212 board is installed, be sure to connect the
CN-1142 board to the PR-211 board.
1. Open the left side panel referring to Section 2-1.
2. Remove the four screws to remove the PR-211 board.
3. Disconnect the flexible card wire referring to Section
2-5.
2-6-2. Replacement of CN-988/989/990 Board
The CN-988/989/990 boards are small printed circuit
boards used for the camera’s right side panel equipped
with the REMOTE connector and so on. If you order one
of these boards, a combined board of the above three will
be supplied from the Sony parts center. So, please cut off
a necessary board from it and use for service.
PR-211
B3 X 4
4. Install a new board in the reverse procedures of
removal.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-7
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
2-7-2. Removal of PS-392 Board and AC.DC/
DC Convertor
2-7-1. Replacement of Power Assembly
1. Open the both side panels referring to Section 2-1.
2. Disconnect the three connectors from the power
assembly.
1. Remove the power assembly referring to Section 2-71.
2. Remove the five screws and remove the PS box lid.
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
PS Box lid
B3 X 4
Unlock and Disconnect
in the direction of arrow
3. Disconnect the four connectors of the AC.DC/DC
convertor from the PS-392 board.
3. Loosen the two screws and pull out the power assembly.
Loosen
4. Install a new power assembly in the reverse procedures
of removal.
2-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-7. Replacement of Power Assembly
4. To remove the PS-392 board, disconnect the six
connectors and remove the five screws.
B3 X 4
PS-392
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
CN-5
CN-8
CN-7
CN-6
CN-4
CN-2
5. To remove the AC.DC/DC convertor, remove the four
screws respectively.
AC. DC/DC Convertor
K3 X 4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-9
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part
2-8. Periodic Replacement Part
Parts listed below is a periodic replacement part. It is
subject to cracks with the lapse of time. Check sometimes
by visual, and replace as necessary.
No.
Description
Sony P/N
1
Control Knob Assembly
X-3167-051-X
2
Control Knob Assembly
X-3167-563-X
3
Shielding Rubber
3-185-869-2X
4
Control Knob
3-185-872-0X
5
Cable Clamper
3-186-502-0X
6
Outlet Lid (for PAL)
3-186-501-0X
4
2
5
2
1
3
(FOR PAL )
6
2-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-9. Tools and Fixtures
2-9. Tools and Fixtures
Attaching to OHB-500 series
Attach the portable lens attachment with the six screws
(precision P2.6x8) supplied with the attachment.
2-9-1. Tools and Fixtures
Description
Sony P/N
Extension Board EX-464
J-6395-040-A
Extension Cable for Power assembly
J-6395-070-A
Portable Lens Attachment
(for OHB-400 series)
J-6395-080-A
Portable Lens Attachment
(for OHB-500 series)
J-6395-090-A
2-9-2. Use of Portable Lens Attachment
Use of a portable lens attachment enables a portable lens to
be attached to the camera. This attachment should be used
for limited application such as adjustment. Because the
characteristics of the camera are not satisfied when it is
used for shooting.
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Precision
P2.6 X 8
Attaching to OHB-400 series
Remove the two hexagon-socket bolts at portions A.
Attach the portable lens attachment with two screws
(B3x10).
A
B3 X 10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-11
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts
2-10. Notes on Repair Parts
1. w
Safety Related Components Warning
Components marked ! are critical to safe operation.
Therefore, specified parts should be used in the case of
replacement.
2. Standardization of Parts
Some repair parts supplied by Sony differ from those
used for the unit. These are because of parts commonality and improvement.
Parts list has the present standardized repair parts.
3. Stock of Parts
Parts marked with “o” at SP(Supply Code) column of
the spare parts list may be not stocked. Therefore, the
delivery date will be delayed.
4. Units Representation
The following represented units are changed or
omitted in writing.
Units
Representation
Capacitance
µF
uF
Inductance
µH
uH
Resistance
Ω
Abbreviation
5. Destination Representation
The part indicated “For J/UC/CE” in the spare parts
list is used in the unit written below.
For J
: The part is used in a unit for Japan.
For UC : The part is used in a unit for U.S.A. and
Canada.
For CE : The part is used in a unit for regions except
the above countries.
2-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 3
Setup Menu
3-1. Setup Menu
The Setup menu is used to select settings of camera operation, select items to be displayed on the viewfinder screen, and select the way the items are displayed.
It is also used for adjustment. The menu appears on the viewfinder screen.
By changing an internal switch on the IF-538 board, the same signal as output to the viewfinder is
enabled to be output at the MONITOR connector.
•
Configuration of the Setup Menu
The setup menu consists of the following menus
• Operation menu
• Paint menu
• Maintenance menu
• Reference menu
• Triming menu
• System config menu
Operation and Paint menus are normally accessible. To display the other menus, switch setting of the
AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”
•
Equipment required
CCD Unit
OHB-400/500 series
Camera Control Unit
CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP.
7-inch Electronic Viewfinder BVF-77/77CE (or B/W monitor)
•
Switches and Control knob
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1
3-1. Setup Menu
DISPLAY switch
ON
: Displays characters and messages indicating the video camera settings and operation status.
OFF
: No character or marker display appears on the viewfinder screen.
MENU : The setup menu appears on the viewfinder screen.
MENU SELECT knob
Selects the menu item or setting value displayed on the viewfinder screen.
MENU SELECT switch
ENTER : Enters the page/item select mode, or enters the setting values.
CANCEL : Cancels the contents of a menu setting, or returns to the page select mode or TOP menu.
n
The TOP menu screen indicates the entire configuration of menu items.
To display the TOP menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU (from OFF) while pushing up the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER.
•
Basic Operation
1. Displaying the menu
To display the Operation menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU.
To display the other menus than the Operation menu, first of all, the TOP menu shall be displayed.
To display the TOP menu, set the DISPLAY switch to MENU while pushing up the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER. Then turn the MENU SELECT knob to move the cursor to a menu item which
you want and push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. To shift the page, turn the MENU SELECT knob with a page scroll bar displayed at the top-right of
the screen until the desired page is displayed and push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
The menu enters the item select mode and the page scroll bar disappears.
3. To shift the item, turn the MENU SELECT knob until the → cursor points the item to be set and
push up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
4. To change the value, turn the MENU SELECT knob. You can change the values quickly by
turning the MENU SELECT knob fast. You can make very fine adjustments by turning the switch
slowly. By pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the setting is entered.
5 The menu page is returned to the item select mode or page select mode every time the MENU
SELECT switch is pushed down to CANCEL.
6. To exit from the setup menu, set the DISPLAY switch to OFF.
• ROM version
Contents in the menu and factory settings may differ from the descriptions in this manual depending on
the version of ROM (IC36) on the AT-95 board.
In this section, an item under “Ver.” in the table shows a ROM version. If any version is given, it shows that
the function for the item is added or changed, and the ROM with that version or higher version supports the
function. If no version is given, it shows that every ROM version supports the function.
To confirm the ROM version easily proceed as follows:
1. Set the DISP switch to OFF.
2. Power the unit on while pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER. The indication of
ROM version is displayed for about three seconds.
3-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-1. Operation Menu
3-1-1. Operation Menu
This menu contains items contained for changing camera settings to suit shooting conditions during
normal camera operations.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
Ver.
VF DISPLAY
MARKER
a)
Item
Settings
Contents
ZOOM
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indications of zoom position and lens extender.
SHUTTER
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indications of shutter speed and mode.
IRIS
[ON], OFF
Turns the iris setting indication on and off.
AUDIO
––
Turns the audio level indication on and off.
(Does not function in the unit.)
TAPE
––
Turns the tape-remaining indication on and off.
(Does not function in the unit.)
ZEBRA
ON, [OFF]
Turns the zebra indication on and off.
MESSAGE
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indication of message in changing each setting of
filter, white balance memory, gain value, DCC(auto knee) and shutter
speed. The indication is displayed within three seconds in the center of
the viewfinder screen.
MODE
CHG, [USR]
CHG : The indications of the optical filter, white balance memory and
gain value are displayed only when they differ from the standard
settings (FILTER:1B, WHITE:A, GAIN:0dB)
USR : The indications are displayed corresponding to the settings on
the VF DISPLAY page.
FILTER
*, [ON], OFF
Turns the optical filter indication on and off.
WHITE
*, ON, [OFF]
Turns the white balance memory indication on and off.
(Automatically turned OFF in connection with CCU/RCP.)
GAIN
*, [ON], OFF
Turns the gain value indication on and off.
CENTER
[ON], OFF
Turns the center marker indication on and off.
SAFETY ZONE
80%, 90% , OFF
Turns the safety zone marker indication on and off and selects the area
indicated by that marker.a)
BOX CURSOR
ON, [OFF]
Turns the box cursor indication on and off.
BOX H POS
-99 to 99 ([0])
Shifts horizontally the location of the box cursor on the screen.
BOX V POS
-99 to 99 ([0])
Shifts vertically the location of the box cursor on the screen.
BOX WIDTH
00 to 99 ([41])
Sets the width of the box cursor.
BOX HEIGHT
00 to 99 ([10])
Sets the height of the box cursor.
In the 16:9 mode, the following kinds of safety zone marker can be selected in combination of the settings of “SAFETY ZONE” and
“4:3 SAFETY”.
SAFETY ZONE
80%
4:3
SAFETY
90%
OFF
16:9
ON
4:3 area
Safety
zone
OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Not indicated
3-3
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-1. Operation Menu
Page
GAIN SW
WIDE SCREEN
(For OHB-500WS
/500WSP)
MON OUT
AUTO IRIS
AUTO KNEE
(DCC)
b)
Ver.
Item
Settings
Contents
LOW
-3,[0], 3, 6, 9, 12,
18, 24, 30 dB
Selects the gain value for each gain switch position
(LOW, MIDDLE, HIGH) of RM-P9 when the standalone unit is installed in the unit.
MID
-3, 0, 3, 6, [9], 12,
18, 24, 30dB
(Note: Except under the above conditions, the setting change becomes
invalid.)
HIGH
-3, 0, 3, 6, 9, 12,
[18], 24, 30dB
16:9/4:3 MODE
[16:9], 4:3
Selects the aspect ratio for the video signal output. (This setting is valid
only when the standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P is incorporated.) b)
VF ASPECT
[AUTO], 4:3
Selects the aspect ratio for the viewfinder indication.
AUTO : Automatically selects according to the aspect
ratio selected by16:9/4:3 MODE on the WIDE SCREEN page.
4:3
: Selects 4:3 regardless of the 16:9/4:3 MODE setting.
4:3 SAFETY
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the safety zone maker showing the 4:3 area is
indicated in the 16:9 mode, or not. a)
16:9 ID ON VF
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the 16:9 indication in the 16:9 mode on the viewfinder
screen.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
16:9 ID
ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the 16:9 indication is displayed on the internal color-bar
in ON BARS the16:9 mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
BNC TEST OUT – –
Does not function in the unit.
The panel switch (S650) on IF-538 board can select a signal to be
output at MONITOR connector (VBS, VF or RET)
RM/MON CHAR [ON], OFF
Selects whether character signals displayed on the viewfinder screen
are mixed with the VBS signal when “VBS” is selected by the panel
switch (S650) on IF-538 board.
VBS LOCK
––
Does not function in the unit.
VF VIDEO
MODE
[Y], MIX, NAM
Selects a video signal to be output to the viewfinder.
Y
: Y=0.3R+0.59G+0.11B; The same as a camera output signal
MIX : Y=0.33R+0.33G+0.33B
NAM: Selects one of the R, G, and B signal that is maximum in level.
[RGB]-G
ON, [OFF]
Sets signals selectable by RGB switch.
ON : R-G, B-G
OFF : R, G, B
IRIS OVERRIDE -99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the reference value for automatic iris adjustment.
-99 (further closed) ↔ 99 (further opened)
IRIS OVERRIDE ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto-iris override function on and off.
APL RATIO
-99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the way the iris is automatically adjusted.
99 (PEAK) ↔ 99 (AVERAGE)
AUTO KNEE
POINT
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the point on which the knee function starts to have effect in the
auto-knee mode.
AUTO KNEE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the volume of the effect of the knee function in the auto-knee
mode.SLOPE
The change of aspect ratio using this menu is disabled because the CCU’ s setting has a priority when the CCU is connected.
If you want to change the aspect ratio when the CCU is connected, use the OTHERS page of the Paint menu. When you attempt to
change using this menu, a message “Use Paint MNU” is displayed.
3-4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-1. Operation Menu
Page
Ver.
STAND
ALONE
1.10
AUTO SETUP
DIAGNOSIS
c)
Item
Settings
Contents
H PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Sets the horizontal phase of the camera in the genlock mode.
SC PHASE
0 to 360([XX])
Sets the subcarrier phase of the camera in the genlock mode.
CABLE COMP
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the cable compensation circuit for the external sync
signal in the genlock mode.
SNG BARS
ON, [OFF]
Turns the color-bar signal for SNG on and off.
MASTER BLACK -99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the MASTER BLACK level.
IRIS OVERRIDE ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto-iris override function on and off.
CF PULSE
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the color framing pulse supplied to the VTR.
SKIN DETAIL
ON, [OFF]
Turns the skin tone detail function on and off.
AUTO HUE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Sets the skin detail hue function automatically.
(Locate the desired skin color within the gate marker of VF and measure.)
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
(To abort a processing during execution, throw MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER.)
AUTO WHITE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the white balance.
LEVEL AUTO
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the level in the internal circuits. c)
(To abort a processing during execution, throw MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER.)
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output.
OHB
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the OHB
block and CPU on AT board.
PR
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the PR
board and CPU on AT board.
VA
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the VA
board and CPU on AT board.
AT
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the CPU
and memory on AT board.
SG
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between the SG
board and CPU on AT board.
DA
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between DA board
and CPU on AT board.
IF
[OK], NG
Displays a state of communication for control data between IF board
and CPU on AT board.
MD
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of MD board in connection with CCU.
AU
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of AU board in connection with CCU.
TR
[OK], NG
Displays a self-diagnosis result of TR board in connection with CCU.
When executing the LEVEL AUTO, data set through the menu is all cleared and the automatic level adjustment is performed in
sequence, After the adjustment is complete, adjustment result is stored as a master setup data.
1. A reference file which is reference for adjustment is loaded .
2. Lens is autmatically closed and the black balance is automatically adjusted.
3. The white balance is automatically adjust using TEST 2 (3-step) signal.
m
This white balance adjustment compensates a drift of the gain of an amplifier, does not compensate color temperature for an actual object.
The gamma and knee compensation values do not change with a lapse of time because of the digital-processing camera.
Therefore, the gamma and knee compensation values remains the values stored in the reference file.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-5
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-1. Operation Menu
Page
Ver.
CAMERA ID
Item
Settings
Contents
No.
1 to 96 ([X])
Sets a camera number in the range of 1 to 96.
(When no camera number is set, “- -” is displayed.)
ID: [] [] [] [] [] [] []
LENS FILE
d)
CAM No., CAM ID,
[OFF]
Sets a camera ID of up to ten alphanumerics, symbols, and spaces.
1.10
No. / ID ON
BARS
Selects whether the camera number or ID is mixed with a camera output
signal only in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
1.10
CENTER H POS –20 to 20 ([XX])
Shifts horizontally the location of the center marker on the screen.
20 (right) ↔ –20 (left)
1.10
CENTER V POS –20 to 20 ([XX])
Shifts vertically the location of the center marker on the screen.
20 (up) ↔ –20 (down)
1.10
CENTER POS
STORE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute
Stores the location of the center marker at present in the selected lens
file number.
1.10
No.
[0] to 15
Shows a lens file number. (A lens file appropriate for the mounted lens
is automatically selected.) d)
(Example)
No. : 1
← Lens file number (0 to15)
Lens:27:A14x8BERM ← Lens name
EX: 1.0
← Lens extender value
Fifty kinds of lenses are registered at the factory in the ROM IC36/AT-95 board. Up to 16 of these lenses can be stored as the lens
file in the RAM IC26/AT-95 board. An additional data such as a center marker is also stored in the selected lens file.
3-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-2. Paint Menu
3-1-2. Paint Menu
The Paint menu is used for white and other paint adjustments items. To activate the Paint menu, first
display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
VIDEO LEVEL
Ver.
Item
Settings
Contents
WHITE R/G/B
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B gain level.
BLACK R/G/B/M –99 to 99 ([0])
FLARE R/G/B
–99 to 99 ([0])
GAMMA R/G/B/M –99 to 99 ([0])
DETAIL1
DETAIL2
(Continued)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Adjusts the R, G, B master black level.
Adjusts the R, G, B flare level.
Adjusts the R, G, B master gamma correction curve.
FLARE
[ON], OFF
Turns the flare correction circuit on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : no test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Sets all settings on the VIDEO LEVEL page to 0.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
DETAIL
[ON], OFF
Turns the function on and off to improve resolution by adding the detail signal.
LEVEL
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the master level for the detail signal.
LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the clipping level against the maximum detail level.
CRISPENING
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level at which the detail signal is crispened.
LEVEL DEP
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level to control the detail signal used at lower signal level.
LEVEL DEP
[ON], OFF
Turns the level depend function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Sets all settings on the DETAIL 1 page to 0.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
DETAIL
[ON], OFF
Turns the function on and off to improve resolution by adding detail signal.
H/V RATIO
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the mix ratio of H and V detail signal.
FREQUENCY
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the boost frequency for H detail signal.
MIX RATIO
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the mix ratio of H detail signal used before and after the gamma
compensation circuit.
W.LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjust the clipping level adainst the higher detail signal at the maximum level.
B.LIMITTER
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the clippping level against the lower detail signal at the minimum level.
COMB
–99 to 99 ([0])
Sets the effect volume of the comb filter
99 (Causes less cross colors.) ↔ –99 (Yields clear pictures, but causes more
cross colors.)
* For a PAL model, this function has the effect on not every object but a
specified object.
KNEE APRT.
ON, [OFF]
Turns the knee aperture function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
3-7
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-2. Paint Menu
Page
Ver.
Item
Settings
Contents
DETAIL2
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute
Sets all settings on the DETAIL2 page to 0.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
SKIN DETAIL
SKIN DETAIL
ON, [OFF]
Turns the skin detail function on and off.
1.10
GAMMA
KNEE/W.CLIP
e)
LEVEL
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the level of the skin detail.
PHASE
100° to 170°([120])
Adjusts the hue for the skin detail function.
WIDTH
0° to 90° ([60])
Adjusts the color width for the skin detail function.
SATURATION
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the color saturation of the skin detail function.
GATE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the area display of the skin detail function in the viewfinder screen.
AUTO HUE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Sets the range of skin detail hue function automatically.
(Locate the desired skin color within the gate marker of VF and measure.)
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Sets all settings on the SKIN DETAIL page to 0.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
GAMMA, R/G/B/M –99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the R, G, B and master gamma level.
COARSE
0.40, [0.45], 0.50
Selects the gamma value in steps.
GAMMA
[ON], OFF
Turns the gamma value on and off.
1.07
BLACK GAMMA
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the black gamma (master).
1.07
BLACK GAMMA
ON, [OFF]
Turns the black gamma function on and off. e)
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Resets all settings on the GAMMA page to the factry settings.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
POINT
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the knee point level when the function is OFF.
SLOPE
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the knee slope level when the function is OFF.
KNEE
[ON], OFF
Turns the knee function on and off.
AUTO KNEE
ON, [OFF]
Turns the auto knee function on and off.
KNEE MAX
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the knee max function which changes the slope to
completely collapsed form.
WHITE CLIP
–99 to 99 ([0])
Adjusts the white clip level.
WHITE CLIP
[ON],OFF
Turn the white clip function on and off.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Sets all settings on the KNEE/W.CLIP page to 0.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
e)
This function is inhibited while TALLY lamps are lit or by the setting of the System Config menu.
A noise appears on the screen during operation.
3-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-2. Paint Menu
Page
Ver.
MATRIX
Item
Settings
Contents
G-R, B-R
–99 to 99 ([0])
Compensates the user’s matrix (sets an optional value as the constant
R-G, B-G
–99 to 99 ([0])
for G-R, B-R, R-G, B-G, R-B and G-B).
R-B, G-B
–99 to 99 ([0])
MATRIX
[ON], OFF
Turns the user’s matrix compensation on and off.
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off only the preset matrix compensation (fixed constant
compensation).
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects the test signal.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth waveform test signal
2
: Outputs 3-step form test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Sets all settings on the MATRIX page to 0.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
1
Storing and recalling a scene file (painting data corresponding to a shot scene)
2
Storing a scene file
3
1 Turn MENU SELECT knob to move the → cursor to “FILE STORE,” then throw MENU SELECT
PRESET
SCENE FILE
f)
4
SHUTTER
Turns the matrix compensation on and off.
[ON], OFF
USER
f)
switch to ENTER. “FILE STORE” flashes on the viewfinder screen.
5
2 Select the file number (1 to 5) to be stored to.
FILE STORE
(If data is already stored at the selected location, the new data replaces the current data.)
Recalling a scene file
Turn MENU SELECT knob to move the → cursor to the file number whose data is to be
recalled, then throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
• Every time MENU SELECT switch is pushed up to ENTER, the scene file data replaces the
current settings.
• When the scene file is recalled, an asterisk appears next to the number.
STANDARD
Returns the current amount of paint adjustments and switch setting to their reference value
stored as a reference file.
1.10
SELECT
[OFF], SHUTTER,
EVS, ECS
1.10
SHUTTER
Selects the shutter, EVS, or ECS mode.
1
1
(or 601 ), 125
, 250
,
1
1
,
,
500 1000 2000
Selects the shutter speed.
Sets the ECS (CLS) frequency.
1
100
1
OTHERS
f)
h)
i)
1.10
ECS
h)
1.10
S-EVS
[0]to 100%
1.09
16:9/4:3 MODE [16:9], 4:3
Sets the desired resolution in %.
(This setting is invalid with the OHB-400/400P installed.)
Selects the aspect ratio for the video signal output. i )
When both USER and PRESET are set to ON, the matrix constant compensation is total value of the USER and PRESET matrix.
Variable range differs depending on the OHB in use. For details refer to the operation manual supplied with the OHB.
The aspect ratio normally corresponds to the CCU’s setting when the CCU is connected. To forcefully select, use this menu.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-9
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu
The Maintenance menu is used for encoder output level and other adjustments items necessary for
camera’s maintenance. The Maintenance menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu, switch
setting of the AT-95 board is required.
For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”.
To activate the Maintenance menu, first display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting.)
Page
VBS
WHITE
SHADING
Ver.
Item
Settings
Contents
SYNC LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Y LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the Y level of camera’s encoder output signal.
BURST LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the burst level of camera’s encoder output signal.
CHROMA LEVEL -99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the chroma level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Q/V LEVEL
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the Q (or V) level of camera’s encoder output signal.
SET UP
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s encoder output signal.
(This setting is valid only for NTSC.)
BF PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the burst phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
SC-H PHASE
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the SC-H phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
V BLANKING
19,[20],21H
Adjusts the V blanking width of camera’s encoder output signal.
(This setting is valid only for NTSC.)
In connection with CCU, the width is fixed to 19H.
* For a PAL model, the width is fixed to 25H at all times.
V SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G,or B white
shading.
V PARA R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.PARA compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
H SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
H PARA R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.PARA compensation for the R, G, or B white shading.
WHITE R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G, or B white level.
V MOD R/G/B/M -99 to 99 ([XX])
BLACK
SHADING
(Continued)
j)
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G, B or master
modulation shading of the lens and prism. j )
V MOD
ON, [OFF]
Turns the V modulation shading on and off.
AUTO WHITE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the white balance.
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Resets numeric settings to “0” on the WHITE SHADING page.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
V SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of V.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B black shading.
H SAW R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of H.SAW compensation for the R, G, or B black shading.
BLK SET R/G/B
-99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the volume of BLACK SET compensation for the R, G, or B.
(Adjusts for each gain.)
BLACK R/G/B/M -99 to 99 ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G, B or master black level.
MASTER GAIN
-3,0,3,6,9,12,18,
24,30 dB ([X])
Selects the master gain value.
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
When the master modulation shading is adjusted, the V. SAW component for the R and B V-modulation shadings of the prism is
simultaneously compensated.
3-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu
Page
Ver.
Item
Settings
Contents
BLACK
SHADING
CLEAR
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Resets numeric settings to “0” on the BLACK SHADING page.
(When you throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the “CLEAR” indication
flashes. Throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER again to execute; throw to
CANCEL to cancel.)
AUTO SET UP
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
AUTO BLACK
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the black balance.
(To abort a processing during execution, throw MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER.)
LEVEL AUTO
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the level in the internal circuits. c)
(To abort a processing during execution, throw MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER.)
AUTO HUE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Sets the skin detail hue function automatically.
(Locate the desired skin color within the gate marker of VF and measure.)
WHITE
SHADING
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the white shading.
(To abort a processing during execution, throw MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER.)
BLACK
SHADING
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Starts to automatically adjust the black shading.k)
(To abort a processing during execution, throw MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER.)
1.10
COLOR REF
(SELF)
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Makes a color reference to compensate the difference in colors
between OHBs using a single camera. (Locate the desired colors of a
Macbeth chart within the gate marker of VF and measure. To abort a
processing during execution, throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.) m)
1.10
COLOR SETUP Throw MENU SELECT
(SELF)
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Automatically calculates the color matrix from the reference.
(Locate the desired colors of a Macbeth chart within the gate marker of
VF and measure. To abort a processing during execution, throw MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER.) n)
DD/MM/YY
HH:MM:SS
Adjusts a built-in timer. (HH;hour/MM;minute only)
DATE ON BARS ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the date characters are mixed with a camera output
signal in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
TIME ON BARS ON, [OFF]
Selects whether the time characters are mixed with a camera output
signal in the color-bar mode, or not.
(This setting is valid only when the DISPLAY switch is set to on or off.)
1.10
DATE/TIME
c)
When executing the LEVEL AUTO, data set through the menu is all cleared and the automatic level adjustment is performed in
sequence, After the adjustment is complete, adjustment result is stored as a master setup data.
1. A reference file which is reference for adjustment is loaded .
2. Lens is autmatically closed and the black balance is automatically adjusted.
3. The white balance is automatically adjust using TEST 2 (3-step) signal.
m
This white balance adjustment compensates a drift of the gain of an amplifier, does not compensate color temperature for an actual object.
The gamma and knee compensation values do not change with a lapse of time because of the digital-processing camera.
Therefore, the gamma and knee compensation values remains the values stored in the reference file.
k) Before first using the camera with the OHB-400/500/500WS (or their PAL version) installed, or After replacing the CCD unit, be sure
to execute the automatic black shading adjustment.
m) When performing compensation between two or more cameras, use the MSU.
n) Differing from the color-setup operation by plural cameras, a data transfer is not performed.
Execute to recalculate. After execution, the color matrix data is temporarily reflected in the OHB matrix of the System Config menu.
Execute the OHB FILE STORE of the Triming menu to store the color matrix data.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-11
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-3. Maintenance Menu
Page
OTHERS
Ver.
Item
Settings
S/N MEASURE ON, [OFF]
MOD
ON, [OFF]
MASTER BLACK -99 to 99 ([0])
DETAIL
CHROMA
GAMMA
MATRIX
FLARE
3-12
Contents
ON
: Set to ON in mesuring the S/N ratio. And settings of the
DETAIL, CHROMA, GAMMA, MATRIX, and FLARE will be
temporarily turned OFF.
OFF : Settings of DETAIL and so on are returned as they were.
ON
: Set to ON in mesuring the modulation depth. And settings of
the MEASUREDETAIL, GAMMA, MATRIX, and FLARE will be
temporarily turned OFF.
OFF : Settings of DETAIL and so on are returned as they were.
Adjusts the master black in measuring the S/N ratio and modulation
depth.
[ON], OFF
[ON], OFF
[ON], OFF
[ON], OFF
[ON], OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-4. Reference Menu
3-1-5. Triming Menu
3-1-4. Reference Menu
The Reference menu stores the reference values used for automatic setup adjustment and the standard settings of the
switches as the reference files. And the menu can clear the current reference files. The Reference menu is not normally
accessible. To display this menu, switch setting of the AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5.
“Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate the Reference menu, first display the TOP menu.
m
1. Executing the FILE STORE on the REFERENCE FILE page registers settings of items, which have been set through
the Paint, Maintenance and System config menus just before the file store, as the reference values.
2. When changed numbers of items are returned to the reference values stored as the reference files, recall the standard
file using an MSU/RCP or the setup menu.
Page
Ver.
REFERENCE
FILE
p)
Item
Settings
Contents
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Stores the adjustment value on each item as the reference value.
CLEAR FILE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Clears the adjustment values stored as the reference files.
(Temporarily clears the current reference files p).)
If the power is turned off without execution of the FILE STORE after clearing the file, the original setting is restored.
3-1-5. Triming Menu
The Triming menu stores the adjustment data in replacing parts as the triming files. And the menu can clear the current
adjustment values. The Triming menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu, switch setting of the AT-95 board
is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate the Triming
menu, first display the TOP menu.
n
Executing the FILE STORE on the TRIMING FILE page registers settings of items, which have been set through the
Maintenance and System config menus just before the file store, as the reference values.
Page
Ver.
Item
Settings
Contents
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Stores the adjustment value on each item as the reference value.
CLEAR FILE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Clears the adjustment values stored as the triming files.
(Temporarily clears the current triming files p).)
FILE STORE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Stores specific data for a CCD unit to be used as the OHB files.
The standard values are stored at the factory.
(Stores the offset value, OHB matrix data and so on.)
1.10
LENS FILE
STORE
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Stores specific data for a lens to be used as the lens files.
The standard values are stored at the factory.
1.10
SELECT
CURRENT
LENS
[0] to 49
Loads a lens data into the lens file selected at present by the LENS
FILE page of the Operation menu.
1.10
RESET
ALL LENS
Throw MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER
to execute.
Resets all of 16 lens files.
(Example)
No. : 1
Lens:27:A14x8BERM
EX: 1.0
TRIMING
FILE
OHB FILE
LENS FILE
p)
← Lens stored number (0 to 49)
← Lens name
← Lens extender value
If the power is turned off without execution of the FILE STORE after clearing the file, the original setting is restored.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-13
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-6. System Config Menu
3-1-6. System Config Menu
The System config menu is used for adjustments items necessary to replace a printed circuit board or
some parts of the camera. The System config menu is not normally accessible. To display this menu,
switch setting of the AT-95 board is required. For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Function of Internal
Switches—AT-95 board”. To activate the System config menu, first display the TOP menu.
(Boxed items under “Settings” indicate the factory setting. XX or XXX represents two or three digits in hexadecimal.)
Page
DATE/TIME
Y/CHROMA
PR/VA/TEST
Ver.
Item
Settings
YY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS
Contents
Adjusts the built-in calender and timer.
RESET
Turn MENU SELECT
knob to execute.
Resets hour (HH), minute (MM) and second (SS) of the timer.
SC FREQ
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the camera’s subcarrier frequency.
Y SYNC
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the sync level of camera’s Y output signal.
Y SETUP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the setup level of camera’s Y output signal.
Y VIDEO
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the Y level of camera’s Y output signal.
TEST SETUP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the setup level of camera’s encoder output signal.
BURST LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the burst level of camera’s encoder output signal.
CHROMA LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the chroma level of camera’s encoder output signal.
Q/V LEVEL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the Q(V) level of camera’s encoder output signal.
SC-H PHASE
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the SC-H phase of camera’s encoder output signal.
REG LVL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the R, G and B output signals.
CB
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the camera color-bar signal to be output in setting
each item on the Y/CHROMA page.
PR ADG R/G/B XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the reference level of the AD converter for R/G/B signals on the
PR board.
VA MOD R/G/B XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B modulation balance for the VA board.
G CLOCK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clock pulse in phase to be input to the AD converter for G
signal on the PR board.
(Note : In replacing OHB, readjustment is required to set the maximum
value of the modulation depth.
R/B CLOCK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clock pulse in phase to be input to the AD converter for R/B
signals on the PR board.
(Note: In replacing OHB, readjustment is required to set the minimum
level of a pseudo signal.)
M.BLACK
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the master black signal.
TEST2 HI
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the high level of the TEST2 (3-STEP) signal on the VA board.
TEST2 MID
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the middle level of the TEST2 (3-STEP) signal on the VA board.
TEST CLIP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the clip level of the TEST1 (sawtooth) signal on the VA board.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the PR/VR/
TEST page.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2
: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
PRE KNEE/
ZEBRA
PREKNEE1
R/G/B
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B pre-knee 1 level on the VA board.
(Continued)
PREKNEE2
R/G/B
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R, G or B pre-knee 2 level on the VA board.
APERTURE
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the aperture compensation signal level.
3-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-6. System Config Menu
Page
PRE KNEE/
ZEBRA
VTR/CCU
IRIS
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Ver.
Item
Settings
Contents
WHITE CLIP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the white clip level.
WHITE CLIP
[ON], OFF
Turns the white clip function on and off.
ZEBRA1 LEVEL, XXX ([XX])
RANGE
Sets the center value and range for the zebra 1 signal detection.
ZEBRA2 LEVEL XXX ([XX])
Sets the detection value for the zebra 2 signal.
Z.DISP
1,2, 1&2
Selects a zebra signal to be displayed on the viewfinder.
1
: Zebra 1 signal
2
: Zebra 2 signal
1&2 : Both zebra 1 and 2 signals are displayed at the same time.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the
PREKNEE/ZEBRA page.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2
: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
VTR R-Y
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the R-Y color-difference signal level.
VTR B-Y
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the B-Y color-difference signal level.
CCU Y SAMP
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sample pulse to be mixed with the Y signal.
CCU R-Y SYNC XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sync pulse to be mixed with the R-Y signal.
CCU B-Y SAMP XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the level of the sample pulse to be mixed with the B-Y signal.
RGB OFFSET
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the G signal level.
TEST
1, 2, [OFF]
Selects a TEST signal to be output in setting each item on the VTR/CCU page.
1
: Outputs the sawtooth test signal
2
: Outputs the 3-step waveform test signal
OFF : No test signal is output
CB
ON, [OFF]
Turns on and off the camera color-bar signal to be output in setting
each item on the VTR/CCU page.
LEVEL
XXX ([XX])
Adjusts the auto-iris level.
APL RATIO
XXX ([XX])
Sets the way the iris is automatically adjusted. -99 (PEAK) ↔ 99 (AVERAGE)
3-15
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-6. System Config Menu
Page
Ver.
Item
Settings
Contents
COLOR
SETUP
1.10
COLOR REF
(SELF)
Throw MENU SELECT
swich to ENTER
to execute.
Makes a color reference to compensate the difference in colors
between OHBs using a single camera. (Locate the desired colors of a
Macbeth chart within the gate marker of VF and measure. To abort a
processing during execution, throw MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.) m)
1.10
COLOR SETUP Throw MENU SELECT
(SELF)
swich to ENTER
to execute.
Automatically calculates the color matrix from the reference.
(Locate the desired colors of a Macbeth chart within the gate marker of
VF and measure. To abort a processing during execution, throw MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER.) n)
1.10
(OHB MATRIX)
G-R, B-R
R-G, B-G
R-B, G-B
-99 to 99 ([0])
-99 to 99 ([0])
-99 to 99 ([0])
Compensates the OHB matrix to adjust the difference between OHBs or
cameras (sets an optional value as the constant for G-R, B-R, R-G,
B-G, R-B and G-B). r )
1.10
OHB MTX
[ON], OFF
Turns the OHB matrix compensation on and off.
1.10
CM ADD LVL
[0] to 16
For fine adjustment in color-setup operation. Compensates the
caluculation value for the color selected by the CM ADD COLOR in 16
steps and recalculates the OHB matrix.
(Selecting 0 turns off the function.) s) t)
1.10
CM ADD
COLOR
[0] to 17
For fine adjustment in color-setup operation. Select a color to be
compensated from 18 colors of the Macbeth chart with the gate marker of VF.
Recalculates the OHB matrix. t)
m) When performing compensation between two or more cameras, use the MSU.
n) Differing from the color-setup operation by plural cameras, a data transfer is not performed.
Execute to recalculate. After execution, the color matrix data is temporarily reflected in the OHB matrix of the System Config menu.
Execute the OHB FILE STORE of the Triming menu to store the color matrix data.
r) Adjust with the MATRIX of the Paint menu turned OFF. Execute the OHB FILE STORE to store the adjustment values.
s) The compensation value is temporarily reflected in the OHB matrix of the System Config menu after execution of the COLOR
SETUP(SELF). Execute the OHB FILE STORE of the Triming menu to store the value.
The higher you set the value of the CM ADD LVL, the more the weights are assigned to the color selected by the CM ADD COLOR.
The compensation is performed so as to entirely minimize the error, while reducing the error for the weights-assigned color.
t) After powered off once following the completion of color-setup operation, recalculation is not performed.
3-16
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1. Setup Menu
3-1-6. System Config Menu
Page
Ver.
Item
Settings
FILTER,WHT MEM [ON], OFF
OTHERS 1
Contents
Does not function in the unit. (The setting change becomes invalid.)
NTSC ENC
[WIDE], NRW
Sets the band width of the Q signal for the NTSC color encoder.
ROTARY
[STD], RVS
Selects the mode of MENU SELECT knob as turned clockwise.
STD : Cursor moves downwards and a numeric value increases.
RVS : Cursor moves upwards and a numeric value decreases.
OWN CALL
R, F&R , OFF
Selects whether TALLY lamps are lit corresponding to the
CALL button on rear panel pressed, or not. Or selects which TALLY
lamps are lit when the CALL button is pressed.
(This setting is valid in connection with CCU. When the standalone unit is
installed and MSU/RCP is not connected to the camera, it is always set to OFF.)
R : Red TALLY lamps of VF are lit.
R&F : Red TALLY lamps of VF and UP TALLY lamps of VF and camera are lit.
OFF : No TALLY lamp is lit corresponding to the CALL button.
CENTER H POS –20 to 20 ([XX])
Shifts horizontally the location of the center marker on the screen.
20 (right) ↔ –20 (left)
CENTER V POS
–20 to 20 ([XX])
Shifts vertically the location of the center marker on the screen.
20 (up) ↔ –20 (down)
LENS VTR S/S
TALK, [RET2]
Selects the mode of VTR S/S SW of the lens.
TALK : VTR S/S SW functions as INCOM TALK SW (momentary).
RET2 : VTR S/S SW functions as RET2 SW.
VF ? DISPLAY
[ON], OFF
Turns on and off the indication of ? mark at the top-right of the VF screen with the
DISP switch set to ON when the self-diagnosis result is NG (no good) and so on.
PinP RET RVS
[RVS1], RVS 2, OFF
Selects the indication mode of VF display in PinP mode.
Setting RET 1
Large screen
(or 2, 3) SW
Small screen
RVS 1
RVS 2
OFF
ON
RET 1 (2, 3) video
Camera output
OFF
Camera output
The last RET video selected
ON
RET 1 (2, 3) video
Camera output
OFF
Camera output is displayed on the whole screen.
(Small screen is not displayed.)
ON
Camera output
OFF
Camera output is displayed on the whole screen.
(Small screen is not displayed.)
RET 1 (2, 3) video
* To output RET 3 video signal, press RET 1 and 2 switches at the same time.
F TALLY RVS
[ON], OFF
Selects the operation mode of TALLY lamps corresponding to a CALL button
pressed when a TALLY signal is input to the camera from CCU or VTR.
ON : Red TALLY lamps of VF and UP TALLY lamps of VF and camera go out.
OFF : Red TALLY lamps of VF alone go out.
1.07
BLK GAM
INHIBIT
[ON], OFF
ON : Inhibits the black gamma adjustment and on/off function from the
MSU or Paint manu.
OFF: Enables the above operation.
1.10
CHAR CAM No.
1,2,3 , A,B,C
Selects the indication mode of the camera number set by the CAMERA
No. page of Operation menu.
1,2,3 : Indicates in numerics.
A,B,C : Indicates camera numbers 1 to 27 in alphabetical order of A to Z.
(When connecting 28 or more cameras, select “1,2,3”.)
1.10
WHT SETUP
MODE
[AWB], LEVEL
AWB : After executing the LEVEL AUTO, white balance adjustment
data returns to the value before execution.
LEVEL : After executing the LEVEL AUTO, white balance adjustment
data changes to the value after the white balance is adjusted
using TEST 2 signal.
1.10
AW SHADING
MODE
[RGB], RB ONLY
RGB
OTHERS 2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
: When automatically adjusting the white balance, R, G, and
B signal waveforms are all flattened.
RB ONLY : When automatically adjusting the white balance, R and B
signal waveforms are flattened.
3-17
3-2. Self-Diagnosis
3-2. Self-Diagnosis
The BVP-500/500P has a diagnosis mode used for self-diagnosis of every plug-in board and the OHB.
The diagnosis page is displayed on the viewfinder screen.
• Operation
Select “Diagnosis” page of the Operation menu referring to Section 3-1.
• Viewfinder Screen
8
9
0
5
6
1
2
3
4
7
• Display Descriptions
Marks
Board/Block
Judging Point
Expected Abnormality
1
OHB(CCD UNIT) Communication with IC18, IC19/TG-159
Communication error
2
PR-211
Communication with IC49
Communication error
3
VA-163
Communication with IC26
Communication error
4
AT-95
Communication with IC46
Communication error
5
SG-234
Communication with IC21
Communication error
6
DA-88
Communication with IC10
Communication error
7
IF-538
Communication with IC603
Communication error
8
MD-103
Y RF output
Color-difference
RF output
• RF carrier levels for Y
and R-Y/B-Y are out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
9
AU-211
+7.5 V and
INCOM +7.5 V
• Power voltage for the
board is out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
0
TR-90
RF output (TP3)
• Carrier level for AUDIO
RF is out of specs. *
• Improper connection of the board
* Only when no video signal is input.
n
When the BVP-500/500P is not connected to the CCU, the columns 8,9 and 0 will display “– –”.
3-18
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 4
Alignment for OHB Installation
4-1. Preparation
4-1-1. Equipment Required
Extension board EX-464
Sony P/N: J-6395-040-A
For BVP-500/500P plug-in
boards
Multiburst Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-110-A
Extension board BKP-7900 (Option)
For CCU-700/700P plug-in
boards
Pattern box PTB-500
Sony P/N: J-6029-140-B
• Light source for test chart
Power supply AC90 to 240V
0.5
Grayscale Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-130-B
White Window Chart
Make a square hole at the center
of a black sheet of paper.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0.5
Measuring Equipment
• Frequency counter
Advantest TR5821AK or equivalent
• Oscilloscope
Tektronix 2465 or equivalent
• Waveform monitor/Vectorscope
Tektronix 1750 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1751 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Digital voltmeter
Advantest TR6845 or equivalent
• Video signal generator
Tektronix 1410 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1411 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Color monitor
Sony BVM-1911/2811 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Sony BVM-2011P/3011P or equivalent (for PAL)
Peripheral Equipment
• CCD unit
: OHB-400/500/500WS series
• Camera control unit
: CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
• Master setup unit
: MSU-700
• TRIAX cable (Standard length: 150 m)
Grayscale Chart (16:9)
Sony P/N: J-6394-080-A
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-080-A
For OHB-400 series
Portable Lens Attachment
Sony P/N: J-6395-090-A
For OHB-500/500WS series
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-1
4-1. Preparation
4-1-2. Notes on Adjustment
• All measuring equipment shall be calibrated.
• Also the alignment for the OHB-400/500/500WS (or
their PAL version), CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP, and
MSU-700 shall be completed.
• To connect each equipment, refer to Section 4-1-4.
• As for initial settings before beginning adjustment, refer
to Section 4-1-5.
• Be sure to turn off the power switch on the power
assembly of the camera before disconnecting the printed
circuit boards.
n
Allow for about ten seconds until the unit is energized
when turning this switch off and then on momentarily.
• About ten-minute warm-up time is allowed before
beginning adjustment.
• When using the camera as 16:9 mode together with the
OHB-500WS/500WSP, use the specified grayscale chart
(J-6394-080-A).
• Paste a black colored velvets (around 3 × 3 cm) to both
sides of the white portion in the center of the grayscale
chart.
(For more details, consult your Sony service representative.)
4-1-3. Description of Setup Menu
A part of adjustments given in this section uses the setup
menu. The setup menu consists of the following menus.
Besides there is a TOP menu indicating the entire configuration of menu items.
Operation
Paint
Maintenance
Reference File
Triming File
System config
To display all of the menus, switch setting of the AT-95
board is required. And for details on the setup menu, refer
to Section 3.
4-2
In this manual, describes the setup menu operation as
follows.
Title of the selected page (top right corner display)
For reference:
When Paint→Skin Detail is selected:
MENU : Paint
PAGE : Skin Detail (P4)
Displaying Setup Menu
1. Power on the CCU and MSU.
2. Set the internal switches of the AT-95 board as
follows.
S1-1 → ON
S1-2 → OFF
S1-3 → ON
S1-4 → OFF
3. DISPLAY switch/rear panel→OFF
4. POWER switch/camera power assembly→ON
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU (from
OFF) while pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER. (TOP menu will be displayed.)
n
If the power switch is turned off once, perform the above
operations again to display the setup menu (steps 3 to 5).
How to change the setting values
To enter or cancel the setting value of items, which can be
changed by turning the MENU SELECT knob, proceed as
follows.
To enter the setting value;
Press the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
To cancel the setting value;
Before pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER,
press it to CANCEL. The original setting is restored.
After pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the
setting can not be canceled.
File Store
If the adjustments in this section are suspended or the unit
is powered off to extend a printed circuit board and so on,
be sure to execute the FILE STORE before being powered
off. (Refer to section 4-20.)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-1. Preparation
4-1-4. Connection
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
TRIAX CABLE
(100 to1000m)
ENG/EFP
LENS
Portable Lens
Attachment
75Ω
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
Vector scope
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Color monitor
Oscilloscope
BVP-500
BVP-500P
75Ω
4-3
4-1. Preparation
4-1-5. Initial Settings
BVP-500/500P
n
When switching the following switches from a customerset position, it is recommended to record the setting state
of the customer in the table below.
After adjustment is complete, be sure to return the switches
to their customer-set position.
Board
Switch
Initial setting Customer-set position
AT-95
S1-1
ON
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
ON
S1-4
OFF
When adjusting a camera incorporating the OHB-500WS/
WSP, be sure to set the setup menu as follows.
MENU : Operation
PAGE : Wide Screen (?4)
ITEM : 16:9/4:3 MODE→16:9
MSU-700 Operation Panel
• CAM POWER/Signal output select buttons
ALL button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CAM PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
VF PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
TEST 1 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
BARS button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CLOSE button
→ ON (Stays lit)
• CAM/CCU Function ON/OFF buttons
KNEE OFF button
→ OFF (Stays lit)
DETAIL OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
LVL DEP OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
AUTO KNEE button → OFF (Stays out)
SKIN DETAIL button → OFF (Stays out)
• Others
GAMMA OFF button → ON(Stays out)
MASTER GAIN button→ 0 (0 dB)
FILTER button (ND) → 1 (Stays lit)
FILTER button (CC) → B (Stays lit)
• Menu operation block (Touch panel)
PAINT button
→ON
∆ →(Page 2/3)→ White Clip → White Clip Off
Execution of Scene File Standard
STANDARD button/MSU operation panel→ON
4-4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-2. VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
4-2. VCO CONT Frequency Confirmation
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
Notes:
• This confirmation shall be done only when the CCD unit
is installed in the camera incorporating the standalone
unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up time periods
(10 to 30 minutes).
Setting of Sensitivity and Standard Color Temperature:
• Use the reflective chart (reflection ratio:89.9%) in this
adjustment, if possible.
• If a pattern box is used, it should be well-maintained.
• Set the luminous intensity of the chart to 2000 lx and the
color temperature to 3200 K.
• This adjustment shall be performed at F7.0 or more.
Note:
• Never change the setting of the following trimmer
capacitors. These capacitors are extremely difficult to
adjust in the field.
VA-163 board : 1CT200, 1CT300, 1CT400
Preparation:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Equipment
Test Point
Specifications
MONITOR
OUT
: Frequency counter, Video signal
generator
: MONITOR connector
: 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
GENLOCK
SC
Video signal
IN
OUT
generator
Frequency
counter
If the specification is not satisfied, perform the following
adjustment.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the frequency using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: SC FREQ
Specifications: 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
File Store:
Execute the OHB file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: OHB File (T2)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Equipment : Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Object
: Gray scale chart
Preparations:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Lights)
2. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
5. KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
6. Close the lens iris.
7. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and
21 mV for PAL at the MONITOR connector.
If the black level is out of specs, carry out “4-6. Master
Black Adjustment”.
4-5
4-3. VA Gain Adjustment
9. Test Point
: TP72 (GND:TP71)/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Iris of the lens: A = 125 mV (at F7.0 or more)
16. Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV200 (R GAIN)/VA-163
panel
1RV400 (B GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: Carrier leakage D = Minimum
C
(Oscilloscope)
10. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
11. Adjust the VA gain for G.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV300 (G GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: The levels A and B are shall be
equal when the TEST 2 button/
MSU operation panel is turned
on and off.
A=B
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
(Oscilloscope)
12. Test 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF
13. Select the 15 lines in the center of monitor screen C by
using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform monitor.
14. Put the waveform monitor into the CHROMA mode.
15. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
4-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
Notes:
• The compensation data obtained by the black shading
adjustment is not stored in the OHB File. Therefore,
when the OHB is replaced or a new OHB is installed, be
sure to perform this adjustment.
• If the shading adjustment is not completed, perform the
adjustment again following the message displayed on the
viewfinder or MSU.
If the re-adjustment still is not completed, consult Sony
service representative.
4. Confirm the carrier level satisfies the specification on
the waveform monitor.
Specifications: Less than 2 IRE (for NTSC)
Less than 14 mV (for PAL)
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the auto black
shading. Throw the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: Auto Setup (M4)
ITEM
: Black Shading
3. Confirm the “OK” is displayed on the viewfinder or
MSU. If the error message is displayed, perform the
adjustment again following this message.
Message and its meaning
BLACK:OK
: Adjustment correctly completed.
LEVEL TOO HIGH : Lens closing does not operate fully,
and so on.
TIME LIMIT
: Black shading adjustment could not
be completed within the specified
number of attempts.
OVER FLOW
: The difference between the reference value and the current value is
too great, and exceeds adjustment
range. Adjustment is then not
completed.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-7
4-4. Black Shading Adjustment
• Manual Black Shading Adjustment
(For reference)
Note:
• Perform this adjustment only when “4-4. Black Shading
Adjustment” is not completed.
Equipment
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch black shading in the same way.
: Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
Test Point
Iris of the lens
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch black shading in the same way.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
2. G button/rear panel → ON
3. Set the black level to 3 IRE for NTSC and 21 mV for
PAL with the MASTER BLACK control/MSU
operation panel.
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
MSU menu operation:
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → Black Shading → G
Adjustment items : H SAW, V SAW
4-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-5. White Shading Adjustment
4-5. White Shading Adjustment
Note:
• This adjustment could not be correctly performed if the
uneven white patten is used, luminance is not correct, or
lens iris and lens zoom are not in good conditions.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → White Shading → G
Adjustment items: H SAW, H PARA, V SAW,
V PARA
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Full white pattern
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Shoot the fully occupied white area of the pattern box in
the full underscanned monitor frame adjusting the zoom
control.
Iris of the lens
: A=80 ±5 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 560 ±35 mV (for PAL)
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch white shading in the same way.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch white shading in the same way.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel→OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-9
4-6. Master Black Adjustment
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
4-6. Master Black Adjustment
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows
• LUM mode
2. Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
: Waveform monitor, Vectorscope
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Connect the waveform monitor to the PIX OUT terminal
of the vectorscope.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Stays out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
2. Adjust the master gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: B = 55.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 420 ±14 mV (for PAL)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4-10
3. Close the lens iris.
4. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
5. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-7. Gamma Correction Adjustment
6. Adjust the R gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : R
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
7. Adjust the B gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment item : B
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
9. Confirm that the carrier leakage does not observed at
portion C on the waveform monitor.
Specifications
: C = Minimum
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• G button/rear panel → ON
8. Repeat the steps 6 and 7 alternately, until the beam
spot is minimized on the vectorscope.
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
(Vectorscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-11
4-8. Flare Adjustment
4-8. Flare Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the Lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
5. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Flare → Flare Off (Reversed)
Confirm that the level at portion B does not fluctuate
even if the flare is turned on/off.
6. If fluctuates, adjust the G flare as follows.
• Touch panel operation
Turn the flare on. ( Flare Off is not reversed.)
Adjustment item : G
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
8. Adjust the R flare.
Adjustment item : R
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
9. Adjust the B flare.
Adjustment item : B
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Open the iris control of the lens by two stops against
the reference setup (corresponding to the above A).
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
4. Select the 15 lines in the center of the monitor screen
by using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform
monitor.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-12
(Waveform Monitor)
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 alternately, until the carrier
leakage is minimized.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• G button/rear panel → OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
5. Adjust the knee slope. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point
Turn off the knee max. ( Knee Max is not reversed.)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Slope
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: B = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 763 ±10 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and 21
mV for PAL.
2. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. Adjust the knee point. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → White Clip
→ White Clip Off (Reversed)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point → Knee Max
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: A = 98 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 686 ±10 mV (for PAL)
6. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
7. Adjust the white clip. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → White clip
Turn on the white clip. ( White Clip Off is not
reveresed.)
Adjustment item : Master
Specifications
: C = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
C = 750 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-13
4-9. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
4-10. Crispening Adjustment
Note:
The values used in the above adjustments are under the
conditions that the white clip level is set to 109 IRE (for
NTSC) or 763 mV (for PAL).
When the white clip level is set to other value than 109
IRE or 763 mV, use the following table to set the levels of
the knee point and knee slope.
White Clip Level (Unit: IRE/mV)
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
98/686
98/686
96/672
96/672
Knee slope
109/763
109/763
107/750
107/750
White clip
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
Knee point
4-10. Crispening Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Object
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (goes out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Adjust the crispening. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Crispening
Specifications
: Set the numeral value to -99
once, and turn slowly for
increment until the noise at the
black level of the waveform is
just decreased, or an appropriate
crispening level is obtained.
4-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-11. Level Dependent Adjustment
4-11. Level Dependent Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
• LVL DEP OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
2. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Level Dep
Specifications
:Set the numeral value to -99 once,
and turn slowly for increment
until spikes at portions B are just
decreased.
(Waveform Monitor)
Note:
• After adjustment is complete, be sure to perform “4-13.
H/V Ratio Adjustment” and “4-14. Detail Level Adjustment.
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-15
4-12. Detail Frequency Adjustment
4-12. Detail Frequency Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
4. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail2
Adjustment item : Frequency
Specifications
: Adjust the edge width at each
end of the center white portion
for the desired width.
(Waveform Monitor)
Note:
• After adjustment is complete, be sure to perform “4-13.
H/V Ratio Adjustment” and “4-14. Detail Level Adjustment.
(Waveform Monitor)
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Make a selection of line at the center white portion of
the grayscale chart.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-16
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-13. H/V Ratio Adjustment
4-14. Detail Level Adjustment
4-13. H/V Ratio Adjustment
4-14. Detail Level Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens
: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A= 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens : A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
2. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail2
Adjustment item : H/V Ratio
Specifications
: The ratio between the H and V
detail amounts (white) to be
added shall be 1 : 1.
H
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail1
Adjustment item : Level
Specifications
: Adjust the detail signal level to
be added to each step in the
grayscale chart for the desired
level.
V
(Monitor Screen)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-17
4-15. Detail Clip Adjustment
4-15. Detail Clip Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±14 mV (for PAL)
4. Adjust the white limiter. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail3
Adjustment item : W.Limiter
Specifications
: Adjust the edges of portions B
for the desired clip level.
(Waveform Monitor)
5. Adjust the black limiter. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Detail → Detail3
Adjustment item : B.Limiter
Specifications
: Adjust the edges of portions C
for the desired clip level.
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
2. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Make a selection of line at the center white portion of
the grayscale chart.
Line Select
(Waveform Monitor)
4-18
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-16. Skin Tone Adjustment
4-16. Skin Tone Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
: Color monitor, Viewfinder or
Vectorscope
Resetting after Adjustment:
• DETAIL GATE button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Goes out)
• Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Paint
PAGE
: Skin Detail (P4)
ITEM
: Gate → Off
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope or color monitor to the PIX 2
OUTPUT connector of CCU.
• Shoot a person’s face.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• SKIN DETAIL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• DETAIL GATE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Paint
PAGE
: Skin Detail (P4)
ITEM
: Gate → On
3. Adjust the skin detail according to customer’s preferences.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Skin Detail
Adjustment items : Level, Phase, Saturation, Width
Level
: Detail level within the skin gate
Phase
: Hue
Saturation : Component in the saturation direction
Width
: Component in the hue direction
R-Y
Phase
Width
Saturation
B-Y
(Vectorscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-19
4-17. Zebra Adjustment
4-17. Zebra Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel→ OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
5. Adjust the zebra 1 using the MENU SELECT knob/
switch. Proceed as follows.
ITEM
: Zebra1 [LEVEL]
Specifications: Adjust that the stripes appear at the
center of the portions A on the
viewfinder screen.
(The area of the stripes can be
changed by
ITEM: Zebla 1 [RANGE].)
A
A
(Viewfinder Screen)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Iris of the lens: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
6. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: Z.Disp → 2
7. Adjust the zebra 2 using the MENU SELECT knob/
switch. Proceed as follows.
ITEM
: Zebra2 [LEVEL]
Specifications: Adjust that the stripes appear at the
center of the portions B on the
viewfinder screen.
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
4. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: Z.Disp → 1
4-20
B
(Viewfinder Screen)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-18. Auto Iris Adjustment
4-18. Auto Iris Adjustment
Note:
Perform this adjustment, if necessary, to suit the customer’s preferences.
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• IRIS AUTO button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
5. Adjust the auto iris level using MENU SELECT knob/
switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Iris (S6)
ITEM
: Level
Specifications: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the APL ratio using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: Operation
PAGE
: Auto Iris/Auto Knee (?6)
ITEM
: APL Ratio
Specifications
: Adjust the operation mode
depending on the application.
Note
: Automatic iris operation mode
setting can be done from the
average level to peak-to-peak
level of the video signal.
99 → average level
-99 → peak-to-peak level
4. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Operation
PAGE
: Auto Iris/Auto Knee (?6)
ITEM
: Iris Override→Off
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4-21
4-19. Settings After Finishing Adjustment
4-20. File Store
4-19. Settings After Finishing
Adjustment
DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
4-22
4-20. File Store
Be sure to execute the file store after any one of the
adjustments of Sections 4-2 through 4-18 is performed.
Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the reference file store. Throw the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu Setting:
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
3. Execute the triming file store. Throw the MENU
SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.
Menu Setting:
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 5
Overall Electrical Alignment
5-1. Preparation
5-1-1. Equipment Required
Extension board EX-464
Sony P/N: J-6395-040-A
For BVP-500/500P plug-in
boards
Multiburst Chart
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
For CCU-700/700P plug-in
boards
Pattern box PTB-500
Sony P/N: J-6026-110-A
0.5
Extension board BKP-7900 (Option)
Sony P/N: J-6029-140-B
• Light source for test chart
Power supply AC90 to 240V
0.5
Grayscale Chart
Sony P/N: J-6026-130-B
White Window Chart
Make a square hole at the center
of a black sheet of paper.
Measuring Equipment
• DC variable power supply
• Frequency counter
Advantest TR5821AK or equivalent
• Spectrum analyzer
• Audio analyzer
Tektronix AA501A (OP, 02)or equivalent
• Audio generator
Tektronix SG-5010 or equivalent
• Oscilloscope
Tektronix 2465 or equivalent
• Waveform monitor/Vectorscope
Tektronix 1750 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1751 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Digital voltmeter
Advantest TR6845 or equivalent
• Video signal generator
Tektronix 1410 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Tektronix 1411 or equivalent (for PAL)
• Color monitor
Sony BVM-1911/2811 or equivalent (for NTSC)
Sony BVM-2011P/3011P or equivalent (for PAL)
Grayscale Chart (16:9)
Sony P/N: J-6394-080-A
Peripheral Equipment
• CCD unit
: OHB-400/500/500WS series
• Camera control unit
: CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP
• Master setup unit
: MSU-700
• TRIAX cable (Standard length: 150 m)
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-080-A
For OHB-400 series
Portable Lens Attachement
Sony P/N: J-6395-090-A
For OHB-500/500WS series
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-1
5-1. Preparation
5-1-2. Notes on Adjustment
• All measuring equipment shall be calibrated.
• Also the alignment for the OHB-400/500/500WS (or
their PAL version), CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP, and
MSU-700 shall be completed.
• To connect each equipment, refer to Section 5-1-4.
• As for initial settings before beginning adjustment, refer
to Section 5-1-5.
• Be sure to turn off the power switch on the power assembly of
the camera before disconnecting the printed circuit boards.
n
Allow for about ten seconds until the unit is energized
when turning this switch off and then on momentarily.
• About ten-minute warm-up time is allowed before
beginning adjustment.
• Use a plastic (or ceramic) core driver to adjust 1LV,
1FL, 1T and so on.
• When using the camera as 16:9 mode together with the
OHB-500WS/500WSP, use the specified grayscale chart
(J-6394-080-A).
• Paste a black colored velvets (around 3 × 3 cm) to both sides of
the full white portion in the center of the grayscale chart.
(For more details, consult your Sony service representative.)
5-1-3. Description of Setup Menu
A part of adjustments given in this section uses the setup
menu. The setup menu consists of the following menus.
Besides there is a TOP menu indicating the entire configuration of menu items.
Operation
Paint
Maintenance
Reference File
Triming File
System config
To display all of the menus, switch setting of the AT-95
board is required. And for details on the setup menu, refer
to Section 3.
In this manual, describes the setup menu operation as
follows.
Displaying Setup Menu
1. Power on the CCU and MSU.
2. Set the internal switches of the AT-95 board as
follows.
S1-1 → ON
S1-2 → OFF
S1-3 → ON
S1-4 → OFF
3. DISPLAY switch/rear panel→OFF
4. POWER switch/camera power assembly→ON
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU (from
OFF) while pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER. (TOP menu will be displayed.)
n
If the power switch is turned off once, perform the above
operations again to display the setup menu (steps 3 to 5).
How to change the setting values
To enter or cancel the setting value of items, which can be
changed by turning the MENU SELECT knob, proceed as
follows.
To enter the setting value;
Press the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
To cancel the setting value;
Before pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER,
press it to CANCEL. The original setting is restored.
After pressing the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER, the
setting can not be canceled.
File Store
If the adjustments in this section are suspended or the unit
is powered off to extend a printed circuit board and so on,
be sure to execute the FILE STORE before being powered
off.
This section provides instructions to store the setting data
on the reference or triming file in every adjustment item.
This intends to prevent the data from being cleared when
powered off.
As the data is kept held unless powered off, however, more
than one data can be stored at a time. The file store may
not be necessarily executed for every adjustment item.
Title of the selected page (top right corner display)
For reference:
When Paint→Skin Detail is selected:
MENU : Paint
PAGE : Skin Detail (P4)
5-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-1. Preparation
5-1-4. Connection
For general adjustments
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
TRIAX CABLE
(100 to1000m)
ENG/EFP
LENS
75Ω
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
BVP-500/500P
Portable Lens
Attachment
Vector scope
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Color monitor
Audio generator
75Ω
Oscilloscope
For DM-99 board adjustments
STUDIO ZOOM
LENS
ELECTRONIC
VIEWFINDER
BVF-77/77CE
CCD UNIT
OHB
CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT
CCU-700/700P
PROMPT
TRIAX CABLE
ENG/EFP Portable Lens
LENS
Attachment
(100 to 1000m)
COLOR VIDEO
CAMERA
MONITOR
BVP-500/500P
OUT
75Ω
RET1
Video signal generator
CCA-5 CABLE
(max. 200m)
Waveform monitor
A-ch
PIX
75Ω
MASTER SETUP UNIT
MSU-700
Vector scope
Color monitor
75Ω
For audio adjustments
Audio generator
600Ω
GND
BVP-500
BVP-500P
X
Y
GND
5-3
5-1. Preparation
5-1-5. Initial Settings
BVP-500/500P
n
When switching the following switches from a customerset position, it is recommended to record the setting state
of the customer in the table below.
After adjustment is complete, be sure to return the switches
to their customer-set position.
Board
Switch
Initial setting Customer-set position
AT-95
S1-1
ON
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
ON
S1-4
OFF
IF-538
S200
RET
S650
VBS
MD-103
S3
PROMPT
AU-211
SW1
C (CARBON)
SW2-1
OFF
SW2-2
OFF
SW2-3
OFF
SW2-4
OFF
SW2-5
ON
SW2-6
OFF
SW2-7
OFF
SW2-8
OFF
SW3-1
OFF
SW3-2
ON
SW4
OFF
SW5
PHANTOM
SW6
MIC1
AU-215
S200
0 (0 dBu)
DM-98
S1-1
OFF
S1-2
OFF
S1-3
OFF
S1-4
ON
MSU-700 Operation Panel
• CAM POWER/Signal output select buttons
ALL button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CAM PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
VF PW button
→ ON (Stays lit)
TEST 1 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Stays out)
BARS button
→ OFF (Stays out)
CLOSE button
→ ON (Stays lit)
• CAM/CCU Function ON/OFF buttons
KNEE OFF button
→ OFF (Stays lit)
DETAIL OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
LVL DEP OFF button → OFF (Stays lit)
AUTO KNEE button → OFF (Stays out)
SKIN DETAIL button → OFF (Stays out)
• Others
GAMMA OFF button → ON(Stays out)
MASTER GAIN button→ 0 (0 dB)
FILTER button (ND) → 1 (Stays lit)
FILTER button (CC) → B (Stays lit)
• Menu operation block (Touch panel)
PAINT button
→ON
∆ →(Page 2/3)→ White Clip → White Clip Off
Preset of Compensation Data
When a board was replaced or repaired, preset the compensation data, proceeding as follows. If the data is preset
once, be sure to carry out all steps of 5-2 thruogh 5-22.
Because presetting clears all adjustment data of video and
detail system.
1. Execute the reference file clear.
Throw the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER to
execute.
MENU : Reference File
PAGE : Reference File (R1)
ITEM : Clear File
2. Execute the scene file standard.
STANDARD button/MSU operation panel→ON
When adjusting a camera incorporating the OHB-500WS/
WSP, be sure to set the setup menu as follows.
MENU : Operation
PAGE : Wide Screen (?4)
ITEM : 16:9/4:3 MODE→16:9
5-4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-2. VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment
5-2. VCO CONT Frequency Adjustment
Notes:
• This adjustment shall be performed only when the CCD
unit is installed in the camera incorporating the
standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up time periods
(10 to 30 minutes).
Equipment
File Store:
Execute the OHB file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: OHB File (T2)
ITEM
: File Store
: Frequency counter,
Video signal generator
: MONITOR connector
Test Point
Preparation:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
MONITOR
OUT
GENLOCK
SC
Video signal
IN
OUT
generator
Frequency
counter
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MONITOR SELECT switch to
ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the frequency using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: SC FREQ
Specifications : 3,579,545 ±10 Hz (for NTSC)
4,433,168 ±5 Hz (for PAL)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-5
5-3. CCU Y Adjustment
5-3. CCU Y Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Oscilloscope
: TP3(Y)/DA-88 panel
Preparations:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the Y sync using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Y SYNC
Specifications: A = 303 ±2 mV (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±2 mV (for PAL)
4. Set the menu as follows and adjust the Y video using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Y Video
Specifications: B = 700 ±2 mV
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
(20MHz B/W LIMIT → ON)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
5-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-4. Monitor Out Adjustment
5-4. Monitor Out Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Adjustment Point : 1RV100 (VIDEO LEVEL)/
IF-538 panel
Specifications
: A = 40 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±2 mV (for PAL)
4. Adjust the test setup. (NTSC only)
Adjustment Point :
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: TEST SETUP
Specifications
: B = 7.5 ±1 IRE
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
4
IF
3
2
1
A
TP870
B
VBS
VF
S650
RET
C
S200
TP820
VIDEO
LEVEL
RV100
D
E
F
E10
G
IF-538 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-7
5-5. Chroma Adjustment
5-5. Chroma Adjustment
Equipment : Waveform monitor, Vectorscope
Test Point : MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Chroma LVL
ITEM
: Q/V LVL
Specifications: Adjust the items “Chroma LVL”
and “Q/V LVL” alternately using
the MENU SELECT knob/switch so
that the beam spots are positioned
inside the corresponding frames on
the vectorscope.
4. Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
5. Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: Burst LVL
Specifications: A = 40 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 300 ±5 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
(For NTSC)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
(For PAL)
5-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-6. INT SC Phase Adjustment
5-6. INT SC Phase Adjustment
Notes:
This adjustment precedures are stated below assuming that
where the Tektronix 1750 (for BVP-500) or 1751 (for
BVP-500P) is used.
If any other measuring instrument is used, follow the
instructions given in the operation manual attached to it.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the SC-H phase
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/CHROMA (S2)
ITEM
: SC-H Phase
Specifications: Position the luminous line of the
burst (SC) and the beam spot of H
as shown in the figure.
Equipment : Vectorscope (SC-H Phase measuring mode)
Test Point : MONITOR connector
MG
R
Preparations:
• Connect the vectorscope to the MONITOR connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-9
5-7. VF Level Adjustment
5-7. VF Level Adjustment
Equipment : Waveform monitor
Test Point : MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment :
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the REG level
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/CHROMA (S2)
ITEM
: REG LVL
Specifications: Y Level A = 92.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(For PAL)
5-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-8. TEST 1 Adjustment
5-8. TEST 1 Adjustment
Resetting after Adjustment:
TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
Equipment : Oscilloscope
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel → ON
(Lights)
2. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the G signal level.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point : 1RV50 (TEST)/VA-163 panel
Specifications
: A = 880 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
4. Adjust the white level for R.
Test Point
: TP54 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → White
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: A = 880 ±40 mV
5. Adjust the white level for B.
Test Point
: TP50 (GND: GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → White
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: A = 880 ±40 mV
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
RV50
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-11
5-9. TEST 2 Adjustment
5-9. TEST 2 Adjustment
Equipment : Oscilloscope
Test Point : TP52 (GND: GND(A))/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Adjust the TEST2 high level.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: TEST2 HI
Specifications: A = 880 ±5 mV
3. Adjust the TEST2 middle level.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: TEST2 MID
Specifications: B = 290 ±5 mV
5-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Stays out)
• MSU menu operation (Touch panel)
PAINT button → ON
∆ → (Page 2/3) → WhiteClip → White Clip Off
(Reversed)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
6. Set the menu as follows and adjust the A/D gain for G
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [G]
Specifications: The levels A and B shall be equal
when the color-bar signal is turned
on by setting the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → On
Iris of the lens : CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Adjust the master black.
Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
(For NTSC)
(Waveform Monitor)
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
5. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
(For PAL)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-13
5-10. A/D Gain Adjustment
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
G button/rear panel → OFF
TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Y/Chroma (S2)
ITEM
: CB → Off
9. Adjust the A/D gain for R using the MENU SELECT
knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage.
C = Minimum
10. Adjust the A/D gain for B using the MENU SELECT
knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: PR AD G [B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage.
C = Minimum
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU : Triming File
PAGE : Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• DETAIL OFF button
→ OFF (Lights)
• TEST 2 button
→ OFF (Goes out)
(Waveform Monitor)
11. Repeat the steps 9 and 10 alternately until the
specifications are satisfied.
5-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
Setting of Sensitivity and Standard Color Temperature:
• Use the reflective chart (reflection ratio:89.9%) in this
adjustment, if possible.
• If a pattern box is used, it should be well-maintained.
• Set the luminouse intensity of the chart to 2000 lx and
the color temperature to 3200 K.
• This adjustment shall be performed at F7.0 or more.
Note:
• Never change the setting of the following trimmer
capacitors. These capacitors are extremely difficult to
adjust in the field.
VA-163 board : 1CT200, 1CT300, 1CT400
Equipment : Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Object
: Gray scale chart
Preparations:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Execute the level auto setup.
LEVEL button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
START/BREAK button/MSU operation panel
→ ON (Lights)
2. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
5. KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
6. Close the lens iris.
7. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
8. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and
21 mV for PAL at the MONITOR for connector.
If the black level is out of specs, carry out
“5-15. Master Black Adjustment”.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
9. Test Point
: TP72 (GND:TP71)/extension board
(extending VA-163)
Iris of the lens: A = 125 mV (at F7.0 or more)
(Oscilloscope)
10. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF.
G button/rear panel → ON
11. Adjust the VA gain for G.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV300 (G GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: The levels A and B are shall be
equal when the TEST 2 button/
MSU operation panel is turned
on and off.
A=B
(Oscilloscope)
5-15
5-11. VA Gain Adjustment
12. Test 2 bottun/MSU operation panel → OFF
13. Select the 15 lines in the center of monitor screen C by
using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform monitor.
14. Put the waveform monitor into the CHROMA mode.
15. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel→VBS
16. Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point : 1RV200 (R GAIN)/VA-163
panel
1RV400 (B GAIN)/VA-163
panel
Specifications
: Carrier leakage D = Minimum
C
(Waveform Monitor)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
4
3
2
1
VA
A
TEST
B
CT200
R GAIN
RV200
C
R
G GAIN
CT300
D
RV300
R
E
B GAIN
CT400
RV400
F
B
G
VA-163 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-16
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-12. VA MOD Adjustment
5-12. VA MOD Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• R button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens : CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the VA MOD for R
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [R] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [R]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [R] varies from 99
to –99.
(×5)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4. Adjust the VA MOD for G.
R button/rear panel → OFF
G button/rear panel → ON
Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [G] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [G]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [G] varies from 99
to –99.
5. Adjust the VA MOD for B.
G button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Set the menu as follows.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: H Saw [B] → 99
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: VA MOD [B]
Specifications: Flatten the portion A.
Adjust so that the level at portion A
does not fluctuate even if the setting
value for H Saw [B] varies from 99
to –99.
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• Set the menu as follows. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: White Shading (M2)
ITEM
: Clear
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
5-17
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
• Manual Black Shading Adjustment (For reference)
Notes:
• The compensation data obtained by the black shading
adjustment is not stored in the OHB File. Therefore,
when the OHB is replaced or a new OHB is installed, be
sure to perform this adjustment.
• If the shading adjustment is not completed, perform the
adjustment again following the message displayed on the
viewfinder or MSU.
If the re-adjustment still is not completed, consult Sony
service representative.
Note:
• Perform this adjustment only when “5-13. Black Shading
Adjustment” is not completed.
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the auto black
shading. Throw the MENU SELECT switch to
ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Maintenance
PAGE
: Auto Setup (M4)
ITEM
: Black Shading
3. Confirm the “OK” is displayed on the viewfinder or
MSU. If the error message is displayed, perform the
adjustment again following this message.
Message and its meaning
BLACK:OK
: Adjustment correctly completed.
LEVEL TOO HIGH : Lens closing does not operate
fully, and so on.
TIME LIMIT
: Black shading adjustment could
not be completed within the
specified number of attempts.
OVER FLOW
: The difference between the
reference value and the current
value is too great, and exceeds
adjustment range. Adjustment is
then not completed.
4. Confirm the carrier level satisfies the specification on
the waveform monitor.
Specifications: Less than 2 IRE (for NTSC)
Less than 14 mV (for PAL)
5-18
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
Test Point
Iris of the lens
: MONITOR connector
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
2. G button/rear panel → ON
3. Set the black level to 3 IRE for NTSC and 21 mV for
PAL with the MASTER BLACK control/MSU
operation panel.
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
MSU menu operation:
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → Black Shading → G
Adjustment Items : H SAW, V SAW
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-13. Black Shading Adjustment
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch black shading in the same way.
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch black shading in the same way.
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Equipment
Test Point
Object
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
Notes:
• This adjustment could not be correctly performed if the
uneven white patten is used, luminance is not correct, or
lens iris and lens zoom are not in good conditions.
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Full white pattern
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• Shoot the fully occupied white area of the pattern box in
the full underscanned monitor frame adjusting the zoom
control.
Iris of the lens
: A = 80 ±5 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 560 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
• VOLTFULL SCALE range → 0.5
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-19
5-14. White Shading Adjustment
5-13. Master Black Adjustment
4. If the shading is monitored, proceed as follows to
make the waveform flat.
• MAINTENANCE button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
Adjusting → WhiteShading → G
Adjustment Items : H SAW, H PARA, V SAW,
V PARA
5-15. Master Black Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
• G button/rear panel → ON
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the waveform monitor as follows.
• LUM mode
2. Adjustment Point : MASTER BLACK control/
MSU operation panel
Specifications
: A = 3 ±1 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 21 ±7 mV (for PAL)
5. G button/rear panel → OFF
R button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the R-ch white shading in the same way.
6. R button/rear panel → OFF
B button/rear panel → ON
Adjust the B-ch white shading in the same way.
3. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
• R/G/B button/rear panel → OFF
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• G button/rear panel → OFF
5-20
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor,
Vectorscope
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Connect the waveform monitor to the PIX OUT terminal
of the vectorscope.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON
(Stays out)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
2. Adjust the master gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: B = 55.5 ±2.0 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 420 ±14 mV (for PAL)
6. Adjust the R gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
7. Adjust the B gamma. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → Gamma
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: Center the beam spot on the
vectorscope.
8. Repeat the steps 6 and 7 alternately, until the beam
spot is minimized on the vectorscope.
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(Waveform Monitor)
(For PAL)
3. Close the lens iris.
4. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
S650(MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
5. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(Vectorscope)
5-21
5-16. Gamma Correction Adjustment
5-17. Flare Adjustment
9. Confirm that the carrier leakage does not observed at
portion C on the waveform monitor.
Specifications
: C = Minimum
(Waveform Monitor)
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• G button/rear panel → OFF
5-17. Flare Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Grayscale chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• Shoot the grayscale chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscanned monitor frame.
Iris of the lens
: A = 100 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 700 ±14 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Open the iris control of the lens by two stops against
the reference setup (corresponding to the above A).
3. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VF
G button/rear panel → ON
4. Select the 15 lines in the center of the monitor screen
by using the 15 LINE SELECT on the waveform
monitor.
Line select
(Waveform Monitor)
5-22
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-17. Flare Adjustment
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
5. MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 1/3) → Flare → Flare Off (Reversed)
Confirm that the level at portion B does not fluctuate
even if the flare is turned on/off.
6. If fluctuates, adjust the G flare as follows.
• Touch panel operation
Turn the flare on. ( Flare Off is not reversed.)
Adjustment Items : G
7. S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
8. Adjust the R flare.
Adjustment Item : R
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
9. Adjust the B flare.
Adjustment Item : B
Specifications
: Minimize the carrier leakage.
(Waveform Monitor)
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
Equipment
: Oscilloscope, Waveform monitor
Preparations:
• Extend the VA-163 board with the EX-464 extension
board.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
Iris of the lens
: CLOSE
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Adjust the auto white balance.
WHITE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Adjust the Preknee1 for G. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND:GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[G]
Specifications : A = 1.68 ±0.02 V p-p
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 alternately, until the carrier
leakage is minimized.
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Oscilloscope)
Resetting after Adjustment:
• G button/rear panel → OFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23
5-18. Pre Knee Adjustment
4. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 12 dB
5. Adjust the Preknee2 for G. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: TP52 (GND:GND(A))/extension
board (extending VA-163)
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[G]
Specifications : B = 1.80 ±0.02 V p-p
10. Adjust the Preknee2 for B. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage D.
(Waveform monitor)
(Oscilloscope)
6. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights).
AUTO KNEE button/MSU operation panel →
ON (Lights).
MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18dB
7. Adjust the Preknee1 for R. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage C.
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
Resetting after Adjustment:
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
8. Adjust the Preknee1 for B. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee1[B]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage C.
9. Adjust the Preknee2 for R. Proceed as follows.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: Pre Knee/Zebra (S4)
ITEM
: PreKnee2[R]
Specifications : Minimize the carrier leakage D.
5-24
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 9 dB
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Confirm that the black level is 3 IRE for NTSC and 21
mV for PAL.
2. Adjust the auto black balance.
BLACK button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
3. TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
4. Adjust the knee point. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
∆ → (Page 2/3) → White Clip
→ White Clip Off (Reversed)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point → Knee Max
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: A = 98 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 686 ±10 mV (for PAL)
5. Adjust the knee slope. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → Knee Point
Turn off the knee max. ( Knee Max is not reversed.)
(Page 2/3) → Knee Slope
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications : B = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
B = 763 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
6. MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 18 dB
7. Adjust the white clip. Proceed as follows.
MSU menu operation:
• PAINT button → ON (Lights)
• Touch panel operation
(Page 2/3) → White clip
Turn on the white clip. ( White Clip Off is not
reveresed.)
Adjustment Item : Master
Specifications
: C = 109 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
C = 750 ±10 mV (for PAL)
(Waveform Monitor)
(Waveform Monitor)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-25
5-19. Knee and White Clip Adjustment
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 1 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
• MASTER GAIN button/MSU operation panel → 0 dB
File Store:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT
switch to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
Note:
The values used in the above adjustments are under the
conditions that the white clip level is set to 109 IRE (for
NTSC) or 763 mV (for PAL).
When the white clip level is set to other value than 109
IRE or 763 mV, use the following table to set the levels of
the knee point and knee slope.
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Object
: Waveform monitor
: MONITOR connector
: Multiburst chart
Preparations:
• Connect the waveform monitor to the MONITOR
connector.
• Shoot the multiburst chart so that the chart frame is
aligned with the underscaned monitor frame with the
zoom control.
Pan so that the 9 MHz portion of the multiburst chart is
positioned at the center of the monitor screen.
• AUTO KNEE button/MSU operation panel → ON (Lights)
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → VBS
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Iris of the lens: A = 90 ±2 IRE (for NTSC)
A = 630 ±10 mV (for PAL)
White Clip Level (Unit: IRE/mV)
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
Knee point
98/686
98/686
96/672
96/672
Knee slope
109/763
109/763
107/750
107/750
White clip
109/763
107/749
105/735
103/721
(Waveform Monitor)
• As for the detail adjustments, refer to Section 4, 4-10 to
4-18. Adjust according to the customer’s preferences.
5-26
2. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the G clock phase
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: G Clock
Specifications : Maximize the 9 MHz signal
portion.
4. Adjust the R and B clock phases.
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: PR/VA/TEST (S3)
ITEM
: R/B Clock
Specifications : Minimize the aliasing around
9MHz signal portion.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-20. A/D CLOCK PHASE Adjustment
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
Equipment
(Waveform Monitor)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
: Oscilloscope
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Set the DISPLAY switch/rear panel to MENU while
pushing up the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER.
2. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU Y sample
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Test Point
: TP3 (Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU Y SAMP
Specifications : A = 700 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
3. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU R-Y sync
using the MENU SELECT knob/switch.
Test Point
: TP4 (R-Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU R-Y SYNC
Specifications : B = 350 ±2 mV
(Oscilloscope)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-27
5-21. CCU Y/R-Y/B-Y Adjustment
5-22. Setting After Finishing Adjustment
4. Set the menu as follows and adjust the CCU B-Y
sample using the MENU SELECT knob/ switch.
Test Point
: TP5 (B-Y)(GND:E1)/DA-88 panel
Adjustment Point:
MENU
: System config
PAGE
: VTR/CCU (S5)
ITEM
: CCU B-Y SAMP
Specifications : C = 350 ±2 mV
5-22. Settings After Finishing Adjustment
• DETAIL OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• GAMMA OFF button/MSU operation panel →
ON (Goes out)
• KNEE OFF button/MSU operation panel → ON (Goes out)
• Execute the reference file store.
MENU
: Reference File
PAGE
: Reference File (R1)
ITEM
: File Store
(Throw the MENU SELECT switch to ENTER to execute.)
(Oscilloscope)
File Store:
Execute the file store. Throw the MENU SELECT switch
to ENTER to execute.
MENU
: Triming File
PAGE
: Triming File (T1)
ITEM
: File Store
4
3
2
1
DA
A
TP1
B
TP2
C
D
Y
R-Y
B-Y
TP3
TP4
E
TP5
GND
E1
F
G
DA-88 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-28
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation
Adjustment
Note :
1RV1 and 1RV3 on the AU-211 board and 1RV40,
1RV200, 1RV300 and 1RV301 on the AU-215 board
can be set according to a customer’s preference.
For details, refer to Section 1-5 “Function of Internal
Switches/Controls”.
5-23-1. BATTERY ALARM SET Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is only for the camera incorporating the
standalone unit BKP-5910/5910P.
• Adjustment for 1RV4 is very critical. Do not turn it as
far as the circuit normally activates.
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter Oscilloscope
DC variable power supply
Preparation :
• Supply about +13 Vdc from the DC variable power
supply via the DC IN connector of the BKP-5910/5910P.
Adjustment Point : 1RV4/AU-211 (D-4)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn 1RV4 fully clockwise.
2. Measure voltage at TP84 (GND:GND A)/extension
board (extending AU-211).
3. Adjust the voltage at TP84 for +11.20 ±0.05 V.
4. Slowly turn 1RV4 counterclockwise observing the
waveform at TP42/extension board (extending AU211) on the oscilloscope.
5. Adjust 1RV4 so that an 1.0-Hz, 8.0-Vp-p rectangler
wave just appears.
4
AU
3
2
1
A
RV3
B
MIC
D
C
RV1
C
D
RV4
E
MIC PW
ON
OFF
F
G
AU-211 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-29
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-2. MIC 1 RF Adjustment
5-23-4. MIC 1 DEVIATION Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Equipment
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP2/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV2 (6.2 MHz)/TR-90 (E-3)
Specifications
: 6,200 ±5 kHz
5-23-3. MIC 2 RF Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP4/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV3 (6.7 MHz)/TR-90 (F-3)
Specifications
: 6,700 ±5 kHz
4
TR
3
2
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• SW6 (MIC LINE SEL)/AU-211 (E-4) → MIC 1
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1003 (MIC LEVEL CH1)/AT-88 panel→ NORM
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, –60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the MIC CH-1 connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection—For audio adjustments”.
Test Point
: TP2/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV2 (MIC1 DEV)/TR-90 (E-4)
Specifications
: A = 16.0 ±0.8 kHz
1
A
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
B
6.2 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1003/AT-88 → customer-set position
C
D
E
RV2
LV2
TP2
F
LV3
TP4
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-30
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment
5-23-5. MIC 2 DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-6. INCOM RF Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1004 (MIC LEVEL CH2)/AT-88 panel→ NORM
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, -60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the MIC CH-2 connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection —For audio
adjustments”.
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP1/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV1 (7.1 MHz)/TR-90 (E-3)
Specifications
: 7,100 ±5 kHz
Test Point
: TP4/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV3 (MIC2 DEV)/TR-90 (F-4)
Specifications
: A = 18.0 ±0.8 kHz
4
TR
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
6.7 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1004/AT-88 → customer-set position
3
2
1
A
B
C
D
LV1
TP1
E
RV3
F
TP4
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-31
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment
5-23-7. INCOM DEVIATION Adjustment
5-23-8. DATA RF Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Audio generator
Preparations :
• SW1 (INCOM MIC SEL)/AU-211 panel→ D
• Feed an 1.0-kHz, -60 dBu (2.2 mVp-p) sine wave signal
from the audio generator to the INTERCOM connector.
(Refer to Section 5-1-4 “Connection —For audio
adjustments”.
Equipment
: Spectrum analyzer
Test Point
: TP5/TR-90 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1LV4 (5.6 MHz)/TR-90 (F-2)
Specifications
: Center frequency 5,600 ±5 kHz
Test Point
: TP1/TR-90 (E-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (INCOM DEV)/TR-90 (E-4)
Specifications
: A = 20.0 ±0.8 kHz
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
5,600 kHz
100 kHz
1 kHz
4
CENTER FREQ
SPAN
RBW
7.1 MHz
50 kHz
1 kHz
TR
3
1
2
A
B
Resetting after Adjustment:
• SW1/AU-211 panel → C
C
D
RV1
TP1
E
F
LV4
TP5
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-32
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-9. INCOM Demodulation Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing T202
or T203 on the TR-90 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1T.
Equipment
5. Adjustment Point : 1T203/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: The distortion is 0.3% or less
and minimum.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S2081, S2082/AT-88 → customer-set position
: Oscilloscope Audio generator
Audio analyzer
Preparations :
• INTERCOM level control/rear panel→ 2fully clockwise
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
S2081 (PGM IN 0 dB/-20 dB)/AT-88 (D-5)→ 0dB
S2082 (PGM MIX ON/OFF)/AT-88 (F-5)→ ON
Test Point
: Pin 4 (X), Pin 3 (G)/
INTERCOM connector
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Feed an 1.0-kHz sine wave signal from the audio
generator to pins D68 (X), A69 (Y), and B69 (GND)
on the extension board (extending AT-88) referring to
Section 5-1-4 “Connection — For audio adjustments”.
2. Adjust the audio generator so that the level at TP44
(GND:E1)/AT-88 (L-7) is 200 mVp-p.
3. Connect the oscilloscope to TP204 (GND:E1)/TR-90
(A-3).
4. Slowly turn 1T202 (A-2) until a sign wave appears
around 5.0 Vdc. Adjust 1T202 for the following
specifications.
Adjustment Point : 1T202/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: C = 5.0 ±0.1 Vdc
4
TR
3
1
2
T202 T203
A
TP204
B
C
D
E
E1
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-33
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-10. PGM Demodulation Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing T200
or T201 on the TR-90 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1T.
Equipment
5. Adjustment Point : 1T201/TR-90 (B-2)
Specifications
: The distortion is 0.3% or less
and minimum.
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S2081, S2082/AT-88 → customer-set position
: Oscilloscope Audio generator
Audio analyzer
Preparations :
• PGM level control/rear panel→ 2fully clockwise
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
S2081 (PGM IN 0 dB/-20 dB)/AT-88 (D-5)→ 0dB
S2082 (PGM MIX ON/OFF)/AT-88 (F-5)→ OFF
Test Point
: Pin 5 (X), Pin 3 (G)/
INTERCOM connector
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Feed an 1.0-kHz sine wave signal from the audio
generator to pins D68 (X), A69 (Y), and B69 (GND)
on the extension board (extending AT-88) referring to
Section 5-1-4 “Connection — For audio adjustments”.
2. Adjust the audio generator so that the level at TP44
(GND:E1)/AT-88 (L-7) is 200 mVp-p.
3. Connect the oscilloscope to TP203 (GND:E1)/TR-90
(B-3).
4. Slowly turn 1T200 (B-2) until a sign wave appears
around 5.0 Vdc. Adjust 1T200 (B-2) for the following
specifications.
Adjustment Point : 1T200/TR-90 (A-2)
Specifications
: C = 5.0 ±0.1 Vdc
4
TR
3
1
2
A
T200 T201
B
TP203
C
D
E
E1
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-34
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-23. Audio Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit Adjustment
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit Adjustment
5-23-11. DATA Demodulation Circuit
Adjustment
5-23-12. H CONT Demodulation Circuit
Adjustment
Note :
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Note :
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
: Oscilloscope
Test Point
: TP201 (GND:E1)/TR-90 (D-4)
Adjustment Point : 1LV200/TR-90 (D-3)
Specifications
: C = 4.9 ±0.1 V
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter or Oscilloscope
DC variable power supply
Frequency counter
Preparations :
• Turn on the POWER switch of the camera power
assembly.
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the AT-88 board of the CCU.
Supply +2.5 Vdc to pin C19 (GND:E1)/extension board
(extending AT-88) from the DC variable power supply.
Observing the frequency counter, adjust the DC variable
power supply so that the frequency at TP1 (GND:E2)/
AT-88 (G-7) is 2.500 ±0.005 MHz.
Test Point
4
TR
3
1
2
A
B
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn off the POWER switch.
2. Connect between TP59 and TP90/extension board
(extending TR-90).
3. Adjustment Point : 1LV201/TR-90 (B-2)
Specifications
: 2.5 ±0.2 Vdc
4. Disconnect TP90 and connect between TP59 and GND
A.
5. Adjustment Point : 1RV200/TR-90 (C-2)
Specifications
: 2.5 ±0.2 Vdc
LV201
RV200
C
TP201
D
: TP81/extension board
(extending TR-90)
TP200
LV200
E1
E
F
G
TR-90 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-35
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation
Adjustment
5-24-2. Y Level Adjustment
Equipment
Notes :
• Refer to Sections 5-1-4 and 5-1-5 for connection and
initial settings.
• Make sure that the adjustments of Sections 5-2 through
5-22 are complete.
• 1RV2 on the DM-98 board does not function in the unit.
• When adjusting the DM-98/99 board, remove the CN1232 board as follows.
(1) Open the left side panel.
(2) Remove the four screws securing the CN-1232
board to the unit.
(3) Insert the CN-1232 board into the slots as shown in
the figure
: Oscilloscope
Preparation:
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel→ ON (Lights)
Test Point
: TP61 (GND:TP59)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (VTR Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-3)
Specifications
: A = 1400 mV ±2%
DM-99
H rate
Slot
CN-1232
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button/MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
DM-98
4
5-24-1. VCO 45 MHz Adjustment
Note :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
MD
A
3
2
1
RV1
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
Equipment
: Frequency counter
Test Point
: TP9 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (F-2)
Adjustment Point : 1RV13 (VCO ADJ)/MD-103 (F-3)
Specifications
: 45, 000,000 ±10 Hz
D
E
F
RV13
TP9
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-36
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-3. Y SYNC Cancel Adjustment
5-24-4. Y/SKIN DC Balance Adjustment
Equipment
Equipment
Test Point
Trigger
: Oscilloscope
Preparation :
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel→ ON (Lights)
Test Point
: TP1 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-3)
Adjustment Point : 1RV2 (SYNC CANCEL)/
MD-103 (A-3)
Adjustment Procedures:
Adjust 1RV2 so that the H SYNC portion is flat.
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
: TP2 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-2)
: SYNC OUTPUT connector/
CCU rear panel
Adjustment Points : 1RV3 (Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (B-3)
1RV4 (SKIN DC BAL)/MD-103 (C-3)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV3 and 1RV4 alternately until the V SYNC
portions are flat.
Flat
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• TEST 2 button MSU operation panel → OFF (Goes out)
4
MD
3
2
1
A
RV2
B
PROMPT
RV3
GENLOCK
TP2
RV4
C
TP1
E1
V rate
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-37
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-5. Y/SKIN 90° Adjustment
5-24-6. R-Y Level Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL2
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
: Oscilloscope
: Oscilloscope
: TP63 (GND:TP65)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV5 (VTR R-Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-4)
Specifications
: A = 700 ±14 mV
Preparation:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the DM-94 board of the CCU.
Test Point
Trigger
: TP26 (GND:E5)/DM-94 (F-8)
: SYNC OUTPUT connector/
CCU rear panel
Adjustment Point : 1FL2/MD-103 (C-2)
Specifications
: A = 0 ±2 mV
H rate
4
MD
A
3
2
1
RV5
B
PROMPT
V rate
GENLOCK
C
FL2
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-38
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment
5-24-7. B-Y Level Adjustment
5-24-8. R-Y/B-Y Carrier Balance Adjustment
Equipment
Test Point
Equipment
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
Test Point
: TP5 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-1)
Adjustment Points : 1RV7 (R-Y CAR BAL)/MD-103 (D-3)
1RV11 (B-Y CAR BAL)/MD-103 (E-4)
: Oscilloscope
: TP67 (GND:TP69)/extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1RV9 (VTR B-Y LVL)/
MD-103 (A-4)
Specifications
: A = 700 ±14 mV
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV7 and 1RV11 alternately so that the amplitude
“A” is minimum.
H rate
H rate
4
MD
3
2
1
A
RV9
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
TP5
RV7
D
E
RV11
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-39
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment
5-24-9. R-Y/B-Y DC Balance Adjustment
5-24-10. R-Y/B-Y 90° Adjustment
Equipment
: Oscilloscope (LIMITER→ OFF)
Test Point
: TP5 (GND:E1)/MD-103 (C-1)
Adjustment Points : 1RV8 (R-Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (D-4)
1RV12 (B-Y DC BAL)/MD-103 (D-4)
Notes :
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL5
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1RV8 and 1RV12 alternately so that the V BLKG
portions are flat.
Equipment
: Digital voltmeter or Oscilloscope
(DC mode)
Preparation:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
Extend the DM-94 board of the CCU.
Test Point
: TP14 (GND:E12)/DM-94 (K-5)
Adjustment Point : 1FL5/MD-103 (D-2)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1FL5 so that a negative absolute value of DC
voltage is maximum.
The voltage changes slowly. When reading the value,
allow for 2 or 3 seconds after turning 1FL5.
4
MD
3
2
1
A
B
PROMPT
V rate
E1
GENLOCK
C
TP5
RV12
D
RV8
FL5
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-40
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment
5-24-11. 67.5 MHz TRAP Adjustment
Notes :
• This adjustment requires longer warm-up periods (10 to
30 minutes).
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing FL3
on the MD-103 board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1FL.
Equipment
Test Point
: Spectrum analyzer
: Pin 53 (GND:E1/MD-103)/
extension board
(extending MD-103)
Adjustment Point : 1FL3 (67.5 MHz TRAP)/
MD-103 (C-2)
Adjustment Procedure :
Adjust 1FL3 so that the signal level around 67.5 MHz is
minimum.
Minimum
CENT FREQ
SPAN
67.5 MHz
2.0 MHz
4
MD
3
2
1
A
B
PROMPT
E1
GENLOCK
C
FL3
D
E
F
G
MD-103 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-41
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-12. RETURN VIDEO Demodulation
Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-98 board, or replacing LV1 or LV2 on the board.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 300 to1000 m for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform Monitor, Vectorscope
Video Signal Generator
(provides a 10-step signal with
CHROMA signal)
Preparations :
• Set S1-1 to S1-4 /DM-98 (D-2) to all OFF.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT) /IF-538 panel→RET
• Feed the10-step signal from the video signal generator to
the RET 1 IN connector on the CCU rear panel.
Adjustment Points : 1LV1 (RET FREQ)/DM-98 (B-1)
1LV2 (RET TUNE)/DM-98 (C-6)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Temporarily adjust 1LV2 (C-6) so that the waveform
appears observing the waveform monitor.
2. Adjust 1LV1 (B-1) so that the values of DG and DP
are minimum observing the vectorscope.
3. Slightly turn 1LV2 so that they are further minimum.
4. Adjust 1LV1 and 1LV2 alternately until the specifications are satisfied.
Specifications
: DG = ±3%, DP = ±3°
MG
R
YL
B
G
CY
(For NTSC)
Test Point
: MONITOR connector/
BVP-500/500P
R
MG
YL
B
G
CY
(For PAL)
F
E
D
C
B
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1-4/DM-98 → ON
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
A
1
LV1
2
S1
3
4
5
LV2
6
DM-98 BOARD (A SIDE)
5-42
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-13. RETURN VIDEO Level Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-98 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 1000 m or less for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor
Video signal generator
(provides a 10-step signal)
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation
Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing LV1
on the DM-99 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 500 m or more for
this adjustment.
• Use a plastic core driver to adjust 1LV.
Equipment
Preparations :
• Set S1-1 to S1-4/DM-98 (D-2) to all OFF.
• S650 (MONITOR SELECT)/IF-538 panel → RET
• Feed the10-step signal from the video signal generator to
the RET 1 IN connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: MONITOR connector/
BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (RET LEVEL)/DM-98 (D-5)
Specifications
: A = 1.00 ±0.05 Vp-p
H rate
: Oscilloscope, Video signal generator (provides SWEEP and 10-step
signals)
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →AUTO
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the SWEEP signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: PROMPT connector/BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Points : 1LV1 (PROMPT FREQ) /
DM-99 (C-5)
1LV2 (PROMPT TUNE) /
DM-99 (D-3)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Temporarily adjust1LV2 (D-3) so that the waveform
appears observing the oscilloscope.
2. Adjust 1LV1 (C-5) so that the gain level around 6
MHz is minimum.
Note :
• S1-4/DM-98 → ON
• S650/IF-538 panel → VBS
F
E
D
C
B
A
V rate
1
E1
2
S1
RV2
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
3
2
E1
TP1
4
3
5
4
LV2
RV2
RV1
LV1
RV1
6
5
DM-99 BOARD (A SIDE)
DM-98 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-43
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-14. PROMPT VIDEO Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment
3. Change the output signal from the video signal
generator to the 10-step signal.
4. Adjust 1LV2 so that the portion A is flat.
n
If the specifications are not satisfied, after performing
Section 5-24-15. “PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment”, perform this adjustment again.
5-24-15. PROMPT VIDEO RF AGC Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 50 m or 150 m for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Oscilloscope, Video signal generator
(provides a 10-step signal)
Preparations :
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →MANU
S2 (CABLE LENGTH)/DM-94 (P-1)→ 1
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the 10-step signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: TP1/DM-99 (H-3)
Adjustment Point : 1RV1 (RF AGC DLY) /DM-99 (E-5)
Adjustment Procedures:
1. Turn 1RV1 fully clockwise.
2. Slowly turn 1RV1(E-5) counterclockwise and stop it
at the point where the SYNC level becomes maximum
and does not sag, observing the waveform at TP1. Do
not turn 1RV1 too much.
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
V rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S2, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
5-44
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-24. Video Modulation/Demodulation Adjustment
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment
5-24-16. PROMPT VIDEO Level Adjustment
Notes :
• Remove the CN-1232 board in advance referring to
section 5-24 “Notes”.
• This adjustment is necessary only when replacing the
DM-99 board.
• Use a TRIAX cable whose length is 500 m or more for
this adjustment.
Equipment
: Waveform monitor, Video signal
generator (provides a 10-step signal)
Preparations:
• CCU-700/700P/700A/700AP setting
S1 (MODE AUTO/MANU)/DM-94 (P-1) →AUTO
S5 (PROMPT POWER SELECT)/DM-94 (G-8) →TX
S6 (PROMPT RF SELECT)/DM-94 (M-8) →TX
• Feed the 10-step signal from the video signal generator
to the PROMPTER connector on the CCU rear panel.
Test Point
: PROMPT connector/BVP-500/500P
Adjustment Points : 1RV2 (PROMPT LEVEL) /
DM-99 (G-3)
Specifications
: A = 1.00 ±0.05 Vp-p
H rate
Resetting after Adjustment:
• S1, S5, S6/DM-94 →customer-set position
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
2
E1
TP1
LV2
3
4
RV2
RV1
LV1
5
DM-99 BOARD (A SIDE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5-45
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly
replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Vorsicht!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßem
Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom
Hersteller empfohlenen ähnlichen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben
des Herstellers.
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a remplacement
incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du
même type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé
par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées
conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig
håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri
af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandøren.
The material contained in this manual consists of
information that is the property of Sony Corporation and
is intended solely for use by the purchasers of the
equipment described in this manual.
Sony Corporation expressly prohibits the duplication of
any portion of this manual or the use thereof for any
purpose other than the operation or maintenance of the
equipment described in this manual without the express
written permission of Sony Corporation.
Le matériel contenu dans ce manuel consiste en
informations qui sont la propriété de Sony Corporation et
sont destinées exclusivement à l’usage des acquéreurs
de l’équipement décrit dans ce manuel.
Sony Corporation interdit formellement la copie de
quelque partie que ce soit de ce manuel ou son emploi
pour tout autre but que des opérations ou entretiens de
l’équipement à moins d’une permission écrite de Sony
Corporation.
Das in dieser Anleitung enthaltene Material besteht aus
Informationen, die Eigentum der Sony Corporation sind,
und ausschließlich zum Gebrauch durch den Käufer der
in dieser Anleitung beschriebenen Ausrüstung bestimmt
sind.
Die Sony Corporation untersagt ausdrücklich die
Vervielfältigung jeglicher Teile dieser Anleitung oder den
Gebrauch derselben für irgendeinen anderen Zweck als
die Bedienung oder Wartung der in dieser Anleitung
beschriebenen
Ausrüstung
ohne
ausdrückliche
schriftliche Erlaubnis der Sony Corporation.
BVP-500 (UC)
BVP-500P (CE) E
3-189-445-03 Volume 1
Sony Corporation
Broadcast Products Company
Printed in Japan
1996. 5 08
© 1995
Published by Broadcast Products Company
COLOR VIDEO CAMERA
BVP-500
BVP-500P
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Volume 2 1st Edition (Revised 1)
BVP-500 (UC) Serial No. 10001 and Higher
BVP-500 (J)
Serial No. 30001 and Higher
BVP-500P (CE) Serial No. 40001 and Higher
! WARNING
This manual is intended for qualified service personnel only.
To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire or injury, do not perform any servicing other than that
contained in the operating instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer all servicing to
qualified service personnel.
! WARNUNG
Die Anleitung ist nur für qualifiziertes Fachpersonal bestimmt.
Alle Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von qualifiziertem Fachpersonal ausgeführt werden. Um die
Gefahr eines elektrischen Schlages, Feuergefahr und Verletzungen zu vermeiden, sind bei
Wartungsarbeiten strikt die Angaben in der Anleitung zu befolgen. Andere als die angegeben
Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von Personen ausgeführt werden, die eine spezielle Befähigung
dazu besitzen.
! AVERTISSEMENT
Ce manual est destiné uniquement aux personnes compétentes en charge de l’entretien. Afin
de réduire les risques de décharge électrique, d’incendie ou de blessure n’effectuer que les
réparations indiquées dans le mode d’emploi à moins d’être qualifié pour en effectuer d’autres.
Pour toute réparation faire appel à une personne compétente uniquement.
Table of Contents
Manual Structure
Purpose of this manual .............................................................................................. 5
Contents ..................................................................................................................... 5
1. Spare Parts
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
Notes on Repair Parts .................................................................................. 1-1
Exploded Views .......................................................................................... 1-2
FRONT BLOCK ....................................................................................... 1-2
POWER BLOCK ...................................................................................... 1-4
LEFT SIDE BLOCK................................................................................. 1-6
RIGHT SIDE BLOCK .............................................................................. 1-8
BOARD BLOCK .................................................................................... 1-10
TOP PANEL ........................................................................................... 1-12
CONNECTOR PANEL 1 ....................................................................... 1-14
TRIAX CONNECTOR ........................................................................... 1-16
CONNECTOR PANEL 2/POWER TRANSFORMER.......................... 1-18
CONNECTOR PANEL 3 ....................................................................... 1-20
REAR PANEL ........................................................................................ 1-22
SCREWS AND WASHERS ................................................................... 1-24
Electrical Parts List ................................................................................... 1-25
Supplied Accessories ................................................................................ 1-76
Optional Fixtures ....................................................................................... 1-76
Changed Parts............................................................................................ 1-77
2. Semiconductor Pin Assignments
3. Block Diagrams
OVERALL BLOCK ................................................................................. 3-2
VA-163 BOARD ...................................................................................... 3-6
AT-95 BOARD ......................................................................................... 3-7
SG-234 BOARD ....................................................................................... 3-8
DA-88 BOARD ........................................................................................ 3-9
IF-538 BOARD ....................................................................................... 3-10
MD-103 BOARD .................................................................................... 3-12
AU-211 BOARD .................................................................................... 3-13
TR-90 BOARD ....................................................................................... 3-14
AU-215 BOARD .................................................................................... 3-15
DM-98 BOARD ...................................................................................... 3-16
DM-99 BOARD ...................................................................................... 3-17
PS-392 BOARD ...................................................................................... 3-18
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1
4. Schematic Diagrams
LOCATION OF PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS .................................... 4-1
VA-163 BOARD ...................................................................................... 4-2
AT-95 BOARD ......................................................................................... 4-6
SG-234 BOARD ..................................................................................... 4-10
DA-88 BOARD ...................................................................................... 4-14
IF-538 BOARD ....................................................................................... 4-18
MD-103 BOARD .................................................................................... 4-25
AU-211 BOARD .................................................................................... 4-26
TR-90 BOARD ....................................................................................... 4-30
AU-215 BOARD .................................................................................... 4-32
DM-98 BOARD ...................................................................................... 4-34
DM-99 BOARD ...................................................................................... 4-36
SW-795 BOARD .................................................................................... 4-38
PS-392 BOARD ...................................................................................... 4-40
MB-637 BOARD .................................................................................... 4-42
FRAME WIRING ................................................................................... 4-44
5. Board Layouts
VA-163 BOARD ...................................................................................... 5-1
AT-95 BOARD ......................................................................................... 5-3
SG-234 BOARD ....................................................................................... 5-5
DA-88 BOARD ........................................................................................ 5-7
IF-538 BOARD ......................................................................................... 5-9
MD-103 BOARD .................................................................................... 5-11
AU-211 BOARD .................................................................................... 5-13
TR-90 BOARD ....................................................................................... 5-15
AU-215 BOARD .................................................................................... 5-17
DM-98 BOARD ...................................................................................... 5-19
DM-99 BOARD ...................................................................................... 5-21
SW-795 BOARD .................................................................................... 5-23
PS-392 BOARD ...................................................................................... 5-25
MB-637 BOARD .................................................................................... 5-27
2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Manual Structure
Purpose of this manual
This manual is the maintenance manual for Color Video Camera BVP-500/500P.
This manual describes the information items necessary when the unit is supplied and
installed, items on maintenance, and items that premise the service based on the
components parts such as alignment, schematic diagrams, board layouts and spare
parts list, assuming use of system and service engineers.
Contents
This followings are summaries of the each section for understanding the manual.
Maintenance Manual
Volume 2
Section 1. Spare Parts
Describes parts list, exploded views, supplied accessories and fixtures list used in
the unit.
Section 2. Semiconductor Pin Assignments
Describes function diagrams and pin names of semiconductor used in the unit.
Section 3. Block Diagrams
Describes overall block diagram and the block diagrams for every circuit board.
Section 4. Schematic Diagrams
Describes schematic diagrams for every circuit board.
Section 5. Board Layouts
Describes board layouts for every circuit board.
Maintenance Manual
Volume 1
Section 1. Installation
Describes information about connector input/output signals, instance of configuration and function of internal switches.
Section 2. Service Overview
Describes information about board locations, circuit description, replacement of part
and notes on services.
Section 3. Setup menu
Describes information about setup menu and self-diagnosis mode.
Section 4. Electrical Alignment
Describes electrical adjustment.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5
Section 1
Spare Parts
1-1. Notes on Repair Parts
1. w Safety Related Components Warning
Components marked ! are critical to safe operation. Therefore, specified parts should be used in the
case of replacement.
2. Standardization of Parts
Some repair parts supplied by Sony differ from those used for the unit. These are because of parts
commonality and improvement.
Parts list has the present standardized repair parts.
3. Stock of Parts
Parts marked with “o” at SP (Supply Code) column of the spare parts list may be not stocked.
Therefore, the delivery date will be delayed.
4. Units Representation
The following represented units are changed or omitted in writing.
Units
Representation
Capacitance
µF
uF
Inductance
µH
uH
Resistance
Ω
Abbreviation
5. Destination Representation
The part indicated “For J/UC/CE” in the spare parts list is used in the unit written below.
For J : The part is used in a unit for Japan.
For UC : The part is used in a unit for U.S.A. and Canada.
For CE : The part is used in a unit for regions except the above countries.
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-1
FRONT BLOCK
1-2. Exploded Views
3
15
7
B3 X 4
K3 X 6
11
K3 X 6
14
5
19
24
14
10
B3 X 8
15
7
( UC,CE )
12
23
(J)
24
10
19
K3 X 6
11
B3 X 4
8
4
6
K3 X 6
21
13
B3 X 8
20
1
22
8
2
17
6
16
9
B3 X 16
17
18
6
6
16
9
B3 X 16
1-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
FRONT BLOCK
No.
Part No.
SP Description
1
2
3
4
5
A-7612-327-A
X-3692-305-1
X-3692-312-3
X-3692-313-3
1-955-223-11
o
o
o
o
o
COVER ASSY, FRONT
RETAINER ASSY, LENS
STAY (LEFT) ASSY
STAY (RIGHT) ASSY
HARNESS (LENS)
6
7
8
9
10
2-391-520-21
3-185-868-01
3-185-869-21
3-185-902-02
3-185-905-02
s
o
o
s
o
BOLT (M5X12), HOLE, HEXAGON
COVER, EDGE
SHIELD, SOFT
FOOT, FRONT
SOLENOID
11
12
13
14
15
3-185-906-01
3-185-910-01
3-185-912-01
3-185-913-01
3-185-914-02
o
o
o
o
o
CAP, LATCH
SCREW, BLIND
SHAFT M10
PLATE, LATCH
GUIDE
16
17
18
19
20
3-185-934-02
3-186-502-11
3-545-657-11
3-673-018-00
3-692-571-01
o
o
s
s
o
CLAMP, CABLE
BAND, CLAMP
BUSH
SCREW, BLIND
PAD
21
22
23
24
3-692-573-01
3-725-907-01
3-740-805-01
4-926-395-01
o
s
o
s
COVER, EDGE
BUSHING, BLIND
RETAINER, GUIDE SHAFT (J)
SPRING, COMPRESSION
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-3
POWER BLOCK
110
103
111
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
109
B3 X 4
102
B3 X 4
108
111
B3 X 4
105
116
B3 X 3
107
B3 X 4
104
113
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
106
B3 X 8
114
111
B3 X 3
B3 X 4
111
101
118
B3 X 4
112
117
B4 X 10
K3 X 6
K3 X 4
B4 X 10
K3 X 4
115
115
1-4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
POWER BLOCK
No.
Part No.
101
102
103
104
105
A-8269-404-A
A-8269-405-A
A-8269-861-A
A-8269-873-A
1-239-963-12
o
o
s
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, DM-98
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, DM-99
POWER ASSY
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, PS-392
FILTER, MPX
1-473-341-11
1-576-228-11
1-576-231-41
1-658-603-11
1-762-116-11
s
s
s
o
s
CONVERTER, AC.DC/DC
FUSE (H.B.C.) T2AH 250V
FUSE (H.B.C.) T4AH 250V
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, CN-1232
SWITCH, AC POWER
111
112
113
114
115
2-280-622-01
3-185-889-01
3-187-594-01
3-187-918-02
3-687-116-01
o
s
s
o
o
SUPPORT (M3), HEXAGON
SHEET, RADIATION
SCREW (M3), STOPPER SCREW
BRACKET, MPX
WASHER (4), STOPPER
116
117
118
3-693-191-01 o SHEET,INSULATING,PS
3-693-193-01 o RUBBER,PS
3-693-322-01 o SHEET,INSULATING,SW
106
107
108
109
110
!
!
!
!
!
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
1-5
LEFT SIDE BLOCK
214
215
215
208
211
216
213
208
216
206
207
209
203
205
213
206
212
204
202
201
210
210
1-6
BVP-500
BVP-500P
LEFT SIDE BLOCK
No.
Part No.
201
202
203
204
205
2-280-511-12
2-623-773-11
3-165-162-01
3-185-869-21
3-185-871-01
o
s
s
o
o
BRACKET, ADJUSTMENT, ANGLE
BOLT (M3X8), STAINLESS
SCREW (+P2.6X5) (TYPE1)
SHIELD, SOFT
TAPE, DROP PROTECTION SHIELD
206
207
208
209
210
3-185-878-01
3-185-879-01
3-185-887-01
3-185-888-01
3-185-890-01
s
o
o
o
s
WASHER
BOSS
SCREW, KNOB
PLATE, PROTECTION
BOLT, SHOULDER
211
212
213
214
215
3-185-942-01
3-701-505-00
3-701-510-00
3-740-815-31
3-740-817-11
o
s
s
o
o
HANDLE COVER (A)
SET SCREW, DOUBLE POINT 3X3
SET SCREW, DOUBLE POINT 4X4
PIPE, HANDLE
ESCUTCHEON, PIPE
216
4-367-209-00 s SPRING, COMPRESSION
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
1-7
RIGHT SIDE BLOCK
315
316
316
314
304
312
305
317
308
307
306
314
303
309
311
313
306
317
308
310
301
302
310
1-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
RIGHT SIDE BLOCK
No.
Part No.
301
302
303
304
305
2-280-511-12
2-623-773-11
3-165-162-01
3-185-869-21
3-185-871-01
o
s
s
o
o
BRACKET, ADJUSTMENT, ANGLE
BOLT (M3X8), STAINLESS
SCREW (+P2.6X5) (TYPE1)
SHIELD, SOFT
TAPE, DROP PROTECTION SHIELD
306
307
308
309
310
3-185-878-01
3-185-879-01
3-185-887-01
3-185-888-01
3-185-890-01
s
o
o
o
s
WASHER
BOSS
SCREW, KNOB
PLATE, PROTECTION
BOLT, SHOULDER
311
312
313
314
315
3-185-942-01
3-693-196-01
3-701-505-00
3-701-510-00
3-740-815-31
o
o
s
s
o
HANDLE COVER (A)
CUSHION,RETAINER,PCB
SET SCREW, DOUBLE POINT 3X3
SET SCREW, DOUBLE POINT 4X4
PIPE, HANDLE
316
317
3-740-817-01 o ESCUTCHEON, PIPE
4-367-209-00 s SPRING, COMPRESSION
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
1-9
BOARD BLOCK
412
409
408
407
411
405
404
403
430
424
402
423
422
418
429
421
401
420
B3 X 4
419
406
B3 X 4
425
425
425
425
425
425
425
425
414
B3 X 4
436
410
B3 X 8
B3 X 4
415
B3 X 4
432
427
*1
B3 X 4
B3 X 4
431
417
B3 X 4
414
435
B3 X 4
413
427
426
428
416
434
P2.6 X 5
433
*1
1-10
BVP-500
BVP-500P
BOARD BLOCK
No.
Part No.
401
402
403
404
405
A-8269-357-A
A-8269-359-A
A-8269-360-A
A-8269-361-A
A-8269-362-A
o
o
o
o
o
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
BOARD,
BOARD,
BOARD,
BOARD,
BOARD,
PR-211
VA-163
AT-95
SG-234
DA-88
406
407
408
409
410
A-8269-381-A
A-8269-406-A
A-8269-407-A
A-8269-408-A
A-8269-865-A
o
o
o
o
o
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
BOARD,
BOARD,
BOARD,
BOARD,
BOARD,
CN-1142
MD-103
AU-211
TR-90
MB-637
411
412
413
414
415
A-8269-866-A
A-8269-867-A
1-473-314-11
2-280-622-01
2-832-002-00
o
o
s
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, IF-538
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, AU-215
CONVERTER, D.C-D.C
SUPPORT (M3), HEXAGON
BUSHING, INSULATING
416
417
418
419
420
2-832-007-00
3-531-576-01
3-692-125-02
3-692-126-02
3-692-127-02
s
s
o
o
o
BUSHING (K), INSULATING
RIVET
PANEL,VA-163 PC BOARD
PANEL,AT-95 PC BOARD
PANEL,SG-234 PC BOARD
421
422
423
424
425
3-692-128-02
3-692-161-02
3-692-162-02
3-692-163-02
3-692-642-02
o
o
o
o
o
PANEL,DA-88 PC BOARD
PANEL,MD-103 PC BOARD
PANEL,AU-211 PC BOARD
PANEL,TR-90 PC BOARD
SHEET,SHIELD
426
427
428
429
430
3-693-186-01
3-693-190-01
3-693-192-01
3-693-198-01
3-693-199-01
o
o
o
o
o
SUPORT,PS
RAIL,PC BOARD
SHEET,HEAT CONDUCTION
PANEL,IF-538 PC BOARD
PANEL,AU-215 PC BOARD
431
432
433
434
435
3-693-318-01
3-693-320-01
3-693-321-01
3-695-151-01
3-695-152-01
o
o
o
o
o
SHEET,SHIELD(PR)
NUT,FITTING,SHIELD SHEET
SHEET,SHIELD,MD
SHEET,INSULATING
LABEL,PCB NAME
436
3-724-753-01 o RING
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
1-11
TOP PANEL
P2.6 X 5
SCREW,PRECISION
K3 X 6
P2 X 4
SCREW,PRECISION
P2 X 4
SCREW,PRECISION
526
504
505
524
529
B2 X 6
525
E3.0
518
523
501
K3 X 6
E3.0
524
522
519
529
521
528
528
512
513
517
W4,
SMALL
527
O RING, P-5
507
516
503
508
511
520
W8, NYLON
BALL,STEEL
502
509
W8, NYLON
514
B3 X 4
W8, NYLON
510
515
PSW4 X 8
PSW4 X 8
506
506
506
1-12
BVP-500
BVP-500P
TOP PANEL
No.
Part No.
501
502
503
504
505
A-8314-047-A
A-8314-073-A
X-3167-561-1
X-3167-699-2
1-953-621-13
o
o
s
o
o
PANNING ASSY
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, LE-130
COVER ASSY, TALLY
GUARD ASSY, HARNESS
HARNESS (VF)
506
507
508
509
510
2-391-520-21
3-185-866-02
3-185-869-21
3-185-881-01
3-185-882-02
s
o
o
o
o
BOLT (M5X12), HOLE, HEXAGON
CUSHION, DROP PROTECTION
SHIELD, SOFT
PLATE, LOCK PAN
LOCK, PAN
511
512
513
514
515
3-185-884-01
3-185-885-01
3-185-886-02
3-185-932-01
3-185-933-02
o
o
o
o
o
FRICTION
SCREW, PAN FRICTION
LEVER, PAN LOCK
PLATE, SHIELD, UP TALLY
RING, PAN BASE
516
517
518
519
520
3-186-806-01
3-187-630-01
3-187-655-01
3-634-355-00
3-641-622-00
s
o
o
s
s
SCREW, LID
CUSHION,(SMALL)DROP PROTECTION
CUSHION, D SUB
SPRING
SPRING, COMPRESSION
521
522
523
524
525
3-692-327-03
3-692-328-01
3-692-329-02
3-692-332-01
3-692-365-02
o
o
o
o
o
PIN (JOINT)
SPACER (JOINT)
LEVER (A) (JOINT)
PLATE (A)
PLATE, BLIND
526
527
528
529
3-692-370-01
3-701-444-11
3-701-510-00
3-603-279-01
o
s
s
s
COVER, LEVER (A)
WASHER, 6
SET SCREW, DOUBLE POINT 4X4
SPRING, EMC
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
1-13
CONNECTOR PANEL 1
(UC,J)
W2.6, NYLON
B3 X 4
623
620
619
614
B3 X 10
607
616
617
611
W2.6,
NYLON
617
603
623
609
618
B3 X 4
616
W2.6, NYLON
605
623
615
B3 X 10
607
619
621
W2.6,
NYLON
617
(CE)
611
617
623
618
604
605
610
613
622
626
608
601
W2.6,
NYLON
B3 X 4
623
622
B3 X 4
625
606
626
624
W2.6, NYLON
612
602
623
1-14
BVP-500
BVP-500P
CONNECTOR PANEL 1
No.
Part No.
601
602
603
604
605
A-8272-054-B
X-3167-563-1
1-251-220-11
1-251-221-11
1-562-222-21
o
s
s
s
s
PANEL ASSY, INTERCOM
VOLUME KNOB DIA.3 ASSY
OUTLET, AC (J.UC)
OUTLET, AC (CE)
CONNECTOR 6P FEMALE “REMOTE”
606
607
608
609
610
1-563-159-11
1-658-604-11
1-658-605-11
1-953-632-11
1-953-633-12
s
o
o
o
o
CONNECTOR 5P FEMALE “INTERCOM”
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, CN-1231
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, SW-805
HARNESS (UTL(NTSC)) (J,UC)
HARNESS (UTL(PAL)) (CE)
611
612
613
614
615
2-254-842-02
3-165-162-01
3-185-901-02
3-186-500-01
3-186-501-01
s
o
o
o
o
COVER, SWITCH INSULATING
SCREW (P2.6X5)(TYPE1)
COVER, (B) HANDLE
LID (N), OUTLET (J,UC)
LID (P), OUTLET (CE)
616
617
618
619
620
3-654-058-11
3-655-653-11
3-685-115-11
3-693-985-01
3-693-986-01
o
s
s
o
o
SPACER (3X2)
BAND (TAITON), BINDING
CAP (6P), DROP PROTECTION
LUG,GROUND
PANEL(N),LEFT (J,UC)
621
622
623
624
625
3-693-987-01
3-701-510-00
3-719-159-01
3-729-007-01
3-740-815-01
o
s
s
o
o
PANEL(P),LEFT (CE)
SET SCREW, DOUBLE POINT 4X4
SCREW (M3), (+ BW)
PLATE, ORNAMENTAL, TOGGLE SW
PIPE, HANDLE
626
3-740-817-01 o ESCUTCHEON, PIPE
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
1-15
TRIAX CONNECTOR
706
705
716
711
W2.6,
NYLON
711
B3 X 8
718
704
703
702
711
701
714
720
707 (CE)
715
W2.6,NYLON
W2.6,
NYLON
712
709 (UC)
710 (UC)
711
708 (J)
K3 X 6
K3 X 6
715
K3 X 6
713
717
1-16
719 (J)
711
BVP-500
BVP-500P
TRIAX CONNECTOR
No.
701
702
703
704
705
Part No.
SP Description
A-8314-055-A
A-8314-056-A
A-8314-057-A
A-8314-058-A
A-8314-059-A
o
o
o
o
o
BOX ASSY, TRIAX
CONNECTOR, TRIAX (L) ASSY (UC)
CONNECTOR, TRIAX (T) ASSY (J)
CONNECTOR, TRIAX (F) ASSY (CE)
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, LF-31
X-3167-635-1
1-561-844-00
1-565-797-12
1-565-801-11
2-132-244-01
o
s
s
s
o
BOX ASSY, L F
CONNECTOR, COAXIAL (CE)
CONNECTOR, DOUBLE COAXIAL (J)
CONNECTOR, DOUBLE COAXIAL (UC)
SPACER
711
712
713
714
715
3-178-214-01
3-185-874-01
3-185-891-01
3-185-892-01
3-185-896-01
s
o
o
o
o
SCREW (M3X6), +B
PLATE, TRIAX
CONNECTOR, ROTARY SHAFT
NUT
WASHER, CONDUCTIVE
716
717
718
719
720
3-185-898-01
3-185-949-02
3-716-370-11
3-741-725-01
7-623-710-97
o
o
o
o
s
LID, L.F. BOX
BOX, TRIAX
SPACER
CAP(TK), CONNECTOR, TRIAX(J)
WASHER 18, WABE TYPE
706
707
708
709
710
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-17
CONNECTOR PANEL 2/POWER TRANSFORMER
803 ( UC,CE )
802 ( J )
804
807
803
( UC,CE )
802
(J)
808
W2.6,
NYLON
P2.6 X 5
808
810 ( UC,CE )
P2.6 X 5
809 ( J )
801
805
PSW4 X 8
W2.6, NYLON
PSW4 X 8
B3 X 8
W2.6, NYLON
W2.6, NYLON
806
W2.6, NYLON
808
808
1-18
BVP-500
BVP-500P
CONNECTOR PANEL 2/POWER TRANSFORMER
No.
801
802
803
804
805
Part No.
!
806
807
808
809
810
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
1-426-993-13
1-573-593-11
1-573-594-11
1-658-609-11
3-185-897-01
s
s
s
o
o
TRANSFORMER, POWER
CONNECTOR XLR 3P,MALE “MIC” (J)
CONNECTOR XLR 3P,FEMALE “MIC”(UC,CE)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, CN-1239
SHEET, INSULATING, CN PC BOARD
3-185-929-02
3-692-798-01
3-719-159-01
3-741-726-01
3-741-727-01
o
o
s
o
o
PLATE, TRANSFORMER
PANEL,MIC
SCREW (M3), (+ BW)
CAP (2), XLR (J)
CAP (1), XLR (UC,CE)
1-19
CONNECTOR PANEL 3
910
911
W2.6,
NYLON
915
920
917
916
B3 X 10
P2.6 X 5
W2.6,
NYLON
920
906
919
920
920
912
905
919
918
907
912
908
909
901
902
W2.6,
NYLON
909
913
B3 X 8
903
904
B3 X 8
W2.6,
NYLON
921
BTP
2.6 X 8
B3 X 8
BTP2.6 X 8
B3 X 8
914
B3 X 16
1-20
BVP-500
BVP-500P
CONNECTOR PANEL 3
No.
901
902
903
904
905
Part No.
!
!
!
!
SP Description
1-533-514-31
1-533-514-61
1-533-515-31
1-533-515-61
1-562-222-21
s
s
s
s
s
BREAKER, CIRCUIT (J,UC)
BREAKER, CIRCUIT (CE)
BREAKER, CIRCUIT (J,UC)
BREAKER, CIRCUIT (CE)
CONNECTOR 6P FEMALE “RET CONTROL”
1-563-929-11
1-565-443-11
1-569-253-21
1-570-173-11
1-709-123-11
s
o
s
s
o
CONNECTOR, 4P FEMALE “SCRIPT”
CONNECTOR 10P FEMALE “TRACKER”
CONNECTOR, BNC “MONITOR””PROMPTER”
SELECTOR, POWER VOLTAGE
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, COMBINED
CN-988/989/990
911
912
913
914
915
1-766-696-11
3-165-162-01
3-185-895-01
3-185-902-02
3-185-936-01
o
s
o
s
o
CONNECTOR, 8P FEMALE “REMOTE”
SCREW (+P2.6X5) (TYPE1)
BRACKET, BREAKER
FOOT, FRONT
CONNECTOR, PANEL (R)
916
917
918
919
920
3-186-499-01
3-654-058-11
3-678-769-00
3-685-115-11
3-719-159-01
o
o
s
s
s
CONNECTOR, CAP
SPACER (3X2)
CAP
CAP (6P), DROP PROTECTION
SCREW (M3), (+ BW)
921
3-740-891-01 o COVER, INDICATION PLATE
906
907
908
909
910
!
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-21
REAR PANEL
1030 ( UC,CE )
1002
W3, B3 X 8
MIDOLE
1007
1003
1001
1004
W2.6, NYLON
1028
1022
1021
1020
1024
1017
W2.6,
NYLON
1023
1018
1016 1015
1019
1005
1014
B3 X 4
1011
1010
W2.6,
NYLON
1026
B3 X 4
B3 X 8
W3,
MIDOLE
BTP2.6 X 8
1027
1025
1013
1009
1006
1008
1029 ( J )
1012 ( J )
1009
1009
1013
1-22
BVP-500
BVP-500P
REAR PANEL
No.
Part No.
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
A-8269-872-A
A-8272-055-A
X-3167-051-1
X-3167-563-1
X-3740-810-1
o
o
s
s
o
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, SW-795
PANEL ASSY, REAR
KNOB ASSY, VOLUME
VOLUME KNOB DIA.3 ASSY
GUIDE ASSY, SWITCH
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1-775-966-11
2-118-858-01
2-391-520-21
3-185-869-21
3-185-872-01
o
o
s
o
s
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (20 CORE)
GUARD (SQUARE 9), SWITCH
BOLT (M5X12), HOLE, HEXAGON
SHIELD, SOFT
KNOB VOLUME DIA. 6
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
3-185-876-01
3-185-924-02
3-673-018-00
3-692-320-01
3-692-321-01
o
o
s
o
o
COVER,
GUIDE,
SCREW,
BUTTON
BUTTON
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
3-692-322-01
3-692-324-01
3-692-325-01
3-708-930-01
3-708-930-11
o
o
o
s
s
BUTTON “B”
BUTTON “RET1”
BUTTON “RET2”
CAP “1”
CAP “2”
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
3-708-930-21
3-708-932-01
3-708-933-01
3-708-933-11
3-708-934-01
s
s
s
s
s
CAP
CAP
CAP
CAP
CAP
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
3-710-803-02
3-729-007-01
3-729-061-01
3-741-789-01
3-741-790-11
o
o
s
o
o
HOLDER, DIA. 5-9 LED
PLATE, ORNAMENTAL, TOGGLE SW
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
SPACER (J)
CAP, BLIND (UC,CE)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
LED
LENS BAR (J)
BLIND
“R”
“G”
“3”
“ON”
“STORE”
“CALL”
1-23
SCREWS AND WASHERS
Part No.
SP Description
7-621-772-38
7-623-923-01
7-623-928-01
7-624-106-04
7-624-209-00
s
s
s
s
s
SCREW +B 2X6
WASHER 2.6, NYLON
WASHER 8.0, NYLON
STOP RING 3.0, TYPE -E
O RING, P-5
7-627-553-37
7-627-553-47
7-627-556-58
7-671-115-01
7-682-245-04
s
s
s
s
s
SCREW,PRECISION +P
SCREW,PRECISION +P
SCREW +P 2.6X5
BALL, STEEL
SCREW +K 3X4
7-682-247-04
7-682-544-04
7-682-545-04
7-682-548-04
7-682-549-09
s
s
s
s
s
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
+K
+B
+B
+B
+B
7-682-552-09
7-682-562-04
7-682-903-11
7-682-961-01
7-685-534-14
s
s
s
s
s
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
+B 3X16
+B 4X10
+PWH 3X6
+PSW 4X8
+BTP 2.6X8 TYPE2 N-S
2X3
2X4
3X6
3X3
3X4
3X8
3X10
7-688-003-11 s W 3, MIDDLE
7-688-004-11 s W 4, MIDDLE
1-24
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-3. Electrical Parts List
----------AT-95 BOARD
----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AT-95 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-360-A
3-692-126-02
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
BT1
1-550-104-32 s HOLDER, BATTERY
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-162-927-11
1-162-964-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-107-688-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP,TANTALUM 1.5uF 20% 25V
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-164-156-11
1-107-688-11
1-126-392-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP,TANTALUM 1.5uF 20% 25V
ELECT, CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
1-164-156-11
1-135-165-11
1-135-165-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-905-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
DOUBLE LAYERS, 0.22F 5.5V
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-126-392-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT, CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
100PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
0.01uF 10% 25V
25V
0.01uF 10% 25V
25V
25V
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
1-135-180-21
1-162-966-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-076-21
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 35V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-085-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 4.7uF 10% 25V
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-157-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
C51
C52
C53
1-164-156-11 s CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
1-164-156-11 s CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
1-164-156-11 s CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, AT-95
PANEL,AT-95 PC BOARD
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
SP Description
C54
C55
C56
C57
C58
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C59
C60
C61
C62
C63
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
100PF 5% 50V
100PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
C64
C65
C66
C67
C68
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
25V
25V
100PF 5% 50V
100PF 5% 50V
100PF 5% 50V
C69
C70
C71
C80
C81
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
1-131-360-00
1-164-156-11
1-126-935-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM 15uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT 470uF 20% 16V
CNI36
1-540-197-11 o SOCKET, IC
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
8-719-029-63
8-719-820-41
8-719-974-76
8-719-974-76
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
RD4.3UH-T1
1SS302
HSM107S
HSM107S
1SS302
D6
D7
D8
D10
D11
8-719-974-76
8-719-974-76
8-719-974-76
8-719-974-76
8-719-974-76
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
HSM107S
HSM107S
HSM107S
HSM107S
HSM107S
D12
D13
D15
D16
D17
8-719-974-76
8-719-974-76
8-719-974-76
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
HSM107S
HSM107S
HSM107S
1SS302
1SS302
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC4
IC5
8-759-252-59
8-759-242-78
8-759-079-74
8-759-076-06
8-759-076-06
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
MAX202CSE
TC7W02F
TC74VHC157FS(EL)
TL064CPW
TL064CPW
IC6
IC7
IC8
IC9
IC11
8-759-637-07
8-759-089-61
8-759-082-60
8-759-076-06
8-759-711-50
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
M62021FP
TC74HC4052AFS(EL)
TC7S66FU
TL064CPW
NJU7022M
IC12
IC13
IC14
IC15
IC17
8-759-711-50
8-759-059-50
8-759-082-57
8-759-083-94
8-759-058-64
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
NJU7022M
MB88351PFV
TC7W04FU
TC7W74FU
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
IC18
IC19
8-759-271-84 s IC TC7SH02FU
8-759-271-86 s IC TC7SH04FU
1-25
(AT-95 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AT-95 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
IC20
IC21
IC22
IC23
IC24
8-759-196-96
8-759-271-84
8-759-196-97
8-759-186-31
8-759-079-70
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7SH08FU-TE85R
TC7SH02FU
TC7SH32FU-TE85R
TC74VHC20F
TC74VHC138FS(EL)
R21
R22
R23
R25
R26
1-218-668-11
1-218-724-11
1-216-794-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
IC25
IC26
IC27
IC28
IC29
8-759-065-20
8-752-337-91
8-759-154-60
8-759-154-60
8-759-149-10
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
RTC-4553B
CXK58257ATM-70LL
UPD71055GB-10-3B4
UPD71055GB-10-3B4
UPD4702G
R28
R29
R30
R31
R32
1-218-889-11
1-216-857-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-720-11
1-216-839-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 56K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
IC30
IC31
IC32
IC33
IC34
8-759-271-84
8-759-196-97
8-759-242-78
8-759-186-53
8-759-186-53
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7SH02FU
TC7SH32FU-TE85R
TC7W02F
TC74VHC163F
TC74VHC163F
R33
R34
R35
R36
R37
1-216-862-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-863-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 2.7M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL 3.3M 5% 1/16W
IC35
IC36
IC37
IC38
IC39
8-759-277-99 s IC
IC
8-759-196-96 s IC
8-759-182-95 s IC
8-759-079-85 s IC
CXD8889R
PENDING
TC7SH08FU-TE85R
HD151015T
TC74VHC244FS(EL)
R38
R39
R40
R41
R42
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-724-11
1-216-819-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 680 5% 1/16W
IC40
IC41
IC42
IC43
IC44
8-759-079-61
8-759-195-81
8-759-186-53
8-759-082-57
8-759-186-53
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC74VHC74FS(EL)
TC7S86FU
TC74VHC163F
TC7W04FU
TC74VHC163F
R43
R44
R45
R46
R47
1-216-821-11
1-218-867-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 6.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
IC45
IC46
IC47
IC48
8-759-083-94
8-759-165-37
8-759-078-75
8-759-276-00
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7W74FU
X24164SIC7000
UPD6453GT-610
TC7W139FU(TE12R)
R48
R49
R50
R51
R52
1-218-873-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-724-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
L1
L2
1-410-737-31 s INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
1-410-377-31 s INDUCTOR CHIP 4.7uH
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
8-729-141-48
8-729-402-19
8-729-920-48
8-729-925-47
8-729-920-48
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
1-216-809-11
1-216-836-11
1-218-867-11
1-216-824-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 18K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 6.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
Q6
8-729-920-48 s TRANSISTOR IMH2
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-216-794-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
5.6 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R58
R59
R60
R61
R62
1-218-873-11
1-216-820-11
1-216-855-11
1-216-854-11
1-218-752-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 820 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 680K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 560K 5% 1/16W
METAL 330K 0.50% 1/16W
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
R63
R64
R66
R70
R71
1-216-854-11
1-218-750-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 560K 5% 1/16W
METAL 270K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
1-216-845-11
1-216-794-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
5.6 5% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
R72
R73
R74
R75
R76
1-216-821-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
1-216-809-11
1-216-858-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.2M 5% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R77
R78
R79
R80
R81
1-216-809-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-828-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
3.9K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
R82
R83
R84
R85
1-218-866-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
1-26
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SB624-BV345
XN6501
IMH2
IMB2
IMH2
100 0.50% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
5.6 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
6.2K 0.50% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(AT-95 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AT-95 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
R86
R87
R88
R89
R90
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
R149
R150
R151
R152
R153
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
R91
R92
R93
R94
R95
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10
10
10
10
10
R154
R155
R160
R161
R162
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-862-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.7M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R96
R97
R98
R99
R100
1-216-797-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
R163
R164
R165
1-216-864-11 s METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
1-218-751-11 s METAL, CHIP 300K 0.50% 1/16
1-218-858-11 s CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
RV1
1-237-035-11 s RES, ADJ METAL 5K
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
1-216-833-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
S1
1-692-270-21 s SWITCH, SLIDE
R106
R107
R108
R109
R110
1-216-849-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
220K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
R111
R114
R115
R118
R119
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
2.2K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R120
R121
R122
R123
R124
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R125
R126
R127
R128
R129
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R130
R131
R132
R133
R134
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
R135
R136
R137
R138
R139
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R140
R141
R142
R143
R144
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
R145
R146
R147
R148
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
1-27
-----------AU-211 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AU-211 BOARD)
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-407-A
3-692-162-02
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, AU-211
PANEL,AU-211 PC BOARD
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
1-128-594-11
1-128-594-11
1-162-959-11
1-162-959-11
1-128-453-21
s
s
s
s
s
ELECT, NONPOLAR 1uF 20% 50V
ELECT, NONPOLAR 1uF 20% 50V
CERAMIC 330PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 330PF 5% 50V
ELECT 47uF 20% 6.3V
C7
C8
C9
C10
C13
1-135-179-21
1-164-156-11
1-128-594-11
1-128-594-11
1-128-403-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT, NONPOLAR 1uF 20% 50V
ELECT, NONPOLAR 1uF 20% 50V
ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C14
C15
C17
C18
C19
1-104-601-11
1-104-601-11
1-128-593-11
1-128-593-11
1-135-149-21
s
s
s
s
s
ELECT 10uF 20% 10V
ELECT 10uF 20% 10V
ELECT(NONPOLAR) 0.47uF 20% 50V
ELECT(NONPOLAR) 0.47uF 20% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 2.2uF 10% 10V
C20
C21
C22
C23
C24
1-135-149-21
1-135-149-21
1-135-149-21
1-162-927-11
1-128-594-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 2.2uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 2.2uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 2.2uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
ELECT, NONPOLAR 1uF 20% 50V
C25
C26
C27
C32
C33
1-135-227-11
1-128-394-11
1-162-924-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-138-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 100uF 10% 6.3V
ELECT 220uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 56PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 25V
C34
C35
C36
C37
C38
1-135-138-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-140-11
1-135-140-11
1-135-140-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 15uF 10% 20V
TANTAL 15uF 10% 20V
TANTAL 15uF 10% 20V
C39
C40
C41
C42
C43
1-135-140-11
1-128-592-11
1-128-592-11
1-135-157-21
1-135-157-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 15uF 10% 20V
ELECT 0.33uF 20% 50V
ELECT 0.33uF 20% 50V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
C44
C45
C46
C47
C48
1-135-157-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C49
C50
C51
C52
C53
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-128-453-21
1-162-927-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT 47uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C54
C55
C56
C57
C58
1-162-928-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-166-21
1-126-404-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 120PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
CHIP,ELECT 4.7uF 20% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C61
C62
C63
C64
C66
1-126-404-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-179-21
1-128-592-11
1-128-592-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,ELECT 4.7uF 20% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
ELECT 0.33uF 20% 50V
ELECT 0.33uF 20% 50V
1-28
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
C68
C69
C70
C71
C72
1-135-157-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C73
C74
C75
C76
C77
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-128-453-21
1-162-927-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT 47uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C78
C79
C80
C81
C82
1-162-928-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-166-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-959-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 120PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 330PF 5% 50V
C83
C84
C85
C86
C87
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-166-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
C88
C89
C90
C91
C92
1-135-216-11
1-135-166-21
1-135-181-21
1-162-970-11
1-135-216-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C93
C94
C95
C96
C97
1-104-913-11
1-135-157-21
1-162-925-11
1-162-925-11
1-135-181-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC, CHIP 68PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 68PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3V
C98
C99
C100
C101
C102
1-164-217-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 150PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C103
C104
C105
C106
C107
1-135-216-11
1-164-217-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-135-157-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 150PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
C108
C109
C110
C111
C112
1-128-403-11
1-135-136-21
1-128-403-11
1-126-934-11
1-135-136-21
s
s
s
s
s
ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
TANTALUM 6.8uF 10% 35V
ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
ELECT 220uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM 6.8uF 10% 35V
C113
C114
C115
C116
C117
1-135-136-21
1-128-403-11
1-126-934-11
1-104-913-11
1-165-112-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM 6.8uF 10% 35V
ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
ELECT 220uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.33uF 16V
C119
C120
C121
C123
C125
1-162-928-11
1-135-166-21
1-104-914-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 120PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C126
C130
C131
C132
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(AU-211 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AU-211 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
C133
C134
C135
C136
C137
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-135-164-21
1-104-852-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10%
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10%
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10%
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF
IC24
8-759-260-55 s IC TLC272CPW-E05
L1
1-412-032-11 s INDUCTOR CHIP 100uH
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
8-729-119-04
8-729-117-32
8-729-118-56
8-729-118-56
8-729-119-04
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC3115
2SC4177
2SK852-X2
2SK852-X2
2SC3115
C138
C139
C140
C141
C142
1-104-852-11
1-165-128-11
1-135-179-21
1-104-852-11
1-135-179-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.22uF 16V
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
1-104-852-11 s TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
1-104-852-11 s TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
1-104-852-11 s TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q17
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
C143
C144
C145
D2
D5
D6
D7
D8
8-719-404-35
8-719-106-52
8-719-029-65
8-719-404-35
8-719-404-35
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
MA141WK
RD10M-B1
RD4.7UJN-T1
MA141WK
MA141WK
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q21
Q22
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-928-27
8-729-119-04
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC4177
DTA144EE
2SC3115
D9
D10
D11
D12
D17
8-719-404-35
8-719-017-42
8-719-404-35
8-719-024-81
8-719-029-76
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
MA141WK
HSM88WA
MA141WK
1SS300-TE85L
RD13UJN-T1
Q23
Q24
Q25
Q26
Q27
8-729-119-04
8-729-119-04
8-729-117-32
8-729-118-56
8-729-118-56
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC3115
2SC3115
2SC4177
2SK852-X2
2SK852-X2
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
8-719-404-35
8-719-404-35
8-719-404-35
8-719-024-81
8-719-029-65
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
MA141WK
MA141WK
MA141WK
1SS300-TE85L
RD4.7UJN-T1
Q28
Q29
Q30
Q31
Q32
8-729-118-56
8-729-118-56
8-729-118-56
8-729-117-32
8-729-119-04
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SK852-X2
2SK852-X2
2SK852-X2
2SC4177
2SC3115
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
8-719-800-76
8-719-800-76
8-719-029-65
8-719-404-35
8-719-800-76
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS226
1SS226
RD4.7UJN-T1
MA141WK
1SS226
Q33
Q34
Q35
Q36
Q37
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-119-61
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SA811A-C15
2SC4177
D28
D29
D30
D31
D32
8-719-800-76
8-719-029-76
8-759-274-67
8-719-041-68
8-719-041-68
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE 1SS226
DIODE RD13UJN-T1
IC LM4040BIM3X-5.0
DIODE RD3.3UH-T1
DIODE RD3.3UH-T1
Q38
Q39
Q40
Q41
Q42
8-729-928-27
8-729-119-04
8-729-118-56
8-729-119-04
8-729-928-81
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTA144EE
2SC3115
2SK852-X2
2SC3115
DTC144EE
IC1
IC2
IC4
IC5
IC6
8-759-278-58
8-759-082-61
8-759-983-69
8-759-085-04
8-759-278-58
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
NJM4558V-TE2
TC4W53FU
LM358PS
M51132FP
NJM4558V-TE2
Q43
Q44
Q45
Q46
Q47
8-729-119-04
8-729-216-22
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-119-04
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC3115
2SA1162
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC3115
IC8
IC9
IC10
IC11
IC12
8-759-356-17
8-759-300-71
8-759-082-61
8-759-100-93
8-759-209-54
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
NJM4556AM-A-TE2
MC14053BF
TC4W53FU
UPC393G2
TC4S01F
Q48
Q49
Q50
Q51
Q52
8-729-117-32
8-729-118-56
8-729-118-56
8-729-118-56
8-729-118-56
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SK852-X2
2SK852-X2
2SK852-X2
2SK852-X2
IC13
IC14
IC15
IC16
IC17
8-759-231-30
8-759-278-58
8-759-278-58
8-759-092-81
8-749-924-62
s
s
s
s
s
IC TC4S30F
IC NJM4558V-TE2
IC NJM4558V-TE2
IC SN75158PS
PNOTO COUPLER PC410
Q53
Q54
Q55
Q56
Q57
8-729-118-56
8-729-117-32
8-729-119-04
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SK852-X2
2SC4177
2SC3115
2SC4177
2SC4177
IC18
IC19
IC20
IC22
IC23
8-749-924-62
8-759-231-30
8-759-032-01
8-759-100-93
8-759-209-57
s
s
s
s
s
PNOTO COUPLER PC410
IC TC4S30F
IC MC74HC00AF
IC UPC393G2
IC TC4S69F
Q58
Q59
Q60
Q61
Q62
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-118-56
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SK852-X2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
50V
50V
50V
20% 10V
20% 10V
SP Description
1-29
(AU-211 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AU-211 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
Q63
Q64
Q65
Q66
Q67
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-106-68
8-729-106-60
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SC1615A-GP
2SB1115A
R39
R40
R41
R42
R43
1-216-835-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-835-11
1-220-158-91
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 15K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 220K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 15K 5% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
Q68
Q69
Q70
Q71
Q72
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-118-56
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SK852-X2
R44
R46
R47
R48
R49
1-216-829-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
4.7K 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
Q73
Q74
Q75
Q76
Q77
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-106-68
8-729-106-60
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SC1615A-GP
2SB1115A
R50
R51
R52
R53
R56
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
Q78
Q79
Q82
Q83
Q84
8-729-141-48
8-729-928-81
8-729-117-32
8-729-159-65
8-729-141-48
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SB624-BV345
DTC144EE
2SC4177
2SD596-DV5
2SB624-BV345
R57
R58
R59
R60
R61
1-216-829-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
4.7K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
Q85
8-729-141-48 s TRANSISTOR 2SB624-BV345
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-218-844-11
1-218-844-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
1-216-833-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-216-825-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-870-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 9.1K 0.50% 1/16W
R67
R68
R69
R70
R71
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-819-11
1-216-819-11
1-216-819-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
680 5% 1/16W
680 5% 1/16W
680 5% 1/16W
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
1-218-720-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-837-11
1-218-870-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 9.1K 0.50% 1/16W
R72
R73
R74
R75
R76
1-216-823-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-815-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1.5K 5% 1/16W
3.3K 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
330 5% 1/16W
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
1-218-720-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
R77
R78
R79
R80
R81
1-216-827-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
3.3K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
1-218-723-11
1-218-727-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-828-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 160 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
R82
R83
R84
R85
R86
1-216-833-11
1-216-834-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-841-11
1-216-835-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K
METAL, CHIP 12K
METAL 20K 0.50%
CHIP, METAL 560
METAL, CHIP 15K
R26
R27
R28
R30
R31
1-216-857-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-849-11
1-218-866-11
1-216-847-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
1M 5% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
6.2K 0.50% 1/16W
150K 5% 1/16W
R87
R88
R89
R90
R91
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
4.7K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
1-216-845-11
1-216-846-11
1-216-835-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-835-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
100K 5% 1/16W
120K 5% 1/16W
15K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
15K 5% 1/16W
R92
R93
R94
R95
R97
1-216-833-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-817-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
470 5% 1/16W
R37
R38
1-220-158-91 s CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
1-216-829-11 s METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R98
R99
R100
R101
1-216-801-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
1-30
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
750 0.50% 1/16W
750 0.50% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(AU-211 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AU-211 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
R102
R103
R104
R105
R106
1-216-841-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
47K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
R166
R167
R168
R169
R170
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-837-11
1-218-841-11
1-218-698-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 560 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
R107
R108
R109
R110
R111
1-216-831-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
6.8K 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
R171
R172
R173
R174
R175
1-218-710-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-827-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
R112
R113
R114
R115
R116
1-216-797-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-837-11
1-218-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
10 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
560 0.50% 1/16W
R176
R177
R178
R179
R180
1-216-813-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-722-11
1-218-722-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
220
22K
18K
18K
22K
R117
R118
R119
R120
R121
1-218-698-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-831-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
R181
R182
R183
R184
R188
1-216-797-11
1-216-837-11
1-218-724-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
10 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
R122
R123
R124
R125
R126
1-218-724-11
1-216-813-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-722-11
1-218-722-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
22K
220
22K
18K
18K
R189
R190
R191
R193
R194
1-216-825-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-825-11
1-218-866-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
2.2K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
6.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R127
R128
R130
R131
R132
1-218-724-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-801-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
22K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
22 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R195
R196
R197
R198
R199
1-216-833-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-849-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10K 5% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
330 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
R133
R134
R135
R136
R137
1-216-839-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-826-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
33K 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
3.3K 5% 1/16W
2.7K 5% 1/16W
R200
R201
R202
R203
R204
1-216-839-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
33K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R138
R139
R140
R141
R142
1-216-827-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-853-11
1-216-827-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 3.3K
METAL 4.7K 0.50%
METAL 4.7K 0.50%
METAL, CHIP 470K
METAL, CHIP 3.3K
5% 1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-815-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
330 5% 1/16W
R143
R144
R145
R146
R147
1-216-826-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
2.7K 5% 1/16W
3.3K 5% 1/16W
330 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
R210
R211
R215
R216
R217
1-216-815-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-789-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
330 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
2.2 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R148
R149
R150
R151
R156
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
1-218-829-11
1-218-829-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
22K
22K
180
180
22K
R220
R221
R222
R223
R224
1-216-853-11
1-216-853-11
1-216-853-11
1-216-853-11
1-216-853-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
470K
470K
470K
470K
470K
R157
R158
R159
R160
R161
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
R225
R226
R227
R229
R230
1-216-853-11
1-216-853-11
1-216-853-11
1-216-791-11
1-216-791-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
470K 5% 1/16W
470K 5% 1/16W
470K 5% 1/16W
3.3 5% 1/16W
3.3 5% 1/16W
R162
R163
R164
R165
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
1M
1M
1M
10
R231
R232
R233
R234
1-216-809-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-31
(AU-211 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AU-211 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R235
R236
R237
R238
R239
1-216-825-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-819-11
1-216-819-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
2.2K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
680 5% 1/16W
680 5% 1/16W
R240
R241
R242
R243
R244
1-216-819-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
680 5% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
3.3K 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
R245
R246
R247
R248
R250
1-216-815-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
330 5% 1/16W
330 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
R251
R253
R254
R255
R257
1-216-835-11
1-216-791-11
1-216-791-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-789-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
15K
3.3
3.3
100
2.2
R258
R266
R267
R268
R269
1-216-789-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
2.2 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
R270
R271
R272
R273
R274
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
R275
R276
R277
R278
R279
1-218-671-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
130 0.50% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
R280
R285
R286
R287
R288
1-216-829-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
4.7K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R289
R290
R291
R292
R293
1-216-837-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
R294
R295
R296
R297
R298
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-834-11
1-218-727-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K
METAL, CHIP 10K
METAL, CHIP 100
METAL, CHIP 12K
METAL 30K 0.50%
R299
R300
R301
R302
R400
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-873-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
R401
R402
R403
R404
1-218-727-11
1-218-844-11
1-218-844-11
1-215-407-00
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
1-32
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
SP Description
RV1
1-237-036-11 s RES, ADJ METAL 10K
RV3
RV4
1-237-040-11 s RES, ADJ METAL 200K
1-237-036-11 s RES, ADJ METAL 10K
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
1-692-531-11
1-692-271-21
1-692-881-21
1-692-530-11
1-570-711-11
SW6
1-570-711-11 s SWITCH, SLIDE
s
s
s
s
s
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
TOGGLE
SLIDE
SLIDE
TOGGLE
SLIDE
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
30K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 750 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 750 0.50% 1/16W
270 1% 1/6W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
-----------AU-215 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AU-215 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-867-A
3-693-199-01
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, AU-215
PANEL, PC BOARD AU-215
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-135-091-91
1-126-404-11
1-162-970-11
1-126-404-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, TANTALUM 1uF 20% 16V
CHIP,ELECT 4.7uF 20% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CHIP,ELECT 4.7uF 20% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C6
C7
C8
C40
C41
1-135-091-91
1-162-970-11
1-135-165-11
1-126-397-11
1-135-145-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, TANTALUM 1uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
ELECT, CHIP 33uF 20% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 0.47uF 10% 35V
C42
C43
C44
C45
C200
1-135-166-21
1-104-851-11
1-104-823-11
1-128-404-11
1-128-393-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 20% 16V
ELECT, CHIP 100uF 20% 35V
ELECT 100uF 20% 10V
C201
C202
C203
C204
C206
1-104-851-11
1-135-166-21
1-135-166-21
1-104-852-11
1-135-166-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
10uF
47uF
47uF
22uF
47uF
20%
10%
10%
20%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C207
C208
C210
C211
C212
1-164-156-11
1-135-166-21
1-135-166-21
1-135-166-21
1-104-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
10V
10V
10V
10V
C230
C231
C300
C301
C302
1-135-166-21
1-135-166-21
1-164-156-11
1-104-851-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
C303
C304
C305
C306
C307
1-164-156-11
1-126-397-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-397-11
1-164-156-11
C309
C311
C312
C313
C316
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-213-21
1-135-213-21
1-164-156-11
SP Description
IC201
IC300
IC301
IC302
IC303
8-759-700-45
8-759-082-57
8-759-058-62
8-759-011-65
8-759-173-16
IC304
8-759-929-21 s IC TLC27L2CPS
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-119-61
8-729-029-14
8-729-028-91
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SA811A-C15
DTC144EUA-T106
DTA144EUA-T106
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
8-729-119-04
8-729-119-04
8-729-029-14
8-729-029-14
8-729-216-22
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC3115
2SC3115
DTC144EUA-T106
DTC144EUA-T106
2SA1162
Q11
Q40
Q300
Q301
Q302
8-729-118-56
8-729-807-51
8-729-101-07
8-729-101-07
8-729-101-07
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SK852-X2
2SD1623-S
2SB798
2SB798
2SB798
Q303
Q304
Q305
Q306
Q307
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-101-07
8-729-029-14
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SB798
DTC144EUA-T106
2SA1611-M6
Q308
Q309
8-729-101-07 s TRANSISTOR 2SB798
8-729-029-14 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EUA-T106
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
R1
R2
R4
R5
R6
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT, CHIP 33uF 20% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT, CHIP 33uF 20% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
R7
R8
R9
R10
R11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-838-11
1-216-836-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
27K 5% 1/16W
18K 5% 1/16W
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 20% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 20% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
1-216-836-11
1-216-838-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
18K 5% 1/16W
27K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
C317
C318
1-135-213-21 s TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 20% 25V
1-135-213-21 s TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 20% 25V
D1
D2
D3
D40
D41
8-719-029-76
8-719-404-35
8-719-404-35
8-719-989-76
8-719-989-76
R17
R18
R20
R22
R23
1-216-829-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
4.7K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
D42
8-719-029-77 s DIODE RD15UJN-T1
R24
R25
R26
R27
R28
1-216-829-11
1-216-853-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
4.7K 5% 1/16W
470K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
330 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
IC1
IC2
IC40
IC41
IC200
8-759-076-06
8-759-082-61
8-759-349-19
8-759-173-16
8-759-076-06
R29
R30
R31
R32
R33
1-216-837-11
1-216-812-11
1-216-812-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22K 5% 1/16W
180 5% 1/16W
180 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
RD13UJN-T1
MA141WK
MA141WK
SC802-04
SC802-04
TL064CPW
TC4W53FU
NJM3414AM-TE2
TL062CPW
TL064CPW
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
NJM4556M-A
TC7W04FU
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
MC74HC4053F
TL062CPW
1-33
(AU-215 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(AU-215 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
R35
R36
R38
R39
R40
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-834-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
12K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R310
R311
R312
R313
R314
1-216-805-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
R41
R42
R43
R44
R46
1-216-845-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
R315
R316
R317
R318
R319
1-216-820-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-606-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
820
100
100
100
2.2
R47
R48
R49
R50
R51
1-216-849-11
1-216-830-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
220K 5% 1/16W
5.6K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
R320
R321
R322
R323
R324
1-216-805-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-820-11
1-218-606-11
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
47 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
820 5% 1/16W
2.2 5% 1W
47 5% 1/16W
R52
R53
R54
R200
R201
1-216-841-11
1-218-675-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
47K 5% 1/16W
200 0.50% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R325
R326
R327
R328
1-216-829-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
4.7K
100K
100K
100K
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
47K
47K
22K
100
10K
RV40
RV200
RV300
RV301
1-237-036-11
1-237-038-11
1-237-038-11
1-237-038-11
s
s
s
s
RES,
RES,
RES,
RES,
S200
S201
1-570-711-11 s SWITCH, SLIDE
1-570-711-11 s SWITCH, SLIDE
R207
R208
R210
R211
R212
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-849-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
R214
R215
R218
R219
R220
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10K
10K
22K
100
47K
R221
R222
R223
R224
R232
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
R234
R235
R236
R237
R238
1-216-841-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
47K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R240
R241
R242
R250
R300
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R301
R302
R303
R304
R305
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-848-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
180K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R306
R307
R308
R309
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10K
10K
10K
10K
1-34
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
-----------CN-986 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
47 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
ADJ METAL 10K
ADJ, METAL 50K
ADJ, METAL 50K
ADJ, METAL 50K
SP Description
1pc
1-653-467-11 o PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, CN-986
CN51
CN52
CN53
CN54
1-564-241-11
1-564-320-00
1-564-243-11
1-564-104-00
o
s
o
o
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
(B4P-VH) 4P
(B2P-VH) 2P
6P
(B3P-VH) 3P
-------------------CN-988/989/990 BOARD
-------------------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
1-709-123-11 o PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, COMBINED
CN-988/989/990(ZX-304)
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
------------CN-1142 BOARD
------------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
1pc
-------------------CN-1239A/1239B BOARD
-------------------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
A-8269-381-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, CN-1142
------------CN-1231 BOARD
------------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
1-658-604-11 o PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, CN-1231
C12
C13
C14
C15
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
CN2
1-580-531-11 o PIN, CONNECTOR 4P
------------CN-1232 BOARD
------------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
5%
5%
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
1-658-609-11 o PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, CN-1239
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
C6
1-163-275-11 s CERAMIC 0.001uF 5% 50V
CN43
1-750-933-21 o PIN, CONNECTOR 12P
JC2
JC3
JC6
JC7
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
1-216-295-11
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
CONDUCTOR
CONDUCTOR
CONDUCTOR
CONDUCTOR
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
0
0
0
0
SP Description
1pc
6pcs
6pcs
1-658-603-11 o PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, CN-1232
2-280-622-01 o SUPPORT (M3), HEXAGON
7-682-544-04 s SCREW +B 3X3
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C11
C12
C13
1-162-974-11 s CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
1-162-974-11 s CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
1-162-974-11 s CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CN1
CN2
CN3
1-750-934-21 o PIN, CONNECTOR 20P
1-568-337-21 o CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 22P
1-568-331-11 s CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 10P
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1pc
1-35
----------DA-88 BOARD
----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-362-A
3-692-128-02
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, DA-88
PANEL,DA-88 PC BOARD
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-135-215-21
1-135-160-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-135-160-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-923-11
1-165-176-11
1-135-160-21
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-160-21
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
1-135-216-11
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
C21
C23
C24
C25
C26
1-162-915-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-135-216-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C27
C28
C29
C30
C31
1-135-216-11
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C32
C33
C34
C35
C36
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C37
C38
C39
C40
C41
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-160-21
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-919-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
C47
C48
C49
C50
C51
1-164-156-11
1-162-913-11
1-162-907-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 8PF 0.5PF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C52
C53
C54
C55
C56
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
1-36
25V
25V
25V
22PF 5% 50V
0.01uF 10% 25V
SP Description
C57
C58
C59
C61
C64
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-164-315-11
1-135-216-11
1-162-905-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 470PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
C65
C66
C67
C68
C69
1-162-915-11
1-162-921-11
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C70
C71
C72
C73
C74
1-162-913-11
1-162-907-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 8PF 0.5PF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C75
C76
C77
C81
C82
1-164-156-11
1-135-162-21
1-135-215-21
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 6.3V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C83
C84
C85
C87
C88
1-135-215-21
1-162-970-11
1-162-918-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-921-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 18PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 33PF 5% 50V
C89
C90
C92
C93
C95
1-162-919-11
1-162-911-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-160-21
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 22PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 6PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C96
C97
C98
C99
C100
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-162-907-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
C101
C102
C103
C104
C105
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-164-315-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10%
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10%
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10%
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10%
CERAMIC 470PF 5% 50V
C106
C107
C109
C110
C113
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-160-21
1-162-905-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
C114
C115
C118
C119
C120
1-162-915-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C121
C122
C123
C124
C125
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-162-907-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
C126
C127
C128
C129
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
10PF 5PF 50V
33PF 5% 50V
0.01uF 10% 25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
10PF 5PF 50V
100PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
C132
C133
C134
C136
C137
1-162-905-11
1-162-915-11
1-162-921-11
1-162-915-11
1-162-921-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF
CERAMIC, CHIP 33PF
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF
CERAMIC, CHIP 33PF
C138
C140
C141
C142
C143
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C144
C145
C146
C147
C148
1-135-215-21
1-162-907-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
C149
C150
C151
C154
C155
D3
D5
D6
D7
D9
8-719-029-63
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
RD4.3UH-T1
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
0.01uF 10% 25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
D15
D16
D17
D24
D25
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1-135-177-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-162-905-11
1-162-915-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
D26
D100
D101
D102
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
C166
C167
C169
C170
C171
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-135-215-21
1-135-215-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
FL1
FL2
FL3
FL4
FL5
1-239-754-11
1-239-753-11
1-233-240-21
1-239-753-11
1-233-240-21
s
s
s
s
s
FILTER,
FILTER,
FILTER,
FILTER,
FILTER,
C172
C200
C201
C202
C203
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-162-907-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
FL6
FL7
FL8
1-239-754-11 s FILTER, LOW PASS
1-239-754-11 s FILTER, LOW PASS
1-239-754-11 s FILTER, LOW PASS
C204
C205
C206
C207
C208
1-164-156-11
1-162-907-11
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC4
IC5
8-759-066-68
8-759-076-06
8-759-632-39
8-752-360-44
8-752-360-44
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
REF-03GS
TL064CPW
M51958A-T1
CXK1203AR
CXK1203AR
C209
C210
C211
C213
C214
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-909-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 4PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
IC6
IC7
IC8
IC9
IC10
8-752-360-44
8-752-363-60
8-759-079-46
8-759-058-54
8-759-086-42
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
CXK1203AR
CXD2307R-T4
TC74VHC00FS(EL)
TC7S00FU(TE85R)
X24C02S-3.0-C7000
C215
C216
C217
C218
C219
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
IC11
IC12
IC13
IC14
IC15
8-759-058-58
8-759-058-62
8-759-237-79
8-759-064-36
8-759-082-61
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S04FU(TE85R)
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
TC74HC595AF(EL)
MB88346BPFV
TC4W53FU
C220
C221
C222
C223
C225
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-915-11
1-162-915-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
IC16
IC17
IC18
IC19
IC20
8-759-981-48
8-759-082-61
8-759-082-61
8-759-079-85
8-759-082-61
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TL082M
TC4W53FU
TC4W53FU
TC74VHC244FS(EL)
TC4W53FU
C226
C228
C229
C230
C231
1-162-915-11
1-135-160-21
1-162-908-11
1-162-908-11
1-162-908-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 3PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 3PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 3PF 0.25PF 50V
IC23
IC24
IC25
IC26
IC27
8-759-287-54
8-759-082-61
8-759-089-61
8-759-066-59
8-759-287-54
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TL084CPW-E20
TC4W53FU
TC74HC4052AFS(EL)
TC74HC4053AFS
TL084CPW-E20
C500
1-162-905-11 s CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
IC28
IC29
IC34
IC35
IC36
8-759-089-61
8-759-082-61
8-759-271-86
8-759-180-08
8-759-237-79
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC74HC4052AFS(EL)
TC4W53FU
TC7SH04FU
TC74HC4538AFS
TC74HC595AF(EL)
D1
D2
8-719-029-63 s DIODE RD4.3UH-T1
8-719-029-63 s DIODE RD4.3UH-T1
IC37
8-759-082-59 s IC TC7W32FU
BVP-500
BVP-500P
50V
5PF 50V
5% 50V
5PF 50V
5% 50V
SP Description
25V
25V
25V
10PF 5PF 50V
10PF 5PF 50V
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
PASS
PASS
PASS
PASS
PASS
1-37
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
IC100
IC101
IC102
IC103
IC104
8-759-058-62
8-759-058-58
8-759-082-59
8-759-058-64
8-759-058-54
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
TC7S04FU(TE85R)
TC7W32FU
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
TC7S00FU(TE85R)
Q22
Q23
Q25
Q26
Q27
8-729-122-63
8-729-102-08
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-73
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1226
2SC2223-F14
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SC4178-F14
IC105
IC106
IC107
IC108
IC109
8-759-058-64
8-759-058-62
8-759-196-96
8-759-058-54
8-759-058-62
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
TC7SH08FU-TE85R
TC7S00FU(TE85R)
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
Q28
Q29
Q30
Q32
Q33
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-122-63
8-729-102-08
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SA1226
2SC2223-F14
IC110
8-759-058-58 s IC TC7S04FU(TE85R)
JR1
JR2
JR3
JR4
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
Q34
Q43
Q44
Q45
Q46
8-729-102-08
8-729-403-32
8-729-102-08
8-729-117-16
8-729-920-48
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC2223-F14
XN6534
2SC2223-F14
2SA1611-M6
IMH2
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
Q47
Q48
Q49
Q50
Q51
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-73
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4178-F14
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SA1226
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-385-11
1-410-385-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
Q52
Q53
Q54
Q59
Q63
8-729-117-32
8-729-122-63
8-729-142-90
8-729-403-32
8-729-102-08
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SA1226
2SK853-K5
XN6534
2SC2223-F14
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
1-410-385-11
1-410-392-11
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
INDUCTOR, CHIP 82uH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
Q67
Q68
Q69
Q70
Q71
8-729-117-73
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-117-32
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4178-F14
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SC4177
2SA1226
L16
L17
L18
L19
L20
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
Q72
Q73
Q75
Q79
Q83
8-729-142-90
8-729-122-63
8-729-403-32
8-729-102-08
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SK853-K5
2SA1226
XN6534
2SC2223-F14
2SC4177
L21
L22
L23
L24
L25
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-389-31
1-410-385-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH
INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
Q84
Q85
Q86
Q87
Q88
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-73
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SC4178-F14
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SA1226
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q7
8-729-141-48
8-729-141-75
8-729-141-75
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SB624-BV345
2SD596DV345
2SD596DV345
2SC4178-F14
2SC4177
Q89
Q90
Q91
Q92
Q94
8-729-117-32
8-729-122-63
8-729-142-90
8-729-122-63
8-729-403-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SA1226
2SK853-K5
2SA1226
XN6534
Q8
Q9
Q10
Q11
Q12
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
Q98
Q100
Q101
Q102
Q103
8-729-102-08
8-729-403-32
8-729-102-08
8-729-122-63
8-729-403-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC2223-F14
XN6534
2SC2223-F14
2SA1226
XN6534
Q13
Q14
Q15
Q16
Q17
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-117-32
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SC4177
2SA1226
Q104
Q105
Q106
Q107
Q108
8-729-102-08
8-729-029-14
8-729-029-14
8-729-102-08
8-729-102-08
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC2223-F14
DTC144EUA-T106
DTC144EUA-T106
2SC2223-F14
2SC2223-F14
Q18
Q19
Q20
8-729-142-90 s TRANSISTOR 2SK853-K5
8-729-403-32 s TRANSISTOR XN6534
8-729-920-48 s TRANSISTOR IMH2
Q109
Q110
Q111
Q112
8-729-102-08
8-729-102-08
8-729-102-08
8-729-102-08
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC2223-F14
2SC2223-F14
2SC2223-F14
2SC2223-F14
1-38
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0
0
0
0
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
Q113
Q114
Q115
Q117
8-729-102-08
8-729-102-08
8-729-102-08
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-677-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 240 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-218-724-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
1-218-724-11
1-218-729-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 36K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
1-216-821-11
1-218-676-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-676-11
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
1-218-704-11
1-216-805-11
1-220-158-91
1-216-809-11
1-216-832-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/16W
R26
R27
R33
R34
R35
1-216-803-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-676-11
1-218-676-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
1-218-676-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-883-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
220 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
33K 0.50% 1/16W
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
1-218-724-11
1-218-730-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-730-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL 22K
METAL 39K
33K 0.50%
METAL 22K
METAL 39K
R51
R52
R53
R54
R56
1-218-883-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-730-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 39K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
R57
R58
R59
R60
R61
1-218-676-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
2SC2223-F14
2SC2223-F14
2SC2223-F14
2SA1226
22K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
33 5% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
1/16W
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
SP Description
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
1-216-829-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
R67
R68
R69
R70
R71
1-218-708-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-805-11
1-220-158-91
1-220-158-91
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
R72
R73
R74
R75
R76
1-216-805-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-856-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-708-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
R77
R78
R79
R80
R81
1-218-705-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-705-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R82
R83
R84
R85
R87
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-702-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
R88
R89
R90
R91
R92
1-218-724-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-700-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
R93
R94
R95
R96
R97
1-216-845-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
R98
R99
R100
R101
R102
1-218-668-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-830-11
1-218-720-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
R103
R105
R106
R107
R108
1-218-725-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 24K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R110
R111
R112
R113
R114
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R115
R116
R117
R118
R119
1-218-708-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-846-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
R120
R121
R122
R123
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
1-220-158-91
1-220-158-91
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 910 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
1-39
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R124
R127
R128
R129
R130
1-216-805-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-832-11
1-216-830-11
1-216-832-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
47 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
8.2K 5% 1/16W
5.6K 5% 1/16W
8.2K 5% 1/16W
R201
R202
R205
R206
R207
1-218-720-11
1-218-720-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-725-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
R131
R135
R136
R137
R142
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-708-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
R208
R209
R210
R211
R212
1-216-864-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-676-11
1-220-158-91
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
R145
R146
R147
R148
R149
1-216-864-11
1-218-676-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-694-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R213
R214
R215
R216
R217
1-216-829-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-705-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
METAL, CHIP 0 5%
CHIP, METAL 5.6K
METAL 4.7K 0.50%
METAL 3.6K 0.50%
R150
R151
R152
R153
R154
1-218-700-11
1-218-702-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
R218
R219
R220
R221
R222
1-218-700-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-705-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R155
R156
R157
R158
R159
1-211-990-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-698-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
R223
R224
R225
R226
R227
1-216-845-11
1-218-841-11
1-218-697-11
1-218-672-11
1-218-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 560 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 150 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.1K 0.50% 1/16W
R160
R161
R162
R163
R164
1-218-676-11
1-220-158-91
1-216-805-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-672-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 150 0.50% 1/16W
R228
R229
R231
R232
R233
1-218-675-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-829-11
1-218-867-11
1-218-706-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 200 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 180 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 6.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
R165
R166
R167
R168
R169
1-218-710-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-705-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-858-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
R234
R235
R236
R239
R240
1-218-710-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-702-11
1-218-858-11
1-211-990-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R170
R171
R172
R173
R174
1-218-705-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-708-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
R241
R242
R243
R244
R246
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-729-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R175
R177
R178
R184
R185
1-218-724-11
1-218-867-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-828-11
1-218-648-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 6.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
160 0.50% 1/16W
15 0.50% 1/16W
R247
R248
R249
R250
R251
1-218-724-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R186
R187
R188
R190
R191
1-218-661-11
1-211-990-11
1-218-702-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 51 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R252
R253
R254
R255
R256
1-216-825-11
1-216-830-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-725-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 24K 0.50% 1/16W
R192
R193
R194
R195
R196
1-218-710-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-702-11
1-218-720-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
15K 0.50% 1/16W
R257
R258
R259
R260
R261
1-216-864-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-676-11
1-220-158-91
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 3.6K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
R197
R198
R199
R200
1-218-740-11
1-218-858-11
1-211-990-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
R262
R263
R264
R265
1-216-829-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-708-11
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
METAL, CHIP 0 5%
CHIP, METAL 5.6K
METAL 4.7K 0.50%
1-40
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
SP Description
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
3.6K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
15K 0.50% 1/16W
15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
24K 0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
36K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DA-88 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
R266
R267
R268
R269
R270
1-218-705-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-705-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R336
R337
R357
R358
R361
1-218-727-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-680-11
1-218-672-11
1-218-856-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL 330 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 150 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
R271
R272
R273
R274
R275
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-841-11
1-218-697-11
1-218-672-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 560 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 150 0.50% 1/16W
R362
R363
R364
R365
R366
1-218-856-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
R276
R277
R278
R280
R281
1-218-864-11
1-218-675-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-672-11
1-218-867-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 5.1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 200 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 150 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 6.8K 0.50% 1/16W
R367
R368
R369
R370
R371
1-218-700-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-829-11
1-218-856-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 180 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
R282
R283
R284
R285
R288
1-218-706-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-702-11
1-218-858-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
R372
R373
R374
R375
R376
1-218-856-11
1-218-856-11
1-216-797-11
1-218-856-11
1-218-727-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
R289
R290
R293
R294
R295
1-211-990-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-714-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-732-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
R378
R379
R380
1-218-664-11 s CHIP, METAL 68 0.50% 1/16W
1-218-727-11 s METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
1-218-655-91 s CHIP, METAL 30 0.50% 1/16W
R300
R301
R302
R303
R304
1-218-868-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-675-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL 7.5K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 200 0.50% 1/16W
RB1
RB2
RB3
RB4
RB5
1-239-309-11
1-239-309-11
1-239-309-11
1-236-908-11
1-236-908-11
RB6
RB7
1-236-906-11 s NETWORK RESISTOR (CHIP) 15K
1-236-906-11 s NETWORK RESISTOR (CHIP) 15K
R305
R306
R307
R308
R309
1-218-725-11
1-216-832-11
1-218-868-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-706-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 24K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 7.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
R310
R311
R312
R313
R314
1-216-826-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-704-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 2.7K
METAL, CHIP 0 5%
METAL 3.3K 0.50%
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
5% 1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
R315
R316
R317
R318
R320
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
R321
R322
R323
R324
R325
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
0 5%
0 5%
0 5%
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R326
R327
R328
R330
R331
1-218-692-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
R332
R333
R334
R335
1-218-883-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
s
s
s
s
s
2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
RESISTOR BLOCK, CHIP 100KX8
RESISTOR BLOCK, CHIP 100KX8
RESISTOR BLOCK, CHIP 100KX8
RESISTOR, NETWORK, CHIP 10k
RESISTOR, NETWORK, CHIP 10k
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-41
----------DM-98 BOARD
----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DM-98 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
A-8269-404-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, DM-98
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-104-913-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-910-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 5PF 0.25PF 50V
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-104-913-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
1-162-964-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
1-162-964-11
1-104-851-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-166-21
1-104-851-11
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
SP Description
C59
C60
C61
C62
C63
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-921-11
1-162-907-11
1-104-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 33PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C64
C65
C66
C67
C68
1-162-907-11
1-104-852-11
1-104-852-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C69
C70
C71
C72
C73
1-104-913-11
1-104-913-11
1-162-915-11
1-162-970-11
1-104-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C74
C75
C76
C77
C78
1-135-227-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-160-21
1-104-913-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 100uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
C79
C80
C81
C82
C83
1-104-913-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-970-11
1-104-913-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
C84
C85
C90
C91
C92
1-164-156-11
1-162-915-11
1-135-149-21
1-104-851-11
1-162-959-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 2.2uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 330PF 5% 50V
C93
C94
C100
C101
1-104-851-11
1-104-852-11
1-131-367-00
1-131-367-00
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
CN1
CN2
1-568-360-21 s CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 22P
1-766-703-11 s CONNECTOR, COAXIAL
25V
25V
25V
25V
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
8-719-002-81
8-719-002-81
8-719-002-81
8-719-002-81
8-719-974-76
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
D6
D7
D8
D9
8-719-404-35
8-719-404-35
8-719-041-68
8-759-274-67
s
s
s
s
DIODE MA141WK
DIODE MA141WK
DIODE RD3.3UH-T1
IC LM4040BIM3X-5.0
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-091-91
1-162-970-11
1-162-905-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 1uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
FL1
FL2
1-233-274-11 s FILTER, BAND PASS
1-239-972-11 s FILTER, LOW-PASS
C51
C52
C54
C55
C56
1-162-907-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-909-11
1-162-970-11
1-104-852-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 4PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC4
IC5
8-759-266-17
8-759-266-17
8-752-032-63
8-752-052-82
8-759-300-71
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
CA3102M
CA3102M
CXA1165M
CXA1432M
MC14053BF
IC6
IC7
IC8
IC9
8-759-300-71
8-759-230-14
8-759-008-91
8-759-173-16
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
MC14053BF
TC4S81F(TE85R)
MC14023BF
TL062CPW
C57
C58
1-104-852-11 s TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
1-162-970-11 s CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
L1
1-412-026-11 s INDUCTOR CHIP 1uH
1-42
0.01uF
0.01uF
25V
0.01uF
0.01uF
10% 25V
10% 25V
10% 25V
10% 25V
CHIP
CHIP
22uF
22uF
10uF 20% 10V
22uF 20% 10V
10% 20V
10% 20V
1T363
1T363
1T363
1T363
HSM107S
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(DM-98 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DM-98 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
1-412-026-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-410-136-11
1-412-026-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP 1uH
CHIP 10uH
CHIP 10uH
3.3uH
CHIP 1uH
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
1-218-660-91
1-218-851-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL 47 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
L7
L8
L9
L10
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-414-142-11
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP 1uH
CHIP 1uH
CHIP 1uH
1uH
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
1-218-660-91
1-218-672-11
1-218-833-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL 47 0.50% 1/16W
150 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
LV1
LV2
1-409-819-21 s COIL, VAR
1-409-817-21 s COIL, VAR
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
8-729-119-28
8-729-144-07
8-729-024-58
8-729-026-32
8-729-026-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC2758-U18
2SC4184-T43
2SA1688-5
XP6534
XP6534
R20
R21
R22
R23
R24
1-218-706-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
8-729-026-32
8-729-026-32
8-729-144-07
8-729-117-32
8-729-026-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XP6534
XP6534
2SC4184-T43
2SC4177
XP6534
R25
R26
R27
R28
R29
1-218-660-91
1-218-671-11
1-218-833-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-706-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL 47 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 130 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
Q11
Q12
Q13
Q14
Q15
8-729-117-32
8-729-026-31
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
XP6435
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
R30
R31
R32
R33
R34
1-218-851-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-833-11
1-218-660-91
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47 0.50% 1/16W
Q16
Q17
Q18
Q19
Q20
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
R35
R36
R37
R38
R39
1-218-671-11
1-218-833-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL 130 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
Q21
Q22
Q23
Q24
Q25
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-026-31
8-729-144-07
8-729-024-56
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
XP6435
2SC4184-T43
2SA1808
R40
R41
R42
R43
R44
1-218-706-11
1-218-661-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-677-11
1-211-981-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 51 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 240 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 33 0.50% 1/16W
Q26
Q27
Q28
Q29
Q30
8-729-144-07
8-729-144-07
8-729-024-56
8-729-928-81
8-729-928-81
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4184-T43
2SC4184-T43
2SA1808
DTC144EE
DTC144EE
R45
R46
R47
R48
R49
1-218-660-91
1-218-671-11
1-218-677-11
1-211-981-11
1-218-710-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
Q31
Q32
Q33
Q34
Q35
8-729-117-32
8-729-928-81
8-729-141-48
8-729-928-81
8-729-928-27
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
DTC144EE
2SB624-BV345
DTC144EE
DTA144EE
R50
R51
R52
R53
R54
1-218-851-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-706-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL 1.5K
3.9K 0.50%
METAL 5.6K
METAL 1.5K
3.9K 0.50%
Q36
Q37
Q38
8-729-141-48 s TRANSISTOR 2SB624-BV345
8-729-928-81 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EE
8-729-159-65 s TRANSISTOR 2SD596-DV5
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
1-218-698-11
1-218-840-11
1-218-676-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 510 0.50% 1/16W
220 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-218-716-11
1-218-868-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-664-11
1-218-688-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 7.5K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 68 0.50% 1/16W
680 0.50% 1/16W
R60
R61
R63
R64
R65
1-218-668-11
1-218-833-11
1-218-833-11
1-211-969-11
1-211-969-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
R6
R7
R8
R9
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
1-211-977-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
10K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
R66
R67
R68
R69
1-218-668-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-694-11
1-211-990-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
47 0.50% 1/16W
130 0.50% 1/16W
240 0.50% 1/16W
33 0.50% 1/16W
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
270 0.50% 1/16W
270 0.50% 1/16W
10 0.50% 1/16W
10 0.50% 1/16W
1-43
(DM-98 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DM-98 BOARD)
SP Description
R70
R71
R72
R73
R74
1-218-845-11
1-218-692-11
1-211-990-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
1-218-706-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-867-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
R81
R82
R83
R84
R85
1-218-710-11
1-218-688-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-722-11
R86
R88
R89
R90
R91
SP Description
R133
R134
R135
R136
R137
1-218-680-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL 3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 6.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
R138
R140
R141
R150
R151
1-218-716-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-700-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
680 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 18K 0.50% 1/16W
R152
R153
R154
R155
R156
1-218-873-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-867-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
1-211-977-11
1-218-704-11
1-211-990-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
10K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
RV1
RV2
1-237-034-11 s RES, ADJ METAL 2K
1-237-033-11 s RES, ADJ METAL 1K
S1
1-692-270-21 s SWITCH, SLIDE
R92
R93
R94
R95
R96
1-218-692-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-660-91
1-218-708-11
1-218-868-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 7.5K 0.50% 1/16W
R97
R98
R99
R100
R101
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-732-11
1-216-853-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 470K 5% 1/16W
R102
R104
R105
R106
R107
1-218-708-11
1-218-845-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 820 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
R108
R109
R110
R111
R112
1-218-708-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-708-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
R113
R114
R115
R116
R117
1-218-695-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-867-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
1.3K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 6.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R118
R119
R120
R121
R122
1-218-692-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-789-11
1-216-789-11
1-211-990-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
R123
R124
R125
R126
R127
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
47K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R128
R130
R131
R132
1-211-990-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-881-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 27K 0.50% 1/16W
1-44
METAL 820 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
330 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 6.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
----------DM-99 BOARD
----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(DM-99 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
1pc
A-8269-405-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, DM-99
Q9
8-729-029-14 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EUA-T106
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-917-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 15PF 5% 50V
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-211-990-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-698-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
33K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-162-970-11
1-104-913-11
1-162-964-11
1-104-913-11
1-135-166-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-218-688-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-706-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
680 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-091-91
1-164-160-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 1uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 20PF 5% 50V
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
1-218-660-91
1-218-708-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-706-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL 47 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
1-135-145-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-104-911-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 0.47uF 10% 35V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
1-218-692-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
1-104-911-11
1-104-852-11
1-104-852-11
1-104-911-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
10V
10V
10V
10V
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
1-211-990-11
1-218-897-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 120K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
1-164-156-11
1-104-911-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-911-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
R26
R27
R28
R29
1-218-724-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-732-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL 22K
METAL 12K
METAL 22K
47K 0.50%
C31
C33
1-162-916-11 s CERAMIC, CHIP 12PF 5% 50V
1-162-927-11 s CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
RV1
RV2
1-237-037-11 s RES, ADJ, METAL 20K
1-237-033-11 s RES, ADJ METAL 1K
CN1
CN2
1-568-354-11 o CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 10P
1-766-703-11 s CONNECTOR, COAXIAL
FL1
1-239-972-11 s FILTER, LOW-PASS
IC1
IC2
IC3
8-759-281-38 s IC M52313SP
8-752-052-82 s IC CXA1432M
8-759-054-61 s IC CLC505AJE
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
1-412-026-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-029-11
L6
L7
1-412-029-11 s INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH
1-412-029-11 s INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH
LV1
LV2
1-409-820-21 s COIL, VAR
1-409-820-21 s COIL, VAR
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
8-729-028-91
8-729-141-48
8-729-029-14
8-729-117-16
8-729-029-14
Q7
Q8
8-729-117-32 s TRANSISTOR 2SC4177
8-729-029-14 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EUA-T106
BVP-500
BVP-500P
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
20%
20%
20%
20%
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
1uH
10uH
10uH
1uH
10uH
DTA144EUA-T106
2SB624-BV345
DTC144EUA-T106
2SA1611-M6
DTC144EUA-T106
1-45
-----------IF-538 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-866-A
3-693-198-01
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, IF-538
PANEL, PC BOARD IF-538
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C5
C10
C11
C12
C13
1-164-156-11
1-135-160-21
1-135-160-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C14
C15
C16
C17
C20
1-164-156-11
1-135-208-11
1-135-165-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-160-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 1uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
1-135-160-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-208-11
1-135-165-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 1uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
C26
C30
C31
C32
C33
1-164-156-11
1-135-160-21
1-135-160-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CHIP, TANTALUM 15uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C34
C35
C36
C40
C41
1-135-208-11
1-135-165-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-851-11
1-104-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 1uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-208-11
1-104-911-95
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 1uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C100
C101
C102
C120
C121
1-162-907-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-914-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
C122
C123
C124
C125
C200
1-164-156-11
1-162-907-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-104-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C203
C204
C205
C206
C250
1-162-921-11
1-162-924-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-910-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 33PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 56PF 5% 50V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CHIP,TANTALUM 15uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C251
C350
C351
C352
C353
1-104-913-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-914-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
C354
C355
C356
C357
C380
1-164-156-11
1-162-907-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
1-46
25V
2PF 50V
25V
100PF 5% 50V
25V
SP Description
C382
C383
C400
C401
C450
1-104-914-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C451
C452
C453
C454
C455
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-914-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-907-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
C456
C457
C500
C501
C502
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C550
C551
C600
C601
C650
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
1-104-914-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C651
C652
C680
C683
C685
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C700
C701
C702
C703
C704
1-162-915-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-396-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT, CHIP 47uF 20% 16V
C705
C706
C800
C801
C802
1-126-396-11
1-104-851-11
1-162-919-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
s
s
s
s
s
ELECT, CHIP 47uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 22PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
C803
C804
C805
C806
C807
1-164-156-11
1-162-919-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 22PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C808
C809
C810
C811
C812
1-162-928-11
1-164-363-11
1-162-928-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-910-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 120PF
CERAMIC 560PF
CERAMIC 120PF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CHIP,TANTALUM
C813
C814
C820
C821
C822
1-104-914-11
1-164-363-11
1-164-505-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 560PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2.2uF 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C823
C824
C825
C826
C827
1-104-914-11
1-162-917-11
1-162-923-11
1-162-923-11
1-104-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 15PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C828
C829
C830
C831
1-162-928-11
1-164-505-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-505-11
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 120PF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
25V
100PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
5% 50V
5% 50V
5% 50V
25V
15uF 10% 10V
5% 50V
2.2uF 16V
25V
2.2uF 16V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
C832
C850
C851
C852
C853
1-104-851-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C854
C855
C856
C857
C858
1-135-209-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-974-11
1-104-914-11
1-135-210-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
C859
C860
C861
C862
C863
1-164-156-11
1-135-179-21
1-135-210-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
C864
C865
C866
C867
C868
1-104-914-11
1-162-916-11
1-162-923-11
1-162-923-11
1-104-914-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 12PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
C870
C871
C872
C873
C874
1-104-913-11
1-164-505-11
1-164-505-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
CERAMIC, CHIP 2.2uF
CERAMIC, CHIP 2.2uF
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF
C875
C876
C877
C878
C879
1-162-928-11
1-162-928-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-505-11
1-164-505-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 120PF
CERAMIC 120PF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
C880
C881
C882
C883
C884
1-164-505-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 2.2uF 16V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
C885
C900
C901
C903
C904
1-104-910-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,TANTALUM 15uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
C905
C1002
C1003
C1004
C1005
1-164-156-11
1-162-909-11
1-162-909-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-910-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 4PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 4PF 0.25PF 50V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CHIP,TANTALUM 15uF 10% 10V
C1022
C1023
C1024
C1025
C1041
1-162-909-11
1-162-909-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-910-11
1-162-915-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 4PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 4PF 0.25PF 50V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CHIP,TANTALUM 15uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
C1042
C1043
C1044
C1045
C1062
1-162-911-11
1-162-909-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-910-11
1-162-915-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 6PF 50V
CERAMIC 4PF 0.25PF 50V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CHIP,TANTALUM 15uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
C1063
C1064
C1067
C1068
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-070-00
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 0.1uF 10% 35V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
20% 16V
16V
16V
5% 50V
5% 50V
5% 50V
5% 50V
25V
2.2uF 16V
2.2uF 16V
SP Description
C1069
C1070
C1071
C1072
1-164-156-11
1-104-914-11
1-104-910-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 22uF 20% 16V
CHIP,TANTALUM 15uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
D10
D20
D30
D40
D100
8-719-029-63
8-719-029-63
8-719-029-63
8-719-029-57
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
RD4.3UH-T1
RD4.3UH-T1
RD4.3UH-T1
RD2.4UH-T1
1SS302
D200
D820
D870
D871
D872
8-719-948-47
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
HSM88AS
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
D1062
8-719-820-41 s DIODE 1SS302
IC10
IC120
IC350
IC351
IC380
8-759-076-06
8-759-054-61
8-759-082-61
8-759-054-61
8-759-254-49
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TL064CPW
CLC505AJE
TC4W53FU
CLC505AJE
EL4581CS-TE2
IC400
IC450
IC451
IC500
IC501
8-759-089-61
8-759-066-59
8-759-054-61
8-759-082-58
8-759-058-64
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC74HC4052AFS(EL)
TC74HC4053AFS
CLC505AJE
TC7W08FU
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
IC502
IC550
IC600
IC601
IC602
8-759-058-54
8-759-079-52
8-759-058-62
8-759-082-55
8-759-237-79
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S00FU(TE85R)
TC74VHC08FS(EL)
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
TC7W00FU
TC74HC595AF(EL)
IC603
IC651
IC652
IC654
IC660
8-759-086-42
8-759-058-64
8-759-079-61
8-759-276-00
8-759-058-64
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
X24C02S-3.0-C7000
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
TC74VHC74FS(EL)
TC7W139FU(TE12R)
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
IC661
IC662
IC680
IC700
IC701
8-759-058-62
8-759-058-64
8-759-058-58
8-759-988-13
8-759-195-81
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S08FU
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
TC7S04FU(TE85R)
LM393PS
TC7S86FU
IC800
IC801
IC802
IC803
IC820
8-759-254-49
8-759-254-49
8-759-180-08
8-759-050-06
8-759-082-61
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
EL4581CS-TE2
EL4581CS-TE2
TC74HC4538AFS
SN74HC157APW
TC4W53FU
IC821
IC850
IC851
IC852
IC870
8-759-180-08
8-759-271-16
8-759-271-15
8-759-271-17
8-759-180-08
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC74HC4538AFS
MN8232A
HM53461JP-12
MN6790S
TC74HC4538AFS
IC871
IC872
IC873
IC874
IC900
8-759-058-54
8-759-089-61
8-759-242-78
8-759-058-55
8-759-079-61
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S00FU(TE85R)
TC74HC4052AFS(EL)
TC7W02F
TC7S02FU-TE85L
TC74VHC74FS(EL)
IC901
IC902
IC903
8-759-079-61 s IC TC74VHC74FS(EL)
8-759-079-61 s IC TC74VHC74FS(EL)
8-759-079-46 s IC TC74VHC00FS(EL)
1-47
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
IC904
IC1060
IC1061
IC1062
IC1063
8-759-082-55
8-759-082-61
8-759-981-48
8-759-082-61
8-759-082-58
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
Q403
Q450
Q451
Q550
Q551
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
L10
L20
L30
L40
L140
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-412-026-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
Q650
Q680
Q681
Q700
Q701
8-729-029-14
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-230-49
8-729-800-37
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC144EUA-T106
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SC2712-YG
2SD1048-X7
L141
L200
L351
L352
L353
1-412-026-11
1-410-385-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR CHIP 1uH
INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
INDUCTOR CHIP 1uH
INDUCTOR CHIP 1uH
INDUCTOR CHIP 1uH
Q702
Q800
Q801
Q818
Q819
8-729-141-48
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SB624-BV345
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SC4177
L381
L382
L450
L451
L452
1-412-026-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1uH
10uH
1uH
1uH
1uH
Q820
Q821
Q822
Q823
Q824
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-026-32
8-729-026-31
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
XP6534
XP6435
L550
L551
L700
L800
L820
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-029-11
1-410-388-31
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1uH
1uH
1uH
10uH
39uH
Q825
Q826
Q827
Q828
Q870
8-729-117-16
8-729-026-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-230-38
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
XP6534
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC4215Y
L850
L851
L852
L853
L870
1-412-026-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-410-385-11
1-412-026-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR CHIP 1uH
INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH
INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH
INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
INDUCTOR CHIP 1uH
Q871
Q872
Q873
Q874
Q875
8-729-427-83
8-729-427-83
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XP6501
XP6501
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
L871
L872
L900
L1060
L1061
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
1uH
1uH
1uH
1uH
1uH
Q876
Q1000
Q1001
Q1002
Q1020
8-729-117-32
8-729-026-32
8-729-122-63
8-729-102-08
8-729-026-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
XP6534
2SA1226
2SC2223-F14
XP6534
L1062
1-412-026-11 s INDUCTOR CHIP 1uH
Q10
Q20
Q30
Q40
Q100
8-729-141-48
8-729-141-48
8-729-141-75
8-729-141-75
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SB624-BV345
2SB624-BV345
2SD596DV345
2SD596DV345
2SA1226
Q1021
Q1022
Q1040
Q1041
Q1042
8-729-122-63
8-729-102-08
8-729-026-32
8-729-122-63
8-729-102-08
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1226
2SC2223-F14
XP6534
2SA1226
2SC2223-F14
Q1043
Q1062
8-729-117-16 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1611-M6
8-729-117-32 s TRANSISTOR 2SC4177
Q101
Q102
Q200
Q201
Q203
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
1-218-748-11
1-218-748-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-677-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
Q250
Q251
Q252
Q300
Q301
8-729-920-48
8-729-920-48
8-729-028-91
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
IMH2
IMH2
DTA144EUA-T106
2SC4177
2SC4177
R15
R20
R21
R22
R23
1-218-724-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-729-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-856-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 36K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
Q302
Q350
Q351
Q380
Q400
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
R30
R31
R32
R41
R42
1-216-864-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-729-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 36K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
Q401
Q402
8-729-117-32 s TRANSISTOR 2SC4177
8-729-117-16 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1611-M6
R100
1-218-856-11 s CHIP, METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
1-48
TC7W00FU
TC4W53FU
TL082M
TC4W53FU
TC7W08FU
SP Description
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
0.47UH
1uH
METAL 220K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 220K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 240 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
1-218-710-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-840-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-840-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
R120
R121
R122
R123
R124
1-218-699-11
1-218-655-91
1-218-698-11
1-218-680-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
R125
R126
R146
R200
R201
1-218-883-11
1-211-990-11
1-211-990-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R202
R203
R204
R205
R207
1-216-845-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-883-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
R209
R250
R251
R252
R300
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-692-11
R301
R302
R303
R304
R305
R455
R456
R457
R458
R461
1-218-680-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-883-11
1-211-990-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 330 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 30 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
330 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R520
R521
R522
R523
R550
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-831-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
R551
R552
R553
R554
R555
1-218-833-11
1-218-700-11
1-216-831-11
1-218-833-11
1-218-697-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R570
R571
R572
R573
R600
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R601
R602
R603
R604
R605
1-218-748-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
220K 0.50% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
1-218-704-11
1-218-668-11
1-216-857-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-858-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
R620
R621
R650
R651
R680
1-216-857-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
1M 5% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
R307
R308
R309
R315
R350
1-218-716-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-831-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 470 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
R681
R682
R683
R684
R685
1-218-668-11
1-218-714-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-831-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R351
R352
R353
R354
R355
1-218-704-11
1-218-699-11
1-211-990-11
1-218-702-11
1-218-680-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
330 0.50% 1/16W
R686
R687
R688
R700
R701
1-218-700-11
1-218-700-11
1-211-969-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-699-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
R356
R357
R358
R359
R380
1-218-692-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-668-11
1-211-990-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R702
R703
R704
R705
R706
1-218-720-11
1-218-720-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-725-11
1-218-727-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
15K 0.50% 1/16W
15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
24K 0.50% 1/16W
30K 0.50% 1/16W
R381
R382
R383
R400
R401
1-218-700-11
1-218-864-11
1-216-855-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-676-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 680K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
R707
R708
R709
R710
R711
1-218-716-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-883-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
10K
47K
47K
10K
33K
R402
R403
R410
R411
R450
1-216-829-11
1-218-700-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-831-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
METAL 2.2K 0.50%
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
METAL, CHIP 6.8K
R712
R713
R714
R715
R716
1-216-838-11
1-216-029-00
1-216-029-00
1-216-029-00
1-216-029-00
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
R451
R452
R453
R454
1-218-695-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-699-11
s
s
s
s
METAL 1.3K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
R717
R718
R719
R720
1-216-029-00
1-216-029-00
1-218-668-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
BVP-500
BVP-500P
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
510 0.50% 1/16W
3K 0.50% 1/16W
510 0.50% 1/16W
SP Description
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
27K
150
150
150
150
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
150 5% 1/10W
150 5% 1/10W
100 0.50% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1-49
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
R800
R801
R802
R803
R804
1-216-836-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-855-11
1-216-836-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 18K 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 680K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 18K 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
R877
R878
R879
R880
R881
1-218-692-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R805
R806
R807
R808
R818
1-216-855-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-704-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 680K
METAL, CHIP 100K
METAL, CHIP 100K
METAL 2.2K 0.50%
METAL 3.3K 0.50%
R882
R883
R884
R885
R900
1-216-831-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-831-11
1-218-704-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 6.8K
METAL, CHIP 6.8K
METAL, CHIP 6.8K
METAL 3.3K 0.50%
METAL, CHIP 0 5%
R819
R820
R821
R822
R824
1-218-704-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-831-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
R902
R903
R904
R905
R906
1-216-857-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
R825
R826
R827
R828
R829
1-218-851-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R907
R908
R1000
R1001
R1002
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-218-858-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-698-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
R830
R831
R832
R833
R834
1-218-692-11
1-216-831-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-868-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
1K 0.50% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
7.5K 0.50% 1/16W
R1003
R1004
R1005
R1006
R1007
1-218-671-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-694-11
1-218-698-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
R835
R836
R837
R838
R839
1-218-702-11
1-218-702-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-704-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
R1008
R1009
R1010
R1011
R1014
1-218-710-11
1-218-660-91
1-216-864-11
1-218-851-11
1-211-969-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
R840
R841
R842
R843
R844
1-218-724-11
1-218-721-11
1-218-886-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 16K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 43K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R1020
R1021
R1022
R1023
R1024
1-218-858-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-650-11
1-218-698-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 18 0.50% 1/16
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
R845
R846
R847
R848
R850
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-725-11
1-218-695-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
10K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
24K 0.50% 1/16W
1.3K 0.50% 1/16W
R1025
R1026
R1027
R1028
R1029
1-218-851-11
1-218-694-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-660-91
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
R851
R852
R853
R854
R855
1-211-991-11
1-218-738-11
1-218-837-11
1-218-676-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL 82 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 82K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 390 0.50% 1/16W
220 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R1030
R1031
R1034
R1040
R1041
1-216-864-11
1-218-851-11
1-211-969-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-858-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R856
R857
R858
R859
R860
1-218-692-11
1-218-664-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-844-11
1-218-844-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
R1042
R1043
R1044
R1045
R1046
1-218-698-11
1-218-694-11
1-218-846-11
1-211-992-11
1-218-840-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 910 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 91 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 510 0.50% 1/16W
R861
R862
R870
R871
R872
1-216-857-11
1-218-748-11
1-216-831-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 220K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R1047
R1048
R1049
R1050
R1051
1-218-699-11
1-218-664-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-660-91
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
R873
R874
R875
R876
1-216-834-11
1-216-834-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
R1052
R1053
R1055
R1064
1-218-851-11
1-216-831-11
1-211-969-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
1-50
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
68 0.50% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
750 0.50% 1/16W
750 0.50% 1/16W
12K 5% 1/16W
12K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 130 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
47 0.50% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
10 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47 0.50% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
10 0.50% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 68 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
10 0.50% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
-----------LE-130 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(IF-538 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R1065
R1066
R1067
R1068
R1071
1-218-704-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
R1073
R1074
R1075
R1076
R1077
1-218-704-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-668-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
R1078
R1080
R1081
R1082
1-218-668-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
RV100
1-241-260-11 s METAL, ADJ 500
S200
S650
1-572-272-11 s SWITCH, SLIDE
1-762-118-21 s SWITCH, TOGGLE
100 0.50% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
0 5% 1/16W
1pc
A-8314-073-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, LE-130
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-104-919-11
1-104-919-11
1-104-848-11
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
C6
1-163-038-00 s CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CN41
1-506-482-11 o PIN, CONNECTOR 3P
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
8-719-042-86
8-719-042-86
8-719-042-86
8-719-042-86
8-719-042-86
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
8-729-807-51
8-729-807-51
8-729-807-51
8-729-807-51
8-729-807-51
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SD1623-S
2SD1623-S
2SD1623-S
2SD1623-S
2SD1623-S
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
8-729-807-51
8-729-807-51
8-729-807-51
8-729-216-22
8-729-901-01
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SD1623-S
2SD1623-S
2SD1623-S
2SA1162
DTC144EK
Q11
8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-216-621-11
1-216-621-11
1-216-621-11
1-216-621-11
1-216-621-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
56
56
56
56
56
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-216-621-11
1-216-621-11
1-216-621-11
1-216-621-11
1-216-621-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
56
56
56
56
56
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
1-216-298-00
1-216-298-00
1-208-800-11
1-208-806-11
1-216-665-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
R16
R17
1-208-806-11 s CHIP, METAL 10K 0.50% 1/10W
1-208-806-11 s CHIP, METAL 10K 0.50% 1/10W
----------LF-31 BOARD
----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
1pc
BVP-500
BVP-500P
SP Description
!
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 100uF 20% 4V
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
LT9527U
LT9527U
LT9527U
LT9527U
LT9527U
2.2 5% 1/10W
2.2 5% 1/10W
5.6K 0.50% 1/10W
10K 0.50% 1/10W
3.9K 0.5% 1/10W
SP Description
A-8314-059-A s MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, LF-31
1-51
-----------MB-637 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(MB-637 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
4pcs
4pcs
27pcs
A-8269-865-A
2-280-622-01
7-682-545-04
3-729-061-01
o
o
s
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, MB-637
SUPPORT (M3), HEXAGON
SCREW +B 3X4
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C15
C16
C17
C18
C19
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C20
C21
C22
C23
C24
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C25
C26
C27
C28
C29
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
C35
C36
C37
C38
C39
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
C40
C41
C43
C45
C47
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
C48
C49
C51
C52
C53
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
C54
C55
C56
C57
C58
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
C59
C60
C61
C62
C63
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-52
SP Description
C64
C65
C66
C67
C68
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
C69
C70
C71
C72
C73
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
C74
C75
C76
C77
C78
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
C79
C80
C81
C82
C83
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
25V
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
C84
C100
C101
C102
C103
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
25V
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C104
C105
C106
C107
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
1-569-629-11
1-770-580-11
1-764-078-11
1-764-080-21
1-774-260-11
s
o
s
s
o
HOUSING, 24P
SOCKET, CONNECTOR(PCB-PCB) 26P
PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P
PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 8P
CONNECTOR, FFC (ZIF) 20P
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN19
CN20
1-774-261-21
1-750-935-21
1-750-935-21
1-750-933-21
1-750-935-21
o
o
o
o
o
CONNECTOR, FFC
PIN, CONNECTOR
PIN, CONNECTOR
PIN, CONNECTOR
PIN, CONNECTOR
(ZIF) 24P
30P
30P
12P
30P
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
CN25
1-750-935-21
1-750-934-21
1-750-933-21
1-750-935-21
1-750-934-21
o
o
o
o
o
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
30P
20P
12P
30P
20P
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
CN26
CN27
CN28
CN29
CN30
1-766-703-11
1-766-703-11
1-766-703-11
1-750-933-21
1-750-934-21
s
s
s
o
o
CONNECTOR, COAXIAL
CONNECTOR, COAXIAL
CONNECTOR, COAXIAL
PIN, CONNECTOR 12P
PIN, CONNECTOR 20P
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
CN31
CN32
CN33
1-750-935-21 o PIN, CONNECTOR 30P
1-774-260-11 o CONNECTOR, FFC (ZIF) 20P
1-764-079-21 s PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 4P
D2
D3
8-719-404-35 s DIODE MA141WK
8-719-404-35 s DIODE MA141WK
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CERAMIC,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
IC5
IC6
IC7
IC8
8-759-086-42
8-759-175-04
8-759-175-04
8-759-175-04
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
25V
25V
25V
25V
X24C02S-3.0-C7000
PCF8574T-T
PCF8574T-T
PCF8574T-T
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(MB-637 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(MB-637 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
IC9
IC10
IC11
IC50
8-759-175-04
8-759-175-04
8-759-175-04
8-759-209-69
JC1
JC2
1-216-295-11 s CHIP, CONDUCTOR 0
1-216-295-11 s CHIP, CONDUCTOR 0
Q1
Q2
Q3
8-729-029-14 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EUA-T106
8-729-029-14 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EUA-T106
8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-216-830-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
5.6K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-216-797-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R14
R15
R16
R20
R21
1-216-797-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R22
R23
R24
R25
R26
1-216-821-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
10 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R27
R28
R29
R30
R31
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
1-216-797-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R40
R41
R101
R102
R103
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R104
R105
1-216-809-11 s METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
1-216-809-11 s METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
RB10
RB11
RB12
RB13
RB14
1-239-416-11
1-239-416-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-904-11
1-236-907-11
s
s
s
s
s
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
220X4
220X4
100KX4
1KX4
100KX4
RB15
RB16
RB17
RB18
RB19
1-236-907-11
1-236-904-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
s
s
s
s
s
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100KX4
1KX4
100KX4
100KX4
100KX4
RB20
1-236-907-11 s RESISTOR BLOCK, CHIP 100KX4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
PCF8574T-T
PCF8574T-T
PCF8574T-T
TC4S11F
RB21
RB22
SP Description
1-236-907-11 s RESISTOR BLOCK, CHIP 100KX4
1-236-907-11 s RESISTOR BLOCK, CHIP 100KX4
1-53
-----------MD-103 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(MD-103 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-406-A
3-692-161-02
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, MD-103
PANEL,MD-103 PC BOARD
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-162-906-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-974-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, CERAMIC 1.5PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-104-851-11
1-104-851-11
1-104-911-11
1-104-911-11
1-162-920-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 27PF 5% 50V
C11
C12
C13
C14
C16
1-104-851-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C17
C18
C19
C20
C21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C22
C23
C24
C26
C27
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-851-11
1-104-851-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C38
C39
C40
C41
C42
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
1-164-156-11
1-162-919-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-974-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 22PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
C48
C49
C50
C51
C52
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-851-11
1-104-851-11
1-104-911-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
C53
C54
C55
C56
C57
1-104-911-11
1-162-923-11
1-104-847-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 4V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
1-54
25V
100PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
SP Description
C58
C59
C60
C61
C62
1-164-156-11
1-162-917-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
25V
15PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
C63
C64
C65
C66
C67
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C68
C70
C71
C72
C73
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-911-11
1-104-911-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C74
C75
C76
C77
C78
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C79
C80
C81
C82
C83
1-164-156-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-974-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
C84
C85
C86
C87
C88
1-164-156-11
1-104-851-11
1-104-851-11
1-104-911-11
1-104-911-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF
C89
C90
C91
C92
C93
1-162-923-11
1-104-847-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 4V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C94
C95
C96
C97
C98
1-162-917-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C99
C100
C101
C102
C103
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-905-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-907-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 2PF 50V
C104
C105
C106
C107
C108
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
C118
C119
C120
C121
C122
1-104-851-11
1-104-851-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C123
C124
C125
C126
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
100PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
0.1uF 25V
1PF 0.25PF 50V
1PF 0.25PF 50V
0.01uF 50V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
10V
10V
10V
10V
15PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(MD-103 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(MD-103 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
C127
C128
C129
C130
C132
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
IC1
8-759-141-60 s IC UPA101G
IC2
IC3
IC4
IC5
IC6
8-759-141-60
8-759-054-61
8-759-141-60
8-759-054-61
8-759-141-60
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
UPA101G
CLC505AJE
UPA101G
CLC505AJE
UPA101G
C133
C134
C135
C136
C139
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-974-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.01uF 50V
IC12
IC13
IC14
IC16
IC17
8-759-186-39
8-759-082-61
8-759-173-16
8-759-085-67
8-759-180-08
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC74VHC74F
TC4W53FU
TL062CPW
LM339NS
TC74HC4538AFS
C151
C152
C153
C160
C161
1-104-851-11
1-104-850-11
1-104-850-11
1-104-851-11
1-162-927-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
CHIP,TANTALUM 6.8uF
CHIP,TANTALUM 6.8uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF
IC18
IC19
IC20
IC21
8-759-260-55
8-759-082-61
8-759-082-61
8-759-173-16
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
TLC272CPW-E05
TC4W53FU
TC4W53FU
TL062CPW
C162
C163
C164
C165
C167
1-104-850-11
1-104-851-11
1-162-905-11
1-104-852-11
1-162-927-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,TANTALUM 6.8uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 1PF 0.25PF 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
L3
L4
L5
L6
L9
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-029-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10uH
10uH
1uH
1uH
10uH
C168
C169
C170
C171
C173
1-162-923-11
1-104-913-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-179-21
1-104-913-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
L10
L11
L12
L15
L16
1-412-029-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10uH
1uH
1uH
10uH
10uH
C174
C175
C176
C178
C179
1-135-179-21
1-104-851-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-179-21
1-104-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
L20
L21
L22
L23
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
1-412-026-11
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1uH
1uH
1uH
1uH
C180
C181
C182
C183
C184
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-850-11
1-104-850-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CHIP,TANTALUM
CHIP,TANTALUM
25V
25V
25V
6.8uF 10% 10V
6.8uF 10% 10V
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
8-729-026-31
8-729-144-07
8-729-024-56
8-729-144-07
8-729-144-07
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XP6435
2SC4184-T43
2SA1808
2SC4184-T43
2SC4184-T43
C185
C186
C187
C188
C189
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-850-11
1-104-850-11
1-162-915-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CHIP,TANTALUM
CHIP,TANTALUM
CERAMIC, CHIP
25V
25V
6.8uF 10% 10V
6.8uF 10% 10V
10PF 5PF 50V
Q8
Q9
Q10
Q11
Q12
8-729-024-56
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1808
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
C190
C191
C192
C193
C200
1-104-852-11
1-104-852-11
1-104-852-11
1-104-851-11
1-104-847-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
Q13
Q14
Q15
Q18
Q19
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
8-729-117-32
8-729-026-31
8-729-144-07
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
2SC4177
XP6435
2SC4184-T43
C201
1-104-847-11 s TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 4V
D1
D3
D4
8-759-274-67 s IC LM4040BIM3X-5.0
8-719-041-68 s DIODE RD3.3UH-T1
8-719-041-68 s DIODE RD3.3UH-T1
Q20
Q21
Q22
Q23
Q24
8-729-024-56
8-729-144-07
8-729-144-07
8-729-024-56
8-729-230-38
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1808
2SC4184-T43
2SC4184-T43
2SA1808
2SC4215Y
FL1
FL2
FL3
FL4
FL5
1-239-950-11
1-409-821-11
1-760-442-21
1-239-951-11
1-409-822-11
s
s
s
s
s
FILTER, LOW-PASS (VIDEO)
PHASE SHIFTER 90
FILTER, TRAP
FILTER, LOW-PASS (VIDEO)
PHASE SHIFTER 90
Q25
Q26
Q27
Q28
Q29
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
2SC4177
FL6
FL7
FL8
FL9
1-239-951-11
1-239-946-11
1-239-944-11
1-411-283-11
s
s
s
s
FILTER,
FILTER,
FILTER,
FILTER,
Q32
Q33
Q34
Q35
8-729-026-31
8-729-144-07
8-729-024-56
8-729-144-07
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XP6435
2SC4184-T43
2SA1808
2SC4184-T43
BVP-500
BVP-500P
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
SP Description
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22uF
22uF
22uF
10uF
22uF
20% 10V
10% 10V
10% 10V
20% 10V
5% 50V
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
LOW-PASS (VIDEO)
LOW-PASS
LOW-PASS
TRAP
10V
10V
10V
10V
4V
1-55
(MD-103 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(MD-103 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
Q36
Q37
Q38
Q39
Q40
8-729-144-07
8-729-024-56
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
8-729-230-38
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4184-T43
2SA1808
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
2SC4215Y
R38
R39
R40
R41
R42
1-216-838-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-684-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-714-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 27K 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
Q43
Q44
Q45
Q46
Q47
8-729-230-38
8-729-024-58
8-729-230-38
8-729-024-58
8-729-928-81
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4215Y
2SA1688-5
2SC4215Y
2SA1688-5
DTC144EE
R43
R44
R45
R46
R47
1-218-675-11
1-218-679-91
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-823-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
200 0.50% 1/16W
300 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
Q50
Q51
Q52
Q53
Q54
8-729-026-31
8-729-024-56
8-729-144-07
8-729-144-07
8-729-144-07
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XP6435
2SA1808
2SC4184-T43
2SC4184-T43
2SC4184-T43
R48
R49
R50
R51
R52
1-216-823-11
1-216-823-11
1-218-842-11
1-218-851-11
1-216-823-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
1.5K 5% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
620 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
Q55
Q60
Q61
Q62
Q63
8-729-024-56
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1808
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
1-218-851-11
1-218-684-11
1-218-684-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
Q64
Q65
Q66
Q67
Q68
8-729-928-81
8-729-101-07
8-729-928-81
8-729-141-48
8-729-928-81
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC144EE
2SB798
DTC144EE
2SB624-BV345
DTC144EE
R58
R59
R60
R61
R62
1-216-821-11
1-216-838-11
1-218-684-11
1-216-838-11
1-216-830-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
27K 5% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
27K 5% 1/16W
5.6K 5% 1/16W
Q69
Q70
8-729-928-27 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EE
8-729-807-51 s TRANSISTOR 2SD1623-S
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
1-218-851-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-823-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R63
R64
R65
R66
R67
1-216-846-11
1-218-700-11
1-216-809-11
1-211-990-11
1-216-816-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 120K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 390 5% 1/16W
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
1-218-692-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-789-11
1-216-789-11
1-211-990-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R68
R69
R70
R71
R75
1-216-844-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-857-11
1-218-840-11
1-218-866-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
R15
R16
R18
R20
R21
1-218-684-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-684-11
1-218-868-11
1-218-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R76
R77
R78
R81
R82
1-218-716-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-789-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2 5% 1/16W
R22
R23
R24
R25
R26
1-218-679-91
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-823-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
300 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
R83
R84
R85
R86
R88
1-216-789-11
1-211-990-11
1-218-648-11
1-218-702-11
1-218-684-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 2.2 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 15 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
R27
R28
R29
R30
R31
1-216-823-11
1-218-842-11
1-218-851-11
1-216-823-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
1.5K 5% 1/16W
620 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
R89
R90
R91
R92
R93
1-218-864-11
1-218-679-91
1-218-858-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
1-218-684-11
1-218-684-11
1-218-684-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
470 0.50% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R94
R95
R96
R97
R98
1-216-822-11
1-216-822-11
1-218-695-11
1-218-836-11
1-218-694-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL 1.3K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 360 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R37
1-216-821-11 s METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R99
R100
R101
R102
1-218-695-11
1-218-694-11
1-218-684-11
1-218-684-11
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
1-56
1K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
2.2 5% 1/16W
2.2 5% 1/16W
75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 7.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 270 0.50% 1/16W
82K 5% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
510 0.50% 1/16W
6.2K 0.50% 1/16W
5.1K 0.50% 1/16W
300 0.50% 1/16W
3K 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
1.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(MD-103 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(MD-103 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R103
R104
R105
R106
R107
1-216-839-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-838-11
1-218-684-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R108
R109
R110
R111
R112
1-218-700-11
1-218-710-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-822-11
1-218-836-11
s
s
s
s
s
R113
R114
R115
R116
R117
1-216-838-11
1-216-830-11
1-216-841-11
1-218-694-11
1-216-809-11
R118
R119
R120
R121
R122
R168
R169
R170
R171
R172
1-218-704-11
1-216-801-11
1-216-801-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 360 0.50% 1/16W
R190
R191
R192
R198
R199
1-218-710-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-668-11
1-216-824-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
27K 5% 1/16W
5.6K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R200
R201
R202
R203
R204
1-218-684-11
1-218-679-91
1-218-829-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
470 0.50% 1/16W
300 0.50% 1/16W
180 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
1-211-990-11
1-216-816-11
1-216-844-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
75 0.50% 1/16W
390 5% 1/16W
82K 5% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-828-11
1-218-684-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
4.7K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 5% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
R123
R127
R128
R129
R130
1-218-840-11
1-218-866-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-823-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 510 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 6.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
R210
R211
R225
R227
R228
1-218-684-11
1-216-825-11
1-211-990-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
470 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
75 0.50% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R133
R134
R135
R136
R137
1-216-829-11
1-216-789-11
1-216-789-11
1-211-990-11
1-218-648-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 75 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 15 0.50% 1/16W
R240
R241
R242
R243
R244
1-218-724-11
1-218-714-11
1-218-722-11
1-218-725-11
1-218-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
R138
R140
R141
R142
R143
1-218-702-11
1-218-684-11
1-218-864-11
1-218-679-91
1-218-858-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R245
R246
R247
R250
R251
1-218-721-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-870-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 16K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 9.1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-822-11
1-216-822-11
1-218-695-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL 1.3K 0.50% 1/16W
R252
R253
R254
R255
R256
1-216-837-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
R149
R150
R151
R152
R153
1-218-836-11
1-218-694-11
1-218-695-11
1-218-694-11
1-218-684-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
R257
R258
R259
R260
R261
1-216-821-11
1-216-836-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
18K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
R154
R155
R156
R157
R158
1-218-684-11
1-218-684-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
R262
R263
R264
R265
R266
1-216-837-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-727-11
1-218-710-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
R159
R160
R161
R162
R163
1-216-838-11
1-216-831-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-676-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 27K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 220 0.50% 1/16W
R267
R268
R269
R270
R271
1-218-694-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-725-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 24K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R164
R165
R166
R167
1-218-692-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
R272
R273
R274
R275
1-216-837-11
1-218-720-11
1-218-838-11
1-218-710-11
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 430 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
33K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
27K 5% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
SP Description
2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
5.1K 0.50% 1/16W
300 0.50% 1/16W
3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 360 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
1.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 18K 0.50% 1/16W
24K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.1K 0.50% 1/16W
1-57
-----------PS-392 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(MD-103 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R276
R277
R278
R279
R280
1-218-694-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-840-11
1-218-675-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
510 0.50% 1/16W
200 0.50% 1/16W
R281
R282
R283
R284
R285
1-218-840-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-840-11
1-218-675-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
510 0.50% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
510 0.50% 1/16W
200 0.50% 1/16W
R286
R287
R288
R289
R290
1-218-840-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-789-11
1-216-789-11
1-216-789-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
510
100
2.2
2.2
2.2
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
R291
R292
R293
R294
R300
1-216-789-11
1-216-789-11
1-218-840-11
1-218-840-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
2.2
2.2
510
510
10K
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
R301
R302
R303
SP Description
1pc
A-8269-873-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, PS-392
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-136-189-00
1-104-913-11
1-135-138-11
1-135-138-11
1-163-038-00
s
s
s
s
s
FILM 0.1uF 5% 250V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-128-078-11
1-163-038-00
1-128-078-11
1-163-038-00
1-128-078-11
s
s
s
s
s
ELECT
CHIP,
ELECT
CHIP,
ELECT
33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
33uF 20% 10V
C51
C52
C61
C62
C71
1-163-038-00
1-128-078-11
1-163-038-00
1-128-078-11
1-163-038-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
ELECT
CHIP,
ELECT
CHIP,
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
33uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C72
1-128-078-11 s ELECT 33uF 20% 10V
1-216-841-11 s METAL, CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
1-218-684-11 s CHIP, METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
1-218-684-11 s CHIP, METAL 470 0.50% 1/16W
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
1-564-216-00
1-564-216-00
1-564-215-11
1-566-693-11
1-566-693-11
o
o
o
o
o
CONNECTOR 5P, MALE
CONNECTOR 5P, MALE
PIN, CONNECTOR 4P
PIN, CONNECTOR 2P
PIN, CONNECTOR 2P
RV1
RV2
RV3
RV4
RV5
1-237-031-11
1-237-036-11
1-237-036-11
1-237-036-11
1-237-033-11
s
s
s
s
s
RES,
RES,
RES,
RES,
RES,
ADJ
ADJ
ADJ
ADJ
ADJ
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
200
10K
10K
10K
1K
CN6
CN7
CN8
CN11
CN12
1-566-693-11
1-566-693-11
1-566-693-11
1-564-104-00
1-580-544-11
o
o
o
o
s
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
2P
2P
2P
(B3P-VH) 3P
30P
RV7
RV8
RV9
RV11
RV12
1-237-030-11
1-237-036-11
1-237-033-11
1-237-030-11
1-237-036-11
s
s
s
s
s
RES,
RES,
RES,
RES,
RES,
ADJ
ADJ
ADJ
ADJ
ADJ
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
100
10K
1K
100
10K
CN21
CN22
CN24
CN31
1-564-104-00
1-580-544-11
1-580-570-11
1-580-570-11
o
s
o
o
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
PIN,
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
(B3P-VH) 3P
30P
(PC BOARD) 30P
(PC BOARD) 30P
RV13
1-237-035-11 s RES, ADJ METAL 5K
S3
1-692-531-11 s SWITCH, TOGGLE
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
8-719-900-95
8-719-024-81
8-719-157-69
8-719-157-54
8-719-024-81
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
X1
1-760-438-11 s CRYSTAL 45.00MHz
D6
D7
D8
8-719-820-59 s DIODE 1S1588
8-719-157-54 s DIODE RD12M-B
8-719-024-81 s DIODE 1SS300-TE85L
L3
L4
L5
1-409-914-11 s COIL, CHOKE 10uH
1-409-914-11 s COIL, CHOKE 10uH
1-409-914-11 s COIL, CHOKE 10uH
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
8-729-811-11
8-729-117-32
8-729-807-51
8-729-117-32
8-729-029-14
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SD1111
2SC4177
2SD1623-S
2SC4177
DTC144EUA-T106
Q6
Q51
Q52
Q53
Q61
8-729-029-14
8-729-106-68
8-729-106-68
8-729-117-32
8-729-106-68
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC144EUA-T106
2SC1615A-GP
2SC1615A-GP
2SC4177
2SC1615A-GP
Q62
Q63
Q71
Q72
Q73
8-729-106-68
8-729-117-32
8-729-106-68
8-729-106-68
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC1615A-GP
2SC4177
2SC1615A-GP
2SC1615A-GP
2SC4177
-----------PR-211 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
1pc
1-58
SP Description
A-8269-357-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, PR-211
20% 16V
20% 25V
20% 25V
25V
V09G
1SS300-TE85L
RD20M-B
RD12M-B
1SS300-TE85L
BVP-500
BVP-500P
-----------SG-234 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(PS-392 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
Q101
Q102
Q103
Q104
Q105
8-729-119-61
8-729-101-07
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA811A-C15
2SB798
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
Q111
Q112
Q113
Q114
Q115
8-729-119-61
8-729-101-07
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA811A-C15
2SB798
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-220-321-11
1-220-325-11
1-220-293-11
1-216-073-00
1-216-073-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-216-025-11
1-216-055-00
1-216-055-00
1-216-089-91
1-216-073-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 100 5% 1/10W
CHIP, METAL 1.8K 5% 1/10W
CHIP, METAL 1.8K 5% 1/10W
METAL 47K 5% 1/10W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
1-216-049-91
1-216-017-00
1-216-017-00
1-216-081-00
1-218-610-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 1K 5%
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
1/10W
47 5% 1/10W
47 5% 1/10W
22K 5% 1/10W
4.7 5% 1W
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
1-216-049-91
1-216-017-00
1-216-017-00
1-216-081-00
1-218-610-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 1K 5%
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
1/10W
47 5% 1/10W
47 5% 1/10W
22K 5% 1/10W
4.7 5% 1W
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
1-216-049-91
1-216-017-00
1-216-017-00
1-216-081-00
1-218-610-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 1K 5%
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
1/10W
47 5% 1/10W
47 5% 1/10W
22K 5% 1/10W
4.7 5% 1W
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
1-216-001-00
1-216-001-00
1-216-097-00
1-216-073-00
1-216-033-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
10 5% 1/10W
10 5% 1/10W
100K 5% 1/10W
10K 5% 1/10W
220 5% 1/10W
R106
R107
R108
R109
R110
1-216-097-00
1-216-097-00
1-216-097-00
1-216-073-00
1-216-097-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
100K 5% 1/10W
100K 5% 1/10W
100K 5% 1/10W
10K 5% 1/10W
100K 5% 1/10W
R111
R112
R113
R114
R115
1-216-001-00
1-216-001-00
1-216-097-00
1-216-073-00
1-216-033-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
10 5% 1/10W
10 5% 1/10W
100K 5% 1/10W
10K 5% 1/10W
220 5% 1/10W
R116
R117
R118
R119
R120
1-216-097-00
1-216-097-00
1-216-097-00
1-216-073-00
1-216-097-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
100K 5% 1/10W
100K 5% 1/10W
100K 5% 1/10W
10K 5% 1/10W
100K 5% 1/10W
RY1
RY2
RY3
RY4
1-515-898-11
1-515-898-11
1-515-898-11
1-515-898-11
s
s
s
s
RELAY
RELAY
RELAY
RELAY
BVP-500
BVP-500P
470K 5% 1/4W
1M 5% 1/4W
47K 5% 1/4W
10K 5% 1/10W
10K 5% 1/10W
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-361-A
3-692-127-02
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, SG-234
PANEL,SG-234 PC BOARD
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-135-177-21
1-135-159-21
1-135-214-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 10% 20V
TANTAL 4.7uF 20% 20V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-135-164-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-215-21
1-135-215-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-165-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C23
C24
C25
C26
C27
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
1-135-215-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-210-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-915-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 10PF 5PF 50V
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
1-164-156-11
1-162-966-11
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C38
C39
C40
C41
C42
1-162-921-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-921-11
1-162-923-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C43
C45
C46
C47
C48
1-162-925-11
1-135-211-11
1-164-346-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-215-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 68PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC 1uF 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
C49
C50
C51
C52
C53
1-164-156-11
1-135-210-11
1-135-161-21
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C54
C56
C57
C58
C59
1-164-156-11
1-165-128-11
1-135-161-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.22uF 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C60
C62
C63
C64
C65
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-135-165-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
33PF 5% 50V
25V
33PF 5% 50V
47PF 5% 50V
25V
1-59
(SG-234 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(SG-234 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-210-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
IC18
IC20
IC21
IC22
IC25
8-759-632-39
8-759-058-62
8-759-086-42
8-759-271-86
8-759-079-85
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
M51958A-T1
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
X24C02S-3.0-C7000
TC7SH04FU
TC74VHC244FS(EL)
C71
C72
C73
C74
C75
1-135-076-21
1-135-217-21
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 35V
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
IC30
IC31
IC32
IC33
IC34
8-759-079-85
8-759-271-86
8-759-076-06
8-759-066-59
8-759-184-64
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC74VHC244FS(EL)
TC7SH04FU
TL064CPW
TC74HC4053AFS
TC4W66FU
C76
C77
C78
C79
C80
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-909-11
1-164-315-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 4PF 0.25PF 50V
CERAMIC 470PF 5% 50V
IC35
IC36
IC37
IC38
IC39
8-759-049-86
8-759-180-08
8-759-082-58
8-759-083-94
8-759-195-81
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
SN74HCT244APW-E20
TC74HC4538AFS
TC7W08FU
TC7W74FU
TC7S86FU
C81
C82
C83
C85
C87
1-128-391-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-919-11
s
s
s
s
s
ELECT 330uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 22PF 5% 50V
IC40
IC41
IC42
IC43
IC44
8-759-082-60
8-759-082-61
8-759-049-86
8-759-058-54
8-759-082-61
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S66FU
TC4W53FU
SN74HCT244APW-E20
TC7S00FU(TE85R)
TC4W53FU
C88
C89
C90
C92
C93
1-162-927-11
1-162-923-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF
IC45
IC46
IC47
IC48
IC200
8-759-271-86
8-759-082-61
8-759-082-61
8-759-173-16
8-759-079-61
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7SH04FU
TC4W53FU
TC4W53FU
TL062CPW
TC74VHC74FS(EL)
C94
C95
C96
C97
C98
1-164-156-11
1-135-178-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-179-21
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM CHIP 1.5uF 20% 20V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
IC201
IC202
IC203
IC204
IC206
8-759-058-58
8-759-058-64
8-759-058-62
8-759-082-61
8-759-173-16
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S04FU(TE85R)
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
TC4W53FU
TL062CPW
C99
C100
C200
C201
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
IC207
8-759-058-55 s IC TC7S02FU-TE85L
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
8-719-029-63
8-719-029-63
8-719-948-47
8-719-029-63
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
RD4.3UH-T1
RD4.3UH-T1
HSM88AS
RD4.3UH-T1
1SS302
L1
L2
L4
L5
L6
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-737-31
1-410-385-11
1-410-385-11
L7
L8
L9
1-410-385-11 s INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
1-410-385-11 s INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
1-410-385-11 s INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
D6
D7
D8
D10
D11
8-719-404-35
8-719-404-35
8-719-041-68
8-719-948-47
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
MA141WK
MA141WK
RD3.3UH-T1
HSM88AS
1SS302
Q1
Q2
Q4
Q5
Q6
8-729-141-48
8-729-141-48
8-729-141-75
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SB624-BV345
2SB624-BV345
2SD596DV345
2SC4178-F14
2SA1611-M6
D12
D13
D14
D200
D201
8-719-948-47
8-719-948-47
8-719-948-47
8-719-820-41
8-719-948-47
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
HSM88AS
HSM88AS
HSM88AS
1SS302
HSM88AS
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
Q11
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4178-F14
2SC4177
2SC4178-F14
2SC4177
FL1
1-239-756-11 s FILTER, LOW PASS
IC3
IC5
IC8
IC11
IC12
8-759-076-06
8-759-254-49
8-759-082-57
8-759-082-58
8-759-064-36
Q12
Q14
Q15
Q16
Q17
8-729-403-29
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-73
8-729-118-56
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XN6435
2SC4177
2SC4178-F14
2SK852-X2
2SC4177
IC13
IC16
IC17
8-759-066-59 s IC TC74HC4053AFS
8-752-360-44 s IC CXK1203AR
8-759-082-61 s IC TC4W53FU
Q18
Q20
Q21
Q22
8-729-920-48
8-729-029-14
8-729-118-56
8-729-029-14
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
IMH2
DTC144EUA-T106
2SK852-X2
DTC144EUA-T106
1-60
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
100PF 5% 50V
47PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
TL064CPW
EL4581CS-TE2
TC7W04FU
TC7W08FU
MB88346BPFV
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR CHIP 0.47UH
INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(SG-234 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(SG-234 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
Q23
Q24
Q25
Q26
Q200
8-729-029-14
8-729-029-14
8-729-029-14
8-729-029-14
8-729-029-14
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC144EUA-T106
DTC144EUA-T106
DTC144EUA-T106
DTC144EUA-T106
DTC144EUA-T106
R57
R58
R59
R60
R61
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
100K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
270 0.50% 1/16W
Q201
Q202
Q203
Q204
Q205
8-729-029-14
8-729-216-22
8-729-029-14
8-729-029-14
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC144EUA-T106
2SA1162
DTC144EUA-T106
DTC144EUA-T106
2SC4177
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
1-216-845-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
R1
R2
R3
R5
R6
1-218-716-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-677-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 240 0.50% 1/16W
R67
R68
R69
R71
R77
1-218-881-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-874-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 27K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 13K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R7
R8
R9
R10
R11
1-218-723-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-729-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 36K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R78
R79
R80
R81
R83
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R15
R16
R17
R18
R21
1-216-864-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-720-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R84
R85
R86
R90
R92
1-216-809-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
R22
R23
R24
R25
R26
1-218-692-11
1-216-805-11
1-218-704-11
1-216-831-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R95
R96
R97
R98
R99
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-883-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
33K 0.50% 1/16W
R27
R28
R29
R30
R31
1-218-700-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
R100
R101
R102
R103
R104
1-218-692-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-740-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-710-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
100K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
1-218-720-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-704-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
15K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
R105
R106
R107
R108
R109
1-218-716-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-732-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
R37
R38
R39
R40
R41
1-218-706-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-736-11
1-218-889-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
68K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 56K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
R110
R111
R112
R113
R114
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-805-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
R42
R43
R44
R45
R46
1-218-704-11
1-218-740-11
1-218-845-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-700-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 820 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R115
R116
R117
R118
R119
1-218-692-11
1-216-805-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R47
R48
R49
R50
R51
1-218-716-11
1-218-720-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-817-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 470 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R121
R122
R123
R124
R126
1-216-857-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-797-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
R52
R54
R55
R56
1-218-706-11
1-216-855-11
1-218-706-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
METAL 3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 680K 5% 1/16W
METAL 3.9K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R127
R128
R129
R130
1-218-692-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
BVP-500
BVP-500P
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
47 5% 1/16W
47
47
47
1M
47
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
220K 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1-61
-----------SW-795 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(SG-234 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
R131
R132
R133
R134
R135
1-216-857-11
1-218-732-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
1pc
1pc
1pc
1pc
1pc
A-8269-872-A
3-708-930-01
3-708-930-11
3-708-930-21
3-708-932-01
o
s
s
s
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, SW-795
CAP
CAP
CAP
CAP
R136
R137
R138
R139
R140
1-216-849-11
1-216-849-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-697-11
1-218-899-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 220K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 220K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.6K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 150K 0.50% 1/16W
1pc
1pc
1pc
1pc
3-708-933-01
3-708-933-11
3-708-934-01
3-710-803-03
s
s
s
o
CAP
CAP
CAP
HOLDER, DIA. 5-9 LED
R141
R144
R145
R146
R148
1-218-868-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
1-135-212-21
1-104-913-11
1-104-913-11
1-135-159-21
1-135-159-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
R149
R150
R151
R152
R153
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
C100
C200
C300
C400
C500
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R154
R200
R201
R202
R203
1-218-732-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
C501
C502
C504
C550
C600
1-163-038-00
1-131-367-00
1-107-690-11
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, 22uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM 6.8uF 20% 35V
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
1-218-716-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
C601
C602
C603
C604
C605
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R209
R210
R211
1-218-716-11 s METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
1-216-845-11 s METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
1-216-845-11 s METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
C606
C607
C610
C611
1-104-913-11
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
1-163-038-00
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF
CHIP, CERAMIC 0.1uF
RB1
RB2
RB3
RB4
RB5
1-239-409-11
1-239-409-11
1-239-409-11
1-239-409-11
1-239-409-11
CN1
1-774-260-11 o CONNECTOR, FFC (ZIF) 20P
D502
8-719-946-89 s DIODE GL5ED5
RB10
1-239-409-11 s NETWORK, RESISTOR (CHIP TYPE)
IC10
IC100
IC200
IC300
IC400
8-759-082-58
8-759-990-63
8-759-990-63
8-759-990-63
8-759-990-63
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7W08FU
PCF8574AT
PCF8574AT
PCF8574AT
PCF8574AT
IC500
IC501
IC503
IC505
IC506
8-759-990-63
8-759-990-63
8-759-276-00
8-759-079-49
8-759-082-57
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
PCF8574AT
PCF8574AT
TC7W139FU(TE12R)
TC74VHC04FS(EL)
TC7W04FU
IC550
IC551
IC600
IC601
8-759-209-54
8-759-209-54
8-759-076-06
8-759-369-94
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC4S01F
TC4S01F
TL064CPW
ADC10734CIMSA
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
L600
1-412-029-11 s INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH
Q500
8-729-027-57 s TRANSISTOR DTC143XKA-T146
1-62
s
s
s
s
s
NETWORK,
NETWORK,
NETWORK,
NETWORK,
NETWORK,
7.5K
100K
100K
0 5%
100K
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
5% 1/16W
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
(CHIP
(CHIP
(CHIP
(CHIP
(CHIP
TYPE)
TYPE)
TYPE)
TYPE)
TYPE)
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
2.2uF 20% 35V
10uF 20% 16V
10uF 20% 16V
10uF 10% 20V
10uF 10% 20V
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
20% 16V
25V
25V
25V
10uH
10uH
10uH
10uH
10uH
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(SW-795 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(SW-795 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
Q501
Q502
Q503
Q504
Q505
8-729-027-57
8-729-027-57
8-729-027-57
8-729-027-57
8-729-027-57
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC143XKA-T146
DTC143XKA-T146
DTC143XKA-T146
DTC143XKA-T146
DTC143XKA-T146
Q506
Q550
Q551
Q552
8-729-027-57
8-729-027-59
8-729-027-59
8-729-027-36
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC143XKA-T146
DTC144EKA-T146
DTC144EKA-T146
DTA143XKA-T146
R10
R11
R12
R13
R506
1-218-760-11
1-208-854-11
1-216-651-11
1-216-627-11
1-216-646-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 220K 0.50% 1/10W
CHIP,METAL 1M 0.50% 1/10W
METAL, CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/10W
METAL, CHIP 620 0.5% 1/10W
R507
R508
R509
R510
R511
1-216-646-11
1-216-646-11
1-216-646-11
1-216-651-11
1-208-774-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
620 0.5% 1/10W
620 0.5% 1/10W
620 0.5% 1/10W
1K 0.5% 1/10W
470 0.50% 1/10W
R512
R526
R527
R528
R529
1-216-651-11
1-216-646-11
1-216-646-11
1-216-646-11
1-216-646-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
1K 0.5% 1/10W
620 0.5% 1/10W
620 0.5% 1/10W
620 0.5% 1/10W
620 0.5% 1/10W
R530
R531
R532
R551
R552
1-216-651-11
1-208-774-11
1-216-651-11
1-208-817-11
1-208-810-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
1K 0.5% 1/10W
470 0.50% 1/10W
1K 0.5% 1/10W
30K 0.50% 1/10W
15K 0.50% 1/10W
R553
R554
R555
R556
R600
1-216-687-11
1-216-687-11
1-208-775-11
1-216-646-11
1-218-760-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
33K 0.5% 1/10W
33K 0.5% 1/10W
510 0.50% 1/10W
620 0.5% 1/10W
220K 0.50% 1/10W
R601
R602
R603
R610
1-218-760-11
1-216-651-11
1-216-627-11
1-216-295-11
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 220K 0.50% 1/10W
METAL, CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/10W
CHIP, CONDUCTOR 0
RB100
RB101
RB200
RB201
RB300
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
s
s
s
s
s
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100KX4
100KX4
100KX4
100KX4
100KX4
RB301
RB400
RB401
RB500
RB501
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
s
s
s
s
s
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100KX4
100KX4
100KX4
100KX4
100KX4
RB502
RB503
RB600
RB601
RB602
1-236-907-11
1-236-907-11
1-239-416-11
1-239-436-11
1-239-448-11
s
s
s
s
s
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
RESISTOR
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
BLOCK,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100KX4
100KX4
220X4
33KX4
470KX4
RB603
1-239-448-11 s RESISTOR BLOCK, CHIP 470KX4
RV600
RV601
RV602
RV603
1-223-741-11
1-223-741-11
1-223-741-11
1-223-741-11
BVP-500
BVP-500P
s
s
s
s
RES,
RES,
RES,
RES,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
VAR
VAR
VAR
VAR
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
CARBON
CARBON
CARBON
CARBON
SP Description
S10
1-473-435-11 s ENCODER, ROTARY
S100
S101
S102
S103
S104
1-762-122-11
1-762-122-11
1-762-122-11
1-762-122-11
1-553-572-00
s
s
s
s
s
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
TOGGLE
TOGGLE
TOGGLE
TOGGLE
DIP 4-CKT
S200
S201
S202
S203
S300
1-762-123-11
1-762-531-11
1-762-124-11
1-762-123-11
1-762-532-11
s
s
s
s
s
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
TOGGLE
TOGGLE
TOGGLE
TOGGLE
ROTARY
S301
S400
S403
S500
S501
1-762-532-11
1-762-534-11
1-762-533-11
1-762-129-11
1-762-129-21
s
s
s
s
s
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
ROTARY
PUSH (3 KEY)
PUSH (2 KEY)
PUSH
PUSH
S502
S503
S504
S505
S506
1-762-129-31
1-762-131-11
1-762-132-11
1-762-133-11
1-762-132-21
s
s
s
s
s
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
SWITCH,
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
50K
50K
50K
50K
1-63
-----------SW-805 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
----------TR-90 BOARD
----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
1pc
1-658-605-11 o PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, SW-805
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
1-163-275-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C11
1-163-275-11 s CERAMIC 0.001uF 5% 50V
CN1
CN11
1-580-544-11 s PIN, CONNECTOR 30P
1-506-475-11 o PIN, CONNECTOR 10P
R1
R2
R3
R4
1-216-295-00
1-216-295-00
1-216-073-00
1-216-073-00
RV1
RV3
1-223-742-11 s RES, VAR METAL CARBON 50K
1-223-742-11 s RES, VAR METAL CARBON 50K
S1
S3
1-762-122-11 s SWITCH, TOGGLE
1-762-122-11 s SWITCH, TOGGLE
1-64
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
0
0
10K 5% 1/10W
10K 5% 1/10W
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-408-A
3-692-163-02
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, TR-90
PANEL,TR-90 PC BOARD
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C6
1-135-165-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-210-11
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C9
C10
C13
C14
C15
1-164-392-11
1-162-957-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-162-928-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 390PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 220PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 120PF 5% 50V
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-264-11
1-164-264-11
1-164-392-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP,CERAMIC 82PF 5% 50V
CHIP,CERAMIC 82PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 390PF 5% 50V
C21
C24
C25
C26
C27
1-162-957-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-216-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 220PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-216-11
1-162-928-11
1-135-216-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 120PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
1-164-156-11
1-162-925-11
1-164-264-11
1-164-392-11
1-162-957-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 68PF 5% 50V
CHIP,CERAMIC 82PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 390PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 220PF 5% 50V
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
1-164-156-11
1-135-165-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
1-135-157-21
1-162-921-11
1-162-921-11
1-164-227-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC, CHIP 33PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 33PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.022uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C50
C51
C52
C53
C54
1-162-959-11
1-135-216-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-216-11
1-162-925-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 330PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC, CHIP 68PF 5% 50V
C55
C57
C58
C59
C61
1-164-156-11
1-164-392-11
1-162-957-11
1-135-216-11
1-135-210-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 390PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 220PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
C62
C63
C65
C66
C67
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-162-974-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(TR-90 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(TR-90 BOARD)
SP Description
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
C68
C69
C200
C201
C202
1-135-216-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-135-210-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C260
C261
C276
C277
C278
1-162-957-11
1-162-957-11
1-135-215-21
1-135-215-21
1-162-957-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 220PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 220PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V
CERAMIC 220PF 5% 50V
C203
C204
C205
C206
C207
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
C279
C281
C282
C283
C284
1-162-957-11
1-135-210-11
1-135-179-21
1-135-149-21
1-135-161-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 220PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
TANTAL 2.2uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM, CHIP 2.2uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 10% 10V
C208
C210
C211
C212
C213
1-164-265-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,CERAMIC 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
C285
C286
C287
C288
C301
1-135-161-21
1-135-161-21
1-135-161-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-957-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP, CERAMIC 220PF
C214
C215
C216
C217
C218
1-135-166-21
1-162-958-11
1-162-925-11
1-164-392-11
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 270PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC, CHIP 68PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 390PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CF1
CF2
CF3
CF4
CF200
1-578-068-12
1-760-447-11
1-578-067-11
1-760-446-11
1-760-445-11
s
s
s
s
s
FILTER,
FILTER,
FILTER,
FILTER,
FILTER,
C219
C220
C221
C222
C223
1-135-157-21
1-135-177-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CF201
CF202
CF203
1-760-445-11 s FILTER, CERAMIC 4.300MHz
1-760-443-11 s FILTER, CERAMIC 3.600MHz
1-760-443-11 s FILTER, CERAMIC 3.600MHz
C224
C225
C228
C229
C230
1-164-156-11
1-164-265-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CHIP,CERAMIC 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
8-719-820-41
8-719-041-39
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-041-39
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS302
KV1470
1SS302
1SS302
KV1470
C231
C232
C233
C234
C235
1-135-177-21
1-135-166-21
1-162-964-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-041-39
8-719-820-41
8-719-041-68
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS302
1SS302
KV1470
1SS302
RD3.3UH-T1
C236
C237
C238
C239
C240
1-164-460-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-164-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,CERAMIC 62PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
D11
D12
D13
D16
D17
8-719-820-41
8-719-041-39
8-719-820-41
8-719-404-35
8-719-157-33
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS302
KV1470
1SS302
MA141WK
RD6.2M-B
C241
C242
C243
C244
C245
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-210-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-166-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
D18
D19
D20
D21
D200
8-719-041-68
8-759-274-67
8-719-041-68
8-719-041-68
8-719-024-81
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE RD3.3UH-T1
IC LM4040BIM3X-5.0
DIODE RD3.3UH-T1
DIODE RD3.3UH-T1
DIODE 1SS300-TE85L
C246
C247
C248
C249
C250
1-162-957-11
1-162-957-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-382-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
D201
D202
D203
8-719-029-67 s DIODE RD5.6UJN-T1
8-719-159-85 s DIODE RD2.0MB
8-719-159-85 s DIODE RD2.0MB
FL200
FL201
FL202
1-239-942-11 s FILTER, LOW-PASS
1-239-941-11 s FILTER, BAND PASS 3.0MHz
1-239-940-11 s FILTER, BAND PASS 2.5MHz
C251
C252
C253
C254
C255
1-164-156-11
1-135-164-21
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC4
IC5
8-759-085-67
8-759-209-15
8-759-008-88
8-759-209-90
8-759-209-90
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
LM339NS
TC4SU69F
MC14020BF
TC4S71F
TC4S71F
C256
C257
C258
C259
1-164-156-11
1-135-210-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-166-21
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 47uF 10% 10V
IC6
IC7
IC8
IC200
IC201
8-759-008-87
8-759-260-55
8-759-209-90
8-759-271-14
8-759-075-70
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
MC14018BF
TLC272CPW-E05
TC4S71F
TA8129Z
TA75S393F
BVP-500
BVP-500P
0.001uF 10% 50V
0.001uF 10% 50V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
220PF 5% 50V
220PF 5% 50V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
91PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
10% 10V
10% 10V
10% 10V
5% 50V
7.100MHz
6.200MHz
6.700MHz
5.600MHz
4.300MHz
1-65
(TR-90 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(TR-90 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
IC202
IC204
IC205
IC206
IC207
8-759-271-14
8-759-260-55
8-759-082-61
8-759-811-40
8-759-811-40
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
Q202
Q203
Q204
Q205
Q206
8-729-117-32
8-729-928-81
8-729-026-31
8-729-117-32
8-729-026-31
L1
L2
L3
L4
L6
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
10uH
10uH
10uH
10uH
10uH
Q207
8-729-117-32 s TRANSISTOR 2SC4177
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-216-817-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-720-11
1-218-724-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 470 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
L200
L201
L202
L203
L204
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-412-029-11
1-410-146-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22uH
10uH
10uH
10uH
10uH
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-717-11
1-218-688-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 11K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 680 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
L205
L206
L207
L208
L209
1-410-154-11
1-412-029-11
1-410-146-11
1-410-154-11
1-412-029-11
s
s
s
s
s
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
100uH
CHIP 10uH
22uH
100uH
CHIP 10uH
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
1-216-839-11
1-216-843-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-817-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
LV200
1-409-825-11
1-409-825-11
1-409-825-11
1-409-826-11
1-409-827-11
s
s
s
s
s
COIL,
COIL,
COIL,
COIL,
COIL,
R20
R21
R22
R23
R24
1-216-817-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-826-11
1-218-720-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 470 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
LV201
1-409-827-11 s COIL, VAR
Q1
Q3
Q4
Q6
Q7
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-200-87
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC2714Y
R25
R26
R27
R28
R29
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-688-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 680 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
Q8
Q9
Q10
Q11
Q12
8-729-122-63
8-729-200-87
8-729-122-63
8-729-200-87
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1226
2SC2714Y
2SA1226
2SC2714Y
2SA1226
R34
R35
R36
R37
R38
1-216-839-11
1-216-843-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-684-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
33K 5% 1/16W
68K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
Q13
Q15
Q16
Q17
Q18
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-200-87
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC2714Y
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
R39
R40
R41
R42
R43
1-218-684-11
1-218-684-11
1-218-684-11
1-218-842-11
1-218-874-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
470
470
470
620
13K
Q19
Q20
Q21
Q22
Q23
8-729-117-16
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
8-729-928-81
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SA1611-M6
DTC144EE
R44
R45
R46
R47
R48
1-216-818-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 560 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
Q24
Q25
Q135
Q136
Q137
8-729-928-81
8-729-928-81
8-729-928-81
8-729-141-48
8-729-928-81
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC144EE
DTC144EE
DTC144EE
2SB624-BV345
DTC144EE
R49
R50
R51
R52
R53
1-216-793-11
1-216-793-11
1-247-804-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 4.7 5% 1/16W
METAL 4.7 5% 1/16W
CARBON 75 5% 1/4W
METAL, CHIP 470 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
Q139
Q141
Q142
Q143
Q144
8-729-141-48
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-928-81
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SB624-BV345
2SC4177
2SC4177
2SC4177
DTC144EE
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
1-216-826-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-688-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 680 0.50% 1/16W
Q200
Q201
8-729-200-87 s TRANSISTOR 2SC2714Y
8-729-117-32 s TRANSISTOR 2SC4177
R59
R64
1-216-825-11 s METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
1-216-839-11 s METAL, CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
1-66
TA8129Z
TLC272CPW-E05
TC4W53FU
LA1140
LA1140
SP Description
VAR
VAR
VAR
VAR
VAR
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
2SC4177
DTC144EE
XP6435
2SC4177
XP6435
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
33K 5% 1/16W
68K 5% 1/16W
3.3K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
470 5% 1/16W
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(TR-90 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(TR-90 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R65
R66
R67
R68
R69
1-216-843-11
1-216-828-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-684-11
1-216-823-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
R70
R71
R72
R73
R74
1-216-827-11
1-216-815-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-700-11
1-216-857-11
s
s
s
s
s
R75
R76
R77
R78
R79
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-834-11
1-216-833-11
R130
R131
R133
R134
R200
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-841-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
47K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 330 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
1-218-694-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-822-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
1.2K 0.50% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
1.2K 5% 1/16W
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
R206
R207
R208
R209
R210
1-216-823-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-822-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
1.5K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
1.2K 5% 1/16W
R80
R81
R82
R83
R84
1-216-829-11
1-216-863-11
1-216-851-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-843-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 3.3M 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 330K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W
R212
R213
R214
R215
R216
1-216-833-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-722-11
1-216-824-11
1-216-834-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
10K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
18K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 5% 1/16W
12K 5% 1/16W
R85
R86
R87
R88
R89
1-216-850-11
1-218-717-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-722-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R217
R218
R219
R220
R221
1-216-824-11
1-218-864-11
1-218-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
1.8K 5% 1/16W
5.1K 0.50% 1/16W
5.1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
R90
R91
R92
R93
R94
1-218-901-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-720-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 180K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 15K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R222
R223
R224
R225
R226
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K
METAL, CHIP 10K
METAL, CHIP 47K
METAL, CHIP 10K
METAL 20K 0.50%
R95
R96
R97
R98
R99
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-874-11
1-218-688-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
1/16W
R227
R228
R229
R231
R232
1-218-692-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-822-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-829-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
1K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
1.2K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
4.7K 5% 1/16W
R100
R101
R102
R103
R104
1-216-839-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-843-11
1-216-830-11
1-218-842-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
33K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
68K 5% 1/16W
5.6K 5% 1/16W
620 0.50% 1/16W
R233
R234
R235
R236
R237
1-216-836-11
1-216-822-11
1-216-834-11
1-216-824-11
1-216-840-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
18K 5% 1/16W
1.2K 5% 1/16W
12K 5% 1/16W
1.8K 5% 1/16W
39K 5% 1/16W
R108
R110
R111
R112
R113
1-216-815-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-847-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
330 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
150K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
R238
R239
R240
R241
R242
1-216-839-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
33K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
3.3K 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
R114
R115
R116
R117
R118
1-216-845-11
1-216-843-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-841-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100K 5% 1/16W
68K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
47K 5% 1/16W
R243
R244
R245
R246
R248
1-216-841-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-839-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
47K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
R119
R120
R123
R124
R125
1-216-821-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
1K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
100K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
R249
R250
R251
R254
R255
1-216-839-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-823-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
33K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
R126
R127
R128
R129
1-216-841-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
47K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
R256
R257
R258
R259
1-218-700-11
1-216-838-11
1-216-836-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 27K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 18K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
68K 5% 1/16W
3.9K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
470 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
SP Description
22K
22K
10K
12K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
270K 5% 1/16W
11K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
18K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 22K
METAL 22K
METAL 22K
METAL 13K
680 0.50%
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
1-67
-----------VA-163 BOARD
-----------Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(TR-90 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R260
R261
R262
R263
R264
1-216-825-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-840-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
R265
R266
R268
R269
R270
1-216-831-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-839-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R271
R274
R275
R276
R277
1-216-823-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-700-11
1-216-838-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 27K 5% 1/16W
R278
R279
R280
R281
R282
1-216-836-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-823-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
18K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
2.2K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
R283
R284
R285
R306
R307
1-216-839-11
1-216-840-11
1-216-831-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
33K 5% 1/16W
39K 5% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
R311
R312
R317
R318
R319
1-218-724-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-218-889-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
22K
47K
47K
56K
22K
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
0.50% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
R320
R321
R350
R351
R352
1-216-837-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22K
22K
10K
100
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
R353
R354
R355
R356
R357
1-216-809-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
METAL,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
100 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
1M 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
R400
R401
1-218-724-11 s CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
1-218-889-11 s CHIP, METAL 56K 0.50% 1/16W
RV1
RV2
RV3
RV200
1-237-036-11
1-237-036-11
1-237-036-11
1-237-035-11
s
s
s
s
RES,
RES,
RES,
RES,
T200
T201
T202
T203
1-409-833-11
1-409-832-11
1-409-829-11
1-409-828-11
s
s
s
s
COIL,
COIL,
COIL,
COIL,
X1
1-527-997-21 s VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 32.768kHz
1-68
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
ADJ
ADJ
ADJ
ADJ
2.2K 5% 1/16W
22K 5% 1/16W
1.5K 5% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
39K 5% 1/16W
6.8K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
33K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
10K
10K
10K
5K
TUNING
TUNING
TUNING
TUNING
SP Description
1pc
1pc
1pc
6pcs
A-8269-359-A
3-692-125-02
3-724-753-01
3-729-061-01
o
o
o
s
MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, VA-163
PANEL,VA-163 PC BOARD
RING
SCREW (M2X4.5) (TYPE 1)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-216-11
1-135-216-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-217-21
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
1-135-161-21
1-126-391-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-125-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 10% 10V
ELECT 47uF 20% 6.3V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTAL 33uF 20% 10V
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
1-135-161-21
1-126-391-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-216-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 10% 10V
ELECT 47uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-216-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C26
C27
C30
C31
C32
1-164-217-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 150PF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
CERAMIC, CHIP
CERAMIC 0.1uF
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
1-135-211-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
1-164-156-11
1-135-070-00
1-162-964-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 0.1uF 10% 35V
CERAMIC 0.001uF 10% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C50
C51
C52
C53
C54
1-135-211-11
1-135-211-11
1-104-559-11
1-164-315-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 6.3V
TANTALUM, CHIP 6.8uF 20% 6.3V
FILM, CHIP 0.047uF 5% 16V
CERAMIC 470PF 5% 50V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C55
C56
C57
C58
C59
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C60
C61
C62
C63
C64
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
5% 50V
100PF 5% 50V
25V
100PF 5% 50V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
C65
C66
C67
C68
C69
1-135-217-21
1-135-217-21
1-135-217-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-217-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
C309
C311
C312
C314
C315
1-162-908-11
1-135-177-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 3PF 0.25PF
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF
C70
C71
C72
C73
C124
1-135-217-21
1-135-217-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-918-11
1-107-685-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 18PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM 15uF 20% 6.3V
C316
C317
C318
C319
C320
1-164-156-11
1-162-909-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
C125
C200
C201
C202
C203
1-107-685-11
1-135-214-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-165-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM 15uF 20% 6.3V
TANTAL 4.7uF 20% 20V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C321
C323
C324
C325
C326
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-608-11
1-135-217-21
1-135-217-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT 33uF 20% 6.3V
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
C204
C205
C207
C208
C209
1-135-157-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-920-11
1-126-392-11
1-162-908-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 27PF 5% 50V
ELECT, CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V
CERAMIC 3PF 0.25PF 50V
C327
C328
C329
C330
C331
1-164-156-11
1-135-162-21
1-135-157-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 6.3V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
C211
C212
C214
C215
C216
1-135-177-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C332
C333
C334
C335
C336
1-104-852-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C217
C218
C219
C220
C221
1-162-909-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
C337
C338
C339
C340
C342
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-162-924-11
1-135-092-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 56PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 10% 16V
C223
C224
C225
C226
C227
1-164-156-11
1-104-608-11
1-135-217-21
1-135-217-21
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT 33uF 20% 6.3V
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C343
C359
C400
C401
C402
1-135-210-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-214-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-165-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTAL 4.7uF 20% 20V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
C228
C229
C230
C231
C232
1-135-162-21
1-135-157-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-135-161-21
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 6.3V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 10% 10V
C403
C404
C405
C407
C408
1-164-156-11
1-135-157-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-920-11
1-126-392-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 27PF 5% 50V
ELECT, CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V
C233
C234
C235
C236
C237
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
C409
C411
C412
C414
C415
1-162-908-11
1-135-177-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 3PF 0.25PF
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF
C238
C239
C240
C242
C243
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-162-924-11
1-135-092-21
1-135-210-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 56PF 5% 50V
TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 10% 16V
TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
C416
C417
C418
C419
C420
1-164-156-11
1-162-909-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
C259
C300
C301
C302
C303
1-135-177-21
1-135-214-21
1-164-156-11
1-135-165-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTAL 4.7uF 20% 20V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 16V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
C421
C423
C424
C425
C426
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-104-608-11
1-135-217-21
1-135-217-21
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
ELECT 33uF 20% 6.3V
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
TANTAL 15uF 20% 6.3
C304
C305
C307
C308
1-135-157-21
1-164-156-11
1-162-920-11
1-126-392-11
s
s
s
s
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC, CHIP 27PF 5% 50V
ELECT, CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V
C427
C428
C429
C430
1-164-156-11
1-135-162-21
1-135-157-21
1-135-177-21
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 33uF 10% 6.3V
TANTAL 10uF 10% 6.3V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
BVP-500
BVP-500P
4PF 0.25PF 50V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
50V
10% 25V
10% 25V
10% 25V
0.1uF 25V
4PF 0.25PF 50V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
50V
10% 25V
10% 25V
10% 25V
0.1uF 25V
4PF 0.25PF 50V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
0.1uF 25V
1-69
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(VA-163 BOARD)
SP Description
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
C431
C432
C433
C434
C435
1-135-177-21
1-104-852-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
s
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 22uF 20% 10V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
IC300
IC301
IC302
IC303
IC304
8-759-076-06
8-759-082-61
8-752-068-64
8-759-082-61
8-759-058-62
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TL064CPW
TC4W53FU
CXA1486Q-TH
TC4W53FU
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
C436
C437
C438
C439
C440
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-135-177-21
1-135-177-21
1-162-924-11
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
CERAMIC 56PF 5% 50V
IC400
IC401
IC402
IC403
IC404
8-759-076-06
8-759-082-61
8-752-068-64
8-759-082-61
8-759-058-62
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TL064CPW
TC4W53FU
CXA1486Q-TH
TC4W53FU
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
C442
C443
C459
1-135-092-21 s TANTALUM, CHIP 3.3uF 10% 16V
1-135-210-11 s TANTALUM 4.7uF 10% 10V
1-135-177-21 s TANTALUM, CHIP 1uF 10% 25V
L1
L2
1-410-385-11 s INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
1-410-385-11 s INDUCTOR, CHIP 22uH
CT200
CT300
CT400
1-141-311-11 s CAP, VAR, TRIMMER
1-141-311-11 s CAP, VAR, TRIMMER
1-141-311-11 s CAP, VAR, TRIMMER
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
8-729-141-48
8-729-820-86
8-729-141-75
8-729-117-32
8-729-402-78
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SB624-BV345
2SB1121-ST
2SD596DV345
2SC4177
XN6401
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
8-719-029-63
8-719-029-63
8-719-029-63
8-719-029-63
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
RD4.3UH-T1
RD4.3UH-T1
RD4.3UH-T1
RD4.3UH-T1
1SS302
Q7
Q10
Q11
Q12
Q13
8-729-141-75
8-729-402-78
8-729-402-19
8-729-402-19
8-729-402-19
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SD596DV345
XN6401
XN6501
XN6501
XN6501
D7
D8
D9
D10
8-719-974-76
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
8-719-820-41
s
s
s
s
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
HSM107S
1SS302
1SS302
1SS302
FL200
FL300
FL400
1-402-639-11 s FILTER, TRAP
1-402-639-11 s FILTER, TRAP
1-402-639-11 s FILTER, TRAP
Q14
Q200
Q201
Q202
Q203
8-729-402-78
8-729-117-16
8-729-175-73
8-729-122-63
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XN6401
2SA1611-M6
2SC2757
2SA1226
2SA1611-M6
IC1
IC3
IC5
IC6
IC7
8-759-076-06
8-759-066-68
8-759-180-08
8-759-175-02
8-759-058-64
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TL064CPW
REF-03GS
TC74HC4538AFS
TL074CPW-ELM1000
TC7S32FU(TE85R)
Q204
Q205
Q206
Q207
Q208
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-117-73
8-729-143-07
8-729-117-32
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SC4178-F14
2SA1610-Y33
2SC4177
IC8
IC9
IC10
IC11
IC12
8-759-082-60
8-759-085-67
8-759-058-58
8-759-058-58
8-759-175-02
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S66FU
LM339NS
TC7S04FU(TE85R)
TC7S04FU(TE85R)
TL074CPW-ELM1000
Q209
Q210
Q211
Q212
Q213
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
IC13
IC14
IC15
IC16
IC17
8-759-082-60
8-759-082-60
8-759-076-06
8-759-326-65
8-759-066-59
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7S66FU
TC7S66FU
TL064CPW
MP7670AS-TE2
TC74HC4053AFS
Q214
Q215
Q216
Q217
Q218
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SA1611-M6
IC18
IC19
IC20
IC21
IC22
8-759-326-65
8-759-175-02
8-759-237-79
8-759-064-36
8-759-066-59
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
MP7670AS-TE2
TL074CPW-ELM1000
TC74HC595AF(EL)
MB88346BPFV
TC74HC4053AFS
Q219
Q220
Q300
Q301
Q302
8-729-402-19
8-729-402-19
8-729-117-16
8-729-175-73
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XN6501
XN6501
2SA1611-M6
2SC2757
2SA1226
IC23
IC24
IC25
IC26
IC27
8-759-049-60
8-759-059-50
8-759-058-58
8-759-086-42
8-759-058-62
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
SN74HC08APW-E05
MB88351PFV
TC7S04FU(TE85R)
X24C02S-3.0-C7000
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
Q303
Q304
Q305
Q306
Q307
8-729-117-16
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-117-73
8-729-143-07
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SC4178-F14
2SA1610-Y33
IC200
IC201
IC202
IC203
IC204
8-759-076-06
8-759-082-61
8-752-068-64
8-759-082-61
8-759-058-62
s
s
s
s
s
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TL064CPW
TC4W53FU
CXA1486Q-TH
TC4W53FU
TC7S08FU(TE85R)
Q308
Q309
Q310
Q311
Q312
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
Q313
8-729-117-73 s TRANSISTOR 2SC4178-F14
1-70
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
Q314
Q315
Q316
Q317
Q318
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-16
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SA1611-M6
R31
R35
R36
R37
R38
1-218-700-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-668-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
Q319
Q320
Q400
Q401
Q402
8-729-402-19
8-729-402-19
8-729-117-16
8-729-175-73
8-729-122-63
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XN6501
XN6501
2SA1611-M6
2SC2757
2SA1226
R39
R40
R41
R42
R43
1-216-857-11
1-218-668-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
1M 5% 1/16W
100 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
12K 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
Q403
Q404
Q405
Q406
Q407
8-729-117-16
8-729-122-63
8-729-122-63
8-729-117-73
8-729-143-07
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1611-M6
2SA1226
2SA1226
2SC4178-F14
2SA1610-Y33
R44
R45
R46
R47
R48
1-218-851-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
METAL, CHIP
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
Q408
Q409
Q410
Q411
Q412
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4177
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
R49
R50
R51
R52
R53
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
Q413
Q414
Q415
Q416
Q417
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
8-729-117-73
s
s
s
s
s
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
2SC4178-F14
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
1-218-716-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-901-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
Q418
Q419
Q420
8-729-117-16 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1611-M6
8-729-402-19 s TRANSISTOR XN6501
8-729-402-19 s TRANSISTOR XN6501
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
1-218-723-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-732-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 20K 0.50%
METAL, CHIP 10K
CHIP, METAL 22K
METAL 10K 0.50%
METAL 47K 0.50%
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-208-854-11
1-216-853-11
1-218-883-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 47K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP,METAL 1M 0.50% 1/10W
METAL, CHIP 470K 5% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
1-218-724-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-823-11
1-218-724-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 22K 5% 1/16W
R64
R65
R66
R67
R68
1-218-883-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-668-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R69
R70
R71
R72
R73
1-218-699-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-883-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
1-216-845-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-211-969-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
R74
R75
R76
R77
R78
1-216-864-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-708-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
1-216-827-11
1-211-969-11
1-218-700-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
R79
R80
R81
R82
R83
1-218-708-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-708-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
1-218-700-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-714-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
R84
R85
R86
R87
R88
1-218-883-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-883-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
33K
33K
33K
33K
33K
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R89
R90
R91
R92
1-218-883-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-716-11
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
33K
33K
10K
10K
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 180K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-71
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
R93
R94
R95
R96
R97
1-218-716-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-732-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
10K
47K
47K
47K
47K
R98
R99
R100
R101
R102
1-218-714-11
1-218-714-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
R103
R104
R105
R106
R107
1-218-886-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-700-11
R108
R109
R110
R111
R112
R230
R231
R232
R233
R234
1-218-730-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 12K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
R235
R236
R237
R238
R239
1-218-672-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 43K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R240
R241
R242
R243
R244
1-218-710-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-842-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
1-218-702-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-702-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-714-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL 8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
R245
R246
R247
R248
R249
1-218-751-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 300K 0.50% 1/16
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R113
R114
R115
R116
R117
1-218-668-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-702-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 100 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2.7K 0.50% 1/16W
R250
R251
R252
R253
R254
1-216-864-11
1-218-740-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R118
R120
R121
R122
R123
1-216-829-11
1-218-704-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R255
R256
R257
R258
R259
1-216-833-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-717-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 11K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
R200
R201
R202
R203
R204
1-218-692-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-830-11
1-218-727-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
R260
R261
R262
R263
R264
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-727-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-858-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
1-218-732-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-856-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
47K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
R265
R266
R267
R268
R269
1-218-723-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
R210
R211
R212
R213
R214
1-218-714-11
1-211-969-11
1-218-680-11
1-218-851-11
1-211-969-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
330 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
R270
R271
R272
R280
R281
1-218-883-11
1-218-740-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-708-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
R215
R216
R217
R218
R219
1-218-680-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-797-11
1-218-717-11
1-218-699-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 330 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 11K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
R300
R301
R302
R303
R304
1-218-692-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-830-11
1-218-710-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
R220
R222
R223
R224
R225
1-218-844-11
1-218-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-883-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 750 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 820 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
R305
R306
R307
R308
R309
1-218-727-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-856-11
1-218-874-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
30K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 13K 0.50% 1/16W
R226
R227
R228
R229
1-218-716-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-714-11
1-218-699-11
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
R310
R311
R312
R313
1-218-714-11
1-211-969-11
1-218-680-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
330 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
1-72
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
SP Description
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
39K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
150 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
620 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
SP Description
R314
R315
R316
R317
R318
1-211-969-11
1-218-680-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-797-11
1-218-717-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 330 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 11K 0.50% 1/16W
R381
R400
R401
R402
R403
1-218-708-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-830-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
R319
R320
R322
R323
R324
1-218-699-11
1-218-844-11
1-218-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-710-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R404
R405
R406
R407
R408
1-218-727-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-708-11
1-218-856-11
1-218-874-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
30K 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2.4K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 13K 0.50% 1/16W
R325
R326
R327
R328
R329
1-218-883-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-714-11
1-218-699-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
R409
R410
R411
R412
R413
1-218-714-11
1-211-969-11
1-218-710-11
1-218-680-11
1-218-851-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
330 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1.5K 0.50% 1/16W
R330
R331
R332
R333
R334
1-218-730-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
R414
R415
R416
R417
R418
1-211-969-11
1-218-680-11
1-218-692-11
1-216-797-11
1-218-717-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 330 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 11K 0.50% 1/16W
R335
R336
R337
R338
R339
1-218-672-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
R419
R420
R422
R423
R424
1-218-699-11
1-218-844-11
1-218-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-710-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
R340
R341
R342
R343
R344
1-218-710-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-699-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
R425
R426
R427
R428
R429
1-218-883-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-714-11
1-218-699-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
METAL
CHIP,
R345
R346
R347
R348
R349
1-218-842-11
1-218-750-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 620 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 270K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R430
R431
R432
R433
R434
1-218-730-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-809-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
R350
R351
R352
R353
R354
1-216-864-11
1-218-740-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R435
R436
R437
R438
R439
1-218-672-11
1-218-732-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
R355
R356
R357
R358
R359
1-216-833-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-717-11
1-218-723-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 11K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
R440
R441
R442
R443
R444
1-218-710-11
1-218-699-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-699-11
1-218-842-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
R360
R361
R362
R363
R364
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-727-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-858-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
R445
R446
R447
R448
R449
1-218-740-11
1-218-723-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-716-11
1-216-825-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
R365
R366
R367
R368
R369
1-218-723-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-704-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
CHIP,
R450
R451
R452
R453
R454
1-216-864-11
1-218-740-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-864-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
METAL 100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R370
R371
R372
R380
1-218-883-11
1-218-740-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-883-11
s
s
s
s
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
R455
R456
R457
R458
1-216-833-11
1-218-692-11
1-218-858-11
1-218-717-11
s
s
s
s
METAL, CHIP
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
CHIP, METAL
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2K 0.50% 1/16W
750 0.50% 1/16W
820 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
33K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
39K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
150 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
750 0.50% 1/16W
820 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
33K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
8.2K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
39K 0.50% 1/16W
1K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
150 0.50% 1/16W
47K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 2K 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
5.6K 0.50% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
100 5% 1/16W
2K 0.50% 1/16W
620 0.50% 1/16W
10K 5% 1/16W
1K 0.50% 1/16W
3K 0.50% 1/16W
11K 0.50% 1/16W
1-73
(VA-163 BOARD)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
----FRAME
----Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
R459
R460
R461
R462
R463
1-218-723-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-727-11
1-218-692-11
s
s
s
s
s
METAL 20K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
METAL 30K 0.50% 1/16W
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
1pc
1pc
2pcs
1pc
1pc
R464
R465
R466
R467
R468
1-218-858-11
1-218-723-11
1-218-716-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-704-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
4pcs
4pcs
1pc
R469
R470
R471
R472
R480
1-218-692-11
1-218-883-11
1-218-740-11
1-216-845-11
1-218-883-11
s
s
s
s
s
CHIP, METAL 1K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL 100K 0.50% 1/16W
METAL, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
METAL 33K 0.50% 1/16W
R481
1-218-708-11 s METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
RV50
RV200
RV300
RV400
1-241-263-11
1-241-260-11
1-241-260-11
1-241-260-11
s
s
s
s
METAL 3K 0.50% 1/16W
20K 0.50% 1/16W
10K 0.50% 1/16W
1.8K 0.50% 1/16W
3.3K 0.50% 1/16W
RES, ADJ, METALT 5K
METAL, ADJ 500
METAL, ADJ 500
METAL, ADJ 500
!
!
!
!
!
1pc
1pc
1pc
CB1
CB1
CB2
CB2
SP Description
1-239-963-12
1-473-314-11
1-473-341-11
1-576-228-11
1-533-191-11
s
s
s
s
s
FILTER, MPX
CONVERTER, D.C-D.C
CONVERTER, AC.DC/DC
FUSE (H.B.C.) T2AH 250V
HOLDER, FUSE
1-576-231-41 s FUSE (H.B.C.) T4AH 250V
1-533-191-11 s HOLDER, FUSE
1-775-775-11 o WIRE, FLEXIBLE CARD (24 CORE)
(MB-637 to PR-211)
1-775-779-11 o WIRE, FLEXIBLE CARD (20 CORE)
(MB-637 to CCD UNIT)
1-775-780-11 o WIRE, FLEXIBLE CARD (24 CORE)
(MB-637 to CCD UNIT)
1-775-966-11 o WIRE, FLEXIBLE CARD (20 CORE)
(MB-637 to SW-795)
!
!
!
!
1-533-514-31
1-533-514-61
1-533-515-31
1-533-515-61
s
s
s
s
BREAKER,
BREAKER,
BREAKER,
BREAKER,
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
1.25A 250V
1.25A 250V
2.5A 250V
2.5A 250V
(J,UC)
(CE)
(J,UC)
(CE)
CN1F(to CN-1232 board)
1-580-586-11 o HOUSING, 20P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN1F(to LF-31 board)
1-562-211-11 o HOUSING, 3P
1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN1F(to PS-392 board)
1-562-286-11 o HOUSING, 5P
1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN1F(to PS-435 board)
1-562-211-11 o HOUSING, 3P
1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN1F(to SW-805 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN2F(to CN-1231 board)
1-580-578-11 s HOUSING, 4P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN2F(to PS-392 board)
! 1-562-286-11 o HOUSING, 5P
! 1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN2F(to PS-434 board)
1-580-583-11 o HOUSING, 14P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN3F(to LF-31 board)
1-562-352-11 o HOUSING, 2P
1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN3F(to PS-434 board)
1-580-584-11 o HOUSING, 16P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN4F(to PS-392 board)
! 1-562-352-11 o HOUSING, 2P
! 1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
1-74
BVP-500
BVP-500P
(FRAME)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
(FRAME)
SP Description
CN5F(to PS-392 board)
! 1-562-352-11 o HOUSING, 2P
! 1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN6F(to PS-392 board)
! 1-562-352-11 o HOUSING, 2P
! 1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN7F(to PS-392 board)
! 1-562-352-11 o HOUSING, 2P
! 1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN8F(to PS-392 board)
! 1-562-352-11 o HOUSING, 2P
! 1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN11F(to PS-392 board)
1-562-211-11 o HOUSING, 3P
1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN11F(to SW-805 board)
1-569-203-11 o HOUSING, 10P
1-569-192-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-569-194-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG24-30
CN12F(to PS-392 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN13F(to MB-637 board)
1-764-193-11 o HOUSING, 3P
1-695-215-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN17F(to MB-637 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN19(to MB-637 board)
1-580-582-11 o HOUSING, 12P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN20F(to MB-637 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
SP Description
CN25(to MB-637 board)
1-580-586-11 o HOUSING, 20P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN29F(to MB-637 board)
1-580-582-11 o HOUSING, 12P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
CN30F(to MB-637 board)
1-580-586-11 o HOUSING, 20P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN31F(to MB-637 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN31F(to PS-392 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN33F(to MB-637 board)
1-764-194-11 o HOUSING, 4P
1-695-215-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN41F(to LE-130 board)
1-562-148-11 o HOUSING, 3P
1-563-088-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG24-30
CN43F(to CN-1239 board)
1-580-582-11 o HOUSING, 12P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN44F(to CN-988 board)
1-580-578-11 s HOUSING, 4P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN45F(to CN-989 board)
1-580-589-11 o HOUSING, 26P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN51F(to CN-986 board)
! 1-562-285-11 s HOUSING, 4P
! 1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN21F(to MB-637 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-573-176-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG22-26
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN52F(to CN-986 board)
1-562-352-11 o HOUSING, 2P
1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN21F(to PS-392 board)
1-562-211-11 o HOUSING, 3P
1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN54F(to CN-986 board)
1-562-211-11 o HOUSING, 3P
1-562-210-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG18-22
CN22F(to PS-392 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
CONTROL"
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN24F(to MB-637 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
CN24F(to PS-392 board)
1-580-591-11 o HOUSING, 30P
1-580-599-11 o CONTACT, FEMALE AWG26-30
BVP-500
BVP-500P
CN1
CN2
1-565-443-11 o CONNECTOR, 10P, FEMALE "TRACKER"
1-562-222-21 s CONNECTOR, 6P, FEMALE "RET
CN3
CN4
CN11
1-766-696-11 o CONNECTOR, 8P, FEMALE "REMOTE"
1-563-929-11 s CONNECTOR, 4P, FEMALE "SCRIPT"
1-569-253-21 s CONNECTOR, BNC, FEMALE "MONITOR"
CN11(on CN-1239A board)
1-573-593-11 s CONNECTOR, XLR 3P, MALE
"MIC CH-1" (J)
CN11(on CN-1239B board)
1-573-594-11 s CONNECTOR, XLR 3P, FEMALE
"MIC CH-1" (UC,CE)
CN12
1-562-222-21 s CONNECTOR, 6P, FEMALE "REMOTE"
1-75
1-4. Supplied Accessories
(FRAME)
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
CN12
SP Description
1-569-253-21 s CONNECTOR, BNC, FEMALE"PROMPTER OUT
CN12(on CN-1239A board)
1-573-593-11 s CONNECTOR, XLR 3P, FEMALE
"MIC CH-2" (J)
CN12(on CN-1239B board)
1-573-594-11 s CONNECTOR, XLR 3P, FEMALE
"MIC CH-2" (UC,CE)
CN44(on CN-988 board)
1-580-531-11 o PIN, CONNECTOR 4P
CN45(on CN-989 board)
1-580-542-11 o PIN, CONNECTOR 26P
CN100
!
CN100
!
CN100
CN101
!
CN101
CN102
1-565-801-11 s CONNECTOR, DOUBLE COAXIAL
"TRIAX" (UC)
1-565-797-12 s CONNECTOR, DOUBLE COAXIAL
"TRIAX" (J)
1-561-844-00 s CONNECTOR, COAXIAL "TRIAX" (CE)
1-953-632-11 o HARNESS (UTL(NTSC)) (J,UC)
1-251-220-11 s OUTLET 3P "AC OUT" (J,UC)
1-953-633-12 o HARNESS (UTL(PAL)) (CE)
1-251-221-11 s OUTLET 3P "AC OUT" (CE)
CN104
1-955-223-11
1-509-892-31
1-953-621-13
1-562-989-11
1-562-580-21
1-563-159-11
FB100
FB101
FB102
1-543-824-11 s CORE, TROIDAL
1-543-824-11 s CORE, TROIDAL
1-543-824-11 s CORE, TROIDAL
CN103
o
o
o
s
o
s
HARNESS (LENS)
CONNECTOR 36P, MALE "LENS"
HARNESS (VF)
CONNECTOR, MULTI 25P, FEMALE "VF"
CONTACT, FEMALE AWG24-28
CONNECTOR, 5P, FEMALE "INTERCOM"
S101
S102
S103
!
!
!
1-570-173-11 s SELECTOR, POWER VOLTAGE
1-570-173-11 s SELECTOR, POWER VOLTAGE
1-762-116-11 s SWITCH, AC POWER
T100
!
1-426-993-13 s TRANSFORMER, POWER
1-76
Ref. No.
or Q'ty Part No.
1pc
4pcs
2pcs
1pc
1pc
!
!
2pcs
1pc
SP Description
1-576-228-11
1-576-231-41
2-280-511-01
3-167-517-01
3-185-945-01
s
s
o
s
s
FUSE (H.B.C.) T2AH 250V
FUSE (H.B.C.) T4AH 250V
BRACKET, ADJUSTMENT, ANGLE
PLATE, NUMBER (BACK TALLY LAMP)
PLATE, NUMBER (SIDE PANEL)
3-186-502-01 s BAND, CLAMP
4-027-937-01 s PLATE, NUMBER (UP TALLY LAMP)
1-5. Optional Fixtures
Part No.
SP Description
J-6026-110-A
J-6026-130-B
J-6029-140-B
J-6394-080-A
J-6395-040-A
o
o
o
o
o
MULTI-BURST CHART
GRAYSCALE CHART
PATTERN BOX PTB-500
GRAYSCALE CHART (16:9)
EXTENSION BOARD, EX-464
J-6395-070-A o EXTENSION HARNESS
FOR POWER ASSEMBLY
J-6395-080-A o PORTABLE LENS ATTACHMENT
FOR 0HB-400 SERIES
J-6395-090-A o PORTABLE LENS ATTACHMENT
FOR 0HB-500/500WS SERIES
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-6. Changed Parts
NOTE: The numbers identified by marking with ) are
matching with each serial numbers.
See the table matched with each serial numbers.
-----------AU-211 BOARD
------------
507) Serial No. 10011-(UC), 30006-(J), 40016-(CE)
509) Serial No. 10061-(UC), 30006-(J), 40056-(CE)
511) Serial No. 10091-(UC), 30011-(J), 40126-(CE)
509) R401
1-215-456-00 s METAL 30K 1% 1/6W
---> 1-218-727-11 s METAL, CHIP 30K 0.5% 1/16W
NOT IN USE.
8-759-359-70 s IC TL062CPW-E05
NOT IN USE.
---> 1-164-156-11 s CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
---> 8-759-700-45 s IC NJM4556M-A
---> 1-570-711-11 s SWITCH, SLIDE
--->
--->
--->
--->
--->
DELETED.
DELETED.
DELETED.
8-759-066-59 s IC TC74HC4053AFS
DELETED.
--->
--->
--->
--->
--->
8-759-058-62
DELETED.
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-32
8-729-117-16
s IC TC7S08FU
--->
--->
--->
--->
--->
8-729-117-16
1-216-829-11
DELETED.
1-216-831-11
1-216-829-11
s TRANSISTOR 2SA1611-M6
s METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
1-218-700-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-864-11
DELETED.
s
s
s
s
-----------AU-215 BOARD
-----------511) C207
511) IC201
511) S201
-----------IF-538 BOARD
-----------511)
511)
511)
511)
511)
C201
C202
IC200
IC450
IC655
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
8-759-082-61
8-759-082-61
8-759-082-58
511)
511)
511)
511)
511)
IC661
Q202
Q300
Q301
Q402
8-759-082-58 s IC TC7W08FU
8-729-117-16 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1611-M6
8-729-026-32 s TRANSISTOR XP6534
NOT IN USE.
NOT IN USE.
511)
511)
511)
511)
511)
Q403
R205
R206
R309
R402
NOT IN USE.
1-218-856-11
1-218-856-11
1-218-851-11
1-218-856-11
511)
511)
511)
511)
511)
R403
R410
R411
R461
R462
1-216-820-11 s METAL, CHIP 820 5% 1/16W
NOT IN USE.
NOT IN USE.
1-215-441-00 s METAL 6.8K 1% 1/6W
1-215-451-00 s METAL 18K 1% 1/6W
--->
--->
--->
--->
--->
1-218-708-11 s METAL 4.7K 0.50% 1/16W
1-216-797-11 s METAL, CHIP 10 5% 1/16W
---> 1-216-829-11 s METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
---> 1-211-969-11 s CHIP, METAL 10 0.50% 1/16W
NOT IN USE.
NOT IN USE.
1-104-851-11 s TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
1-104-851-11 s TANTALUM, CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
--->
--->
--->
--->
NOT IN USE.
1-216-809-11 s METAL, CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
1-215-463-00 s METAL 56K 1% 1/4W
---> 1-162-957-11 s CERAMIC, CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
---> 1-218-692-11 s METAL, CHIP 1.0K 0.5% 1/16W
---> 1-218-889-11 s METAL, CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/16W
511) R680
511) R688
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
CERAMIC 0.1uF 25V
IC TC4W53FU
IC TC4W53FU
IC TC7W08FU
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
CHIP,
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL
2.4K
2.4K
1.5K
2.4K
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
0.50%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
s TRANSISTOR 2SC4177
s TRANSISTOR 2SC4177
s TRANSISTOR 2SA1611-M6
s METAL, CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
s METAL, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
METAL 2.2K 0.50%
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
METAL, CHIP 4.7K
METAL, CHIP 0 5%
1/16W
5% 1/16W
5% 1/16W
1/16W
-----------MD-103 BOARD
-----------509)
509)
509)
509)
C200
C201
C55
C90
1-104-847-11
1-104-847-11
1-104-847-11
1-104-847-11
s
s
s
s
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
TANTALUM,
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
CHIP
22uF
22uF
22uF
22uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
4V
4V
4V
4V
----------TR-90 BOARD
----------507) C301
507) R244
509) R401
BVP-500
BVP-500P
1-77
SEMICONDUCTOR INDEX
Section 2
Semiconductor Pin Assignments
Semiconductors of which functions are equivalent are described here.
For parts replacement, refer to the section of Spare Parts in this
manual. The circuit diagram of each IC is obtained from the IC data
book published by the manufacturer.
Diode
PAGE
1S1588 .............................. 2-2
1SS226 ............................. 2-2
1SS300 ............................. 2-2
1SS302 ............................. 2-2
1T363 ................................ 2-2
CL-150D-CD .....................
CL-150PG-CD ..................
CL-150UR-CD ..................
CL-200HR .........................
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2SC4177 ...........................
2SC4177-L6 ......................
2SC4178 ...........................
2SC4184 ...........................
2SC4215 ...........................
2SD1048 ...........................
2SD1111 ...........................
2SD1615A ........................
2SD1623 ...........................
2SD596 .............................
2SD596-DV5 .....................
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-3
2-2
2-2
CXD1171M .......................
CXD2307R ........................
CXD2310R ........................
CXK1203AR .....................
DTA143XKA ......................
DTA144E ...........................
DTA144EUA ......................
DTC143XKA .....................
DTC144EE ........................
DTC144EK ........................
DTC144EKA .....................
DTC144EUA .....................
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
LA1140 ............................
LM339NS ........................
LM339PW .......................
LM358PS ........................
LM393PS ........................
LM4040BIMM3X .............
2-7
2-8
2-8
2-9
EL4581CS ........................ 2-9
HA11423MP ..................... 2-9
HD14053BFP .................. 2-10
HD151015T .................... 2-10
HD6475328F10 .............. 2-11
DE5LC20U ........................ 2-2
GL-5ED5 ........................... 2-2
HSM107S .........................
HSM88AS .........................
HSM88WA ........................
HSM88WK ........................
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
KV1470 ............................. 2-2
LT9527U ............................ 2-2
IMB2 .................................. 2-3
IMH2 ................................. 2-3
MA141WK ......................... 2-2
Others
RD ? ?M-B ? .....................
RD ? ?M-B ........................
RD ? ?MB .........................
RD ? ?UH .........................
RD ? ?UJN ........................
2SK612 .............................
2SK663 .............................
2SK664 .............................
2SK852-X2 .......................
2SK853 .............................
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
PAGE
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
SC802-04 .......................... 2-2
CXK58257ATM-70LL ......... 2-3
V09C ................................. 2-2
V09G ................................. 2-2
V11 ? ................................. 2-2
HM53461JP-12 ................. 2-4
Transistor
PC410 ............................... 2-5
PAGE
2SA1162G ........................
2SA1226 ...........................
2SA1610 ...........................
2SA1611 ...........................
2SA1688 ...........................
2SA1808 ...........................
2SA811A ...........................
2SB1115A .........................
2SB1121 ...........................
2SB1440S .........................
2SB624 .............................
2SB798 .............................
2SC1623 ...........................
2SC2223 ...........................
2SC2712 ...........................
2SC2713 ...........................
2SC2714Y ........................
2SC2757 ...........................
2SC2758 ...........................
2SC3115 ...........................
2SC3360 ...........................
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-12
M27V201-200L6 ............. 2-12
M51132FP ...................... 2-13
M51958A ........................ 2-13
M52313SP ...................... 2-13
M62021FP ...................... 2-13
M62352GP ...................... 2-14
MAX202CSE ................... 2-14
MB88346BPFV ............... 2-14
MB88351PFV ................. 2-15
MC14018BF .................... 2-15
MC14020BF .................... 2-15
MC14023BF .................... 2-16
MC74HC00AF ................ 2-16
MC74HC4053F ............... 2-16
MN6790S ........................ 2-16
MN8232A ........................ 2-17
MSM82C55A-2GS ........... 2-17
MP7670AS ........................ 2-4
SGM2016M ....................... 2-5
UPA101G .......................... 2-5
XN6401 .............................
XN6435 .............................
XN6501 .............................
XN6534 .............................
XP6435 .............................
XP6501 .............................
XP6534 .............................
IC
2-5
2-5
2-5
2-5
2-5
2-5
2-5
PAGE
BA225F ............................. 2-6
CA3102M ..........................
CLC505AJE ......................
CXA1165M .......................
CXA1432M .......................
CXA1486Q ........................
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-7
NJM3414AM ...................
NJM4556AM-A ...............
NJM4558V ......................
NJU7022M ......................
2-18
2-18
2-18
2-18
PCF8574AT .................... 2-18
PCF8574T ...................... 2-18
REF-03GS ...................... 2-18
RTC4553B ...................... 2-19
SN74HC08ANS .............. 2-19
SN74HC08APW ............. 2-19
SN74HC157APW ............ 2-19
SN74HC74ANS .............. 2-19
SN74HCT04APW ............ 2-19
SN74HCT244APW-E05 ... 2-20
SN75158PS .................... 2-20
STK10C68-5S35 ............. 2-20
TA75S393F .....................
TA8129Z ..........................
TC4S01F ........................
TC4S11F ........................
2-20
2-21
2-21
2-21
TC4S30F ........................ 2-21
TC4S69F ........................ 2-21
TC4S71F ........................ 2-21
TC4S81F ........................ 2-22
TC4SU69F ...................... 2-21
TC4W53FU ..................... 2-22
TC4W66FU ..................... 2-22
TC74HC00AF ................. 2-16
TC74HC4052AFS (EL) .... 2-22
TC74HC4053AFS ............ 2-16
TC74HC4538AFS ............ 2-22
TC74HC595AF ............... 2-23
TC74VHC00FS (EL) ........ 2-16
TC74VHC02F ................. 2-23
TC74VHC04FS (EL) ........ 2-19
TC74VHC08FS (EL) ........ 2-19
TC74VHC138FS (EL) ...... 2-23
TC74VHC157FS ............. 2-19
TC74VHC163F ............... 2-23
TC74VHC20F ................. 2-24
TC74VHC244FS (EL) ...... 2-20
TC74VHC32FS (EL) ........ 2-24
TC74VHC541FS (EL) ...... 2-24
TC74VHC74F ................. 2-19
TC74VHC74FS (EL) ........ 2-19
TC7S00FU ...................... 2-21
TC7S02FU ...................... 2-21
TC7S04FU ...................... 2-21
TC7S08FU ...................... 2-22
TC7S32FU ...................... 2-21
TC7S66FU ...................... 2-24
TC7S86FU ...................... 2-21
TC7SH02FU ................... 2-21
TC7SH04FU ................... 2-21
TC7SH08FU ................... 2-22
TC7SH32FU ................... 2-21
TC7W00FU ..................... 2-24
TC7W02F ....................... 2-24
TC7W04FU ..................... 2-24
TC7W08FU ..................... 2-24
TC7W139FU ................... 2-25
TC7W32FU ..................... 2-25
TC7W74FU ..................... 2-25
TL062CPW ..................... 2-25
TL064CPW ..................... 2-25
TL074CPW ..................... 2-25
TL082M ........................... 2-25
TL084CPW ..................... 2-25
TLC0820ACDW .............. 2-26
TLC272CPW ................... 2-26
TLC27L2CPS .................. 2-26
UPC358G2 ..................... 2-12
UPC393G2 ..................... 2-12
UPD4702G ..................... 2-26
UPD6453GT-610 ............. 2-27
UPD71055GB-10-3B4 ..... 2-28
X24164S1 ....................... 2-28
X24C02S-3. 0 ................. 2-28
2-1
Di, Tr
DIODE
GL-5ED5;A=RED,B=YEL GRN
1S1588
(SCALE 4/1)
TOP VIEW
(
)
TOP VIEW
SC802-04
1SS226
1SS302
HSM107S
HSM88AS
V09C
V09G
V11 ?
B
A
TOP VIEW
TRANSISTOR
HSM88WK
MA141WK
TOP VIEW
1SS300
HSM88WA
-TOP VIEW-
KV1470
—TOP VIEW—
2SA1162G
2SA1226
2SA1610
2SA1611
2SA1688
2SA1808
2SA811A
2SB1440S
2SB624
3
(
)
TOP VIEW
2
1
1T363
(
)
TOP VIEW
2SB1115A
2SB1121
2SB798
LT9527U
INDEX
CL-150D-CD;ORANGE
CL-150PG-CD;GREEN
CL-150UR-CD;RED
7
8
9
10
11
6
12
5
4
3
2
1
(
)
TOP VIEW
3
CL-200HR;RED
2
4
1
(
6
3
5
8
7
10
9
12
11
)
RD ? ?M-B
RD ? ?MB
RD ? ?M-B ?
TOP VIEW
DE5LC20U
3
1
2
2SC1623
2SC2223
2SC2712
2SC2713
2SC2714Y
2SC2757
2SC2758
2SC3115
2SC3360
2SC4177
2SC4177-L6
2SC4178
2SC4184
2SC4215
2SD1048
2SD596
2SD592-DV5
NC
2
1
2SD1111
(
)
TOP VIEW
2-2
RD ? ?UH
RD ? ?UJN
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Tr, Others
Others
(SCALE 4/1)
TOP VIEW
2SK612
2SD1615A
2SD1623
TOP VIEW
3
2
3
2
(SCALE 4/1)
TOP VIEW
2SK663
2SK852-X2
2SK853
3
2
1
1
S
1
S
S
2SK664
TOP VIEW
(
)
TOP VIEW
DTA143XKA(R1=4.7K R2=10K)
DTA144EE(R1=47K, R2=47K)
DTA144EUA(R1=47K, R2=47K)
3
2
S
1
R1
R2
CXK58257ATM-70LL(SONY)(ACCESS TIME=70ns)FLAT PACKAGE
(SCALE 4/1)
TOP VIEW
C-MOS 256K (32768 x 8)-BIT STATIC RAM
—TOP VIEW—
DTC143XKA(R1=4.7K, R2=10K)
DTC144EE(R1=47K, R2=47K)
DTC144EK(R1=47K, R2=47K)
DTC144EKA(R1=47K, R2=47K)
DTC144EUA(R1=47K, R2=47K)
3
2
1
R1
10
OE
IN
21 A10
22
IN
9
8
A11
IN
20 CE
23
IN
7
6
A9
IN
19 I/O8
24
5
R2
4
A8
IN
18 I/O7
25
3
25
A13
IN
17 I/O6
26
24
21
WE
IN
27
16 I/O5
23
DD
28 V
+5V
15 I/O4
26
2
(
)
—TOP VIEW—
6
1
5
2
4
3
IMB2(R=47K)
1
A14
IN
1
A12
IN
2
13 I/O3
A7
IN
3
12 I/O2
A6
IN
4
11 I/O1
A5
IN
5
10 A0
IN
A4
IN
6
9 A1
IN
A3
IN
7
8 A2
IN
GND 14
A0
A1
A2
A3
I/O1
A4
I/O2
A5
I/O3
A6
I/O4
A7
I/O5
A8
I/O6
A9
I/O7
A10
I/O8
A11
A12
A13
A14
OE
22
WE
27
CE
20
1
6
R
R
5
2
R
R
3
4
A0-A14
CE
I/O1-I/O8
OE
WE
(
)
IMH2(R=47K)
TOP VIEW
6
1
5
2
4
3
A14
A13
A12
1
6
R
A11
A9
A8
R
A7
5
2
R
4
A6
A5
CE
1
0
0
0
1
ROW
DECODER
26
2
25
OE
X
1
0
X
ADDRESS INPUTS
CHIP ENABLE INPUT
DATA INPUTS/OUTPUTS
OUTPUT ENABLE INPUT
WRITE ENABLE INPUT
WE
MODE
X
NOT SELECT
1 OUTPUT DISABLE
1
READ
0
WRITE
I/O TERMINAL
HIGH IMPEDANCE
HIGH IMPEDANCE
OUTPUT DATA
INPUT DATA
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
23
24
;
;
;
;
;
BUFFER
3
MEMORY
MATRIX
512 x 512
4
5
R
19
3
A10
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
21
18
6
17
7
8
BUFFER
9
I/O GATE
COLUMN
DECODER
I/O
BUFFER
16
15
13
12
10
11
I/O8
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
OE
WE
22
27
BUFFER
20
CE
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-3
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
Others
HM53461JP-12(HITACHI)(ACCESS TIME=120ns)PLCC
MP7670AS(MICRO POWER SYSTEMS)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS 64K WORD x 4 BIT MULTI PORT RAM
C-MOS 8-BIT 8CHANNEL D/A CONVERTER
—TOP VIEW—
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
— TOP VIEW —
GND
VCC (+5V)
17
16
15
14
11
10
9
13
8
18
7
4
21
A0
I/O1
A1
I/O2
A2
I/O3
A3
I/O4
A4
SI/O1
A5
SI/O2
A6
SI/O3
SI/O4
A7
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
PIN
No.
I/O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
—
I/O
I/O
—
I/O
I/O
—
—
I
I
I
—
PIN
No.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
SIGNAL
SC
SI/O1
SI/O2
DT/OE
I/O1
I/O2
WE
RAS
A6
A5
A4
VCC
5
I/O
I
I
I
I
I
—
I/O
I/O
—
I/O
I/O
—
SIGNAL
C V
OUT
1
24 D V
OUT
B V
OUT
2
23 C V
IN
4
23
A7
A3
A2
A1
A0
CAS
I/O3
I/O4
SOE
SI/O3
SI/O4
GND
22
8
A V
OUT
3
22 D V
9
IN
14
B V IN 4
VDD
(+5V)
A V IN 5
21
15
20 DI
7
IN
16
6 GND
VSS
(–5V)
19
20
17
PR IN 7
18 DO
OUT
E V IN 8
17 CK
IN
F V IN 9
16 LD
IN
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
3
2
1
24
10
11
12
13
PR
LD
DI
DO
18
5
6
A0-A7
CAS
DT/OE
I/O1-I/O4
RAS
SC
SI/O1-SI/O4
SOE
WE
19
20
2
3
22
23
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
ADDRESS INPUT
COLUMN ADDRESS STROBE INPUT
DATA TRANSMISSION/OUTPUT ENABLE INPUT
RAM PORT DATA INPUT/OUTPUT
ROW ADDRESS STROBE INPUT
SERIAL CLOCK INPUT
SAM PORT DATA INPUT/OUTPUT
SAM PORT ENABLE INPUT/OUTPUT
WRITE ENABLE INPUT
E V
RAS
OUT
10
15 H V
IN
F V
OUT
11
14 G V
IN
G V
OUT
12
13 H V
OUT
CK
DI
DO
LD
PR
CAS
WE
DT/OE
SOE
; CLOCK INPUT
; SERIAL DATA INPUT
; DATA OUTPUT
; DATA LOAD CONTROL INPUT
; PRESET INPUT
1
5
I/O1
I/O2
5
6
I/O3
I/O4
19
20
LATCH A
D/A A
-
3
+
4
WRITE MASK
GENERATOR
OE CLOCK
GENERATOR
I/O BUFFER
4
WE
CAS
18
WE CLOCK
GENERATOR
CAS CLOCK
GENERATOR
LATCH B
DT/OE
D/A B
23
LATCH C
64K x 4
MEMORY
ARRAY
SOE CLOCK
GENERATOR
21
D/A C
8
RAS CLOCK
GENERATOR
SC CLOCK
GENERATOR
256 x 4 DATA
REGISTER
13-17 9-11
A0-A7
1
CAS
24
8
LATCH E
SI/O BUFFER
VBB
GENERATOR
D/A E
LATCH F
-
10
+
D/A F
-
11
+
14
LATCH G
PR
RAS
D/A D
-
+
SC
REFRESH ADDRESS
COUNTER
18
+
9
Y ADDRESS
BUFFER
8
1
SOE
POINTER
X ADDRESS
BUFFER
-
22
LATCH D
RAS
2
+
TRANSFER
CONTROL
Y DECODER
X DECODER
7
-
2
3
22
SI/O1
SI/O2 SI/O3
D/A G
-
+
15
7
23
SI/O4
12
LATCH H
D/A H
-
13
+
6
LD
DI
CK
2-4
16
20
17
A V
A V
B V
B V
C V
C V
D V
D V
E V
E V
F V
F V
G V
G V
H V
H V
GND
LOGIC
CONTROL
A3 A2 A1 A0
D7
TO
D0
18
DO
SERIAL SHIFT
REGISTER
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Others
PC410(SHARP)FLAT PACKAGE
OPIC-OUTPUT PHOTO COUPLER
—TOP VIEW—
6
5
**
XP6435
(SCALE 6/1)
TOP VIEW
1
2
3
6
5
4
4
6
1
5
1
2
3
4
3
2
SGM2016M
3
1
6
5
4
G2
D
G1
S
1PIN
**
XP6501
(
)
TOP VIEW
4
1
2
3
1
6
2
5
4
3
UPA101G(NEC)FLAT PACKAGE
—TOP VIEW—
8
7
6
1
2
3
5
*
(SCALE 6/1)
TOP VIEW
TRANSISTOR ARRAY
1
XP6534
6
5
4
6
5
2
1
2
3
**
XN6401
XN6435
(SCALE 6/1)
TOP VIEW
6
5
4
4
3
4
1
2
3
6
1
5
2
3
4
*
XN6501
XN6534
(SCALE 6/1)
TOP VIEW
6
5
4
1
2
3
6
1
5
2
3
4
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-5
IC
IC
BA225F(ROHM)
CXA1165M(SONY)FLAT PACKAGE
CR TIMER
CATV VHF TUNER
— TOP VIEW —
-TOP VIEWVCC
(+16V)
OUT1 1
8
8
2
O
CR1 2
7 OUT2
CR
6
O
T
TRIGGER1 3
CR
6 CR2
3
5 TRIGGER2
5
VCC
CR1
OUT1
14
VCC
CR2
TRG1
OUT2
TRG2
OSC OSC OSC
3
2
1
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
13
12
11
10
9
GND
8
3
4
5
6
7
7
GND
4
GND
1
2
RF1 RF2
IF
OUT
IN
UIF MIX1 MIX2
IN
IN
OSC OSC
2 1
13
CA3102M(RCA)FLAT PACKAGE
14
HIGH FREQ.DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
TP
(+6.5 V to +9.5 V)
T
4 GND
1
REG
12 11
OUT
OUT
TP
10
8
+5 V
REG
VCC
(+6.5 V to +9.5 V)
—TOP VIEW—
OSC
1
14
2
13
RF2
3
12 SUBSTRATE
4
11
5
10
6
9
7
8
6
3
RF1
UIF
4
MIX
5
UIF
AMP
7
1
IF
AMP
+
MIX1
MIX2
IF
CXA1432M(SONY)FLAT PACKAGE
VIDEO SIGNAL CLAMPER
— TOP VIEW —
CLC505AJE(COMLINEAR)FLAT PACKAGE
CP
TP12
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
14
VCC
— TOP VIEW —
(+5 V)
13
NC
12
IN
11
VEE
PEDE SENS
10
9
1
3
(–5 V)
9
8
1 NC
V– 2
–
V+ 3
+
4 VEE
(–5 V)
10
8 RP
VCC
(+5 V)
7
6 V OUT
1
2
3
4
V
E
FV
TP5
IN
OUT
IN
E OUT
2
NC
6
FV IN
PEDE
V OUT
7
SENS
CP IN
7
V
OUT
NC 5
CP IN
E OUT
FV IN
PEDE
SENS
TP5, TP12
V IN
V OUT
V IN
FV IN
PEDE
SENS
CP IN
2-6
NC
5
V IN
8
1
; CLAMP PULSE INPUT
; BUFFER AMP OUTPUT
; FLOATING VIDEO SIGNAL INPUT
; CLAMP LEVEL DC INPUT
; CLAMP POINT SIGNAL INPUT
; FOR TEST
; VIDEO SIGNAL INPUT
; VIDEO SIGNAL OUTPUT
2
E. F
3
9
8
10
+
E. F
7
E OUT
V OUT
SAMPLE
&
HOLD
+
–
MODE
SELECTOR
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
CXA1486Q
(SONY)
CXD1171M(SONY)FLAT PACKAGE
VIDEO AMPLIFIER FOR VIDEO CAMERA
C-MOS 8-BIT D/A CONVERTER
— TOP VIEW —
V EE
V CC
V EE I
DR V EE
DR V CC
GND2
GND I
V CC I
V CC , V CC I, DR V CC , = (+5V)
V EE , V EE I, DR V EE , = (-2.5 to -5.5V)
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
GND1
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
- TOP VIEW -
24
12
26
14
2
27
BLACK1
BLKG
G CTRL
ZERO
W SHAD
F COMP
30
BLACK2
18
SIG IN
16
BLK SHAD
19
GS2
20
GS1
21
CLP PLS1
32
CLP PLS2
4
FB REF
9
KNEE PT
23
LPFC1
11
FLT DET
LPF C2
CLP C1
FLR DET
CLP C2
29
31
11
INPUT
BLACK1, 2
BLKG
BLK SHAD
CLP PLS1, 2
F COMP
FB REF
G CTRL
GS1, 2
KNEE PT
KNEE SW
25
OUT SW
SIG IN
W SHAD
ZERO
SIG OUT
I/O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
I
I
–
I
–
–
O
–
I
I
O
I
–
I
–
I
SIGNAL
PIN
No.
I/O
SIGNAL
OUT SW
W SHAD
GND I
FB REF
V EE I
DR V EE
SIG OUT
DR V CC
KNEE PT
KNEE SW
FLR DET
BLKG
GND2
ZERO
V CC
BLK SHAD
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
–
I
I
I
I
–
O
I
O
I
I
–
O
I
O
I
GND1
SIG IN
GS2
GS1
CLP PLS1
V EE
LPF C1
BLACK1
CLP C2
G CTRL
F COMP
V CC I
LPF C2
BLACK2
CLP C1
CLP PLS2
; FOR CLAMP DC COMPENSATION
; BLANKING SIGNAL
; BLACK SHADING CORRECTION SIGNAL
; CLAMP PULSE
; FLARE COMPENSATION SIGNAL
; OUTPUT 2 INVERT AMPLIFY DC ADJUST
; WHITE BALANCE GAIN CONTROL
; GAIN SELECT
; KNEE POINT
; 1/4, 1/5 KNEE SELECT
(4.5V=1/4 KNEE, 0V=1/5 KNEE)
; OUTPUT 3 AMPLIFY SELECT
; SIGNAL INPUT
; WHITE SHADING SIGNAL
; VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFY ZERO POINT ADJUST
7
OUTPUT
CLP C1, C2
FLR DET
LPF C1, C2
SIG OUT
1
OUT SW
10
KNEE SW
PIN
No.
12
26
G CTRL
14
ZERO
2
W SHAD
27
F COMP
(+5 V)
A. VDD
(+5 V)
1
24
2
3
23
4
5
22
6
7
D3 IN 4
D4 IN 5
21 IO OUT
8
20 IO OUT
12
9
A. VDD
D5 IN 6
(+5 V)
A. VDD
D6 IN 7
(+5 V)
D7 IN 8
15
18
15 IREF IN
VB IN 11
A. GND 14
CK IN 12
B. GND 13
2
2
D2 3 - 5 3
–
D4
DECODER
D5 6 - 8 3
–
D7
DECODER
VREF
VB
9
16
15
20
21
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
BLK
VREF
IREF
VB
VG
17
CK
; CLOCK INPUT
BLK
; BLANKING PULSE INPUT
D0 - 7 ; DIGITAL DATA INPUT
IO
; CURRENT OUTPUT
IO
; INVERT CURRENT OUTPUT
IREF ; CURRENT REFERENCE INPUT
VB, VG ; FOR CAPACITOR
VREF ; VOLTAGE REFERENCE INPUT
2
LATCHES
2
6MSB'S
CURRENT
CELLS
+
2LSB'S
CURRENT
CELLS
20
21
17
IO
IO
VG
–
CURRENT
CELLS
FOR FULL
SCALE
11
12
IO
D2
11
16 VREF IN
10 D. GND
BLK
IO
D1
17 VG OUT
BLK IN 9
D0 1
D1 2
16
19
D0
CLOCK
GENERATOR
31
CLP C1
18
SIG IN
16
BLK SHAD
G
BLKG
D. VDD
D2 IN 3
CK
19, 20
GS1,2
21
CLP PLS1
24
BLACK1
23
LPF C1
(+5 V)
D1 IN 2
IREF
; FOR CLAMP CAPACITANCE
; FLARE DETECT
; CONNECT CAPACITANCE FOR LPF
; SIGNAL OUTPUT
D. VDD
D0 IN 1
BLKG
WBAL
11
2dB
29
25
CLP C2
32
CLP PLS2
30
BLACK2
9
1/4 KNEE
FLR DET
LPF C2
KNEE PT
1/5 KNEE
10
KNEE SW
0dB
FB REF
4
4dB
DR
8
DR V DD
7
SIG OUT
6
DR V EE
0dB
OUT SW
1
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-7
IC
CXD2307R(SONY)FLAT PACKAGE
CXD2310R(SONY)
C-MOS 10-BIT 20MSPS VIDEO A/D CONVERTER
C-MOS 10-BIT 50MSPS RGB 3CHANNEL D/A CONVERTER
13
14
15
16
17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
R9
VB
G1
23
24
25
26
27
28
G5
G7
32
33
37
38
39
40
41
42
G9
R6
R7
R8
R9
5
7
8
B4
G4
G5
G6
G7
G8
G9
14
15
RCK
ROG
17
GCK
18
ROB
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
BLK
CE
25
IRR
VGR
IRG
VGG
IRB
VGB
28
29
(+5V)
(+5V)
AVDD 25
AVDD 26
AGND 27
VRT
44
46
48
29
VRR
30
VRG
VRB
BLK
39
CE
34
30
35
14
37
51
44
43
–
40
37
55
6LSB' S
CURRENT
CELLS
46
45
–
41
VRT
D9
VRT
D8
VIN
D7
VRB
D6
VRB
D5
CAL
D4
SEL
D3
RESET
D2
CE
D1
OE
D0
12
11
10
9
8
5
4
3
2
1
CLK
TIN
TO
TSTR
AT
13
38
TS
RO
RO
VGR
RCK
ROR
VRR
IRR
GO
GO
VGG
GCK
INPUT
CAL
CE
CLK
LINV
MINV
OE
RESET
SEL
TIN
TMOD
TS
TSTR
VRB
VRT
; CALIBRATION PULSE INPUT
; CHIP ENABLE
; CLOCK
; OUTPUT (D0-D8) INVERSION
; OUTPUT (D9) INVERSION
; DIGITAL DATA OUTPUT ENABLE
; CALIBRATION CIRCUIT RESET
; OUTPUT DATA (D5-D9) SELECT FOR CALIBRATION (4-CLOCK)
HIGH; THROUGH OUTPUT, LOW; DATA FIXED AS WITH D0-D4
; TEST SIGNAL INPUT
; TEST MODE
; TEST SIGNAL INPUT
; TEST SIGNAL INPUT
; REFERENCE BOTTOM VOLTAGE
; REFERENCE TOP VOLTAGE
OUTPUT
AT
; TEST SIGNAL OUTPUT
D0-D9
; DIGIRAL DATA OUTPUT
TO
; TEST PIN
ROG
CURRENT CELLS
(FOR FULL SCALE)
38
VRG
IRG
4LSB' S
CURRENT
CELLS
58
DECODER
LATCHES
59
6LSB' S
CURRENT
CELLS
48
33
CLOCK
GENERATOR
26
27
AGND 28
47
+
DECODER
23
24
COURSE CORRECTION
& LATCH
45
32
B0 19
(LSB)
20
B1
21
B2
22
B3
B4
FINE LATCH
BCK
6LSB' S
CURRENT
CELLS
CLOCK
GENERATOR
TO
43
54
16
13
B9
+
LATCHES
TIN
48 DGND
B8
4LSB' S
CURRENT
CELLS
DECODER
RESET
B7
CURRENT CELLS
(FOR FULL SCALE)
13
DGND 16
14
B6
31
G0 9
(LSB)
10
G1
11
G2
12
G3
SEL
15
B5
50
DECODER
17
B3
42
6
(+5V)
47 NC
B1
B2
AVDD 18
FINE
COMPARATE
& ENCODE
46 NC
4LSB' S
CURRENT
CELLS
CLOCK
GENERATOR
29
45 DVDD
B0
22
LATCHES
30
44 AGND
G8
23
DECODER
AMP.
(x 8)
G6
24
R5
VRT
43 AGND
ROR
31
NC 31
G4
5
22
DAC
4
— AVSS
RO
O
RO
O
— AVDD
— AVDD
GO
O
GO
O
— AVDD
— AVDD
O
BO
O
BO
— AVDD
— AVDD
— DVDD
I R0 (LSB)
I
R1
21
NC 32
TMOD
G3
15
4
NC 33
LINV
19
+ –
G2
17
3
VRB
20
TS 42
+
TIMING
GEN.
G0
41
R4
34
CAL 41
S/H
AMP.
40 NC
29
R0 63
(LSB)
64
R1
1
R2
2
R3
VRB
MINV
VIN 39
D4
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
CLK
21
35
D3
BCK
DVSS
VB
AVSS
IRR
IRG
IRB
VRR
VRG
VRB
ROR
VGR
ROG
VGG
ROB
VGB
BO
R8
3
I
—
O
—
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R7
D2
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
OE
22
COURSE
CONPARATE
& ENCODE
2
I
G8
I
G9
I B0 (LSB)
I
B1
I
B2
I
B3
I
B4
I
B5
I
B6
I
B7
I
B8
I
B9
I
BLK
I
CE
I
RCK
I
GCK
CE
23
AT 38
1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
24
58
D1
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
I/O SIGNAL
I/O SIGNAL
I/O SIGNAL
I/O SIGNAL
No.
No.
No.
No.
I
R2
I
R3
I
R4
I
R5
I
R6
I
R7
I
R8
I
R9
I G0 (LSB)
G1
I
G2
I
G3
I
G4
I
G5
I
G6
I
G7
I
TSTR 37
59
(+3V)
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
BO
D9 12
12
R6
D8 11
11
54
D7 10
9
10
55
CALIVBRATION
UNIT
8
GO
R5
9
7
GO
R4
8
6
R3
D6
5
50
R2
D5
4
51
DD
7 DV
(+3V)
A VDD (+7 V)
A VDD (+7 V)
D VDD (+7 V)
3
RO
6 DGND
A VDD (+7 V)
A VDD (+7 V)
2
RO
R1
D0
A VDD (+7 V)
A VDD (+7 V)
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
R0
(LSB)
A VSS (GND)
1
D VSS (GND)
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
A VSS (GND)
64
AGND 36
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
63
35
—TOP VIEW—
— TOP VIEW —
DECODER
47
–
42
BO
BO
VGB
BCK
ROB
VRB
+
CURRENT CELLS
(FOR FULL SCALE)
39
BIAS VOLTAGE
GENERATOR
35
IRB
VB
30
2-8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
CXK1203AR(SONY)FLAT PACKAGE
EL4581CS(ELT)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS DIGITAL LINE MEMORY
VIDEO SYNC SEPARATOR
—TOP VIEW—
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
— TOP VIEW —
1
NC
NC
3
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
VDD (+5V)
VDD (+5V)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
GND
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
GND
2
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
DOT0
D1
DOT1
D2
DOT2
D3
DOT3
D4
DOT4
D5
DOT5
D6
DOT6
D7
DOT7
D8
DOT8
D9
21
DOT9
VCC
(+5 V)
COMPOSITE
1
SYNC OUT
35
34
33
32
31
C
8
COMPOSITE
VIDEO
2
COMPOSITE 2
VIDEO IN
7 ODD/EVEN OUT
VERTICAL
SYNC OUT
3
6 RSET
4 GND
5 BURST/BACK
COMPOSITE 1
SYNC
VERTICAL 3
SYNC
ODD/EVEN
7
29
28
6
OUT
27
RSET
BURST/BACK
5
R
26
PSW0
20
TIMING CHART
PSW1
18
OEN
PSW2
17
25
COMPOSITE
VIDEO IN
PSW3
16
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
D0
36
14
PSW4
PSB0
PSW5
PSB1
PSB2
PSW6
13
24
COMPOSITE
SYNC OUT
23
VERTICAL
SYNC OUT
22
PSW7
BURST OUT
N/P
ODD/EVEN OUT
AEN
TINT
SCLK
42
41 12 39 40
(VDD = +5V)
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
NO. I/O SIGNAL NO. I/O SIGNAL NO. I/O SIGNAL NO. I/O SIGNAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
I
I
I
I
I
—
I
I
I
I
I
I
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
GND
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
TINT
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
I
I
I
I
I
I
—
I
I
I
I
I
PSW7
PSW6
PSW5
PSW4
PSW3
PSW2
VDD
PSW1
PSW0
PSB2
PSB1
PSB0
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
I
O
O
O
O
—
O
O
O
O
O
O
OEN
DOT9
DOT8
DOT7
DOT6
GND
DOT5
DOT4
DOT3
DOT2
DOT1
DOT0
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
—
—
I
I
I
I
—
—
—
—
—
—
N.C
N.C
AEN
N/P
SCLK
CLK
VDD
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
HA11423MP(HITACHI)FLAT PACKAGE
TV H/V SYNC SIGNAL PROCESSOR
-TOP VIEWFIN
2
1
18
17
3
16
VCC
(+12V)
4
14
6
13
7
AEN
CLK
DIN0-DIN9
DOT0-DOT9
N/P
OEN
PSB0-PSB2
PSW0-PSW7
SCLK
TINT
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
LINE MEMORY SELECT
CLOCK
VIDEO DATA INPUT
VIDEO DATA OUTPUT
NTSC/PAL/SECAM SELECT
OUTPUT ENABLE
DELAY STEP SELECT (1 BITxN)
DELAY STEP SELECT (8 BITxN)
CLOCK EDGE SELECT
TEST
15
VCC
5 (+12V)
12
8
GND
9
10
11
FIN
VBS
VIDEO
IN
11
FBP
IN
12
SYNC
SEP
8
SYNC OUT
AFC
GATE
13
BUFF
DIN9
1 LINE MEMORY
(1138 x 10bit)
SMALL DELAY
CONTROLLER
BUFF
14
H
OSC
17
X-RAY
TRIGG
7
V
TRIGG
DOT0
—
—
DIN0
H
SIZE
26-29
31-36
1-5
7-11
DOT9
22-24
OEN
PSB0
—
25
PSB2
ADDRESS
COUNTER
PSW7
N/P
V
SIZE
4
V
OSC
16
V
BLKG
18
V
DRIVER
1
H DEF OUT
V BLKG OUT
V DEF OUT
CLK
41
SCLK
12
ADDRESS
MULTIPLEXER
—
PSW0
13-18
20, 21
TIMING
CONTROLLER
42
H
DRIVER
+
3
TINT
40
39
AEN
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2-9
IC
HD14053BFP(HITACHI)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS TRIPLE 2-CHANNEL ANALOG MULTIPLEXERS/DEMULTIPLEXERS
— TOP VIEW —
VDD
(+3 V to +18 V)
X1 IN/OUT 1
16
X0 IN/OUT 2
15 XC
IN/OUT
Y1 IN/OUT 3
14 ZC
IN/OUT
YC IN/OUT 4
13 Z1
Y0 IN/OUT 5
EN IN 6
2
X0
1
X1
XC 15
OPEN
10 AX
5
Y0
3
Y1
IN/OUT
9
OPEN
AY
YC 4
12 Z0
IN/OUT
12 Z0
11 AZ
IN/OUT
OPEN
11 AZ
10 AX
IN/OUT
EN
VEE
6
7
13 Z1
7 VEE *
9 AY
8 GND
ZC 14
IN/OUT
CONT. INPUTS
ON
EN A (X, Y, Z) CHANNEL
0
0
0
1
1
0
OPEN
X
1
VEE * ; VDD – VEE + 3 V + 18 V
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
HD151015T(HITACHI)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS 9-BIT LEVEL SHIFTER/TRANSCEIVER WITH 3-STATE OUTPUTS
— TOP VIEW —
1 VDDA
(+2 V to +6 V)
VDDB
(+2 V to +6 V)
DIR IN 2
24
23 EN
IN
3
22
4
21
5
20
6
19
7
A0 3
22 B0
18
A
8
B
17
9
A1 4
21 B1
16
10
15
11
A2 5
20 B2
A3 6
19 B3
A4 7
18 B4
A5 8
17 B5
A6 9
16 B6
A7 10
15 B7
A8 11
14 B8
12 GND
14
DIR
EN
2
23
EN
0
0
1
DIR OPERATION
0
B to A
1
A to B
X
HI-Z
0
1
X
HI-Z
GND 13
;
;
;
;
LOW LEVEL
HIGH LEVEL
DON'T CARE
HIGH IMPEDANCE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A7
A8
10
11
23
EN
2
DIR
22
B0
2-10
21
B1
20
B2
19
B3
18
B4
17
B5
16
B6
15
B7
14
B8
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
HD6475328F10(HITACHI)
C-MOS 16-BIT MICROPROCESSOR
9
RAM
1 k BYTE
13
BVP-500
BVP-500P
P30/D0
P32/D2
P33/D3
P34/D4
P35/D5
P36/D6
P37/D7
P31/D1
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
PORT 6
31
30
43
P70/TMC1
44
P71/FT11
P72/FT12
45
46
P73/FT13/TMR1
47
P74/FTOB1/FTC11
P75/FTOB2/FTC12
48
49
P77/FTOA1
P76/FTOB3/FTC13
50
53
54
52
P80/AN0
38
PORT 7
P81/AN1
39
PORT 8
55
40
56
PORT 9
41
P70/TMCI
P71/FTI1
P72/FTI2
P60/A16
32
43
44
45
P73/FTI3TMRI
46
P75/FTOB2/FTCI2
P76/FTOB3/FTCI3
P74/FTOB1/FTCI1
47
48
49
P77/FTOA1
50
P81/AN1
P82/AN2
P80/AN0
52
53
54
P84/AN4
P85/AN5
P83/AN3
55
56
57
P87/AN7
P86/AN6
58
59
P90/FTOA2
61
P92/PW1
P93/PW2
P94/PW3
P91/FTOA3
62
63
64
65
P96/RXD
P95/TXD
66
67
68
P97/SCK
P60/A16
P61/A17
33
P82/AN2
P61/A17
38
P83/AN3
P62/A18
P62/A18
34
57
P63/A19
P63/A19
40
39
61
P50/A8
41
35
P91/FTOA3
P51/A9
NMI
36
62
P53/A11
37
63
MD2
P52/A10
11
21
P92/PW1
P54/A12
WATCHDOG
TIMER
22
64
MD1
10-BIT
A/D CONVERTER
23
P93/PW2
P55/A13
16-BIT FREE
RUNNING TIMER
(x3 CHANNEL)
24
P94/PW3
8
P50/A8
65
7
MD0
P52/A10
PWM TIMER
(x3 CHANNEL)
25
P95/TXD
6
P53/A11
32
P51/A9
66
P56/A14
P54/A12
33
30
STBY
P57/A15
34
26
P84/AN4
P40/A0
RES
8-BIT
TIMER
27
67
9
37
31
68
10
P40/A0
P56/A14
58
P41/A1
P41/A1
P57/A15
P85/AN5
P42/A2
P42/A2
21
36
P86/AN6
P43/A3
28
P87/AN7
XTAL
P43/A3
23
P55/A13
59
P44/A4
P44/A4
24
22
CPU
SERIAL
COMMUNICATION
INTERFACE
P97/SCK
70
EXTAL
25
35
P96/RXD
69
P45/A5
11
P90/FTOA2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
P45/A5
P20/AS
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER
P30/D0
P31/D1
P32/D2
P33/D3
P34/D4
P35/D5
P36/D6
P37/D7
1
2
3
4
80
P20/AS
P21/R/W
P22/DS
P23/RD
P24/WR
73
74
72
P10/Ø
P11/E
P12/BACK
P13/BREQ
75
77
78
79
76
P14/WAIT
P15/IRQ0
P16/IRQ1
P17/TMO
P46/A6
20
MASK ROM
32 k BYTE
P46/A6
26
PORT 4
WAIT
STATE
CONTROLLER
DATA
TRANSFER
CONTROLLER
P47/A7
P21/R/W
P22/DS
P23/RO
P47/A7
27
10
6
MD0
7
MD1
8
MD2
NMI
80
1
P24/WR
28
PORT 5
STBY
CLOCK
OSC
ADDRESS BUS
RES
69
70
PORT 3
DATA BUS (HIGH ORDER)
XTAL
PORT 2
DATA BUS (LOW ORDER)
EXTAL
2
4
PORT 1
3
P10/ø
P11/E
P12/BACK
P83/AN3
P84/AN4
P85/AN5
P86/AN6
P87/AN7
AVDD
P90/FTOA2
P91/FTOA3
P92/PW1
P93/PW2
P94/PW3
P95/TXD
P96/RXD
P97/SCK
EXTAL
XTAL
VSS
P10/ø
P11/E
P12/BACK
P12/BREQ
P12/WAIT
P12/IRQ0
P12/IRQ1
P12/TMO
P12/AS
72
SIGNAL
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
I
—
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
P13/BREQ
I/O
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
73
P47/A7
GND
P50/A8
P51/A9
P52/A10
P53/A11
P54/A12
P55/A13
P56/A14
P57/A15
P60/A16
P61/A17
P62/A18
P63/A19
VDD
P70/TMCI
P71/FTI1
P72/FTI2
P73/FTI3/TMRI
P74/FTOB1/FTCI1
P75/FTOB2/FTCI2
P76/FTOB3/FTCI3
P77/FTOA1
AGND
P80/AN0
P81/AN1
P82/AN2
P14/WAIT
SIGNAL
I/O
—
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
—
I/O
I/O
I/O
74
I/O
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
P15/IRQ0
SIGNAL
P21/R/W
P22/DS
P23/RD
P24/WR
VDD
MD0
MD1
MD2
STBY
RES
NMI
GND
P30/D0
P31/D1
P32/D2
P33/D3
P34/D4
P35/D5
P36/D6
P37/D7
P40/A0
P41/A1
P42/A2
P43/A3
P44/A4
P45/A5
P46/A6
INPUT/OUTPUT
D0-D7
; DATA BUS
P10-P17
; PORT 1
P20-P24
; PORT 2
P30-P37
; PORT 3
P40-P47
; PORT 4
P50-P57
; PORT 5
P60-P63
; PORT 6
P70-P77
; PORT 7
P90-P97
; PORT 9
SCK
; SERIAL CLOCK INPUT/OUTPUT
75
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
I
I
I
I
I
I
—
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
PIN
No.
P16/IRQ1
I/O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
PIN
No.
; ADDRESS BUS
; ADDRESS STROBE
; BUS REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE
; DATA STROBE
; ENABLE CLOCK
; FRT OUTPUT COMPARE A OUTPUT (CHANNEL 1 TO 3)
; FRT OUTPUT COMPARE B OUTPUT (CHANNEL 1 TO 3)
; PWM TIMER OUTPUT (CHANNEL 1 TO 3)
; READ/WRITE
; READ
; 8-BIT TIMER OUTPUT
; SEND DATA
; WRITE
; SYSTEM CLOCK
76
PIN
No.
OUTPUT
A0-A19
AS
BACK
DS
E
FTOA1-FTOA3
FTOB1-FTOB3
PW1-PW3
R/W
RD
TMO
TXD
WR
ø
P17/TMO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
GND
VDD (+5 V)
GND
77
GND
; ANALOG INPUT
; BUS REQUEST
; CONNECTED TO CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR.
; FRT COUNTER CLOCK INPUT (CHANNEL 1 TO 3)
; FRT INPUT CAPTURE INPUT (CHANNEL 1 TO 3)
; INTERRUPTION REQUEST 0 AND 1
; MODE SETTING
; NON MASKABLE INTERRUPTION
; PORT 8
; RESET
; RECEIVE DATA
; STANDBY
; 8-BIT TIMER CLOCK INPUT
; 8-BIT TIMER COUNTER RESET INPUT
; WAIT
; CONNECTED TO CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR.
79
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
INPUT
AN0-AN7
BREQ
EXTAL
ETCI1-FTCI3
FTI1-FTI3
IRQ0, 1
MD0-MD2
NMI
P80-P87
RES
RXD
STBY
TMCI
TMRI
WAIT
XTAL
78
VDD (+5 V)
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
AGND
AVDD (+5 V)
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
— TOP VIEW —
2-11
IC
LM393PS(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
UPC393G2(NEC)FLAT PACKAGE
LA1140(SANYO)
IF AMP, LIMITTER, DETECTOR, MUTING, + FM CS
DUAL VOLTAGE COMPARATORS
— PRINTED SIDE VIEW —
—TOP VIEW—
8
7
VCC
(+2 to +36V)
6
5
+
–
VDD
(+8 V)
VCC
+
12
IF OUT
12
13
14
15
16
AGC
11
S-MUTER
10
V RET
9
MUTE
DRIVE
8
QUAD IN
7
IF OUT
6
AFC
4
AF OUT
GND
5
MUTE IN
3
IF IN
2
MUTE ATT
ADJ
GND
1
QUAD IN
9
11
IF IN
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
3
GND
4
13
AFC
CLAMP
QUADRATURE
LIMITER
2
V RET
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
1
–
1
QUADRATURE
DET
7
8
AFC
AF OUT
LM4040BIM3X(NS)
PRECISION MICROPOWER SHUNT VOLTAGE REFERENCE
— TOP VIEW —
LEVEL
DEL
LEVEL
DEL
LEVEL
DEL
SIGNAL
LEVEL
INDICATE
AGC
DRIVE
16
15
AGC
S-METER
INVERTER
HOLE
DET
DC
LEVEL
DET
AF
MUTE
AMP
1
NC
5
MUTE
ATT
ADJ.
2
3
MUTE
DRIVE
14
MUTE DRIVE
6
MUTE IN
M27V201-200L6(SGS)CHIP CARRIER
C-MOS 2M (256×8) -BIT UV ERASABLE PROM AND OTP ROM
14
13
GND
12
A7 IN
11
10
+
–
9
8
A5 IN
+
–
A4 IN
+
–
2
3
VCC
6
30 A17 IN
31 P IN
32
12
11
10
9
29 A14 IN
8
7
28 A13 IN
6
5
7
27 A8 IN
27
26
+
–
1
A6 IN
5
VDD
(+3.2 V to +5.5 V)
2 A16 IN
—TOP VIEW—
VPP 1
QUAD COMPARATORS
3 A15 IN
— TOP VIEW —
4 A12 IN
LM339NS(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
LM339PW(TI)FLAT PACKAGE–
8
26 A9 IN
23
25
A3 IN
4
5
6
7
9
25 A11 IN
4
28
A2 IN 10
24 G IN
A1 IN 11
23 A10 IN
29
3
(+5V)
2
30
22 E IN
DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
— TOP VIEW —
VCC
(+3 V to +30 V)
1
2
3
4 GND
8
7
– +
+ –
6
5
A0 - A17
Q0 - Q7
E
G
P
VPP
2-12
Q1
A2
Q2
A3
Q3
A4
Q4
A5
Q5
A6
Q6
A7
Q7
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
G
22
24
P
31
Q6 OUT 20
Q5 OUT 19
Q4 OUT 18
13
; ADDRESS INPUTS
; DATA OUTPUTS
; CHIP ENABLE INPUT
; OUTPUT ENABLE INPUT
; PROGRAM INPUT
; PROGRAM SUPPLY (12.75 V)
MODE
READ
OUTPUT DISABLE
PROGRAM
VERIFY
PROGRAM INHIBIT
STANDBY
ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE
0
1
X
VID
HI-Z
Q0
A1
E
21 Q7 OUT
Q3 OUT 17
LM358PS(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
UPC358G2(NEC)FLAT PACKAGE
Q2 OUT 15
Q1 OUT 14
Q0 OUT 13
16 GND
A0 IN 12
A0
E
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
G
0
1
1
0
X
X
0
E
X
X
1
X
X
1
E
X
X
X
X
X
X
VID
E
X
X
VPP
VPP
VPP
X
VDD
Q0 -Q7
DATA OUT
HI-Z
DATA IN
DATA OUT
HI-Z
HI-Z
CODES
; INPUT LOW VOLTAGE
; INPUT HIGH VOLTAGE
; DON'T CARE
; 12 V ± 0.5 V
; HIGH IMPEDANCE
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
M51132FP(MITSUBISHI)FLAT PACKAGE
M52313SP(MITSUBISHI)
2-CHANNEL ELECTRONIC LEVEL CONTROL
PLL VIF/SIF
—TOP VIEW—
— TOP VIEW —
15
VREF OUT 1
16 OUT1
11
IN1
OUT1
IN2
OUT2
16
19
10
AFT COIL 1
20 EQ OUT
EQ
EQ
12
FILTER 2
15 IN1
5
7
3 NC
VCC (+12V) 14
4 GND
LEVEL/LEVEL1 5
9
NC 13
2
NC 12
6
8
REDUCE 6
11 IN 2
BAL/LEVEL2 7
10 OUT 2
PASS/VCA 8
Vcc
VREF OUT
FILTER
GND
LEVEL/LEVEL1
BAL/LEVEL2
9
MODE
SEL
AFT OUT 2
LEVEL/LEVEL1
BAL/LEVEL2
OUT
FILTER
1
REDUCE
MODE SEL
18
VCC
(+5 V)
VIF IN 5
16
PASS/VCA
BAL/LEVEL2 ; BALANCE/LEVEL2 CONTROL
; FILTER
FILTER
; INPUT 1
IN1
; INPUT 2
IN2
; MODE SELECT
MODE SEL
; OUTPUT 1
OUT1
; OUTPUT 2
OUT2
; PASS/VCA CONTROL SWITCH
PASS/VCA
; SWITCHING NOISE REDUCE
REDUCE
LEVEL/LEVEL1 ; LEVEL/LEVEL1 CONTROL
; REFERENCE VOLTAGE OUTPUT
V REF OUT
VCA1
7 GND
14 VCO COIL
15
2
VIDEO
OUT
17
EQ IN
19
VIDEO
AMP
VCO
COIL
15
VIDEO
DET
IN1
CONTROL
VOLTAGE
GENERATOR
7
6
SIF IN
12
APC
FILTER IN
11
VCO
APC
LIM
IF
AGC
IF AMP
LOCK
DET
FM
DET
INPUT
BUFFER 2
11
CONTROL MODE
SELECT
PASS/VCA
SELECT
8
9
VCO
COIL
14
AFT
RF
AGC
5
2
OUT1
INPUT
BUFFER 1
4
AFT
3
11 APC FILTER
OUT
EQ
AMP
16
RF AGC
17
12 SIF IN
AUDIO 10
EQ OUT
20
VIDEO
10
VCC 13
(+5 V)
FM DET
9
COIL
OUTPUT
BUFFER 1
REG
15 VCO COIL
RF AGC
8
DELAY
AUDIO
11 APC
FILTER
14
VCO COIL
15
VCO COIL
4 IF AGC
FILTER
8 REF AGC
DELAY
6
VIF
5
VIF
1 AFT
COIL
17 VIDEO OUT
VREF OUT
REDUCE
10
PASS/VCA
IF AGC
4
FILTER
VIF IN 6
14
1
VCC
(+5 V)
RF AGC 3
MODE SEL
SIF
9 FM DET
COIL
19 EQ IN
20
VCA2
1
IN2
OUT2
2
AFT COIL
IN
AFT
OUT
3
4
RF AGC
OUT
IF AGC
FILTER IN
5
VIF IN
6
8
VIF IN
9
10
RF AGC FM DET AUDIO
DELAY
COIL
OUT
OUTPUT
BUFFER 2
M62021FP(MITSUBISHI)FLAT PACKAGE
SELECTION SW BUILT-IN SYSTEM RESET
M51958A(MITSUBISHI)FLAT PACKAGE
— TOP VIEW —
VOLTAGE DETECT DELAY
3
— TOP VIEW —
1
V OUT 1
8 CS
2
V BAT 2
7 RES
4
NC 8
NC
V IN 3 +5V
VCC
IN 2
V
V
1
V BAT
CS
RES
CT
RES
GND 6
8
7
5
(+2 V to +17 V) 7
CT 4
3 NC
6 OUT
4 GND
5 CD
5 RES
; CHIP SELECT OUTPUT
CS
CT
; DELAY CAPACITY INPUT
RES ; RESET OUTPUT
VBAT ; VIDEO SIGNAL BACKUP INPUT
VIN ; VIDEO SIGNAL INPUT
VOUT ; VIDEO SIGNAL OUTPUT
SW
VCC
5 µA
V IN
3
1
OUT
R1
2.5 µA
Com
–
+
2
–
R2
1.24 V
+
1.25 V
RES
5
CD
BVP-500
BVP-500P
+
RES
7
5
2
8
DELAY
CAPACITY
CIRCUIT
IN
V OUT
D1
RESET
CIRCUIT
6
4
V BAT
CS
CT
2-13
IC
M62352GP(MITSUBISHI)FLAT PACKAGE
MAX202CSE(MAXIM)
RS-232 TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER
C-MOS 8-BITx12 CHANNEL D/A CONVERTER
(WITH BUFFER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER)
— TOP VIEW —
— TOP VIEW —
1 VSS
GND 20
17
AO3 2
19 AO2
AO4 3
18 AO1
AO5 4
17 DI
AO6 5
16 CK
DI
LD
AO1
AO2
AO3
AO4
AO5
AO6
AO7
AO8
AO9
AO7 6
AO10
15 LD
AO11
AO12
AO8 7
14 DO
AO9 8
13 AO12
AO10 9
12 AO11
16
VCC
(+5 V)
10 VDD
VCC
(+5 V)
C1 + 1
15
DO
1
16
4
18
V+ 2
19
2
3
GND 15
5
C1 – 3
14 T1 OUT
C2 + 4
13 R1 IN
11
10
4
5
13
6
C2 – 5
7
8
V– 6
11 T1 IN
T2 OUT 7
10 T2 IN
9
11
12
12 R1 OUT
R2 IN 8
14
8
C1+
C2+
6
V–
C2–
T1
T1
T2
T2
R1
R1
R2
R2
14
7
12
9
R1, 2 ; RECEIVER 1, 2
T1, 2 ; TRANSMITTER 1, 2
+5 V
0.1 µF INPUT
+
0.1 µF
6.3 V
+
16
1
+
11
0.1 µF
3
+
4
; 8-BIT D/A OUTPUTS
; CLOCK INPUT
; SERIAL DATA INPUT
; DATA OUTPUT
5
+5 V to +10 V
VOLTAGE DOUBLER
2 +10 V
+10 V to –10 V
VOLTAGE INVERTER
–10 V
6
0.1 µF
+ 16 V
+5 V
400 K
11
14
T1
+5 V
TTL/CMOS
INPUTS
NOTE:
3.5 V < VDD < VCC
–3.5 V < VSS < VCC
10
RS-232
OUTPUTS
400 K
7
T2
12
13
R1
5K
TTL/CMOS
OUTPUTS
9
DI 17
CK 16
2
V+
C1–
9 R2 OUT
0.1 µF
AO1-AO12
CK
DI
DO
3
14
12-BIT SHIFT RESISTOR
RS-232
INPUTS
8
R2
5K
DO
15
LD 15
ADDRESS
DECODER
8
CH1
8
8-BIT
LATCH
12
8-BIT
D/A CONVERTER
+
–
18
AO1
MB88346BPFV(FUJITSU)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
CH2
19
CH3
2
CH4
3
AO2
C-MOS 8-BIT D/A CONVERTER
— TOP VIEW —
AO3
1 GND
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
4
5
6
7
8
AO4
AO3 OUT 2
19 AO2 OUT
AO4 OUT 3
18 AO1 OUT
AO5 OUT 4
17 DI IN
AO6 OUT 5
16 CK IN
9
CH11
12
CH12
13
AO2
AO3
AO4
AO5
17
AO5
AO6
AO7 OUT 6
15 LD IN
AO8 OUT 7
14 DO OUT
AO9 OUT 8
13 AO12 OUT
AO6
D1
AO7
AO8
AO9
AO10
AO11
AO12
AO7
DO
LD
AO8
18
19
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
13
16
AO10 OUT 9
14
15
12 AO11 OUT
AO9
VCC
VDD
10 (+5
V)
CH10
AO1
GND 20
(+5 V)
11
AO10
AO11
AO1 - AO12
CK
DI
DO
LD
; 8-BIT D/A OUTPUTS
; CLOCK INPUT
; SERIAL DATA INPUT
; DATA OUTPUT
; DATA LOAD CONTROL INPUT (H ; LOAD)
AO12
D0
8
8
8-BIT
LATCH
8
8-BIT
LATCH
8
D1
8-BIT
R-2R
D/A CONV
+
–
13
8-BIT
R-2R
D/A CONV
+
–
18
AO12
D2
CK
16
D3
12-BIT
SHIFT REGISTER
DI
17
D4
D5
8
D6
D7
AO1
D8
D9
D10
ADDRESS 12
DECODER
D11
14
LD
2-14
DO
15
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
MB88351PFV(FUJITSU)FLAT PACKAGE
MC14018BF(MOTOROL)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS 12-BIT D/A CONVERTER WITH OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
C-MOS PRESETTABLE DIVIDE-BY-N COUNTER
— TOP VIEW —
— TOP VIEW —
1 GND
AO1
GND 20
2 NC
17
AO2
AO3
NC 19
3 NC
DI
16
AO4
14
4
FB (FEEDBACK) IN 1
5
16
6
7
(+3 V to +12 V) 15 RD (RESET DIRECT) IN
NC 18
LD
DO
14 CK (CLOCK) IN
16 CLK IN
QA OUT 5
12 E IN
AO3 OUT 6
15 LD IN
QC OUT 6
11 QD OUT
AO4 OUT 7
14 DO OUT
AO2 OUT 5
7
14
13 QE OUT
17 DI IN
PE
9
QB OUT 4
AO1 OUT 4
FB
2
3
B IN 3
15
1
10
VDD
A IN 2
12
A
QA
B
QB
C
QC
D
QD
E
QE
5
4
6
11
13
RD
8 NC
NC 13
9 NC
NC 12
C IN 7
15
10 PE (PRESET ENABLE) IN
8 GND
9 D IN
10 VDD (+3 V) VDD (+5 V) 11
INPUT
CLK
DI
LD
; SHIFT CLOCK
; SERIAL DATA
; DECODER AND D/A REGISTER TO LOAD
OUTPUT
AO1-AO4
DO
; ANALOG DATA
; MBS BIT DATA IN 15-BIT SHIFT REGISTER
D12
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
D13
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
D14
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
ADDRESS SELECT
DON'T CARE
AO1 SELECT
AO2 SELECT
AO3 SELECT
AO4 SELECT
DON'T CARE
DON'T CARE
DON'T CARE
CONNECT TO FB
INPUT
QE
QD, QE
QD
QC, QD
QC
QB, QC
QB
QA, QB
QA
DIVIDE
BY
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
VIA
RESULTS FROM EACH Q OUTPUT
DIRECT
AND GATE
DIRECT
AND GATE
DIRECT
AND GATE
DIRECT
AND GATE
DIRECT
5 COUNTS
5 COUNTS
4 COUNTS
4 COUNTS
3 COUNTS
3 COUNTS
2 COUNTS
2 COUNTS
1 COUNTS
HIGH, 5 COUNTS
HIGH, 4 COUNTS
HIGH, 4 COUNTS
HIGH, 3 COUNTS
HIGH, 3 COUNTS
HIGH, 2 COUNTS
HIGH, 2 COUNTS
HIGH, 1 COUNTS
HIGH, 1 COUNTS
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
MC14020BF(MOTOROLA)FLAT PACKAGE
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
C-MOS 14-STAG RIPPLE-CARRY BINARY COUNTER/DRIVER
—TOP VIEW—
Q11
1CH
12
D12
12
—
12-BIT
LATCH
D14
12-BIT R-2R
D/A
CONVERTER
AMP
4
OUT
OUT
AO2
Q5
OUT
4
13 Q7
OUT
6
4CH
AO3
Q4
OUT
5
12 Q8
OUT
12
12-BIT
LATCH
12-BIT R-2R
D/A
CONVERTER
AMP
7
AO4
Q3
14
15
1
Q11
IN
9 Q0
8 GND
2
3
Q13
IN
11
*
VDD
+2 to +6V
TYPE
HC4020
14020, 4020, 84020
OUT
4
+3 to +18V
DO
J
CK
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
H
J
Q
Q13-Q0
ALL LOW
COUNT
RD
1
0
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
Q12
Q3
H
H
J
Q
7
J
Q
H
2
J
Q
H
3
J
Q
Q
Q13
10
K RD
K RD
RD
Q0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
Q0
9
Q3
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
IN HEXADECIMAL
IN DECIMAL
H
Q4
0
0
0
0
0
•••
0000
0001
0002
0003
0004
OUTPUTS
Q7 Q6 Q5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
•••
0
1
2
3
4
BINARY
Q13 Q12 Q11 Q10 Q9 Q8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
•••
COUNT
16380 4FFC
16381 4FFD
16382 4FFE
16383 4FFF
BVP-500
BVP-500P
12
Q9
Q12
10 CK
7
OUT
ADDRESS 2
3
DECODER
14
15
13
Q8
•••
—
D14
6
Q7
Q10
11 RD
6
OUT
4
RD
1
3
Q6
•••
16
15-BIT
SHIFT
REGISTER
5
Q5
Q6
14 Q9
3
7
Q4
17
D12
LD
Q13
OUT
15 Q10
2
•••
CLK
OUT
Q3
10
5
DI
AO1
Q12
9
Q0
*VDD 16
1
OUT
H
11
H
K RD
H
K RD
H
K
H
K RD
H
2-15
IC
MN6790S(MATSUSHITA)
MC14023BF(MOTOROLA)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS 3-INPUT NAND GATE
C-MOS CLOCK GENERATOR
— TOP VIEW —
14
VDD
13
12
— TOP VIEW —
11
10
9
A
B
C
8
+3 V to
+18 V
=
Y
Y
4
1 D. GND
Y=A•B•C = A+B+C
A
X
X
0
1
GND
1
A
B
C
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
X
0
X
1
C
0
X
X
1
A. VDD
(+4.5 V to +5.5 V)
PC OUT 2
Y
1
1
1
0
3 D. VDD
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
10 TEST1 IN
DIV OUT 6
9 MOD1 IN
1
3
4
5
6
4
PHASE
COMPARATOR
5
11
VCO
TEST2 OUT
1
Y =
2
A
B
Y
DIV OUT
6
1
684,858,864
8
Y=A•B=A+B
CK OUT
Y
1
1
1
0
MOD1
MOD2
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
A
0
0
1
1
GND
7
B
0
1
0
1
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
NOTE:
TYPE
TC74AC00 TYPE
TC74VHC00
MC74HCT00N
74ACT00 TYPE
OTHER TYPES
6
VCO1
IN
14
8
A
B
2
11
8 CK OUT
PC
OUT
2
PC2 IN
9
TEST2
8
11 TEST2 OUT
PC1 IN
10
VCO1
DIV
PC2 IN 5
—TOP VIEW—
11
14
PC1 IN 4
C-MOS QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATES
12
13
2
PC2
(+4.5 V to +5.5 V)
MC74HC00AF(MOTOROLA)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74HC00AF(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74VHC00FS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
13
5
A. GND 12
MOD2 IN 7
14
VDD
PC
PC1
14 VCO1 IN
VDD
+2 to +5.5V
+5V
FREQUENCY
RATIO
1/684
1/858
1/864
VCO
MOTE
OSCILLATION
STANDSTILL
CK = DIV = L
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
+4.5 to +5.5V
+2 to +6V
MC74HC4053F(MOTOROLA)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74HC4053AFS(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS TRIPLE 2-CHANNEL ANALOG MULTIPLEXER/DEMULTIPLEXER
— TOP VIEW —
VDD
(+2 V to +6 V)
Y1 IN/OUT 1
12 X0
16
13 X1
X 14
OPEN
11 A
Y0 IN/OUT 2
15 Y IN/OUT
Z1 IN/OUT 3
14 X IN/OUT
Z IN/OUT 4
13 X1 IN/OUT
Z0 IN/OUT 5
12 X0 IN/OUT
3 Z1
11 A IN
9
2 Y0
1 Y1
Y 15
OPEN
10 B
5 Z0
EN IN 6
7 VEE *
10 B IN
8 GND
9 C IN
Z
4
OPEN
C
EN
VEE
6
7
VEE*; VDD – VEE = +3 V to +12 V
< GND
VEE =
CONTROL INPUTS
SELECT
C
B
A
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
X
X
X
1
EN
2-16
ON CHANNEL
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z1
Z1
Z1
Z1
Y0
Y0
Y1
Y1
Y0
Y0
Y1
Y1
OPEN
X0
X1
X0
X1
X0
X1
X0
X1
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
WR
44
43
42
41
40
39 38
NC
37
36
35
34
2 GND
32 D0
A1 3
31 D1
PC7 5
29 D3
PC6 6
28 D4
4
27 D5
3
PC4 8
26 D6
PC0 9
25 D7
VDD
(+3 V to +6 V)
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
SIGNAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
—
—
—
I
I
I
I
—
—
I
—
I
I
O
I
I
GND
GND
VRB
TEST0
Y
RY
BY
VDD
VRT
TEST1
VDD
IREF
VREF
Y
COMP
VIB
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
O
O
—
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
O
I
—
I
—
O
RY
BY
GND
RST
SCL
SDA
VPD
VCD
CKCNT
CVC
CPC
HC
GND
IREFVC
VDD
CLAMP
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
O
I
O
I
—
—
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
YS
HP
PPC
PVC
VDD
GND
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
CAS
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
—
—
I
I
I
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
RAS
WE
DT
SC
LEV1
LEV0
DI3
VDD
GND
DI2
DI1
DI0
DO3
DO2
DO1
DO0
3
VREF 13
IN
12
IREF
IN
+
–
STORE
BUFFER
MEMORY
READ
BUFFER
MEMORY
DEMULTIPLEXER
ELECTRIC
CURRENT
FRAME
COMPOSITE
FRAME COLOR
LEVEL
COMP 15
IN 16
VIB IN
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
DA
CONVERTER
7
17
DA
CONVERTER
6
I2C
CONTROL
SAMPLING
CLOCK
GENERATOR
PB2
PB1
D3
PA3
D4
PA4
D5
PA5
D6
PA6
D7
PA7
PB0
PB1
A0
PB2
A1
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
24
PC0
19
20
21
PC1
22
PC2
44
34
RD
PC3
WR
PC4
WR
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
X
RD
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
X
OPERATION
PORT A
DATA BUS
PORT B
DATA BUS
PORT C
DATA BUS
NO OPERATION
DATA BUS
PORT A
DATA BUS
PORT B
DATA BUS
PORT C
DATA BUS
CONTROL REGISTER
HIGH IMPEDANCE
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
A0, A1
CS
D0 to 7
PA0 to 7
PB0 to 7
PC0 to 7
RD
WR
PC6
1
CS
PC7
43
42
41
40
38
37
36
35
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
23
9
10
11
13
8
7
6
5
RESET
33
; PORT SELECT ADDRESS
; CHIP SELECT
; DATA BUS
; PORT A IN/OUT
; PORT B IN/OUT
; PORT C IN/OUT
; READ
; WRITE
GROUP
A
PORT A
GROUP
A
PORT C
HIGHER
4-BITS
DATA
BUS
BUFFER
SC OUT
PA0 to PA7
PC4 to PC7
DT OUT
WE OUT
RAS OUT
RD
CAS OUT
WR
A8 OUT
RESET
A7 OUT
CS
A6 OUT
A0
A5 OUT
A1
A4 OUT
A3 OUT
A2 OUT
READ/
WRITE
CONTROL
LOGIC
GROUP
B
CONTROL
GROUP
B
PORT C
LOWER
4-BITS
GROUP
B
PORT B
PC0 to PC3
PB0 to PB7
A1 OUT
A0 OUT
DISPLAY
CLOCK
GENERATOR
35
36
PVC IN
CPC OUT
HP IN
34
30
25
CKCNT IN
IREF VC IN
27
CPC OUT
CVC IN
26
28
HC IN
32
20
33
YS OUT
CLAMP OUT
SCL IN
BVP-500
BVP-500P
18
PA2
6
RST OUT
DA
CONVERTER
READ
CONTROL
21
BY 18
OUT
STORE
CONTROL
22
RY
OUT
14
SDA OUT
Y OUT
CS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
LEV1 IN
51
7
VERTICAL
FILTER
A0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
X
D0 to D7
52
AD
CONVERTER
17
PA1
D2
PC5
A1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
X
MULTIPLEXER
EXTERNAL MEMORY CONTROL/
ADDRESS GENERATOR
7
16
PA0
D1
NC
GROUP
A
CONTROL
5
6
15
53
54
DI3 IN
55
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
VRB
LEV0 IN
I/O
DI2 IN
PIN
No.
DI1 IN
SIGNAL
DI0 IN
I/O
DO3 IN/OUT
PIN
No.
DO2 IN/OUT
SIGNAL
DO1 IN/OUT
I/O
DO0 IN/OUT
PIN
No.
14
PB0
PC3
13
D0
23 PB7
VDD
(+3 V to +6 V)
NC
SIGNAL
Y IN
26
30 D2
PC1 10
I/O
BY IN
27
A0 4
PC5 7
PIN
No.
RY IN
29
25
12
9
30
28
PC2 11
VRT
31
PB6
GND
VDD (+5 V)
GND
VDD (+5 V)
32
33 RESET
PB5
VDD (+5 V)
CS 1
PB4
VDD (+5 V)
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
PB3
GND
GND
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
PA1
— TOP VIEW —
PA0
C-MOS PROGRAMMABLE PERIPHERAL INTERFACE
— TOP VIEW —
RD
PICTURE IN PICTURE/PICTURE OUT PICTURE CONTROLLER
GND
VDD (+5 V)
MSM82C55A-2GS(OKI)FLAT PACKAGE
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
MN8232A(MATSUSHITA)
2-17
IC
NJM3414AM(SNM)FLAT PACKAGE
PCF8574AT(PHILIPS)
PCF8574T(PHILIPS)
DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
— TOP VIEW —
C-MOS REMOTE 8-BIT I/O EXPANDER
— TOP VIEW —
8
Vcc
7
6
5
1
+
A0 IN 1
VDD 16
3
A1 IN 2
+
1
2
15 SDA
2
GND
4
3
14 SCL
P0 I/O 4
13 INT
P1 I/O 5
NOTE:
TYPE
TA75358P
NJM3414M
RC3414M
M5223FP
P2 I/O 6
11 P6 I/O
+15V
P3 I/O 7
10 P5 I/O
+36V
P0
A2
P2
SCL
P3
P4
P5
P6
12 P7 I/O
Vcc
+12V
8 GND
9
13
A1
P1
14
A2 IN 3
INT
A0
P7
SDA
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
15
P4 I/O
INPUT
A0 - A2 ; ADDRESS INPUTS
SCL
; SYSTEM CLOCK LINE
NJM4556AM-A(NEC)FLAT PACKAGE
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
(WIDE BAND, DECOMPENSATED)
—TOP VIEW—
OUTPUT
INT
; INTERRUPT OUTPUT
SDA
; SERIAL DATA LINE
INPUT/OUTPUT
P0 - P7 ; 8-BITS QUASI-BIDIRECTIONAL I/O PORT
VDD
1
(+15V) 14
–
2
+
13
+–
3
12
VEE
4 (-15V)
11
INT
A0
A1
A2
INTERRUPT
LOGIC
13
1
LP FILTER
PCF8574
PCF8574A
2
3
4
5
SCL
SDA
14
INPUT
FILTER
15
I2C BUS
CONTROL
6
SHIFT
REGISTER
I/O
PORTS
8 BIT
7
9
10
11
NJM4558V(JRC)FLAT PACKAGE
NJU7022M(JRC)FLAT PACKAGE
12
DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
— TOP VIEW —
8
7
6
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
write pulse
VDD
VSS
VDD
(+15 V)
P0
16
read pulse
POWER-ON
RESET
8
5
–
+
+
–
VEE
(–15 V)
1
2
3
4
REF-03GS(PMI)
REFERENCE/TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER
— TOP VIEW —
2
1 NC
V IN 2
NC 8
NC 7
V IN
5
TMP
3
TRIM
GND
V OUT
6
4
TEMP OUT 3
4 GND
6 V OUT
5 TRIM
V IN
; INPUT VOLTAGE (+4.5 V to +33 V)
TEMP OUT ; TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER
VOLTAGE OUTPUT
TRIM IN
; OUTPUT SIGNAL TRIMMING
V OUT
; OUTPUT VOLTAGE (+2.5 V)
2-18
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
RTC4553B(EPSON)
SN74HC157APW(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74VHC157FS(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
C-MOS REAL TIME CLOCK
C-MOS QUAD 2-LINE-TO-1-LINE DATA SELECTOR/ DEMULTIPLEXER
— TOP VIEW —
—TOP VIEW—
8
1 GND
14 TP OUT
4
13 S OUT
11
3
WR IN 2
12
S IN 3
12 CS1 IN
SCK IN 4
2
5
6
L1 IN 5
10 L5 IN
7
9
L2 IN 6
9 L4 IN
VDD
(+5 V)
L3 IN 7
INPUT
CS0
CS1
L1-L5
SCK
SIN
WR
SCK
SIN
S OUT
10
13
16
VDD
CS0
CS0
XC
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
12
11
10
9
X0
1
0
L2
1
2
3
GND
A
V0
1
IN
IN
L5
V0
3
V1
5
W0
6
4
W1
WC
7
11 X0
10 X1
XC
9
14 Y0
13 Y1
YC 12
0
1
L3
L4
2
VC
1
0
0
1
L1
8
4
5
6
7
V1
VC
W0
W1
WC
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
GND
8
A
DIVIDING
14
+2 to +8V
+2 to +6V
—TOP VIEW—
CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL
REGISTER REGISTER REGISTER
(1)
(2)
(3)
2
RAM
(120 bit)
13
12
11
10
9
8
INPUTS
SD
0
1
0
1
1
1
D
SD
Q
14
VDD
Q
RD
S OUT
D
SD
13
OUTPUT
CONTROL
Q
5-7, 9, 10
TEST
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
C-MOS DUAL D-TYPE FLIP-FLOPS WITH DIRECT SET/RESET
SHIFT
REGISTER
L1-L3
L4, L5
ON
CHANNEL
0
1
GND
SN74HC74ANS(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74VHC74F(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74VHC74FS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
CONTROL
11
CONT.IN
INH
A
0
0
0
1
1
X
+2 to +5.5V
15
TP OUT
CONTROL
3
12
VDD
+5V
TYPE
74ACT/74FCT
TC74AC157P
TC74AC157
TC40H
OTHER TYPES
OUTPUT CONTROL
INH
1
NOTE:
SECOND MINUTE HOUR DAY DATE MONTH YEAR
4
WR
X1
IN
13
RD Q
CS1
YC
IN
14
14
; CHIP SELECT (L: ACCESS ENABLE, H: SOUT HIGH Z)
; POWER DOWN DETECTION
; TEST IN
; SERIAL SYNC SIGNAL
; SERIAL ADDRESS/DATA
; WRITING SELECT (L: WRITING, H: READING)
OSC
SIN
Y0
WR
OUTPUT
SOUT
; SERIAL ADDRESS/DATA
; REFERENCE SIGNAL
TPOUT
SCK
Y1
IN
15
CS1
TP OUT
11 CS0 IN
INH
VDD (+5 V)
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
RD
1
0
0
1
1
1
CK
X
X
X
0
OUTPUTS
D
X
X
X
1
0
X
Qn+1 Qn+1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
Qn
Qn
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
2
SD
D
Q
11
10
9
A
B
Y =
A
B
Y=A•B=A+B
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
0
0
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
Y
0
0
0
1
TYPE
HCT/ACT
TC74AC/VHC
OTHERS
VDD
+5V
+2 to +5.5V
+2 to +6V
RD
Q
13
Y
SN74HCT04APW(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74VHC04FS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
C-MOS HEX INVERTERS
—TOP VIEW—
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
14
VDD
13
12
11
10
9
8
NOTE:
TYPE
TC74AC08 TYPE
MC74ACT08M
TC40H
OTHER TYPES
Q
9
8
6
1
8
GND
7
D
Q
RD
12
SD
11
—TOP VIEW—
13
12
5
3
C-MOS QUAD 2-INPUT AND GATES
14
VDD
NOTE:
10
4
SN74HC08ANS(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
SN74HC08APW(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74VHC08FS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
A
Y =
A
Y
VDD
Y=A
+2 to +5.5V
A Y
0 1
1 0
+2 to +8V
+2 to +6V
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
NOTE:
TYPE
74HCT04 TYPE
TC74AC04 TYPE
TC74VHC04 TYPE
74ACT04 TYPE
OTHER TYPES
BVP-500
BVP-500P
VDD
+5V
+2 to +5.5V
+4.5 to +5.5V
+2 to +6V
2-19
IC
SN74HCT244APW-E05(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74VHC244FS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
STK10C68-5S35(SIMTEK)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS 8K×8-BIT NONVOLATILE STATIC RAM
— TOP VIEW —
C-MOS BUS BUFFER WITH 3-STATE OUTPUTS
—TOP VIEW—
10
20
VDD
VDD
(+5V)
NE IN 1
G2
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
28
9
8
A
Y =
A
Y
A12 IN 2
27 WE IN
7
6
G
G
A7 IN 3
NC 26
5
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
G
0
0
X
GND
10
9
A
0
1
X
A6 IN 4
Y
0
1
HI-Z
2
18
4
16
6
14
8
12
11
9
13
7
15
5
17
1
18
4
16
6
14
8
12
G
1
OR
3
G1
2
A5 IN 5
G2
11
9
13
7
15
19
5
17
24 A9 IN
A4 IN 6
24
23 A11 IN
23
2
A3 IN 7
22 OE IN
A2 IN 8
21 A10 IN
A1 IN 9
20 CE IN
A0 IN 10
19 D7 IN/OUT
D0
A1
D1
A2
D2
A3
D3
A4
D4
A5
D5
A6
D6
D7
A7
21
VDD
A0 - A12
CE
D0 - D7
NE
OE
WE
D0 IN/OUT 11
18 D6 IN
D1 IN/OUT 12
17 D5 IN
+5V
D2 IN/OUT 13
+2 to +5.5V
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
A9
A10
A11
A12
1
+2 to +6V
11
A8
NE
NOTE:
TYPE
AC
HC
40H
ACT
BCT
FCT
HCT
TC74AC244 TYPE
TC74VHC244
3
25
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
HI-Z ; HIGH IMPEDANCE
G1
25 A8 IN
A0
CE
OE
20
WE
22
27
; ADDRESS INPUTS
; CHIP ENABLE INPUT
; DATA INPUTS/OUTPUTS
; NONVOLATILE ENABLE INPUT
; OUTPUT ENABLE INPUT
; WRITE ENABLE INPUT
16 D4 IN
14 GND
15 D3 IN
3
G
19
SN75158PS(TI)
STORE
RECALL
DUAL DIFFERENTIAL LINE DRIVE
A3
— TOP VIEW —
A4
A5
1Z 1
VCC
(+5 V)
8
A6
A7
1Y 2
7 2Z
A8
A9
1A 3
4 GND
6 2Y
A12
EEPROM ARRAY
256×256
7
6
5
4
STATIC RAM
ARRAY
256×256
ROW
DECODER
3
25
24
2
5 2A
A0
A1
A2
A10
A11
10
9
COLUMN COLUMN
DECODER
I/O
8
21
11
12
23
13
8
8
8
15
16
17
INPUT
BUFFER
22
OE
27
WE
1
NE
20
CE
8
8
18
19
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
STORE/RECALL
CONTROL
TA75S393F(TOSHIBA)
SINGLE COMPARATOR
— TOP VIEW —
OUT
4
5
VCC
–
VCC ; +1 V to +18 V or +2 V to +36 V
VEE ; –1 V to –18 V
+
1
IN (–)
2-20
VEE
2
3
IN (+)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
TC4S30F(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7S86FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TA8129Z(TOSHIBA)
FM IF SYSTEM (DIFFERENTIAL PEAK DETECT)
— SIDE VIEW —
C-MOS 2-INPUT EXCLUSIVE OR GATE
(SCALE 6/1)
—TOP VIEW—
1
A
5 VDD
B
2
4
1
Y
14
15
16
IF OUT
MUTE
13
DET 2
AF OUT
12
REG
11
DET 1
10
F
6
SD OUT
IF IN
BIAS
SDS
2
GND 3
VCC
(+16 V)
GND
7
8
9
METER
1
GND
3
4
5
BYPASS
2
4
Y=A•B+A•B
A
0
0
1
1
Y
0
1
1
0
B
0
1
0
1
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
VDD
TYPE
7S86FU
7S86F
4S30F
+2 to +6V
+3 to +18V
F DET
MUTE
DRIVE
5
6
7
9
IF IN
BIAS
GND (IF)
SDS
METER OUT
SD OUT
F
10
11
MUTE
12
13
14
15
16
IF OUT
4
DET 2 IN
3
TC4S69F(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC4SU69F(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7S04FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7SH04FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
PEAK DET
DET 1 IN
2
REG
AF OUT
1
BYPASS
AF AMP
VCC
STATION
DET
LPF
REG OUT
METER
DRIVE
IF AMP
C-MOS INVERTER
(SCALE 6/1)
—TOP VIEW—
1
5 VDD
A
2
4
A
Y =
Y
2
GND 3
TYPE
7S04F
7SU04F
7SU04FU
4S69F
4SU69F
7SH04FU
C-MOS 2-INPUT NOR GATE
(SCALE 6/1)
—TOP VIEW—
A
5 VDD
B
1
4
2
Y =
A
4
A Y
0 1
1 0
TC4S01F(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7S02FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7SH02FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
1
Y=A
VDD
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
+2 to +6V
+3 to +18V
+2 to +5.5V
Y
B
2
GND 3
Y=A+B=A•B
4
A
0
0
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
Y
1
0
0
0
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
VDD
+3 to +18V
TYPE
4S01F
7S02F
7S02FU
7SH02FU
+2 to +6V
TC4S71F(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7S32FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7SH32FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
C-MOS 2-INPUT OR GATE
(SCALE 6/1)
—TOP VIEW—
1
5 VDD
2
A
1
B
4
Y =
A
B
Y
2
GND 3
4
Y=A+B=A • B
A
0
0
1
1
TC4S11F(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7S00FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
B
0
1
0
1
TYPE
7S32F
7S32FU
4S71F
7SH32FU
C-MOS 2-INPUT NAND GATE
— TOP VIEW —
Y
0
1
1
1
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
VDD
+2 to +6V
+3 to +18V
–2 to +5.5V
(SCALE 6/1)
1
5 VDD
GND 3
A
B
2
4
2
4
1
A
Y
B
Y=A•B=A+B
A
0
0
1
1
TYPE
7S00F
7S00FU
4S11F
4SU11F
7SH00FU
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Y =
B
0
1
0
1
Y
1
1
1
0
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
VDD
+2 to +6 V
+3 to +18 V
+2 to +5.5 V
2-21
IC
TC4S81F(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7S08FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC7SH08FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TC74HC4052AFS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS DUAL 4-CHANNEL ANALOG MULTIPLEXER/DEMULTIPLEXER
— TOP VIEW —
C-MOS 2-INPUT AND GATE
(SCALE 6/1)
—TOP VIEW—
1
4
Y=A•B=A+B
A
0
0
1
1
4
A
B
14 X1
Y =
Y
B
0
1
0
1
Y
0
0
0
1
Y2 IN/OUT 2
15 X2 IN/OUT
YC IN/OUT 3
14 X1 IN/OUT
XC 13
11 X3
OPEN
1 Y0
Y3 IN/OUT 4
13 XC IN/OUT
Y1 IN/OUT 5
12 X0 IN/OUT
4 Y3
11 X3 IN/OUT
OPEN
10 A
5 Y1
2 Y2
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
EN IN 6
YC
3
9 B
VDD
TYPE
7S08F
7S08FU
4S81F
14S81F
7SH08FU
12 X0
16
15 X2
5 VDD
2
A
1
B
2
GND 3
VDD
(+2 V to +6 V)
Y0 IN/OUT 1
7 VEE *
10 A IN
8 GND
9 B IN
EN
VEE
6
7
+2 to +6V
+3 to +18V
–2 to +5.5V
CONTROL
INPUTS
B
A
EN
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
VEE* ; VDD – VEE = +3 V to +12 V
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
"ON"
CHANNEL
0
1
2
3
OPEN
TC4W53FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
C-MOS 2-CHANNEL MULTIPLEXER / DEMULTIPLEXER
(SCALE 3/1)
—TOP VIEW—
1
6
7
2
7
3
6
GND 4
5
TC74HC4538AFS(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
0
1
1
C
OPEN
8 VDD(+3 to +18V)
5
C-MOS DUAL RETRIGGERABLE/NON-RETRIGGERABLE MONOSTABLE
MULTIVIBRATOR
A
INH
VEE
2
— TOP VIEW —
3
VDD
(+2 V to +6 V)
1-C 1
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
CONT.INPUT
ON
CHANNEL
INH
A
0
0
0
1
1
0
OPEN
1
X
VDD
16
C
1
1-CR 2
15 2-C
1-RD 3
14 2-CR
C
2
4
1-CK 4
VDD
R
15
Q
6
Q
7
5
Q 10
12
11
Q
RD
13 2-RD
12 2-CK
1-Q 6
11 2-CK
1-Q 7
10 2-Q
9
RD
3
1-CK 5
R
14
13
8 GND
TC4W66FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
C-MOS DUAL BILATERAL SWITCH
1
C
(SCALE 3/1)
—TOP VIEW—
1
8 VDD(+3 to +18V)
2
7
3
6
GND 4
5
2
CR
Q 6
4
5
2
1
Q
7
15
C
IN/OUT
11
9
Q
RD
3
6
5
14
CR
Q 10
12
RD
7
13
0.74
0.72
0.70
0.68
0.66
0.64
0.62
2
3
4
5
6
VDD POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
IN/OUT
3
CONTROL
CONTROL
0
1
RETRIGGERABLE M. M. V
SWITCH
OFF
ON
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
VDD
RD
VDD
2-22
9 2-Q
k. OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH CONSTANT (TYPICAL)
OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH = k · C · R
NON-RETRIGGERABLE M. M. V
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
RD
VDD
Q
RD
RD
VDD
VDD
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
TC74HC595AF(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
TC74VHC138FS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
C-MOS 8-BIT SERIAL-INPUT/SERIAL- OR PARALLEL-OUTPUT
SHIFT REGISTER WITH LATCHED 3-STATE OUTPUT
C-MOS 3-TO-8 LINE DECODER / DEMULTIPLEXER
—TOP VIEW—
—TOP VIEW—
1
14
QB
VDD 16
1
OUT
QB
(+2V to +6V)
QC
QD
QE
QD
IN
13 OE
4
OUT
QC
RESET
OUT
QE
14 SI
3
OUT
10
15 QA
2
OUT
QA
SI
QF
QG
IN
QH
11
QF
OUT
5
12 LCK (
) IN
QG
OUT
6
11 SCK (
) IN
15
10 RESET
7
OUT
B
IN
C
IN
1
VDD 16
2
15 Y0
OUT
3
14 Y1
OUT
4
RESET
SI
EN2
6
4
13 Y2
OUT
IN
5
12 Y3
OUT
IN
6
11 Y4
OUT
OUT
7
10 Y5
OUT
9 Y6
OUT
EN1
IN
EN2
EN3
SCK
RD
D
Y7
D
OE
RD
Q
D
C
Y2
15
14
13
12
11
Y4
4
10
Y5
5
EN
6
9
Y6
7
Y7
INPUTS
EN C B
0 X X
1 0 0
1 0 0
1 0 1
1 0 1
1 1 0
1 1 0
1 1 1
1 1 1
NOTE:
9
Q
SQH
VDD
+5V
+4.5 to +5.5V
TYPE
74HCT138 TYPE
74ACT138 TYPE
TC74AC138 TYPE
TC74VHC138
OTHER TYPES
A Y7 Y6
X 1 1
0 1 1
1 1 1
0 1 1
1 1 1
0 1 1
1 1 1
0 1 0
1 0 1
Y5
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
EN = EN1 • EN2 • EN3
OUTPUTS
Y4 Y3 Y2
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 0
1 0 1
0 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
Y1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
Y0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
+2 to +5.5V
+2 to +6V
11
D
LCK
OUTPUT ENABLE INPUT
LATCH CLOCK INPUT
SHIFT CLOCK INPUT
SHIFT-REGISTER RESET INPUT
SERIAL IN
PARALLEL OUTPUT
SERIAL OUT
RD
Q
EN3
13
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Y1
7
10
14
EN1
SQH 9
OE
LCK
SCK
RESET
SI
QA-QH
SQH
Y0
B
Y3
5
LCK
IN
OUT
A
3
8 GND
9 SQH
8 GND
2
3
2
OE
QH
IN
1
SCK
12
A
Q
D
Q
TC74VHC163F(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
12
C-MOS PRESETTABLE SYNCHRONOUS 4-BIT BINARY COUNTER
13
15
7
QA
—TOP VIEW—
MODE SELECTION
CONTROL INPUTS
RD
LD EN1 EN2
QH
RD
IN
1
VDD 16
CK
IN
2
15 CO
OUT
A(DATA A)
IN
3
14 QA
OUT
TC74VHC02F(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
B(DATA B)
IN
4
13 QB
OUT
C(DATA C)
IN
5
12 QC
OUT
D(DATA D)
IN
6
11 QD
OUT
EN1
IN
7
10 EN2
IN
C-MOS QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATES
—TOP VIEW—
MODE
X
X
X
RESET
(SYNCHRONOUS)
1
0
X
X
PRESET
(SYNCHRONOUS)
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
X
1
X
0
1
NO COUNT
NO COUNT
COUNT
0
CARRY OUTPUT "CO"
14
VDD
13
12
11
10
9
8
A
Y
B
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
B
0
1
0
1
Y
1
0
0
0
NOTE:
TYPE
HC
AC/VHC
HCT/ACT
VDD
+2 to +6V
+2 to +5.5V
+5V
9 LD
8 GND
Y=A+B=A•B
A
0
0
1
1
IN
CO
EN2
CO IS HIGH WHEN EN2 INPUT IS
HIGH AND COUNT IS "15".
COUNT SEQUENCE
NOTE:
VDD
+2 to +6V
+2 to +5.5V
+5V
TYPE
HC
AC/VHC
HCT/ACT/FCT
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
9
3
4
5
6
LD
A
QA
B
QB
C
QC
D
QD
14
13
12
11
2
7
10
EN1
CO
EN2
RD
1
BVP-500
BVP-500P
QA
QB
QC
QD
A
= Y
15
COUNT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
QD
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
OUTPUTS
QC QB QA
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
2-23
IC
TC74VHC20F(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
TC7W00FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
C-MOS 4-INPUT POSITIVE-NAND GATE
C-MOS 2-INPUT NAND GATE
– TOP VIEW –
—TOP VIEW—
14
12
13
11
NC
VDD
(+2 to +6V)
10
9
8
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
Y =
6
NOTE:
VDD
+2 to +5.5V
+2 to +6V
TYPE
AC/VHC
HC
Y
1
1
1
1
1
•••
5
D
0
1
0
1
0
•••
4
C
0
0
1
1
0
•••
2
GND
7
B
0
0
0
0
1
•••
1
NC
3
A
0
0
0
0
0
•••
Y=A • B • C • D=A+B+C+D
A
1
B
2
1
8 VDD
(+2 to +6 V)
2
7
3
6
5
GND 4
5
6
Y
A
7 Y
Y
B
3
Y=A•B=A+B
A
0
0
1
1
Y
1
1
1
0
B
0
1
0
1
0; LOW LEVEL
1; HIGH LEVEL
1 1 0 1 1
1 1 1 0 1
1 1 1 1 0
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
TC7W02F(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS DUAL 2-INPUT NOR GATE
—TOP VIEW—
TC74VHC32FS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
(+2 to +6V)
VDD
1A 1
A
B
8
C-MOS QUAD 2-INPUT OR GATES
—TOP VIEW—
14
VDD
13
12
11
10
9
8
A
B
Y =
A
Y
B
1B 2
7 1Y
2Y 3
6 2B
4 GND
A
B
Y =
Y
Y=A+B = A • B
A
0
0
1
1
5 2A
B
0
1
0
1
Y
1
0
0
0
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
Y=A+B=A•B
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
0
0
1
1
GND
7
B
0
1
0
1
Y
0
1
1
1
NOTE:
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
VDD
+2 to +5.5V
+2 to +6V
TYPE
AC/VHC
HC
TC7W04FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
C-MOS HEX INVERTERS
(SCALE 3/1)
—TOP VIEW—
TC74VHC541FS(EL)(TOSHIBA)FLAT PACKAGE(SMALL)
C-MOS BUFFERS AND LINE DRIVERS WITH 3-STATE OUTPUTS
— TOP VIEW —
20
VDD
G2
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
A
1
8 VDD(+2 to +6V)
2
7
3
6
GND 4
5
A
1
7
3
5
6
2
Y =
Y=A
G1
G2
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
G1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
2
18
3
17
4
16
5
15
6
14
7
13
8
12
9
11
G1
NOTE :
TYPE
AC/VHC
HC
ABT/ACT/BCT/HCT/VHCT
G2
1
10
19
0
1
A
0
1
X
X
Y
A Y
0 1
1 0
Y
G1 G2
0
0
0
0
1 X
X 1
A
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
Y
0
1
HI-Z
HI-Z
; LOW LEVEL
; HIGH LEVEL
; DON'T CARE
X
HI-Z ; HIGH IMPEDANCE
TC7W08FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
C-MOS 2-INPUT AND GATE
VDD
+2 V to +5.5 V
+2 V to +6 V
+5 V
(SCALE 3/1)
—TOP VIEW—
1
8 VDD(+2
2
7
3
6
GND 4
5
to +6V)
A
B
1
7
2
5
6
Y =
A
B
Y
3
Y=A•B=A+B
A
0
0
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
Y
0
0
0
1
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
TC7S66FU(TOSHIBA)
C-MOS ANALOG SWITCH
—TOP VIEW—
IN/OUT 1
(+12V MAX)
VDD
5
OUT/IN 2
3 GND
2-24
4 CONT
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
TC7W139FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
TL062CPW(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
TL082M(TI)
C-MOS 2 to 4 LINE DECODER WITH ENABLE
—TOP VIEW —
1
V DD
8 (+2 to +6V)
2
7
3
6
GND 4
2
—TOP VIEW—
V DD
8 (+2 to +6V)
7
6
5
1
2
3
GND 4
A
Y0
B
Y1
Y2
Y3
INPUTS
SELECT
B
A
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
VDD
(+1.5 to +18V)
1
–+
2
5
FU TYPE
F TYPE
1
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
(J FET INPUT)
(SCALE 5/1)
(SCALE 5/1)
7
7
+–
3
8
6
4 VEE
5
(–18 to –1.5V)
6
5
3
OUTPUTS
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
SELECTED
OUTPUT
TL064CPW(TI)
Y0
Y1
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
(J FET INPUT)
Y2
Y3
—TOP VIEW—
0 ; LOW LEVL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
1
14
–
2
+
+–
13
3
12
VEE 11
4 VCC
(+18V)
TC7W32FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
(-18V)
5
A
1
B
2
1
8 VDD
(+2 to +6 V)
2
7
3
6
5
GND 4
5
6
10
6
—TOP VIEW—
A
7 Y
Y
B
–
+
+
C-MOS DUAL 2-INPUT OR GATE
9
–
7
8
3
Y=A+B=A•B
A
0
0
1
1
Y
0
1
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
TL074CPW(TI)
0;
1;
LOW LEVEL
HIGH LEVEL
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
(LOW-NOISE, JFET-INPUT)
—TOP VIEW—
1
14
–+
2
TC7W74FU(TOSHIBA)CHIP PACKAGE
13
3
C-MOS D-TYPE FLIP-FLOPS WITH DIRECT SET / RESET
—TOP VIEW—
12
VCC 11
4 VEE
(+15V)
(-15V)
5
10
6
–
+
+
(SCALE 3/1)
—TOP VIEW—
1
+–
9
–
8 VDD
(+2 to +6V)
2
7
3
6
GND 4
5
7
7
2
SD
Q
D
8
5
1
RD
Q
3
6
INPUTS
SD
0
1
0
1
1
1
RD
1
0
0
1
1
1
CK
X
X
X
OUTPUTS
D
X
X
X
1
0
X
Qn+1 Qn+1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
Qn
Qn
TL084CPW(TI)
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
(J FET INPUT)
—TOP VIEW—
14
13
12
11
10
VEE
(–15V)
+
–
+
+
–
1
BVP-500
BVP-500P
2
8
+
–
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
9
–
VCC
(+15V)
3
4
5
6
7
2-25
IC
TLC0820ACDW(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
UPD4702G(NEC)
C-MOS 8-BIT SEMIFLASH TYPE A / D CONVERTER
C-MOS INCREMENTAL ENCODER 8-BIT UP DOWN COUNTER
—TOP VIEW—
—TOP VIEW—
ANLG
VDD
(+5V)
1
IN
12
20
11
1
D1 OUT 3
18 OFLW OUT
D2 OUT 4
17 D7 OUT
(MSB)
D4
D5
D6
(MSB)D7
7
OUTPUT
D0-D7
INT
OFLW
5
19 CARRY
15
B 3
18 BORROW
2
3
17
4 NC
14 D4 OUT
CD2 7
14 CD6
13 CS IN
CD3 8
13 CD5
INT
CD3
B
CD4
CD5
CD6
17 STB
CD7
16
17
WR/RDY
A
16
15 CD7
OFLW
CD2
A 2
14
MODE
CS
CD1
4
RD
6
CD0
20
16 OE
MODE IN 7
;
;
;
;
;
(+5V)
CD1 6
13
8
INPUT
ANLG
CS
MODE
RD
REF+, REF–
VDD
RESET 1
CD0 5
15 D5 OUT
10 GND
D3
ANLG
3
9
16 D6 OUT
INT OUT 9
D1
18
D3 OUT 5
WR/RDY IN/OUT 6
RD IN 8
(LSB)D0
REF –
D2
NC 19
D0 OUT 2
(LSB)
REF +
2
12 REF + IN
9 NC
11 REF – IN
10 GND
ANALOG SIGNAL
CHIP SELECT
MODE
READ
REFERENCE VOLTAGE +, –
RESET
A
B
; DIGITAL SIGNAL
; INTERRUPT
; OVERFLOW
OE
INPUT/OUTPUT
WR/RDY
; L : WRITE/H : READY
STB
12 CD4
NC 11
1
A
B
BORROW
CARRY
CD0-7
OE
RESET
STB
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
OE
STB
BORROW
CARRY
5
6
7
8
12
13
14
15
18
19
RESET
INCREMENTAL SIGNAL (PHASE A) INPUT
INCREMENTAL SIGNAL (PHASE B) INPUT
BORROW PULSE OUTPUT
CARRY PULSE OUTPUT
COUNT DATA OUTPUT
OUTPUT CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT
COUNTER RESET INPUT
LATCH STROBE SIGNAL INPUT
1
2
3
19
PHASE
DISCRIMINATION
EDGE DETECTOR
8-BIT
UP / DOWN COUNTER
18
CARRY
BORROW
16
17
8-BIT LATCH
TRI-STATE OUTPUT
5-8
12-15
CD0-CD7
REF +
REF –
ANLG
12
4-BIT FLASH
A/D CONVERTER
(HIGHER)
11
1
4-BIT FLASH
A/D CONVERTER
(LOWER)
–1
+1
CS
RD
WR/RDY
2
4
D0(LSB)
3
D1
4
D2
5
4-BIT
D/A CONVERTER
MODE
4
OUTPUT
LATCH
AND
3-STATE
BUFFER
4
4
D3
14
15
16
17
D4
D5
D6
D7(MSB)
18
OFLW
7
13
TIMING
&
CONTROL
8
6
9
INT
TLC272CP
TLC272CPW(TI)
TLC27L2CPS(TI)FLAT PACKAGE
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
—TOP VIEW—
VDD
(+3V to +16V) 14
1
2
–
+
3
4 GND
2-26
13
+–
12
11
BVP-500
BVP-500P
IC
UPD6453GT-610(NEC)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS ON-SCREEN CHARACTER DISPLAY
—TOP VIEW—
4
1
20 H SYNC
2
CLK 2
19 V SYNC
20
BUSY
18 B BLK
DATA 4
17 G BLK
9
CK OUT
V SYNC
MP
OSC IN
V CBL
R BLK
15 V CBL
(+5V)
PCL
B BLK
BUSY
14 VB
7
12
13
14
7
11
15
OSC OUT
G BLK
5
VDD
6
OUT
8
H SYNC
16 R BLK
PCL 5
CK
VR
VG
VB
19
CS 3
DATA
16
17
18
1
CS
3
OSC
OUT
OSC
IN
8
13 VG
9
12 VR
10 GND
11 MP
INPUT
CLK
CS
DATA
H SYNC
OSC IN
PCL
V SYNC
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
CLOCK
CHIP SELECT
SERIAL DATA
HORIZONTAL SYNC
OSCILLATOR IN
POWER ON CLEAR
VERTICAL SYNC
OUTPUT
BBLK, RBLK, GBLK
BUSY
CK OUT
MP
OSC OUT
VR, VG, VB
VCBL
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
B, R, G, BLANKING
BUSY OUT
CLOCK
MASK PULSE
OSCILLATOR OUT
R, G, B, CHARACTER DATA
VIDEO CUT BLANKING
UPD6453GT (2/2)
4
DATA INPUT
SHIFFT
REGISTER
DATA
2
CLK
1
BUSY
DATA
BUFFER
REGISTER
3
CS
CAHRA
SIZE
REGISTER
CK OUT
6 VDD
10 VSS
CONTROL
SIGNAL
INSTRUCTION
DECODER
7
H
SIZE
COUNTER
H
ADDRESS
REGISTER
WRITE
ADDRESS
COUNTER
H
POSITION
COUNTER
H
ADDRESS
COUNTER
VIDEO RAM
DATA
SELECTOR
CHARA
COLOR
BLINK
DATA
DATA
DATA
8-BIT
3-BIT
1-BIT
x
x
x
288 WORD 288 WORD 288 WORD
BACKGROUND
CONTROL
DATA
REGISTER
DISPLAY
CONTROL
DATA
REGISTER
OSC IN
9
OSC OUT
OSC
CIRCUIT
L OSC
V
ADDRESS
REGISTER
8
COSC IN
COSC OUT
H SYNC
V SYNC
20
19
SYNC
PROTECT
CIRCUIT
TIMING
GENERATOR
V
SIZE
COUNTER
V
POSITION
COUNTER
V
ADDRESS
COUNTER
CHARACTER CHARACTER
GENERATOR GENERATOR
RAM
ROM
12x18-BIT
12x18-BIT
x
x
16 WORD
240 WORD
16
OUTPUT CONTROL
11
MP
BVP-500
BVP-500P
12
VR
13
VG
14
VB
17
18
R BLK
G BLK
B BLK
15
VCBL
2-27
IC
UPD71055GB-10-3B4(NEC)FLAT PACKAGE
X24164SI(XICOR)(16K BIT)FLAT PACKAGE
X24C02S-3.0(XICOR)(2K BIT)FLAT PACKAGE
C-MOS PARALLEL INTERFACE UNIT
P00
44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34
NC
INDEX
NC 33
1 NC
P01
P02
2
CS
32 RESET
CS 2
3
P04
5
31 D0
A0
4
A1 4 GND
30
D1
A0 5
29
D2
P27 6
28
D3
P26 7
27
D4
P25 8
26
D5
P24 9
25 D6
P20 10
24 D7
A1
44
26
27
28
P17
P16
P15
P14
P13
IC
31
P12
30
P11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
P22
29
P10
P06
WR
P10
RD
P11
P12
24
VDD (+5V) 23
P23
P05
P07
35
25
P21 11
P03
D7
P13
D6
P14
D5
P15
D4
P16
D3
P17
D2
P20
D1
P21
D0
P22
P23
32
A1, A0
CS
D7-D0
P07-P00
;
;
;
;
IC
; INTERNALLY CONNECTED
CS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
RD
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
X
ADDRESS
CHIP SELECT
DATA BUS
PORT 0
WR
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
X
A1
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
1
1
X
X
A0
0
1
0
1
X
0
1
0
1
X
X
P17-P10
P27-P20
RD
WR
;
;
;
;
RESET
PORT 1
PORT 2
READ STROBE
WRITE STROBE
OPERATION
PORT0 DATA • BUS
PORT1 DATA • BUS
PORT2 DATA • BUS
P24
P25
P26
P27
43
- TOP VIEW -
42
41
A0 IN 1
Vcc (+5V) 8
40
39
A1 IN 2
7 WC* IN
A2 IN 3
6 SCL IN
38
37
6
SCL
3
A2
2
A1
1
A0
7
36
14
SDA
5
WC*
5 SDA OUT
4 GND
15
16
18
19
20
WC *
7
21
22
10
SDA
5
11
START
CYCLE
START
STOP
LOGIC
H. V. GENERATION
TIMING &
CONTROL
12
13
9
8
7
6
SCL
6
SLAVE ADDRESS
REGISTER
COMPARATOR
3
A2
2
A1
1
A0
CONTROL
LOGIC
LOAD
INC
WR
P07
P06
P05
P04
P03
P02
C-MOS SERIAL EEPROM
P01
RD
P00
—TOP VIEW—
E 2 PROM
2K ; 64x32
4K ; 64x64
16K ; 64x256
X DEC
WORD
ADDRESS
COUNTER
CPU ACTION
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
R/W
DISABLE
DATA • BUS PORT0
DATA • BUS PORT1
DATA • BUS PORT2
DATA • BUS COMMAND REGISTER
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
HIGH IMPEDANCE
Y DEC
CK
PIN
0 ; LOW LEVEL
1 ; HIGH LEVEL
X ; DON'T CARE
D OUT
ACK
8
DATA
ERGISTER
D OUT
NOTE : * TEST (at X24164SIC7000)
24-31
D7-D0
DATA BUS
BUFF
8
8
36-43
P07-P00
PORT 0
RD
WR
A1
A0
RESET
44
35
4
5
READ/
WRITE
CONTROL
COMMAND
REGISTER
32
INTERNAL 8-BIT BUS
GROUP
CONTROL
6-9
P27-P24
8
PORT 2
P23-P20
22-18,
16-14
8
PORT 1
CS
13-10
P17-P10
2
GROUP
CONTROL
2-28
BVP-500
BVP-500P
Section 3
Block Diagrams
BVP-500
BVP-500P
3-1
3-1
OVERALL (1/2)
OVERALL (1/2)
OHB-400/500/500WS series CCD unit
(Option)
TP400
FLOATING
AMP
CC ND
B(X)
B(X)
AMP
B KNEE P2
B W SHAD
B BLK SHAD
B KNEE P1
VIDEO AMP for
VIDEO CAMERA
CT400
B FREQ
RV400
B GAIN
B GAIN
IM CC
AG D
ER
B(X)
B FEED BACK
B FEED BACK R/G/B
(OHB-500WS only)
AMP
D
CC ER
AG
IM
G KNEE P2
G W
SHAD
G KNEE P1
VIDEO AMP for
VIDEO CAMERA
G(X)
G(X)
G FEED BACK
G FEED BACK
TP200
LENS
CN102
3
21
4
22
5
23
6
24
7
25
8
26
9
27
10
28
11
29
12
30
13
31
14
32
15
33
16
34
17
35
18
36
FOCUS
FLOATING
AMP
RV200
CT200
R GAIN
R FREQ
R BLK SHAD
R(X)
UNREG(FUSE)
PA-181
INCOM1/2 ENG/PROG
LENS ADR 0-3
LENS EXT 1-3
LENS TALLY
IRIS CONT
IRIS POSI
ZOOM POSI
IRIS AUTO/MANU
LENS AUX
RET 1/2/3 ON
INCOM MIC 1/2 ON
EXT 1/2 ON
F SIG CONT
FDEM FAR/NEAR
VIDEO AMP for
VIDEO CAMERA
R W
SHAD
H BLK
HCLP
GC SHAD
R/G/B
ARRAY R/G/B W SHAD 3
WHT SHAD
TEST
TEST SIG. 1/2
GEN.
TEST SAW(X)
RV50
TEST
H CLP
18MHz
36MHz
A HD
V HD
HTSG
IIC DATA
IIC DATA
VCO CONT
R/G/B GAIN
D/A
R/G/B KNEE P1
CONV.
R/G/B KNEE P2
R(X)
R(X)
AMP
R KNEE P2
20
R KNEE P1
19
2
R GAIN
1
R/G/B
PR-212
TP300
FLOATING
AMP
CT300
RV300
G FREQ
G GAIN
G BLK SHAD
G(X)
CCD
IMAGER
G GAIN
OVERALL BLOCK
R FEED BACK
R FEED BACK
DB0-DB7
A0,A1
3
3
3
VA-163
F DEM FAR/NEAR
F SIG CONT
EXT HD
EXT VD
18MHz
36MHz
HTSG
TITLE BACK
CHAR VF
TITLE
CHAR BACK
CE0
CE1
WR
RD
FLD1
SYNC
HD
VD
BF
BLKG
LALT
2FH
NRW BLKG
INT/EXT
SC CONT
CURSOR1
CURSOR2
R/G/B BLK SHAD
R/G/B WHT SHAD
TEST SAW(X)
A HD
V HD
SC(X)
3
3
HI-Y(X)
C(X)
VF-Y(X)
PR-211
TG-159
ZOOM
EXT 1/2 ON
RET 1/2 ON
INCOM MIC 1/2 ON
14
2
15
3
VF
CN103
17
5
18
6
19
7
20
8
21
9
22
COMP
AMP
DATA
DB0-DB7
BA
UNREG(VF)
16
4
GEN LOCK(X) CABLE
ND FILT
CC FILT
TEMP
ND FILT
CC FILT
TEMP
1
H CONT2
A0,A1
ADDRESS
VF VIDEO
R TALLY
G TALLY
WIDE
VF UP TALLY
V RESET 1/CF
DR-271
BACK UP
BATTERY
BACK UP
RD
WR
µ-COM
23
24
11
26
13
RM SD
CE0
CE1
ADDRESS
DECODER
IRIS POSI
ZOOM POSI
TP1
25
12
IIC
DATA
V RESET
232C
I/F
RAM
I/O
EXP.
S301
CC
S10
MENU SELECT
RE A
RE B
RV600
H POSI
S401
IIC DATA(ST)
NEW
CM
I/F
DATA
I/F
CHAR VF
CHARA
TITLE
GEN.
I/O
EXP.
CHAR BACK
U/D
COUNTER
RV603
HIGHT
B
COM DATA
IIC DATA(ST)
TITLE BACK
RV602
V POSI
G
SC(X)
ROM
RE AØ
RE BØ
COM CONT
RV601
WIDTH
R
TALLY ON
IIC DATA(CA)
IIC DATA(CA)
S104 SPARE
IIC DATA
S100
CENTER
MARKER
RET2
S506
CALL
S101
SAFETY
ZONE
S501
2
S102
UP TALLY
S105
MIX VF
S502
3
S503
ON
S504
STORE S505
FILTER
LOCAL
D502
?
D/A
CONV.
BACK UP
VD
S500
1
V RESET 2
HD
S300
ND
S403
RET1
DET
BA
10
I/O
EXP.
S200
DISPLAY
S201
MENU
SELECT
S202
PIN P
I/O
EXP.
PB REF
D/A IRIS CONT
CONV.
VTR S/S
RET 1 ON
WIDE
G TALLY
TP5
OFF
ON
REC TALLY
TP2
OFF I/O
ON EXP.
REAL TIME
CLOCK
OFF
ON
TP3
S1
MENU
SEL
AT-95
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
MENU
ENTER
CANCEL
I/O
POSITION EXP.
ON
OFF
[
S203
SPARE
SW-795
BVP500-OVERALL#1/M
3-2
3-2
BVP-500
BVP-500P
OVERALL (1/2)
OVERALL (1/2)
Y0-Y9
DDL
TP4
R-Y(X)
RY0-RY9
ATT
DDL
LEVEL
CTL
TP5
D/A
CONV.
BY0-BY9
IIC
DATA
B-Y(X)
ATT
DDL
S P
CONV.
LEVEL
CTL
SKIN GATE ON/OFF
IIC DATA(CA)
I/O
EXP
VD
TAKE ON
R TALLY
CALL
NTSC/PAL
UP TALLY ON/OFF
ENG/PROG
INCOM MIC 1 ON
INCOM 1 ENG/PGM
INCOM MIC 1 ON
Y/R-Y/B-Y LEV
SKIN GATE
R-Y SYNC LEV
B-Y SPL LEV
D/A
SETUP2
CONV.
LEVEL
CTL
IIC DATA
TP3
Y SPL LEV
SETUP1
I/O
EXP
Y(X)
LEVEL
CTL
LENS ADR 0-3
LENS EXT 1-3
IRIS AUTO/MANU
LENS AUX
INCOM 2 ENG/PGM
INCOM MIC 2 ON
4
3
HI-Y(X)
ATT
MB-637
VBS(X)
DL BLKG
C(X)
VF-Y(X)
TP2
VF-Y(X)
DL SYNC
VTR SYNC
PULSE
SHAPER
N/P
DA-88
VTR VBS(X)
GEN VIDEO
GEN LOCK(X)
HD
VD
FLD1
SYNC
BF
BLKG
LALT
2FH
VD
HD
VD
HD
NRW BLKG
INT/EXT
SYNC
SEP.
BURST
SEP BPF
CONT.
SYNC
GEN.
EXT HD
EXT VD
TIMING
PULSE
MIX
RV100
VBS
LEVEL
VBS(X)
RET
VIDEO
(X)
TP820
TP870
VF VIDEO
PIN P
S200
VF SEL
SYNC
SEP.
SYNC
SEP.
VF-Y(X)
DELAY
DL SYNC
DL BLKG
N/P
MONITOR
SC CONT
VCO
CONT
CHAR VF
CURSOR1
CURSOR2
CHAR BACK
PB REF
SG-234
DECODER
IIC DATA
S650
OUTPUT
LATCH
MONITOR SEL
SKIN GATE
SKIN GATE
REC TALLY
REC TALLY
AMP
R TALLY
TALLY ON
IF-538
][
BVP-500
BVP-500P
][
][
][
OVERALL BLOCK (1/2)
BVP-500
BVP-500P
BVP500-OVERALL#2/M
3-3
3-3
OVERALL (2/2)
OVERALL (2/2)
Y RF
VTR Y
DRIVER
C RF
RV1
VTR Y LVL
TP3
TP1
Y(X)
AM
MOD
DRIVER
VTR SYNC
RV2
SYNC CANCEL
SKIN GATE
R-Y(X)
TP3
LPF
TUNING
AMP
RET RF
RET RF
RV1
RET LEVEL
PB VIDEO
LV2
RET TUNE
LV1
RET FREQ
MPX
SW1-1
PB VIDEO/RET
RET 1/2/3 ON
RET REF
DM-98
RV8
R-Y
DC
BAL
90˚
SHIFT
RV7
R-Y CAR LVL
RV5
VTR R-Y LVL
RF AMP
&
LIMITER
FM
DET
CCU/VTR CCU
+5V VTR
TP5 C
RF
AM
MOD
DRIVER
AMP
PB
RV4
DC BAL
90˚
SHIFT
OSC
RV13
VCO ADJ
RET
BUFF
RV3
Y DC
BAL
AM
MOD
TP9
RET
OUT(X)
TP2 Y
RF
VTR
R-Y
PROMPT RF
PROMPT RF
TP1
B-Y(X)
AM
MOD
DRIVER
TP6
RV9
VTR B-Y LVL
LV1
PROMPT
FREQ
RV12
B-Y
DC BAL
VTR B-Y
RV11
B-Y CAR LVL
MD-103
PROMPT
FREQ
RV1
RF AGC
DLY
AM
MOD
75Ω
DRIVER
LV2
PROMPT
TONE
AUDIO RF
PROMPTER(X)
RV2
PROMPT
LEVEL
DM-99
CN-1232
]